Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra: Patterns and Graphing

go-math-grade-5-chapter-9-algebra-patterns-and-graphing-answer-key

Redefine your true self with the Go Math Answer Key for Grade 5 curated by subject experts. Score higher grades in your exams and refer to Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra: Patterns and Graphing to have strong command over fundamentals. Download the HMH Go Math 5th Grade Solution Key Chapter 9 free of cost and kick start your preparation immediately.

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra: Patterns and Graphing

You will get the necessary skillset needed to draw the line plots and graphs from 5th Grade Go Math Answer Key Ch 9. Access Detailed Solutions to all the problems and learn how to solve related problems when you encounter them during your exams. Seek Homework Help needed by accessing the Go Math Grade 5 Solution Key Chapter 9 Patterns and Graphing. Cross Check the Solutions from our Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Algebra: Patterns and Graphing and understand the areas you are facing difficulty.

Lesson 1: Line Plot

Line Plot

Lesson 2: Ordered Pairs

Ordered Pairs

Lesson 3: Investigate • Graph Data

Lesson 4: Line Graphs

Line Graphs

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint

Lesson 5: Numerical Patterns

Numerical Patterns

Lesson 6: Problem Solving • Find a Rule

Lesson 7: Graph and Analyze Relationships

Chapter 9 Review/Test

Share and Show – Page No. 371

Use the data to complete the line plot. Then answer the questions.

Lilly needs to buy beads for a necklace. The beads are sold by mass. She sketches a design to determine what beads are needed and then writes down their sizes. The sizes are shown below.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 1
\(\frac{2}{5} g, \frac{2}{5} g, \frac{4}{5} g, \frac{2}{5} g, \frac{1}{5} g, \frac{1}{5} g, \frac{3}{5} g, \frac{4}{5} g, \frac{1}{5} g, \frac{2}{5} g, \frac{3}{5} g, \frac{3}{5} g, \frac{2}{5} g\)
Think: There are ___ Xs above \(\frac{1}{5}\) on the line plot, so the combined mass of the beads is _____ fifths, or _____ gram.

Question 1.
What is the combined mass of the beads with a mass of 1/5 gram?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) grams

Answer: \(\frac{3}{5}\) grams

Explanation:
For first we will count the number of \(\frac{1}{5}\) grams for each amount. Draw an x for the number of times each amount is recorded to complete the line plot.
There are 3 xs above \(\frac{1}{5}\) on the line plot, so the combined mass of the beads is 3 fifths
3 × \(\frac{1}{5}\) = 3/5 gram.

Question 2.
What is the combined mass of all the beads with a mass of \(\frac{2}{5}\) gram?
_____ grams

Answer: 2

Explanation:
For first we will count the number of \(\frac{2}{5}\) grams for each amount. Draw an x for the number of times each amount is recorded to complete the line plot.
There are 5 xs above \(\frac{2}{5}\) on the line plot, so the combined mass of the beads is 5 two fifths.
5 × \(\frac{2}{5}\) = 2 grams

Question 3.
What is the combined mass of all the beads on the necklace?
_____ grams

Answer: 6

Explanation:
Total mass of all the beads on the necklace is \(\frac{3}{5}\) + 2 + \(\frac{8}{5}\) + \(\frac{9}{5}\) = \(\frac{30}{5}\) = 6
Therefore the combined mass of all the beads on the necklace is 6.

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing Page 371 Q4

On Your Own

Use the data to complete the line plot. Then answer the questions.

A breakfast chef used different amounts of milk when making pancakes, depending on the number of pancakes ordered. The results are shown below.
\(\frac{1}{2} c, \frac{1}{4} c, \frac{1}{2} c, \frac{3}{4} c, \frac{1}{2} c, \frac{3}{4} c, \frac{1}{2} c, \frac{1}{4} c, \frac{1}{2} c, \frac{1}{2} c\)
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 2

Question 5.
How much milk combined is used in \(\frac{1}{4}\)-cup amounts?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) cup

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\) cup

Explanation:
For first we will count the number of \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups for each amount.
2 × \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 6.
How much milk combined is used in \(\frac{1}{2}\)-cup amounts?
______ cups

Answer: 3 cups

Explanation:
For first we will count the number of \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups for each amount.
There are 6 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups
6 × \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 3 cups

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing Page 371 Q7

Question 8.
How much milk is used in all the orders of pancakes?
_____ cups

Answer: 5 cups

Explanation:
\(\frac{1}{2} c\) + [/latex]\frac{1}{4} c[/latex] + [/latex]\frac{1}{2} c[/latex] + [/latex]\frac{3}{4} c[/latex] + [/latex]\frac{1}{2} c[/latex] + [/latex]\frac{3}{4} c[/latex] + [/latex]\frac{1}{2} c[/latex] +[/latex]\frac{1}{4} c[/latex] + [/latex]\frac{1}{2} c[/latex] + [/latex]\frac{1}{2} c[/latex]
= 3 + [/latex]\frac{1}{4} c[/latex] + [/latex]\frac{3}{4} c[/latex] + [/latex]\frac{3}{4} c[/latex] + [/latex]\frac{1}{4} c[/latex]
= 3 + 1 + 1 = 5cups
Therefore 5 cups of milk is used in all the orders of pancakes.

Question 9.
What is the average amount of milk used for an order of pancakes?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) cup of milk

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\) cup of milk

Explanation:
There are 6 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups of milk.
The average amount of milk used for an order of pancakes is \(\frac{1}{2}\) cup.

Question 10.
Describe an amount you could add to the data that would make the average increase.
Type below:
_________

Answer: \(\frac{3}{4}\) cup
We can add \(\frac{3}{4}\) to the data to increase the average amount of milk.

UNLOCK the Problem – Page No. 372

Question 11.
For 10 straight days, Samantha measured the amount of food that her cat Dewey ate, recording the results, which are shown below. Graph the results on the line plot. What is the average amount of cat food that Dewey ate daily?
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 3
\(\frac{1}{2} c, \frac{3}{8} c, \frac{5}{8} c, \frac{1}{2} c, \frac{5}{8} c, \frac{1}{4} c, \frac{3}{4} c, \frac{1}{4} c, \frac{1}{2} c, \frac{5}{8} c\)
a. What do you need to know?
Type below:
_________

Answer: I need to know the average amount of cat food that Dewey ate daily.

Question 11.
b. How can you use a line plot to organize the information?
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 4
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Go Math Grade 5 Chapter 10 Answer Key solution image-2
We can draw the line plot by using the given information.

Question 11.
c. What steps could you use to find the average amount of food that Dewey ate daily?
Type below:
_________

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\) cup

Explanation:
Number of days = 10
1/4 + 1/4 + 3/8 + 1/2 + 1/2 + 1/2 + 5/8 + 5/8 + 5/8 + 3/4 = 1 + 1 + 1/4 + 3/8 + 1/2 + 15/8
2 + 18/8 + 3/4 = 2 + 3 = 5
The average amount of food is 5 ÷ 10 = 5/10 = \(\frac{1}{2}\) cup

Question 11.
d. Fill in the blanks for the totals of each amount measured.
\(\frac{1}{4}\) cup: __________
\(\frac{3}{8}\) cup: __________
\(\frac{1}{2}\) cup: __________
\(\frac{5}{8}\) cup: __________
\(\frac{3}{4}\) cup: __________
Type below:
_________

Answer:
There are 2 xs above \(\frac{1}{4}\) cup: 2
There is 1 x above \(\frac{3}{8}\) cup: 1
There are 3 xs above \(\frac{1}{2}\) cup: 3
There are 3 xs above \(\frac{5}{8}\) cup: 3
There is 1 x above \(\frac{3}{4}\) cup: 1

Question 11.
e. Find the total amount of cat food eaten over 10 days.
_____ + _____ + _____ + _____ + _____ = _____
So, the average amount of food Dewey ate daily was ______.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Number of days = 10
1/4 + 1/4 + 3/8 + 1/2 + 1/2 + 1/2 + 5/8 + 5/8 + 5/8 + 3/4 = 1 + 1 + 1/4 + 3/8 + 1/2 + 15/8
2 + 18/8 + 3/4 = 2 + 3 = 5 cups

Question 12.
Test Prep How many days did Dewey eat the least amount of cat food?
Options:
a. 1 day
b. 2 day
c. 3 day
d. 4 day

Answer: 1 day
By seeing the above line plot we can say that Dewey eats the least amount of cat food on day 1.
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Share and Show – Page No. 375

Use Coordinate Grid A to write an ordered pair for the given point.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 5

Question 1.
C( _____ , _____ )

Answer: 6, 3

Explanation:
Locate the point for which you want to write an ordered pair.
Look below at the x-axis to identify the points horizontal distance from 0, which is its x-coordinate.
Look to the left at the y-axis to identify the points vertical distance from 0, which is it’s y-coordinate.
So, the ordered pair for C is (6, 3).

Question 2.
D( _____ , _____ )

Answer: 3, 0

Explanation:
Locate the point for which you want to write an ordered pair.
Look below at the x-axis to identify the points horizontal distance from 0, which is its x-coordinate.
Look to the left at the y-axis to identify the points vertical distance from 0, which is it’s y-coordinate.
Thus the ordered pair for D is (3, 0)

Question 3.
E( _____ , _____ )

Answer: 9, 9

Explanation:
Locate the point for which you want to write an ordered pair.
Look below at the x-axis to identify the points horizontal distance from 0, which is its x-coordinate.
Look to the left at the y-axis to identify the points vertical distance from 0, which is it’s y-coordinate.
Thus the ordered pair for E (9, 9)

Question 4.
F( _____ , _____ )

Answer: 10, 5

Explanation:
Locate the point for which you want to write an ordered pair.
Look below at the x-axis to identify the points horizontal distance from 0, which is its x-coordinate.
Look to the left at the y-axis to identify the points vertical distance from 0, which is it’s y-coordinate.
Thus the ordered pair for F is (10, 5)

Plot and label the points on Coordinate Grid A.

Question 5.
M (0, 9)
Type below:
_________

Answer:

Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-5

Question 6.
H (8, 6)
Type below:
_________

Answer:

Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-5-1

Question 7.
K (10, 4)
Type below:
_________

Answer:

Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-5-2

Question 8.
T (4, 5)
Type below:
_________

Answer:

Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-5-3

Question 9.
W (5, 10)
Type below:
_________

Answer:

Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-5-4

Question 10.
R (1, 3)
Type below:
_________

Answer:

Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-5-5

On Your Own

Use Coordinate Grid B to write an ordered pair for the given point.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 6

Question 11.
G( _____ , _____ )

Answer: 6, 4

Explanation:
Locate the point for which you want to write an ordered pair.
Look below at the x-axis to identify the points horizontal distance from 0, which is its x-coordinate.
Look to the left at the y-axis to identify the points vertical distance from 0, which is it’s y-coordinate.
So, the ordered pair for G is (6, 4)

Question 12.
H( _____ , _____ )

Answer: 4, 9

Explanation:
Locate the point for which you want to write an ordered pair.
Look below at the x-axis to identify the points horizontal distance from 0, which is its x-coordinate.
Look to the left at the y-axis to identify the points vertical distance from 0, which is it’s y-coordinate.
So, the ordered pair for H is (4, 9)

Question 13.
I( _____ , _____ )

Answer: 0, 7

Explanation:
Locate the point for which you want to write an ordered pair.
Look below at the x-axis to identify the points horizontal distance from 0, which is its x-coordinate.
Look to the left at the y-axis to identify the points vertical distance from 0, which is it’s y-coordinate.
So, the ordered pair for I is (0, 7)

Question 14.
J( _____ , _____ )

Answer: 9, 5

Explanation:
Locate the point for which you want to write an ordered pair.
Look below at the x-axis to identify the points horizontal distance from 0, which is its x-coordinate.
Look to the left at the y-axis to identify the points vertical distance from 0, which is it’s y-coordinate.
So, the ordered pair for J is (9, 5)

Question 15.
K( _____ , _____ )

Answer: 3, 3

Explanation:
Locate the point for which you want to write an ordered pair.
Look below at the x-axis to identify the points horizontal distance from 0, which is its x-coordinate.
Look to the left at the y-axis to identify the points vertical distance from 0, which is it’s y-coordinate.
So, the ordered pair for K is (3, 3)

Question 16.
L( _____ , _____ )

Answer: 5, 2

Explanation:
Locate the point for which you want to write an ordered pair.
Look below at the x-axis to identify the points horizontal distance from 0, which is its x-coordinate.
Look to the left at the y-axis to identify the points vertical distance from 0, which is it’s y-coordinate.
So, the ordered pair for L is (5, 2)

Question 17.
M( _____ , _____ )

Answer: 1, 1

Explanation:
Locate the point for which you want to write an ordered pair.
Look below at the x-axis to identify the points horizontal distance from 0, which is its x-coordinate.
Look to the left at the y-axis to identify the points vertical distance from 0, which is it’s y-coordinate.
So, the ordered pair for M is (1, 1)

Question 18.
N( _____ , _____ )

Answer: 2, 5

Explanation:
Locate the point for which you want to write an ordered pair.
Look below at the x-axis to identify the points horizontal distance from 0, which is its x-coordinate.
Look to the left at the y-axis to identify the points vertical distance from 0, which is it’s y-coordinate.
So, the ordered pair for N is (2, 5)

Question 19.
O( _____ , _____ )

Answer: 7, 8

Explanation:
Locate the point for which you want to write an ordered pair.
Look below at the x-axis to identify the points horizontal distance from 0, which is its x-coordinate.
Look to the left at the y-axis to identify the points vertical distance from 0, which is it’s y-coordinate.
So, the ordered pair for O is (7, 8)

Question 20.
P( _____ , _____ )

Answer: 10, 10

Explanation:
Locate the point for which you want to write an ordered pair.
Look below at the x-axis to identify the points horizontal distance from 0, which is its x-coordinate.
Look to the left at the y-axis to identify the points vertical distance from 0, which is it’s y-coordinate.
So, the ordered pair for P is (10, 10)

Plot and label the points on Coordinate Grid B.

Question 21.
W (8, 2)

Answer:

Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-6-1

Question 22.
E (0, 4)

Answer:

Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-6-2

Question 23.
X (2, 9)

Answer:

Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-6-3

Question 24.
B (3, 4)

Answer:

Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-6-4

Question 25.
R (4, 0)

Answer:

Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-6-5

Question 26.
F (7, 6)

Answer:

Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-6-6

Question 27.
T (5, 7)

Answer:

Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-6-7

Question 28.
A (7, 1)

Answer:

Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-6-8

Question 29.
S (10, 8)

Answer:

Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-6-9

Question 30.
Y (1, 6)

Answer:

Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-6-10

Question 31.
Q (3, 8)

Answer:

Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-6-11

Question 32.
V (3, 1)

Answer:

Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-6-12

Problem Solving – Page No. 376

Nathan and his friends are planning a trip to New York City. Use the map for 33–38. Each unit represents 1 city block.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 7

Question 33.
What ordered pair gives the location of Bryant Park?
( _____ , _____ )

Answer: 4, 8

Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-7

Question 34.
What’s the Error? Nathan says that Madison Square Garden is located at (0, 3) on the map. Is his ordered pair correct? Explain.
Type below:
__________

Answer: He needs to put point 3 on Y-axis but he placed on X-Axis.

Question 35.
The Empire State Building is located 5 blocks right and 1 block up from (0, 0). Write the ordered pair for this location. Plot and label a point for the Empire State Building.
Type below:
__________

Answer: 5, 1

Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-7-1

Question 36.
Paulo walks from point B to Bryant Park. Raul walks from point B to Madison Square Garden. If they only walk along the grid lines, who walks farther? Explain.
__________

Answer: Paulo
By seeing the above graph we can say that Paulo walks farther along the grid lines.

Question 37.
Explain how to find the distance between Bryant Park and a hot dog stand at the point (4, 2).
_____ city blocks

Answer: 6

Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-7-2

Question 38.
Test Prep Use the map above. Suppose a pizzeria is located at point B. What ordered pair describes this point?
Options:
a. (4,2)
b. (3,4)
c. (2,4)
d. (4,4)

Answer: (2,4)

Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-7-3

Share and Show – Page No. 379

Graph the data on the coordinate grid.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 8
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 9

Question 1.
a. Write the ordered pairs for each point.
Type below:
__________

Answer: A(1, 30), B (2, 35), C (3, 38), D (4, 41), E (5, 44)

Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-9

Question 1.
b. What does the ordered pair (3, 38) tell you about Ryan’s age and height?
Type below:
__________

Answer: The ordered pair tells that their age of Ryan is 3 and their height is 38 inches.

Question 1.
c. Why would points (6, 42) be nonsense?
Type below:
__________

Answer: The point (6, 42) be nonsense because the height will be increased. In the above-ordered pair the height is decreased. So, the statement is nonsense.

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 10
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 11

Question 2.
a. Write the ordered pairs for each point.
Type below:
__________

Answer: We can write the ordered pairs by using the above table Day is the x-axis and height is the y-axis. The coordinates are A (5,1), B (10,3), C (15, 8), D (20,12), E (25,16), F(30,19).

Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-11

Question 2.
b. How would the ordered pairs be different if the heights of the plants were measured every 6 days for 30 days instead of every 5 days?

Answer:
If the heights of the plants were measured every 6 days for 30 days instead of every 5 days the coordinates will be A (6,1), B (12,3), C (18, 8), D (24,12), E (30,16)

Problem Solving – Page No. 380

What’s the Error?

Question 3.
Mary places a miniature car onto a track with launchers. The speed of the car is recorded every foot. Some of the data is shown in the table. Mary graphs the data on the coordinate grid below.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 12
Look at Mary’s graphed data.
Find her error.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 14
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 13
Graph the data and correct
the error.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 15
• Describe the error Mary made.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-14-1

Graph the data and correct the error
Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-15

Share and Show – Page No. 383

Use the table at the right for 1–3.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 16

Question 1.
What scale and intervals would be appropriate to make a graph of the data?
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Scale is 1 cm = 10°F
Months will be on the x-axis.
The temperature will be on the y-axis.

Question 2.
Write the related pairs as ordered pairs.
Type below:
__________

Answer: The related pairs are A (Jan, 40), B (Feb, 44), C (Mar, 54), D (Apr, 62), E (May, 70)

Question 3.
Make a line graph of the data.
Type below:
__________

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing Page 383 Q4

On Your Own

Use the table at the right for 5–7.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 17

Question 5.
Write the related number pairs for the plant height as ordered pairs.
Type below:
__________

Answer: The related number pairs of the above table are A (1, 20), B(2, 25), C (3, 29), D (4, 32)

Question 6.
What scale and intervals would be appropriate to make a graph of the data?
Type below:
__________

Answer: The above table says that the X-Axis is Month and Y-Axis is Height in inches.
Scale is 1 cm = 5 inches.

Explanation:
The horizontal axis could represent months from 1 to 4. In this case, the scale interval is one month.
The vertical axis could represent height from 20 inches to 32 inches but we can show a break in the scale between 1 inch and 16 inches since there are no heights between 0 inches and 20 inches, the scale interval is 1 inch.

Question 7.
Make a line graph of the data.
Type below:
__________

Question 8.
Use the graph to find the difference in height between Month 1 and Month 2.
Type below:
__________

Answer: By observing the above graph we can say that the difference between months 1 and 2 is 5 inches.
25 – 20 = 5 inches
From the graph we can see that the plant grew the most between 1 and 2 months (about 5 inches), the least change is between 3 and 4 months (about 3 inches).

Question 9.
Use the graph to estimate the height at 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) months.
_____ in.

Answer: The estimated height at 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) months is 22.5 inches.
The average of month 1 and month 2 is (20 + 25) ÷ 2 = 45/2 = 22.5 inches.

Connect to science – Page No. 384

Evaporation changes water on Earth’s surface into water vapor. Water vapor condenses in the atmosphere and returns to the surface as precipitation. This process is called the water cycle. The ocean is an important part of this cycle. It influences the average temperature and precipitation of a place.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 18
The overlay graph below uses two vertical scales to show monthly average precipitation and temperatures for Redding, California.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 19

Use the graph for 10–13.

Question 10.
About how much precipitation falls in Redding, California, in February?
_____ inches

Answer: From the graph, we can see that the precipitation in February is 4.2 inches.

Question 11.
What is the average temperature for Redding, California, in February?
_____ °F

Answer: From the graph, we can see that the temperature in February is 50°F.

Question 12.
Explain how the overlay graph helps you relate precipitation and temperature for each month.
Type below:
__________

Answer: The average temperature for each month is plotted on the graph with the blue line and the red bar graph represents the precipitation. As the temperature increases the precipitation decreases.

Question 13.
Describe how the average temperature changes in the first 5 months of the year.
Type below:
__________

Answer: From the graph, we can see that the temperature in the first 5 months of the year but the amount of precipitation is decreasing. It’s logical because when the temperature is increasing the amount of precipitation is decreasing.

Question 14.
Test Prep Which day had an increase of 3 feet of snow from the previous day?
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 20
Options:
a. Day 2
b. Day 3
c. Day 5
d. Day 6

Answer: Day 5

Explanation:
By seeing the above graph we can say that the snow level has increased 3 feet from day 4 to Day 5.
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint – Vocabulary – Page No. 385

Choose the best term from the box.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing Mid-Chapter Checkpoint img 21

Question 1.
The ______ is the horizontal number line on the coordinate grid.
__________

Answer: X-Axis
The X-Axis is the horizontal number line on the coordinate grid.

Question 2.
A ______ is a graph that uses line segments to show how data changes over time.
__________

Answer: Line graph
A Line graph is a graph that uses line segments to show how data changes over time.

Concepts and Skills

Use the line plot at the right for 3–5.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing Mid-Chapter Checkpoint img 22

Question 3.
How many kittens weigh at least \(\frac{3}{8}\) of a pound?
______ kittens

Answer: 9

Explanation:
The line plot shows that there are 4 xs above \(\frac{3}{8}\), 3 xs above \(\frac{1}{2}\) and 2 xs on \(\frac{5}{8}\).
To find the kittens weigh at least \(\frac{3}{8}\) we need to add all above \(\frac{3}{8}\)
= 4 + 3 + 2 = 9

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing Page 385 Q4

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing Page 385 Q5

Use the coordinate grid at the right for 6–13.

Write an ordered pair for the given point.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing Mid-Chapter Checkpoint img 23

Question 6.
A( ______ , ______ )

Answer: 1, 6
The ordered pair for A is (1,6)

Question 7.
B( ______ , ______ )

Answer: 2, 2
The ordered pair for B is (2, 2)

Question 8.
C( ______ , ______ )

Answer: 4, 4
The ordered pair for C is (4, 4)

Question 9.
D( ______ , ______ )

Answer: 0, 3
The ordered pair for D is (0, 3)

Plot and label the point on the coordinate grid.

Question 10.
E(6, 2)
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-23-1

Question 11.
F(5, 0)
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-23-2

Question 12.
G(3, 4)
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-23-3

Question 13.
H(3, 1)
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-23-4

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint – Page No. 386

Question 14.
Jane drew a point that was 1 unit to the right of the y-axis and 7 units above the x-axis. What is the ordered pair for this location?
( ______ , ______ )

Answer: (1, 7)
The ordered pair for the location is (1, 7).

Question 15.
The graph below shows the amount of snowfall in a 6-hour period.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing Mid-Chapter Checkpoint img 24
Between which hours did the least amount of snowfall?
between hour ______ and hour ______

Answer: From the graph, we can see that the least amount of snowfall between 2 hours and 4 hours, 0 inches.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 mid chapter solution

Question 16.
Joy recorded the distances she walked each day for five days. How far did she walk in 5 days?
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing Mid-Chapter Checkpoint img 25
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) miles

Answer: 2 \(\frac{1}{6}\) miles

Explanation:
There are 3 xs above \(\frac{1}{3}\) = 3 × \(\frac{1}{3}\) = 1
There are 1 x above \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 1 × \(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
There is 1 x above \(\frac{2}{3}\) = 1 × \(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{2}{3}\)
1 + \(\frac{2}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) = (6 + 3 + 4)/6 = 13/6
The mixed fraction of 13/6 is 2 \(\frac{1}{6}\) miles
Thus she walked 2 \(\frac{1}{6}\) miles in 5 days.

Share and Show – Page No. 389

Use the given rules to complete each sequence. Then, complete the rule that describes how nickels are related to dimes.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 26
Type below:
__________

Answer: The number of Dimes is 2 times the number of Nickels.
We need to add 5 to Nickels = 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 = 25
We need to add 10 to Dimes = 10 + 10 + 10 + 10 + 10 = 50

Complete the rule that describes how one sequence is related to the other. Use the rule to find the unknown term.

Question 2.
Multiply the number of books by ______ to find the amount spent.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 27
______
Explain:
__________

Answer: The amount spent is 4 times the number of books so we multiply the number of books by 4 to find the amount spent.
Multiply 4 to the amount spent = 24 × 4 = 96

Question 3.
Divide the weight of the bag by _____ to find the number of marbles.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 28
______
Explain:
__________

Answer: The weight of Bag is 3 times the number of marbles So, we divide the weight of Bag by 3 to find the number of marbles.
Divide 360 by 3
360/3 = 120

On Your Own

Complete the rule that describes how one sequence is related to the other. Use the rule to find the unknown term.

Question 4.
Multiply the number of eggs by _______ to find the number of muffins.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 29
Type below:
__________

Answer: The muffins is 6 times the number of eggs so we multiply the number of eggs by 6 to find the muffins.
The unknown term in the table we will find when multiply 18 by 6.
18 × 6 = 108
The unknown term is 108.

Question 5.
Divide the number of meters by _______ to find the number of laps.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 30
Type below:
__________

Answer: The number of meters is 400 times the number of laps so we divide the number of meters by 400 to find the number of laps.
The unknown term in the table we will find when divide 6400 by 400.
6400 ÷ 400 = 16
The unknown term is 16.

Question 6.
Suppose the number of eggs used in Exercise 4 is changed to 3 eggs for each batch of 12 muffins, and 48 eggs are used. How many batches and how many muffins will be made?
______ batches
______ muffins

Answer: 16 batches 192 muffins will be made.

Explanation:
If we change to 3 eggs for each batch of 12 muffins and 48 eggs are used we will have 16 batches.
16 × 3 = 48
The muffins are 4 times the number of eggs so we multiply the number of eggs by 4 to fins the number of muffins.
If the number of batches is 16 and there are 48 eggs to find the number of muffins we will multiply the number of eggs 48 with 4:
48 × 4 = 192
192 muffins will be made.

Problem Solving – Page No. 390

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing Page 390 Q7

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing Page 390 Q8Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing Page 390 Q8.1

Question 9.
In the cafeteria, tables are arranged in groups of 4, with each table seating 8 students. How many students can sit at 10 groups of tables? Write the rule you used to find the number of students.
______ students

Answer: 320 students

Explanation:
Tables are arranged in groups of 4, with each table seating 8 students, so in one group sit
4 × 8 = 32 students
To find how many students can sit at 10 groups of tables, we will find when multiplying 32 students with 10.
32 × 10 = 320
Finally, 320 students can sit at 10 groups of tables. The rule which we used to find the number of students is to multiply by 32 which is marked is a solution.

Question 10.
Test Prep What is the unknown number in Sequence 2 in the chart? What rule could you write that relates Sequence 1 to Sequence 2?
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 31
Options:
a. 70; Multiply by 2.
b. 100; Add 25.
c. 105; Multiply by 3.
d. 150; Add 150.

Answer: 105; Multiply by 3.

Explanation:
The unknown number in Sequence number 7 we will get when multiply 35 with 3 because the rule that releases the number of miles to the number of runners is multiplying by 3.
The unknown number is: 35 × 3 = 105
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Share and Show – Page No. 393

Question 1.
Max builds rail fences. For one style of fence, each section uses 3 vertical fence posts and 6 horizontal rails. How many posts and rails does he need for a fence that will be 9 sections long?
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 32
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 33
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 34
First, think about what the problem is asking and what you know. As each section of fence is added, how does the number of posts and the number of rails change?

Next, make a table and look for a pattern. Use what you know about 1, 2, and 3 sections. Write a rule for the number of posts and rails needed for 9 sections
of fence.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 35
Possible rule for posts: _____________
Possible rule for rails: ______________
Finally, use the rule to solve the problem.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Possible rule for posts: 27
Possible rule for rails: 54

Explanation:
The number of posts is 3 times the number of sections. So, we multiply the number of posts by 3.
With using the rule the unknown number is 9 × 3 = 27
Thus the possible rule for posts is 27.
Now multiply the number of rails by 2.
With using the rule the unknown number is 27 × 2 = 54
Thus the possible rule for rails is 54.

Question 2.
What if another style of rail fencing has 6 rails between each pair of posts? How many rails are needed for 9 sections of this fence?
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 36
Possible rule for rails: ____________________
______ rails

Answer: 108 rails

Explanation:
The number of posts is 3 times the number of sections. So, we multiply the number of posts by 3.
Using the rule the unknown number is 9 × 3 = 27
Thus the possible rule for posts is 27.
Now multiply the number of rails by 4.
Using the rule the unknown number is 27 × 4 = 108
Thus the possible rule for rails is 108.

Question 3.
Leslie is buying a coat on layaway for $135. She will pay $15 each week until the coat is paid for. How much will she have left to pay after 8 weeks?
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 37
$ ______

Answer: $15

Explanation:
Leslie is buying a coat on layaway for $135. She will pay $15 each week until the coat is paid for.
Multiply the number of weeks by 15.
15 × 8 = $120
Now subtract $120 from $135
= $135 – $120 = $15

On Your Own – Page No. 394

Question 4.
Jane works as a limousine driver. She earns $50 for every 2 hours that she works. How much does Jane earn in one week if she works 40 hours per week? Write a rule and complete the table.
Possible rule: _____________
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 38
$ ______

Answer: 1000

Explanation:
The possible rule for Hour Worked: We can see that the difference between terms is 2.
So, the rule which describes this is Add 2.
The possible rule for Jane’s Pay: We can see that the difference between terms is 50.
So, the rule which describes this is Add 50.
Jane’s Pay is 25 times the hours worked so, we will multiply the hours worked by 25 to find Jane’s Pay.
The unknown number Jane’s Pay we will find when multiplying 40 with 25:
40 × 25 = 1000
She earns 1000 dollars.

Question 5.
Rosa joins a paperback book club. Members pay $8 to buy 2 tokens, and can trade 2 tokens for 4 paperback books. Rosa buys 30 tokens and trades them for 60 paperback books. How much money does she spend? Write a rule and complete the table.
Possible rule: _______________
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 39
$ ______

Answer: 120

Explanation:
Possible rule for Tokens: We can see that the difference between terms is 8.
So, the rule which describes this is Add 8.
Possible rule for Games: We can see that the difference between terms is 4.
So, the rule which describes this is Add 4.
Tokens are 2 times the games so, we will divide the tokens by 2 to find how many games can she3 play.
The unknown number of games we will find when dividing 120 by 2:
120 ÷ 2 = 60
She can play 60 games for 120 tokens.

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing Page 394 Q6

Question 7.
Test Prep Which expression could describe the next figure in the pattern, Figure 4?
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 40
Options:
a. 2 × 5
b. 2 + 4 + 4
c. 2 + 4 + 4 + 4
d. 16

Answer: 2 + 4 + 4 + 4

Explanation:
We can see that the difference between two consecutive figures is 4 squares.
So, the rule which describes this is Add 4.
Thus figure 4 has 14 squares.
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Share and Show – Page No. 397

Graph and label the related number pairs as ordered pairs.
Then complete and use the rule to find the unknown term.

Question 1.
Multiply the number of tablespoons by ___ to find its weight in ounces.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 41
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 42
Type below:
_________

Answer: Multiply the number of tablespoons by 2 to find its weight in ounces.
5 × 2 = 10
Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-42-1

Question 2.
Multiply the number of hours by ____ to find the distance in miles.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 43
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 44
Type below:
_________

Answer: Multiply the number of hours by 3 to find the distance in miles.
4 × 3 = 12 miles
Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-42-2

On Your Own

Graph and label the related number pairs as ordered pairs.
Then complete and use the rule to find the unknown term.

Question 3.
Multiply the number of inches by ____ to find the distance in miles.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 45
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 46
Type below:
_________

Answer: Multiply the number of inches by 5 to find the distance in miles.
10 × 5 = 50
Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-46-1

Question 4.
Multiply the number of centiliters by ____ to find the equivalent number of milliliters.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 47
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 48

Answer:
Multiply the number of centiliters by 10 to find the equivalent number of milliliters.
5 × 10 = 50 milliliters
Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-46-2

Problem Solving – Page No. 398

Sense or Nonsense?

Question 5.
Elsa solved the following problem.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 49
Lou and George are making chili for the Annual Firefighter’s Ball. Lou uses 2 teaspoons of hot sauce for every 2 cups of chili that he makes, and George uses 3 teaspoons of the same hot sauce for every cup of chili in his recipe. Who has the hotter chili, George or Lou?

Write the related number pairs as ordered pairs and then graph them. Use the graph to compare who has the hotter chili, George or Lou.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 50
Lou’s chili: (2, 2), (4, 4), (6, 6), (8, 8)
George’s chili: (1, 3), (2, 6), (3, 9), (4, 12)

Elsa said that George’s chili was hotter than Lou’s because the graph showed that the amount of hot sauce in George’s chili was always 3 times as great as the amount of hot sauce in Lou’s chili.

Does Elsa’s answer make sense, or is it nonsense?
Explain.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing img 51

Answer: Elsa’s Answer makes sense.

Explanation:
Elsa’s answer makes sense because the amount of hot sauce in George’s chili was always 3 times as great as the amount of hot sauce in Lou’s chili. To prove this we will take two points from the graph which has an equal amount of cups of chili and compares the amount of hot sauce in George’s chili with the amount of hot sauce in Lou’s chili.
If we take 4 cups of George’s chili and Lou’s chili the amount of hot sauce in George’s chili is 12 teaspoons and the amount of hot sauce in Lou’s chili is 4 teaspoons.
12 is 3 times greater than 4 so Elsa’s answer makes sense.

Chapter Review/Test – Vocabulary – Page No. 399

Choose the best term from the box.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing Chapter Review/Test img 52

Question 1.
The __________ is the point where the x-axis and y-axis meet. Its __________ is 0, and its __________ is 0.
The ________ is the point where the x-axis and y-axis meet.
Its ________ is 0,
and its ________ is 0.

Answer:
The Origin is the point where the x-axis and y-axis meet.
Its x-coordinate is 0,
and its y-coordinate is 0.

Question 2.
A __________ uses line segments to show how data changes over time.

Answer: A line graph uses line segments to show how data changes over time.

Check Concepts

Use the table for 3–4.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing Chapter Review/Test img 53

Question 3.
Write related number pairs of data as ordered pairs.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
The ordered pair for week 1 is (1, 2)
The ordered pair for week 2 is (2, 6)
The ordered pair for week 3 is (3, 14)
The ordered pair for week 4 is (4, 16)

Question 4.
Make a line graph of the data.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing Chapter Review/Test img 54
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Algebra-Patterns-and-Graphing-img-54

The ordered pair for week 1 is (1, 2)
The ordered pair for week 2 is (2, 6)
The ordered pair for week 3 is (3, 14)
The ordered pair for week 4 is (4, 16)

Complete the rule that describes how one sequence is related to the other. Use the rule to find the unknown term.

Question 5.
Multiply the number of eggs by ________ to find the number of cupcakes.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing Chapter Review/Test img 55
_______

Answer:
Multiply the number of eggs by 6 to find the number of cupcakes.
The unknown number in batches 6 we will get when multiply 18 with 6 because the rule that releases the number of eggs to the number of cupcakes is multiplying by 6.
The number of eggs is multiple of 3 and the number of cupcakes is multiple of 6.

Chapter Review/Test – Page No. 400

Fill in the bubble completely to show your answer.

Question 6.
The letters on the coordinate grid represent the locations of the first four holes on a golf course.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing Chapter Review/Test img 56
Which ordered pair describes the location of the hole labeled T?
Options:
a. (0, 7)
b. (1, 7)
c. (7, 0)
d. (7, 1)

Answer: (0, 7)
By seeing the above graph we can find the location of the hole label T i.e., (0, 7)

Use the line plot at the right for 7–8.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing Chapter Review/Test img 57

Question 7.
What is the average of the data in the line plot?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{2}\) pound
b. 1 pound
c. 6 pounds
d. 6 \(\frac{3}{4}\) pounds

Answer: 6 pounds

Explanation:
There are 3 xs above \(\frac{1}{2}\) pound = 3 × \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 3/2
There are 4 xs above \(\frac{2}{3}\) pound = 4 × \(\frac{2}{3}\) = 8/3
There is 1 x above \(\frac{5}{6}\) pound = 5/6
There are 2 xs above \(\frac{1}{6}\) = 2/6
There are 2 xs above \(\frac{1}{3}\) = 2/3
3/2 + 8/3 + 5/6 + 2/6 + 2/3 = 6 pounds
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 8.
How many bags of rice weigh at least \(\frac{1}{2}\) pound?
Options:
a. 2
b. 3
c. 5
d. 8

Answer: 8

Explanation:
By seeing the above line plot we can find the number of bags of rice weigh at least \(\frac{1}{2}\) pound
There are 3 xs above \(\frac{1}{2}\) pound = 3 × \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 3/2
There are 4 xs above \(\frac{2}{3}\) pound = 4 × \(\frac{2}{3}\) = 8/3
There is 1 x above \(\frac{5}{6}\) pound = 5/6
Total number of bags of rice weigh at least \(\frac{1}{2}\) pound = 3 + 4 + 1 = 8
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Chapter Review/Test – Page No. 401

Fill in the bubble completely to show your answer.

Use the table for 9–10.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing Chapter Review/Test img 58

Question 9.
Compare Tori’s and Martin’s savings. Which of the following statements is true?
Options:
a. Tori saves 4 times as much per week as Martin.
b. Tori will always have exactly $15 more in savings than Martin has.
c. Tori will save 15 times as much as Martin will.
d. On week 5, Martin will have $30 and Tori will have $90.

Answer: Tori saves 4 times as much per week as Martin.

Explanation:
By seeing the above table we can say that Tori saves 4 times as much per week as Martin.
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Question 10.
What rule could you use to find Tori’s savings after 10 weeks?
Options:
a. Add 10 from one week to the next.
b. Multiply the week by 2.
c. Multiply Martin’s savings by 4.
d. Divide Martin’s savings by 4.

Answer: Multiply Martin’s savings by 4.

Explanation:
We can find the savings of Tori by multiplying the savings of Martins by 4.
Thus the suitable statement is Multiply Martin’s savings by 4.
Therefore the correct answer is option C.

Question 11.
In an ordered pair, the x-coordinate represents the number of hexagons and the y-coordinate represents the total number of sides. If the x-coordinate is 7, what is the y-coordinate?
Options:
a. 6
b. 7
c. 13
d. 42

Answer: 6

Explanation:
Given that x-coordinate represents the number of hexagons.
Thus x-coordinate is 6.
And also given that the y-coordinate represents the number of sides.
The figure hexagon contains 6 sides.
So, the y-coordinate is 6.
Thus the ordered pair is (7, 6)
Therefore the correct answer is option A.

Question 12.
Point A is 2 units to the right and 4 units up from the origin. What ordered pair describes point A?
Options:
a. (2, 0)
b. (2, 4)
c. (4, 2)
d. (0, 4)

Answer: (2, 4)

Explanation:
Point A is 2 units to the right and 4 units up from the origin.
2 units will be located on the x-axis and 4 units will be on the y-axis.
Thus the ordered pair for point A is (2, 4)
Therefore the correct answer is option B.

Chapter Review/Test – Page No. 402

Constructed Response

Question 13.
Mr. Stevens drives 110 miles in 2 hours, 165 miles in 3 hours, and 220 miles in 4 hours. How many miles will he drive in 5 hours?
Explain how the number of hours he drives is related to the number of miles he drives.
_____ miles

Answer: 275 miles

Explanation:
Given that, Mr. Stevens drives 110 miles in 2 hours, 165 miles in 3 hours, and 220 miles in 4 hours.
We have to divide the number of miles by number of hours
That means, 110/2, 165/3, 220/4
the distance gone in 5 hours can be found with this equation
110/2 x ?/5
multiply 110 by 5 then divide the product by 2
110 × 5= 550
550/2 =275
Thus the answer is Mr. Stevens goes 275 miles in 5 hr.

Performance Task

Question 14.
Tim opens the freezer door and measures the temperature of the air inside. He continues to measure the temperature every 2 minutes, as the door stays open, and records the data in the table.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing Chapter Review/Test img 59
A). On the grid below, make a line graph showing the data in the table.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra Patterns and Graphing Chapter Review/Test img 60
Type below:
__________

Question 14.
B). Use the graph to estimate the temperature at 7 minutes.
Estimate: _____ °F

Answer: By seeing the above graph we can say that the estimated temperature at 7 minutes is 15°F.

Question 14.
C). Write a question that can be answered by making a prediction. Then answer your question and explain how you made your prediction.
Type below:
__________

Question: Estimate the temperature at 5 minutes by using the graph.
Answer: By seeing the above table we can say that the estimated temperature at 5 minutes is 13°F

Conclusion

Fall in love with Maths by utilizing the Go Math 5th Standard 5 Answer Key. Make use of the Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 9 Algebra: Patterns and Graphing as a reference for all your queries. Keep in touch with our site to avail updates on Class Specific Go Math Answer Key at your fingertips.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms

go-math-grade-6-chapter-10-area-of-parallelograms-answer-key

Get Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key from this page. Here you can know the formulas of the area of a parallelogram. In order to solve the problems first, you have to know what is parallelogram and how to calculate the area of a parallelogram. Download HMH Go Math Grade 6 Solution Key Area of Parallelograms pdf here.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms

Check out the topics covered in Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms before you start practicing the problems. Area of Parallelograms includes topics like the area of triangles, Area of Trapezoids, Area of Regular Polygons, Composite Figures, etc. Practice the problems a number of times and enhance your math skills. After that solve the questions given in the mid-chapter checkpoint and review test. We have also provided the solutions of mid-chapter and review test here.

Lesson 1: Algebra • Area of Parallelograms

Area of Parallelograms

Lesson 2: Investigate • Explore Area of Triangles

Explore Area of Triangles

Lesson 3: Algebra • Area of Triangles

Lesson 4: Investigate • Explore Area of Trapezoids

Area of Trapezoids

Lesson 5: Algebra • Area of Trapezoids

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint

Lesson 6: Area of Regular Polygons

Area of Regular Polygons

Lesson 7: Composite Figures

Lesson 8: Problem Solving • Changing Dimensions

Lesson 9: Figures on the Coordinate Plane

Chapter 10 Review/Test

Share and Show – Page No. 535

Find the area of the parallelogram or square.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 1
_______ m2

Answer: 9.96

Explanation:
Given that
Base = 8.3 m
Height = 1.2 m
We know that the area of the parallelogram is base × height
A = bh
A = 8.3 m × 1.2 m
A = 9.96 square meters
Thus the area of the parallelogram for the above figure is 9.96 m²

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 2
_______ ft2

Answer: 90

Explanation:
Given,
Base = 15 ft
Height = 6 ft
Area = ?
We know that,
Area of the parallelogram = bh
A = 15 ft × 6 ft
A = 90 square feet
Thus the area of the parallelogram for the above figure is 90 ft²

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 3
_______ mm2

Answer: 6.25

Explanation:
The above figure is a square
The side of the square is a × a
A = 2.5 mm × 2.5 mm
A = 6.25 square mm
Thus the area of the square is 6.25 mm²

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 4
\(\frac{□}{□}\) ft2

Answer: 1/2

Explanation:
Given
Base = 3/4 ft
Height = 2/3 ft
Area of the parallelogram is base × height
A = bh
A = 3/4 × 2/3
A = 1/2
Thus the area of the above parallelogram is 1/2 ft²

Find the unknown measurement for the parallelogram.

Question 5.
Area = 11 yd2
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 5
_______ yd

Answer: 2

Explanation:
Given,
A = 11 yd²
B = 5 1/2 yd
We know that
A = bh
11 = 5 1/2 × h
11 = 11/2 × h
22 = 11 × h
H = 2 yd
Thus the height of the above figure is 2 yards.

Question 6.
Area = 32 yd2
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 6
_______ yd

Answer: 8 yd

Explanation:
Given
Area = 32 yd2
Base = 4 yd
Height = ?
We know that
A = b × h
32 = 4 yd × h
H = 32/4
H = 8 yd
Therefore the height of the above figure is 8 yards.

On Your Own

Find the area of the parallelogram.

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 7
_______ m2

Answer: 58.24

Explanation:
Given
Base = 9.1 m
Height = 6.4 m
A = b × h
A = 9.1 m × 6.4 m
A = 58.24 square meters
Thus the area of the parallelogram for the above figure is 58.24 m²

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 8
_______ ft2

Answer: 168

Explanation:
Given
Base = 21 ft
Height = 8ft
We know that the area of the parallelogram is  base × height
A = 21 ft × 8ft
A = 168 square feet
Therefore the area of the above figure is 168 ft²

Find the unknown measurement for the figure.

Question 9.
square
A = ?
s = 15 ft
A = _______ ft

Answer: 225

Explanation:
Given,
S = 15 ft
The area of the square is s × s
A = 15 ft × 15 ft
A = 225 ft²
Thus the area of the square is 225 square feet.

Question 10.
parallelogram
A = 32 m2
b = ?
h = 8 m
b = _______ m

Answer: 4

Explanation:
Given
A = 32 m²
H = 8m
B = ?
To find the base we have to use the area of parallelogram formula
A = bh
32 m² = b × 8 m
B = 32/8
B = 4 m
Thus the base is 4 meters

Question 11.
parallelogram
A = 51 \(\frac{1}{4}\) in.2
b = 8 \(\frac{1}{5}\) in.
h = ?
________ \(\frac{□}{□}\) in.

Answer: 6 \(\frac{1}{4}\) in.

Explanation:
Given,
A = 51 \(\frac{1}{4}\) in.2
b = 8 \(\frac{1}{5}\) in.
H = ?
We know that the area of the parallelogram is  base × height
A = bh
51 \(\frac{1}{4}\) = h × 8 \(\frac{1}{5}\) in.
h = 51 \(\frac{1}{4}\) ÷ 8 \(\frac{1}{5}\) in.
h = 205/4 ÷ 41/5
h = 1025/164
h = 6 \(\frac{1}{4}\) in.
Thus the height of the parallelogram is 6 \(\frac{1}{4}\) in.

Question 12.
parallelogram
A = 121 mm2
b = 11 mm
h = ?
________ mm

Answer: 11 mm

Explanation:
Given
A = 121 mm²
B = 11 mm
H = ?
We know that
A = b × h
121 mm² = 11 mm × h
H = 121/11
H = 11 mm
Thus the height is 11 mm.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms Page 535 Q13

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 536

Question 14.
Jane’s backyard is shaped like a parallelogram. The base of the parallelogram is 90 feet, and the height is 25 feet. What is the area of Jane’s backyard?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 9
________ ft2

Answer: 2250

Explanation:
Jane’s backyard is shaped like a parallelogram.
The base of the parallelogram is 90 feet, and the height is 25 feet.
A = bh
A = 90 ft × 25 ft
A = 2250 square feet
Therefore the area of the parallelogram for the above figure is 2250 ft2

Question 15.
Jack made a parallelogram by putting together two congruent triangles and a square, like the figures shown at the right. The triangles have the same height as the square. What is the area of Jack’s parallelogram?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 10
________ cm2

Answer: 104

Explanation:
Jack made a parallelogram by putting together two congruent triangles and a square, like the figures shown at the right.
The triangles have the same height as the square.
Base = 8 cm + 5 cm = 13 cm
Height = 8 cm
Area = bh
A = 13 cm × 5 cm
A = 104 square cm
Thus the area of the parallelogram is 104 cm2

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms Page 536 Q16

Question 17.
Verify the Reasoning of Others Li Ping says that a square with 3-inch sides has a greater area than a parallelogram that is not a square but has sides that have the same length. Does Li Ping’s statement make sense? Explain.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 11
Type below:
_______________

Answer: 9

Explanation:
Base = 3 in
Height = 3 in
A = bh
A = 3 in × 3 in
A = 9 square inches
Therefore the area of the above figure is 9 in²

Question 18.
Find the area of the parallelogram.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 12
________ in.2

Answer: 60

Explanation:
Base = 12 in
H = 5 in
A = bh
A = 12 in × 5 in
A = 60 square inches
A = 60 in²

Area of Parallelograms – Page No. 537

Find the area of the figure.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 13
________ ft2

Answer: 126

Explanation:
The base of the figure is 18 ft
Height = 7 ft
The area of the parallelogram is bh
A = 18 ft × 7 ft
A = 126 square feet
Thus the area of the parallelogram is 126 ft2

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 14
________ cm2

Answer: 35

Explanation:
Base = 7 cm
Height = 5 cm
A = bh
A = 7 cm × 5 cm
A = 35 square cm
A = 35 cm2

Find the unknown measurement for the figure.

Question 3.
parallelogram
A = 9.18 m2
b = 2.7 m
h = ?
h = ________ m

Answer: 3.4

Explanation:
A = 9.18 m2
b = 2.7 m
h = ?
A = bh
9.18 m2 = 2.7 m × h
h = 9.18/2.7
A = 3.4 m

Question 4.
parallelogram
A = ?
b = 4 \(\frac{3}{10}\) m
h = 2 \(\frac{1}{10}\) m
A = ________ \(\frac{□}{□}\) m2

Explanation:
b = 4 \(\frac{3}{10}\) m
h = 2 \(\frac{1}{10}\) m
A = ?
A = bh
A = 4 \(\frac{3}{10}\) m × 2 \(\frac{1}{10}\) m
A = \(\frac{43}{10}\) m × \(\frac{21}{10}\) m
A = \(\frac{903}{100}\) m²
A = 9 \(\frac{3}{100}\) m²

Question 5.
square
A = ?
s = 35 cm
A = ________ cm2

Answer: 1225

Explanation:
s = 35 cm
A = s × s
A = 35 cm × 35 cm
A = 1225 cm2
Area of the parallelogram is 1225 cm2

Question 6.
parallelogram
A = 6.3 mm2
b = ?
h = 0.9 mm
b = ________ mm

Answer: 7

Explanation:
A = 6.3 mm2
b = ?
h = 0.9 mm
A = bh
6.3 mm2 = b × 0.9 mm
b = 6.3/0.9
b = 7 mm
Thus the base of the parallelogram is 7 mm.

Problem Solving

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms Page 537 Q7

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms Page 537 Q8

Question 9.
Copy the two triangles and the square in Exercise 15 on page 536. Show how you found the area of each piece. Draw the parallelogram formed when the three figures are put together. Calculate its area using the formula for the area of a parallelogram.
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 10
First, we need to add the base of the triangle and square
So, base = 8 cm + 5 cm
base = 13 cm
The height of the triangle and square are the same.
So, h = 8 cm
Area of the parallelogram is base × height
A = bh
A = 13 cm × 5 cm
A = 104 square cm
Thus the area of the parallelogram is 104 cm2

Lesson Check – Page No. 538

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms Page 538 Q1
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms Page 538 Q1.1

Question 2.
Square County is a square-shaped county divided into 16 equal-sized square districts. If the side length of each district is 4 miles, what is the area of Square County?
________ square miles

Answer: 256 square miles

Explanation:
Square County is a square-shaped county divided into 16 equal-sized square districts.
If the side length of each district is 4 miles
4 × 4 = 16
A = 16 × 16 = 256 square miles

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Which of the following values of y make the inequality y < 4 true?
y = 4     y = 6      y = 0    y = 8    y = 2
Type below:
_______________

Answer: y = -6

Question 4.
On a winter’s day, 9°F is the highest temperature recorded. Write an inequality that represents the temperature t in degrees Fahrenheit at any time on this day.
Type below:
_______________

Answer: t ≤ 9

Explanation:
On a winter’s day, 9°F is the highest temperature recorded.
t will be less than or equal to 9.
The inequality is t ≤ 9

Question 5.
In 2 seconds, an elevator travels 40 feet. In 3 seconds, the elevator travels 60 feet. In 4 seconds, the elevator travels 80 feet. Write an equation that gives the relationship between the number of seconds x and the distance y the elevator travels.
Type below:
_______________

Answer: y = 20x

Explanation:
x represents the number of seconds
y represents the distance the elevator travels.
The elevator travels 20 feet per second.
Thus the equation is y = 20x

Question 6.
The linear equation y = 4x represents the number of bracelets y that Jolene can make in x hours. Which ordered pair lies on the graph of the equation?
Type below:
_______________

Answer: (4, 16)

Explanation:
y = 4x
If x = 4
Then y = 4(4)
y = 16
Thus the ordered pairs are (4, 16)

Share and Show – Page No. 541

Question 1.
Trace the parallelogram, and cut it into two congruent triangles. Find the areas of the parallelogram and one triangle, using square units.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 15
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
Base = 9 units
Height = 4 units
Area of the parallelogram = base × height
A = 9 × 4
A = 36 sq. units
Area of the triangle = ab/2
A = (9 × 4)/2
A = 18 sq. units
Area of another triangle = ab/2
A = (9 × 4)/2
A = 18 sq. units

Find the area of each triangle.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 16
_______ in.2

Answer: 40

Explanation:
The area of the right triangle is bh/2
A = (8 × 10)/2
A = 80/2
A = 40 in.2
Thus the area of the triangle for the above figure is 40 in.2

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 17
_______ ft2

Answer: 180

Explanation:
The area of the right triangle is bh/2
A = (18 × 20)/2
A = 360/2
A = 180 ft2

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 18
_______ yd2

Answer: 22

Explanation:
The area of the right triangle is bh/2
A = (4 × 11)/2
A = 44/2
A = 22
A = 22 yd2
Thus the area of the triangle is 22 yd2

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 19
_______ mm2

Answer: 495

Explanation:
The area of the right triangle is bh/2
A = (30 × 33)/2
A = 990/2
A = 495 mm2
Thus the area of the triangle is 495 mm2

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 20
_______ in.2

Answer: 190

Explanation:
The area of the right triangle is bh/2
A = (19 × 20)/2
A = 380/2
A = 190 in.2
Thus the area of the triangle is 190 in.2

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 21
_______ cm2

Answer: 96

Explanation:
The area of the right triangle is bh/2
A = (16 × 12)/2
A = 192/2
A = 96 Sq. cm
Thus the area of the triangle is 96 Sq. cm

Problem Solving + Applications

Question 8.
Communicate Describe how you can use two triangles of the same shape and size to form a parallelogram.
Type below:
_______________

Answer: Put them together like a puzzle. if the sides are parallel then it would be a parallelogram.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms Page 541 Q9

Sense or Nonsense? – Page No. 542

Question 10.
Cyndi and Tyson drew the models below. Each said his or her drawing represents a triangle with an area of 600 square inches. Whose statement makes sense? Whose statement is nonsense? Explain your reasoning.
Tyson’s Model:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 22

Cyndi’s Model:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 23
Type below:
_______________

Answer: Tyson’s Model makes sense.
The base of the figure is 30 in.
The height of the figure is 40 in
Area of the triangle = bh/2
A = (30 × 40)/2
A = 1200/2 = 600 sq. in
Cyndi’s Model doesn’t make sense because there is no base for the triangle.

Question 11.
A flag is separated into two different colors. Find the area of the white region. Show your work.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 24
_______ ft.2

Answer: 7.5 ft.2

Explanation:
A flag is separated into two different colors.
B = 5 ft
H = 3 ft
Area of the triangle = bh/2
A = (3 × 5)/2
A = 15/2
A = 7.5 sq. ft

Explore Area of Triangles – Page No. 543

Find the area of each triangle.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 25
_______ ft2

Answer: 30

Explanation:
Given,
Base = 6 ft
Height = 10 ft
Area of the triangle = bh/2
A = (6 ft × 10 ft)/2
A = 60 sq. ft/2
A = 30 ft2
Thus the area of the triangle for the above figure is 0 ft2

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 26
_______ cm2

Answer: 925

Explanation:
Given,
Base = 50 cm
Height = 37 cm
Area of the triangle = bh/2
A = (50 × 37)/2
A = 1850/2
A = 925 sq. cm
Therefore the area of the above figure is 925 cm2

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 27
_______ mm2

Answer: 400

Explanation:
Given,
Base = 40 mm
Height = 20 mm
Area of the triangle = bh/2
A = (40 × 20)/2
A = 800/2
A = 400 mm2
Therefore the area of the above figure is 400 mm2

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 28
_______ in.2

Answer: 180

Explanation:
Given,
Base = 12 in.
Height = 30 in.
Area of the triangle = bh/2
A = (12 × 30)/2
A = 360/2
A = 180 in.2
Therefore the area of the above figure is 180 in.2

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 29
_______ cm2

Answer: 225

Explanation:
Given,
Base = 15 cm
Height = 30 cm
Area of the triangle = bh/2
A = (15 × 30)/2
A = 450/2
A = 225 cm2
Therefore the area of the above figure is 225 cm2

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 30
_______ cm2

Answer: 450

Explanation:
Given,
Base = 20 cm
Height = 45 cm
Area of the triangle = bh/2
A = (20 × 45)/2
A = 900/2
A = 450 cm2
Therefore the area of the above figure is 450 cm2

Problem Solving

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms Page 543 Q7

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms Page 543 Q8

Question 9.
Draw 3 triangles on grid paper. Draw appropriate parallelograms to support the formula for the area of the triangle. Tape your drawings to this page.
Type below:
_______________

Lesson Check – Page No. 544

Question 1.
What is the area of a triangle with a height of 14 feet and a base of 10 feet?
_______ ft2

Answer: 70

Explanation:
Given,
Base = 10 feet
Height = 14 feet
Area of the triangle = bh/2
A = (14 × 10)/2
A = 140/2
A = 70 ft2
Therefore the area of the triangle is 70 ft2

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms Page 544 Q2

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Jack bought 3 protein bars for a total of $4.26. Which equation could be used to find the cost c in dollars of each protein bar?
Type below:
_______________

Answer: 3c = 4.26

Explanation:
Jack bought 3 protein bars for a total of $4.26.
c represents the cost of each protein bar
3c = 4.26

Question 4.
Coach Herrera is buying tennis balls for his team. He can solve the equation 4c = 92 to find how many cans c of balls he needs. How many cans does he need?
_______ cans

Answer: 23

Explanation:
Coach Herrera is buying tennis balls for his team.
4c = 92
c = 92/4
c = 23
Therefore he need 23 cans.

Question 5.
Sketch the graph of y ≤ 7 on a number line.
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 solution img-1

Question 6.
A square photograph has a perimeter of 20 inches. What is the area of the photograph?
_______ in.2

Answer: 25

Explanation:
A square photograph has a perimeter of 20 inches.
p = 4s
20 = 4s
s = 20/4
s = 5 in.
Area of the square is s × s
A = 5 × 5 = 25
Thus the area of square photograph = 25 in.2

Share and Show – Page No. 547

Question 1.
Find the area of the triangle.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 31
A = _______ cm2

Answer: 56

Explanation:
B = 14 cm
H = 8 cm
Area of the triangle = bh/2
A = (14 × 8)/2
A = 14 × 4
A = 56 sq. cm
Thus the area of the above figure is 56 cm2

Question 2.
The area of the triangle is 132 in.2. Find the height of the triangle
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 32
h = _______ in.

Answer: 12

Explanation:
B = 22 in.
H = ?
A = 132 in.2
Area of the triangle = bh/2
132 sq. in  = 22 in × h
h = 132 sq. in/22 in
h = 12 in
Thus the height of the above figure is 12 in.

Find the area of the triangle.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 33
A = _______ mm2

Answer: 540

Explanation:
B = 27 mm
H = 40 mm
Area of the triangle = bh/2
A = (27 × 40)/2
A = 27 × 20 = 540
A = 540 mm2
Therefore the area of the above figure is 540 mm2

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 34
A = _______ mm2

Answer: 11

Explanation:
B = 5.5 mm
H = 4 mm
Area of the triangle = bh/2
A = (5.5 mm × 4 mm)/2
A = 5.5 mm × 2 mm
A = 11 mm2
Therefore the area of the above figure is 11 mm2

On Your Own

Find the unknown measurement for the figure.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 35
h = _______ in.

Answer: 21

Explanation:
B = 5 in
H =?
A = 52.5 sq. in
Area of the triangle = bh/2
52.5 sq. in = (5 × h)/2
52.5 sq. in × 2 = 5h
h = 21 in
Thus the height of the above figure is 21 in

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 36
h = _______ cm

Answer: 4.3

Explanation:
B = 80 mm = 8 cm
H = ?
A = 17.2 sq. cm
Area of the triangle = bh/2
17.2 sq. cm = (8 cm × h)/2
17.2 × 2 = 8 × h
h = 4.3 cm
Thus the height of the above figure is 4.3 cm

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms Page 547 Q7

Unlock the Problem – Page No. 548

Question 8.
Alani is building a set of 4 shelves. Each shelf will have 2 supports in the shape of right isosceles triangles. Each shelf is 14 inches deep. How many square inches of wood will she need to make all of the supports?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 37
a. What are the base and height of each triangle?
Base: ___________ in.
Height: ___________ in.

Answer:
Base: 14 in
Height: 14 in

Explanation:
Given that,
Each shelf is 14 inches deep.
Height = 14 inches
By seeing the above figure we can say that the base of the shelves is 14 inches
Base = 14 inches

Question 8.
b. What formula can you use to find the area of a triangle?
Type below:
_______________

Answer: The formula to find the Area of the triangle = bh/2

Question 8.
c. Explain how you can find the area of one triangular support.
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
We can find the area of one triangle support by substituting the base and height in the formula.
A = (14 × 14)/2
A = 98 sq. in

Question 8.
d. How many triangular supports are needed to build 4 shelves?
_______ supports

Answer: 8
By seeing the above figure we can say that 8 triangular supports are needed to build 4 shelves.

Question 8.
e. How many square inches of wood will Alani need to make all the supports?
_______ in.2

Answer: 784

Explanation:
The depth of each shelf made by Alamo is 14 inches.
So the base of the right isosceles triangular supporter is 14 inches.
So one equal side is 14 cm. Now by using the Pythagoras theorem we can calculate the other side of the supporter = = 19.8 inches.
The area of the right isosceles triangle is given by × base ×height. Here the base and height are equal to 14 inches.
Therefore the area of each right isosceles triangular supporter is
A = (14 × 14)/2
A = 98 sq. in
Each shelf would require two such supporters and there are 4 such shelves. Thus the total number of supporters required is 8.
Square inches of wood necessary for 8 right isosceles triangular supporters = 98 × 8 = 784 square inches.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms Page 548 Q9

Question 10.
The area of a triangle is 30 ft2.
For numbers, 10a–10d, select Yes or No to tell if the dimensions given could be the height and base of the triangle.
10a. h = 3, b = 10
10b. h = 3, b = 20
10c. h = 5, b = 12
10d. h = 5, b = 24
10a. ___________
10b. ___________
10c. ___________
10d. ___________

Answer:
10a. No
10b. yes
10c. Yes
10d. No

Explanation:
The area of a triangle is 30 ft2.
10a. h = 3, b = 10
Area of the triangle = bh/2
A = (3 × 10)/2
A = 15 ft2.
Thus the answer is no.
10b. h = 3, b = 20
Area of the triangle = bh/2
A = (3 × 20)/2
A = 30 ft2.
Thus the answer is yes.
10c. h = 5, b = 12
Area of the triangle = bh/2
A = (5 × 12)/2
A = 30 ft2.
Thus the answer is yes.
10d. h = 5, b = 24
Area of the triangle = bh/2
A = (5 × 24)/2
A = 60 ft2.
Thus the answer is no.

Area of Triangles – Page No. 549

Find the area.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 38
_______ in.2

Answer: 45

Explanation:
Given,
Base = 15 in.
Height = 6 in.
Area of the triangle = bh/2
A = (15 × 6)/2
A = 90/2
A = 45 in.2

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 39
_______ m2

Answer: 0.36

Explanation:
Given,
Base = 1.2 m
Height = 0.6 m
Area of the triangle = bh/2
A = (1.2 × 0.6)/2
A = 0.72/2
A = 0.36 m2

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 40
_______ ft2

Answer: 6

Explanation:
Given,
Base = 4 1/2 ft
Height = 2 2/3 ft
Area of the triangle = bh/2
A = (4 1/2 × 2 2/3)/2
A = 12/2
A = 6 ft2

Find the unknown measurement for the triangle.

Question 4.
A = 0.225 mi2
b = 0.6 mi
h = ?
h = _______ mi

Answer: 0.75

Explanation:
Given,
A = 0.225 mi2
b = 0.6 mi
h = ?
Area of the triangle = bh/2
0.225 = (0.6 × h)/2
0.450 = 0.6 × h
h = 0.450/0.6
h = 0.75 mi

Question 5.
A = 4.86 yd2
b = ?
h = 1.8 yd
b = _______ yd

Answer: 5.4 yd

Explanation:
Given,
A = 4.86 yd2
b = ?
h = 1.8 yd
Area of the triangle = bh/2
4.86 yd2 = (b × 1.8 yd)/2
4.86 × 2 = b × 1.8
9.72 = b × 1.8
b = 9.72/1.8
b = 5.4 yd

Question 6.
A = 63 m2
b = ?
h = 12 m
b = _______ m

Answer: 10.5

Explanation:
Given,
A = 63 m2
b = ?
h = 12 m
Area of the triangle = bh/2
63 = (b × 12)/2
63 = b × 6
b = 63/6
b = 10.5 m

Question 7.
A = 2.5 km2
b = 5 km
h = ?
h = _______ km

Answer: 1

Explanation:
Given,
A = 2.5 km2
b = 5 km
h = ?
Area of the triangle = bh/2
2.5 = (5 km × h)/2
2.5 km2 = 2.5 km × h
h = 2.5/2.5
h = 1 km

Problem Solving

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms Page 549 Q8

Question 9.
Alicia is making a triangular sign for the school play. The area of the sign is 558 in.2. The base of the triangle is 36 in. What is the height of the triangle?
_______ in.

Answer: 31

Explanation:
Given,
Alicia is making a triangular sign for the school play.
The area of the sign is 558 in.2
The base of the triangle is 36 in.
Area of the triangle = bh/2
558 = (36 × h)/2
558 = 18 × h
h = 558/18
h = 31 inches

Question 10.
Describe how you would find how much grass seed is needed to cover a triangular plot of land.
Type below:
_______________

Answer:

You will need to find the area
A=height multiplied by the base divided by 2
Area of the triangle = bh/2

Lesson Check – Page No. 550

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms Page 550 Q1

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms Page 550 Q2

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Tina bought a t-shirt and sandals. The total cost was $41.50. The t-shirt cost $8.95. The equation 8.95 + c = 41.50 can be used to find the cost c in dollars of the sandals. How much did the sandals cost?
$ _______

Answer: $32.55

Explanation:
Tina bought a t-shirt and sandals.
The total cost was $41.50.
The t-shirt cost $8.95.
8.95 + c = 41.50
c = 41.50 – 8.95
c = $32.55

Question 4.
There are 37 paper clips in a box. Carmen places more paper clips in the box. Write an equation to show the total number of paper clips p in the box after Carmen places n more paper clips in the box.
Type below:
_______________

Answer: 37 + n = p

Explanation:
There are 37 paper clips in a box. Carmen places more paper clips in the box.
n represents number of paper clips in the box
The equation is 37 + n = p

Question 5.
Name another ordered pair that is on the graph of the equation represented by the table.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 41
Type below:
_______________

Answer: The ordered pairs are (1, 6), (2, 12), (3, 18), (4, 16)

Question 6.
Find the area of the triangle that divides the parallelogram in half.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 42
_______ cm2

Answer: 58.5

Explanation:
Given,
b = 13 cm
h = 9 cm
Area of the triangle = bh/2
A = (13 × 9)/2
A = 117/2
A = 58.5 cm2

Share and Show – Page No. 553

Question 1.
Trace and cut out two copies of the trapezoid. Arrange the trapezoids to form a parallelogram. Find the areas of the parallelogram and one trapezoid using square units
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 43
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
Figure 1:
Base 1 = 3 units
Base 2= 7 units
Height = 4 units
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (3 + 7)4/2
A = 10 × 2
A = 20 sq. units
Figure 2:
Base 1 = 7 units
Base 2= 3 units
Height = 4 units
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (7 + 3)4/2
A = 10 × 2
A = 20 sq. units

Find the area of the trapezoid.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 44
_______ cm2

Answer: 40

Explanation:
Base 1 = 6 cm
Base 2 = 10 cm
Height = 5 cm
We know that the Area of the trapezium is the sum of bases into height divided by 2.
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (6 cm + 10 cm)5 /2
A = (16 × 5)/2
A = 40 sq. cm

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 45
_______ in.2

Answer: 48

Explanation:
b1 = 3 in
b2 = 9 in.
h = 8 in.
We know that the Area of the trapezium is the sum of bases into height divided by 2.
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (3 + 9)8/2
A = 12 × 4
A = 48 sq. in

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 46
_______ ft2

Answer: 64

Explanation:
b1 = 11 ft
b2 = 5 ft
h = 8 ft
We know that the Area of the trapezium is the sum of bases into height divided by 2.
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (11 + 5)8/2
A = 16 × 4
A = 64 sq. ft

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 47
_______ cm2

Answer: 266

Explanation:
b1 = 16 cm
b2 = 22 cm
h = 14 cm
We know that the Area of the trapezium is the sum of bases into height divided by 2.
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (16 + 22)14/2
A = 38 × 7
A = 266 sq. cm

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 48
_______ mm2

Answer: 71.5

Explanation:
b1 = 8 mm
b2 = 14 mm
h = 6.5 mm
We know that the Area of the trapezium is the sum of bases into height divided by 2.
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (8 + 14)6.5/2
A = 11 × 6.5
A = 71.5 sq. mm

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 49
_______ in.2

Answer: 31.5

Explanation:
b1 = 3 1/2 in.
b2 = 8 1/2 in.
h = 5 1/4 in.
We know that the Area of the trapezium is the sum of bases into height divided by 2.
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
b = 3 1/2 + 8 1/2
b = 12
A = 5 1/4 × 12/2
A = 5 1/4 × 6
A = 31.5 sq. in

Problem Solving + Applications

Question 8.
Describe a Method Explain one way to find the height of a trapezoid if you know the area of the trapezoid and the length of both bases.
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
1) Add the length of both bases: [Total Length = Length 1 + Length 2]
2) Divide the length that you found by 2. [Average Length = Total Length ÷ 2]
3) Divide the Area by the length found [Height = Area ÷ average length]

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms Page 553 Q9

What’s the Error? – Page No. 554

Question 10.
Except for a small region near its southeast corner, the state of Nevada is shaped like a trapezoid. The map at the right shows the approximate dimensions of the trapezoid. Sabrina used the map to estimate the area of Nevada.
Look at how Sabrina solved the problem. Find her error.
Two copies of the trapezoid can be put together to form a rectangle.
length of rectangle: 200 + 480 = 680 mi
width of rectangle: 300 mi
A = lw
A = 680 × 300
A = 204,000
The area of Nevada is about 204,000 square miles.
Describe the error. Find the area of the trapezoid to estimate the area of Nevada.
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
The area of Nevada is she didn’t divide by 2.
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (200 + 480)300/2
A = 680 × 150
A = 102000 sq. miles

Question 11.
A photo was cut in half at an angle. What is the area of one of the cut pieces?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 50
_______ in.2

Answer: 30

Explanation:
b1= 3 in
b2 = 7 in
h = 6 in.
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (3 + 7)6/2
A = 10 × 3
A = 30 sq. in
Thus the area of the trapezium is 30 in.2

Explore Area of Trapezoids – Page No. 555

Question 1.
Trace and cut out two copies of the trapezoid. Arrange the trapezoids to form a parallelogram. Find the areas of the parallelogram and the trapezoids using square units.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 51
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
Figure 1:
b1 = 2 units
b2 = 6 units
h = 3 units
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (2 + 6)3/2
A = (8)(3)/2
A = 24/2 = 12
A = 12 sq. units
Figure 2:
b1 = 6 units
b2 = 2 units
h = 3 units
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (6 + 2)3/2
A = (8)(3)/2
A = 24/2 = 12
The area of figure 2 is 12 sq. units

Find the area of the trapezoid.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 52
_______ in.2

Answer: 38.5

Explanation:
Given,
b1 = 9 in
b2 = 2 in
h = 7 in
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (9 + 2)7/2
A = (11 × 7)/2
A = 77/2 = 38.5 in.2

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 53
_______ yd2

Answer: 3600

Explanation:
Given,
b1 = 24 yd
b2 = 48 yd
h = 100 yd
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (24 + 48)100/2
A = 72 × 50
A = 3600 yd2

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 54
_______ ft2

Answer: 64

Explanation:
Given,
b1 = 4.5 ft
b2 = 11.5 ft
h = 8 ft
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (4.5 + 11.5)8/2
A = 16 × 4
A = 64 sq. ft

Problem Solving

Question 5.
A cake is made out of two identical trapezoids. Each trapezoid has a height of 11 inches and bases of 9 inches and 14 inches. What is the area of one of the trapezoid pieces?
_______ in.2

Answer: 126.5

Explanation:
Given,
A cake is made out of two identical trapezoids.
Each trapezoid has a height of 11 inches and bases of 9 inches and 14 inches.
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (9 + 14)11/2
A = 23 × 11/2
A = 126.5 in.2

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms Page 555 Q6

Question 7.
Find the area of a trapezoid that has bases that are 15 inches and 20 inches and a height of 9 inches.
_______ in.2

Answer: 157.5

Explanation:
b1 = 15 inches
b2 = 20 inches
h = 9 inches
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (15 + 20)9/2
A = (35 × 9)/2
A = 157.5 sq. in

Lesson Check – Page No. 556

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 55
_______ yd2

Answer: 84

Explanation:
b1 = 9 yd
b2 = 15 yd
h = 7 yd
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (9 + 15)7/2
A = 24 × 3.5
A = 84 sq. yd

Question 2.
Maggie colors a figure in the shape of a trapezoid. The trapezoid is 6 inches tall. The bases are 4.5 inches and 8 inches. What is the area of the figure that Maggie colored?
_______ in.2

Answer: 37.5

Explanation:
Maggie colors a figure in the shape of a trapezoid.
The trapezoid is 6 inches tall.
The bases are 4.5 inches and 8 inches.
b1 = 4.5 in
b2 = 8 in
h = 6 in
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (4.5 in + 8 in)6/2
A = 12.5 in × 3
A = 37.5 sq. in

Spiral Review

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms Page 556 Q3

Question 4.
Ginger makes pies and sells them for $14 each. Write an equation that represents the situation, if y represents the money that Ginger earns and x represents the number of pies sold.
Type below:
_______________

Answer: y = 14x

Explanation:
Ginger makes pies and sells them for $14 each.
y represents the money that Ginger earns
x represents the number of pies sold
The equation is y = 14x

Question 5.
What is the equation for the graph shown below?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 56
Type below:
_______________

Answer: y = 2x
By seeing the graph we can say that y = 2x

Question 6.
Cesar made a rectangular banner that is 4 feet by 3 feet. He wants to make a triangular banner with the same area as the other. The triangular banner will have a base of 4 feet. What should its height be?
_______ feet

Answer: 6

Explanation:
6 Because 4×3=12 and (4× 6)/2=12

Share and Show – Page No. 559

Question 1.
Find the area of the trapezoid.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 57
A = _______ cm2

Answer: 18

Explanation:
Given,
b1 = 6 cm
b2 = 3 cm
h = 4 cm
We know that,
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (6 cm + 3 cm)4 cm/2
A = 9 cm × 2 cm
A = 18 sq. cm
Therefore the area of the trapezoid is 18 cm2

Question 2.
The area of the trapezoid is 45 ft2. Find the height of the trapezoid.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 58
h = _______ ft

Answer: 5

Explanation:
b1 = 10 ft
b2 = 8 ft
The area of the trapezoid is 45 ft2
We know that,
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
45 ft2 = (10 ft + 8 ft)h/2
90 = 18 × h
h = 90/18
h = 5 ft
Thus the height of the above figure is 5 ft.

Question 3.
Find the area of the trapezoid.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 59
_______ mm2

Answer: 540

Explanation:
b1 = 17 mm
b2 = 43 mm
h = 18 mm
We know that,
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (17 + 43)18/2
A = 60 mm × 9 mm
A = 540 sq. mm
Thus the area of the trapezoid is 540 mm2

On Your Own

Find the area of the trapezoid.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 60
A = _______ in.2

Answer: 266

Explanation:
Given,
b1 = 17 in
b2 = 21 in
h = 14 in
We know that,
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (17 in + 21 in)14/2
A = 38 in × 7 in
A = 266 sq. in
Therefore Area of the trapezium is 266 in.2

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 61
A = _______ m2

Answer: 25.2 m2

Explanation:
Given,
b1 = 9.2 m
b2 = 2.8 m
h = 4.2 m
We know that,
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (9.2 + 2.8)4.2/2
A = 12 × 2.1
A = 25.2 sq. m
Therefore the area of the trapezium is 25.2 m2

Find the height of the trapezoid.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 62
h = _______ in.

Answer: 25

Explanation:
Given,
b1 = 27.5 in
b2 = 12.5 in
h = ?
A = 500 sq. in
We know that,
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
500 sq. in = (27.5 in + 12.5 in)h/2
500 sq. in = 40 × h/2
500 sq. in = 20h
h = 500/20
h = 25 inches
Thus the height of the above figure is 25 inches.

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 63
h = _______ cm

Answer: 15

Explanation:
A = 99 sq. cm
b1 = 3.2 cm
b2 = 10 cm
h = ?
We know that,
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
99 sq. cm = (3.2 cm+ 10 cm)h/2
99 sq. cm = (13.2 cm)h/2
99 sq. cm = 6.6 × h
h = 99 sq. cm/6.6 cm
h = 15 cm

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 560

Use the diagram for 8–9.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 64

Question 8.
A baseball home plate can be divided into two trapezoids with the dimensions shown in the drawing. Find the area of home plate.
_______ in.2

Answer: 21.75

Explanation:
The bases of the trapezoid area are 8.5 in and 17 in and the height is 8.5 in.
We know that,
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = 1/2 (8.5 + 17)8.5
A = (25.5)(8.5)/2
A = 1/2 × 216.75
The area of the home plate is double the area of a trapezoid.
So, the area of the home plate is 216.75 sq. in.

Question 9.
Suppose you cut the home plate along the dotted line and rearranged the pieces to form a rectangle. What would the dimensions and the area of the rectangle be?
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
The dimensions of the rectangle would be 25.5 in by 8.5 in.
The area would be 216.75 sq. in.

Question 10.
A pattern used for tile floors is shown. A side of the inner square measures 10 cm, and a side of the outer square measures 30 cm. What is the area of one of the yellow trapezoid tiles?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 65
_______ cm2

Answer: 200 sq. cm

Explanation:
A side of the inner square measures 10 cm, and a side of the outer square measures 30 cm.
The bases of the trapezoid are 10 cm and 30 cm and the height of the trapezoid is 10 cm.
We know that,
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (10 + 30)10/2
A = 40 cm × 5 cm
A = 200 sq. cm
So, the area of one of the yellow trapezoid tiles is 200 sq. cm

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms Page 560 Q11

Question 12.
Which expression can be used to find the area of the trapezoid? Mark all that apply.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 66
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{2}\) × (4 + 1.5) × 3.5
b. \(\frac{1}{2}\) × (1.5 + 3.5) × 4
c. \(\frac{1}{2}\) × (4 + 3.5) × 1.5
d. \(\frac{1}{2}\) × (5) × 4

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\) × (1.5 + 3.5) × 4

Explanation:
b1 = 3.5 ft
b2 = 1.5 ft
h = 4 ft
We know that,
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (3.5 ft + 1.5 ft)4ft/2
A = \(\frac{1}{2}\) × (1.5 + 3.5) × 4
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Area of Trapezoids – Page No. 561

Find the area of the trapezoid.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 67
_______ cm2

Answer: 252 cm2

Explanation:
Given that,
long base b1 = 17 cm
short base b2 = 11 cm
h = 18 cm
We know that,
The Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (17 cm + 11 cm)18 cm/2
A = 28 cm × 9 cm
A = 252 cm2
Thus the area of the trapezium for the above figure is 252 cm2

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 68
_______ ft2

Answer: 30 ft2

Explanation:
Given,
b1 = 6.5 ft
b2 = 5.5 ft
h = 5 ft
We know that,
The Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (6.5 + 5.5)5/2
A = 12 ft × 2.5 ft
A = 30 sq. ft
Therefore the area of the trapezium is 30 ft2

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 69
_______ cm2

Answer: 0.08 cm2

Explanation:
Given,
b1 = 0.6 cm
b2 = 0.2 cm
h = 0.2 cm
We know that,
The Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (0.6 cm + 0.2 cm)0.2 cm/2
A = 0.8 cm × 0.1 cm
A = 0.08 sq. cm
Thus the area of the trapezium is 0.08 sq. cm

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 70
_______ in.2

Answer: 37.5 in.2

Explanation:
Given,
b1 = 5 in
b2 = 2 1/2
h = 10 in
We know that,
The Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (5 in + 2 1/2 in)10/2
A = 7 1/2 × 5
A = 37.5 sq. in
Thus the area of the trapezium is 37.5 in.2

Problem Solving

Question 5.
Sonia makes a wooden frame around a square picture. The frame is made of 4 congruent trapezoids. The shorter base is 9 in., the longer base is 12 in., and the height is 1.5 in. What is the area of the picture frame?
_______ in.2

Answer: 63

Explanation:
Given,
Sonia makes a wooden frame around a square picture.
The frame is made of 4 congruent trapezoids.
The shorter base is 9 in., the longer base is 12 in., and the height is 1.5 in.
We know that,
The Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (9 in + 12 in)1.5/2
A = 21 in × 1.5 in/2
A = 63 sq. in
Thus the area of the trapezium is 63 in.2

Question 6.
Bryan cuts a piece of cardboard in the shape of a trapezoid. The area of the cutout is 43.5 square centimeters. If the bases are 6 centimeters and 8.5 centimeters long, what is the height of the trapezoid?
_______ cm

Answer: 6 cm

Explanation:
Given,
Bryan cuts a piece of cardboard in the shape of a trapezoid.
The area of the cutout is 43.5 square centimeters.
If the bases are 6 centimeters and 8.5 centimeters long.
We know that,
The Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
43.5 sq. cm = (6 + 8.5)h/2
43.5 × 2 = 14.5 × h
h = 6 cm
Therefore the height of the trapezoid is 6 cm.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms Page 561 Q7

Lesson Check – Page No. 562

Question 1.
Dominic is building a bench with a seat in the shape of a trapezoid. One base is 5 feet. The other base is 4 feet. The perpendicular distance between the bases is 2.5 feet. What is the area of the seat?
_______ ft2

Answer: 11.25 sq. ft

Explanation:
Given,
Dominic is building a bench with a seat in the shape of a trapezoid.
One base is 5 feet. The other base is 4 feet.
The perpendicular distance between the bases is 2.5 feet.
We know that,
The Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (5 ft + 4 ft)2.5/2
A = 4.5 ft × 2.5 ft
A = 11.25 sq. ft
Thus the area of the seat is 11.25 sq. ft

Question 2.
Molly is making a sign in the shape of a trapezoid. One base is 18 inches and the other is 30 inches. How high must she make the sign so its area is 504 square inches?
_______ in.

Answer: 21 in.

Explanation:
Given,
Molly is making a sign in the shape of a trapezoid.
One base is 18 inches and the other is 30 inches.
A = 504 sq. in
We know that,
The Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
504 sq. in = (18 + 30)h/2
504 sq. in = 24 × h
h = 504 sq. in÷ 24 in
h = 21 inches
Thus the height of the trapezoid is 21 inches.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Write these numbers in order from least to greatest.
3 \(\frac{3}{10}\)     3.1       3 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Type below:
_______________

Explanation:
First, convert the fraction into a decimal.
3 \(\frac{3}{10}\) = 3.3
3 \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 3.25
Now write the numbers from least to greatest.
3.1 3.25 3.3

Question 4.
Write these lengths in order from least to greatest.
2 yards       5.5 feet        70 inches
Type below:
_______________

Answer: 5.5 feet, 70 inches, 2 yards

Explanation:
First, convert from inches to feet.
1 feet = 12 inches
70 inches = 5.8 ft
1 yard = 3 feet
2 yards = 2 × 3 ft
2 yards = 6 feet
Now write the numbers from least to greatest.
5.5 ft 5.8 ft 6 ft

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms Page 562 Q5

Question 6.
Brian frosted a cake top shaped like a parallelogram with a base of 13 inches and a height of 9 inches. Nancy frosted a triangular cake top with a base of 15 inches and a height of 12 inches. Which cake’s top had the greater area? How much greater was it?
Type below:
_______________

Explanation:
Parallelogram Formula = Base × Height
A=bh
A=13 × 9=117 in
Triangle Formula=
A=1/2bh
A=1/2 × 15 × 12 = 90 in
Brian’s cake top has a greater area, and by 27 inches.

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint – Vocabulary – Page No. 563

Choose the best term from the box to complete the sentence.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 71

Question 1.
A _____ is a quadrilateral that always has two pairs of parallel sides.
Type below:
_______________

Answer: A parallelogram is a quadrilateral that always has two pairs of parallel sides.

Question 2.
The measure of the number of unit squares needed to cover a surface without any gaps or overlaps is called the _____.
Type below:
_______________

Answer: The measure of the number of unit squares needed to cover a surface without any gaps or overlaps is called the Area.

Question 3.
Figures with the same size and shape are _____.
Type below:
_______________

Answer: Figures with the same size and shape are Congruent.

Concepts and Skills

Find the area.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 72
_______ cm2

Answer: 19.38

Explanation:
b = 5.7 cm
h = 3.4 cm
Area of parallelogram = bh
A = 5.7 cm × 3.4 cm
A = 19.38 cm2
Thus the area of the parallelogram is 19.38 cm2

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 73
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) in.2

Answer: 42 \(\frac{1}{4}\) in.2

Explanation:
b = 6 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
h = 6 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Area of parallelogram = bh
A = 6 \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 6 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
A = 42 \(\frac{1}{4}\) in.2
Thus the area of the parallelogram is 42 \(\frac{1}{4}\) in.2

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 74
_______ mm2

Answer: 57.4

Explanation:
b = 14 mm
h = 8.2 mm
A = bh/2
A = (14 mm × 8.2 mm)/2
A = 57.4 mm2

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 75

Answer: 139.5

Explanation:
b1 = 13 cm
b2= 18 cm
h = 9 cm
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (13 + 18)9/2
A = 31 × 4.5
A = 139.5 sq. cm

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms Page 563 Q8

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms Page 563 Q9

Page No. 564

Question 10.
The height of a parallelogram is 3 times the base. The base measures 4.5 cm. What is the area of the parallelogram?
_______ cm2

Answer: 60.75

Explanation:
The height of a parallelogram is 3 times the base. The base measures 4.5 cm.
A = bh
h = 3 × 4.5
h = 13.5 cm
b = 4.5 cm
A = 13.5 cm × 4.5 cm
A = 60.75 cm2

Question 11.
A triangular window pane has a base of 30 inches and a height of 24 inches. What is the area of the window pane?
_______ in.2

Answer: 360

Explanation:
A triangular window pane has a base of 30 inches and a height of 24 inches.
b = 30 in
h = 24 in
A = bh/2
A = (30 × 24)/2
A = 30 × 12
A = 360 in.2

Question 12.
The courtyard behind Jennie’s house is shaped like a trapezoid. The bases measure 8 meters and 11 meters. The height of the trapezoid is 12 meters. What is the area of the courtyard?
_______ m2

Answer: 114

Explanation:
Given,
The courtyard behind Jennie’s house is shaped like a trapezoid.
The bases measure 8 meters and 11 meters.
The height of the trapezoid is 12 meters.
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (8 + 11)12/2
A = 19 × 6
A = 114 m2

Question 13.
Rugs sell for $8 per square foot. Beth bought a 9-foot-long rectangular rug for $432. How wide was the rug?
_______ feet

Answer: 6 feet

Explanation:
If you know the rugs sell for 8$ per square foot and the total spend was $432.
You divide 432 by 8 to find the total number of square feet of the rug.
To find the total square foot you find the area.
So the area of a rectangle is L × W. So 54 = 9 × width.
So just divide 54 by 9 and you get the width of the rug.
The width is 6 feet.
Now you check. A nine by 6 rug square foot is 54. and then times by 8 and you get 432 total.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms Page 564 Q14

Share and Show – Page No. 567

Find the area of the regular polygon.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 76
_______ cm2

Answer: 120

Explanation:
b = 5 cm
h = 6 cm
Number of congruent figures inside the figure: 8
Area of each triangle = bh/2
A = (5 cm)(6 cm)/2
A = 15 sq. cm
Now to find the area of the regular polygon we have to multiply the area of each triangle and number of congruent figures.
Area of regular octagon = 8 × 15 sq. cm
A = 120 sq. cm
Therefore the area of the regular octagon for the above figure = 120 sq. cm

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 77
_______ m2

Answer: 60

Explanation:
Given,
b = 6 m
h = 4 m
Number of congruent figures inside the figure: 5
Area of each triangle = bh/2
A = (6 m)(4 m)/2
A = 12 sq. m
Now to find the area of the regular polygon we have to multiply the area of each triangle and number of congruent figures.
Area of regular pentagon = 5 × 12 sq. m
A = 60 sq. m
Therefore the area of the above figure is 60 sq. m.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 78
_______ mm2

Answer: 480

Explanation:
Given,
b = 8 mm
h = 12 mm
Number of congruent figures inside the figure: 10
Area of each triangle = bh/2
A = (12 mm)(8 mm)/2
A = 48 sq. mm
Now to find the area of the regular polygon we have to multiply the area of each triangle and number of congruent figures.
Area of regular polygon = 10 × 48 sq. mm
A = 480 sq. mm
Therefore, the area of the regular polygon is 480 sq. mm

On Your Own

Find the area of the regular polygon.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 79
_______ cm2

Answer: 168

Explanation:
Given,
b = 8 cm
h = 7 cm
Number of congruent figures inside the figure: 6
Area of each triangle = bh/2
A = (8 cm)(7 cm)/2
A = 28 sq. cm
Now to find the area of the regular polygon we have to multiply the area of each triangle and number of congruent figures.
Area of regular hexagon = 6 × 28 sq. cm
A = 168 sq. cm
Thus the area of the above figure is 168 sq. cm

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 80
_______ in.2

Answer: 6020

Explanation:
Given,
b = 28 in
h = 43 in
Number of congruent figures inside the figure: 10
Area of each triangle = bh/2
A = (28 in)(43 in)/2
A = 602 sq. in
Now to find the area of the regular polygon we have to multiply the area of each triangle and number of congruent figures.
Area of regular polygon = 10 × Area of each triangle
A = 10 × 602 sq. in
A = 6020 sq. in
Therefore the area of the regular polygon is 6020 sq. in

Question 6.
Explain A regular pentagon is divided into congruent triangles by drawing a line segment from each vertex to the center. Each triangle has an area of 24 cm2. Explain how to find the area of the pentagon
Type below:
_______________

Answer: 120

Explanation:
Given,
Each triangle has an area of 24 cm2.
Pentagon has 5 sides. The number of congruent figures is 5.
Now to find the area of the regular polygon we have to multiply the area of each triangle and number of congruent figures.
Area of regular pentagon = 5 × 24 sq. cm
A = 120 sq. cm
Therefore the area of the pentagon is 120 sq. cm

Page No. 568

Question 7.
Name the polygon and find its area. Show your work.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 81
_______ in.2

Answer: 76.8 sq. in

Explanation:
b = 4 in
h = 4.8 in
Number of configured figures of the regular polygon: 8
Area of the triangle = bh/2
A = (4)(4.8)/2
A = 9.6 sq. in.
Now to find the area of the regular polygon we have to multiply the area of each triangle and number of congruent figures.
Area of regular polygon = 8 × area of the triangle
A = 8 × 9.6 sq. in.
A = 76.8 sq. in
Thus the area of the regular polygon is 76.8 sq. in.

Regular polygons are common in nature

One of the bestknown examples of regular polygons in nature is the small hexagonal cells in honeycombs constructed by honeybees. The cells are where bee larvae grow. Honeybees store honey and pollen in the hexagonal cells. Scientists can measure the health of a bee population by the size of the cells.

Question 8.
Cells in a honeycomb vary in width. To find the average width of a cell, scientists measure the combined width of 10 cells, and then divide by 10.
The figure shows a typical 10-cell line of worker bee cells. What is the width of each cell?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 82
_______ cm

Answer: 0.52 cm

Explanation:
Since the combined width of 10 cells is 5.2 cm, the width of each cell is 5.2 ÷ 10 = 0.52 cm.

Question 9.
The diagram shows one honeycomb cell. Use your answer to Exercise 8 to find h, the height of the triangle. Then find the area of the hexagonal cell.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 83
Type below:
_______________

Answer: 0.234 sq. cm

Explanation:
The length of the h, the height of the triangle, is half of the width of each cell.
Since the width of each cell is 0.52 cm
h = 0.52 ÷ 2 = 0.26 cm
Area of the triangle = bh/2
A = (0.3)(0.26)/2
A = 0.078/2
A = 0.039
The area of the hexagon is:
6 × 0.039 = 0.234 sq. cm.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms Page 568 Q10

Area of Regular Polygons – Page No. 569

Find the area of the regular polygon.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 84
_______ mm2

Answer: 168

Explanation:
Given,
b = 8 mm
h = 7 mm
Number of congruent figures inside the figure: 6
Area of each triangle = bh/2
A = (8)(7)/2
A = 28 sq. mm
Now to find the area of regular polygon we have to multiply the area of each triangle and number of congruent figures.
Area of regular polygon = 6 × 28 sq. mm
A = 168 sq. mm
Therefore the area of the regular polygon for the above figure is 168 sq. mm

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 85
_______ yd2

Answer: 139.5

Explanation:
Given,
b = 9 yd
h = 6.2 yd
Number of congruent figures inside the figure: 5
Area of each triangle = bh/2
A = (9 yd) (6.2 yd)/2
A = 9 yd × 3.1 yd
A = 27.9 sq. yd
Now to find the area of the regular polygon we have to multiply the area of each triangle and number of congruent figures.
Area of regular polygon = 5 × 27.9 sq. yd
A = 139.5 sq. yd
Thus the area of the regular polygon for the above figure is 139.5 sq. yd.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 86
_______ in.2

Answer: 52.8

Explanation:
Given,
b = 3.3 in
h = 4 in
Number of congruent figures inside the figure: 8
Area of each triangle = bh/2
A = (3.3 in)(4 in)/2
A = 6.6 sq. in
Now to find the area of the regular polygon we have to multiply the area of each triangle and number of congruent figures.
Area of regular polygon = 8 × 6.6 sq. in
A = 52.8 sq. in
The area of the regular polygon is 52.8 sq. in

Problem Solving

Question 4.
Stu is making a stained glass window in the shape of a regular pentagon. The pentagon can be divided into congruent triangles, each with a base of 8.7 inches and a height of 6 inches. What is the area of the window?
_______ in.2

Answer: 130.5

Explanation:
Stu is making a stained glass window in the shape of a regular pentagon.
The pentagon can be divided into congruent triangles, each with a base of 8.7 inches and a height of 6 inches.
Number of congruent figures inside the figure: 5
Area of each triangle = bh/2
A = (8.7 in)(6 in)/2
A = 8.7 in × 3 in
A = 26.1 sq. in.
Now to find the area of the regular polygon we have to multiply the area of each triangle and number of congruent figures.
Area of regular polygon = 5 × 26.1 sq. in
A = 130.5 sq. in
Thus the area of the window is 130.5 sq. in

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms Page 569 Q5

Question 6.
A square has sides that measure 6 inches. Explain how to use the method in this lesson to find the area of the square.
Type below:
_______________

Answer: 36 sq. in

Explanation:
A square has sides that measure 6 inches.
s = 6 in
We know that,
Area of the square = s × s
A = 6 in × 6 in
A = 36 sq. in
Thus the area of the square is 36 sq. in

Lesson Check – Page No. 570

Question 1.
What is the area of the regular hexagon?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 87
________ \(\frac{□}{□}\) m2

Answer: 30 \(\frac{3}{5}\) m2

Explanation:
Given,
b = 3 \(\frac{2}{5}\) m
h = 3 m
Area of each triangle = bh/2
A = 3 \(\frac{2}{5}\) m × 3/2 m
A = 5.1 sq. m
Now to find the area of the regular polygon we have to multiply the area of each triangle and number of congruent figures.
Area of the regular hexagon = 6 × 5.1 = 30.6
= 30 \(\frac{6}{10}\) m2
= 30 \(\frac{3}{5}\) m2
Therefore the area of the regular hexagon is 30 \(\frac{3}{5}\) m2

Question 2.
A regular 7-sided figure is divided into 7 congruent triangles, each with a base of 12 inches and a height of 12.5 inches. What is the area of the 7-sided figure?
________ in.2

Answer: 525 sq. in

Explanation:
A regular 7-sided figure is divided into 7 congruent triangles, each with a base of 12 inches and a height of 12.5 inches.
Area of each triangle = bh/2
A = (12 in)(12.5 in)/2
A = 12.5 in × 6 in
A = 75 sq. inches
Thus the area of each triangle = 75 sq. in
Now to find the area of the regular polygon we have to multiply the area of each triangle and number of congruent figures.
Area of regular polygon = 7 × 75 sq. in
A = 525 sq. in
Thus the area of the 7-sided figure is 525 sq. in

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Which inequalities have b = 4 as one of its solutions?
2 + b ≥ 2      3b ≤ 14
8 − b ≤ 15     b − 3 ≥ 5
Type below:
_______________

Answer: b − 3 ≥ 5

Explanation:
Substitute b = 4 in the inequality
i. 2 + b ≥ 2
2 + 4 ≥ 2
6 ≥ 2
ii. 3b ≤ 14
3(4) ≤ 14
12 ≤ 14
iii. 8 − b ≤ 15
8 – 4 ≤ 15
4 ≤ 15
iv. b − 3 ≥ 5
4 – 3 ≥ 5
1 ≥ 5
1 is not greater than or equal to 5.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms Page 570 Q4

Question 5.
What is the area of triangle ABC?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 88
________ ft2

Answer: 30 ft2

Explanation:
b = 6 ft
h = 10 ft
We know that,
Area of each triangle = bh/2
A = (6 ft)(10 ft)/2
A = 60 sq. ft/2
A = 30 sq. ft
Therefore the area of triangle ABC is 30 sq. ft

Question 6.
Marcia cut a trapezoid out of a large piece of felt. The trapezoid has a height of 9 cm and bases of 6 cm and 11 cm. What is the area of Marcia’s felt trapezoid?
________ cm2

Answer: 76.5 cm2

Explanation:
Marcia cut a trapezoid out of a large piece of felt.
The trapezoid has a height of 9 cm and bases of 6 cm and 11 cm.
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (6 + 11)9/2
A = 17 cm × 4.5 cm
A = 76.5 sq. cm
Therefore the area of Marcia’s felt trapezoid is 76.5 cm2

Share and Show – Page No. 573

Question 1.
Find the area of the figure.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 89
________ ft2

Answer: 126 sq. ft

Explanation:
Figure 1:
l = 10 ft
w = 5 ft
A = lw
A = 10 ft × 5 ft
A = 50 sq. ft
Figure 2:
l = 10 ft
w = 5 ft
A = lw
A = 10 ft × 5 ft
A = 50 sq. ft
Figure 3:
b = 5 ft + 5 ft + 3 ft
b = 13 ft
h = 4 ft
Area of triangle = bh/2
A = 13 ft × 4 ft/2
A = 13 ft × 2 ft
A = 26 sq. ft
Add the areas of all the figures = 50 sq. ft + 50 sq. ft + 26 sq. ft
Thus the Area of the composite figure is 126 sq. ft.

Find the area of the figure.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 90
________ mm2

Answer: 128.2 sq. mm

Explanation:
Figure 1:
b1 = 11 mm
b2 = 11 mm
h = 8.2 mm
Area of the trapezoid = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (11 mm + 11 mm)8.2 mm/2
A = 22 mm × 4.1 mm
A = 90.2 sq. mm
Figure 2:
b1 = 11mm
b2 = 8mm
h = 4mm
Area of the trapezoid = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (11mm + 8mm)4mm/2
A = 19mm × 2mm
A = 38 sq. mm
Add the areas of both figures = 90.2 sq. mm + 38 sq. mm
Thus the area of the figure is 128.2 sq. mm

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 91
________ m2

Answer: 144 sq. m

Explanation:
Figure 1:
l = 12 m
w = 7 m
Area of Rectangle = lw
A = 12m × 7m
A = 84 sq. m
Figure 2:
Area of right triangle = ab/2
a = 5m
b = 12m
A = (5m)(12m)/2
A = 30 sq. m
Figure 3:
Area of right triangle = ab/2
a = 5m
b = 12m
A = (5m)(12m)/2
A = 30 sq. m
Area of all figures = 84 sq. m + 30 sq. m + 30 sq. m = 144 sq. m.
Therefore the area of the figure is 144 sq. m

On Your Own

Question 4.
Find the area of the figure.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 92
________ in.2

Answer: 184 sq. in

Explanation:
Figure 1:
b = 8 in
h = 6 in
Area of right triangle = ab/2
A = 8 in × 6 in/2
A = 24 sq. in
Figure 2:
Area of Rectangle = lw
A = 16 in × 6 in
A = 96 sq. in
Figure 3:
Area of right triangle = ab/2
b = 8 in
h = 8 in
A = 8 in × 8 in/2
A = 32 sq. in
Figure 4:
Area of right triangle = ab/2
b = 8 in
h = 8 in
A = 8 in × 8 in/2
A = 32 sq. in
Area of all figures = 24 sq. in + 96 sq. in + 32 sq. in + 32 sq. in = 184 sq. in
Thus the area of the figure = 184 sq. in.

Question 5.
Attend to Precision Find the area of the shaded region.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 93
________ m2

Answer: 96.05 sq. m

Explanation:
Figure 1:
Area of Rectangle = lw
A = 12.75 m × 8.8 m
A = 112.2 sq. m
Figure 2:
Area of Rectangle = lw
l = 4.25 m
w = 3.3 m
A = 4.25 m × 3.3 m
A = 16.15 sq. m
Area of all the figures = 112.2 sq. m + 16.15 sq. m = 90.05 sq. m
Therefore the area of the figure = 90.05 sq. m

Unlock the Problem – Page No. 574

Question 6.
Marco made the banner shown at the right. What is the area of the yellow shape?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 99
a. Explain how you could find the area of the yellow shape if you knew the areas of the green and red shapes and the area of the entire banner.
Type below:
_______________

Answer: I can find the area of the yellow shape by subtracting the areas of the green and red shapes from the area of the entire banner.

Question 6.
b. What is the area of the entire banner? Could you explain how you found it?
The area of the banner is ________ in.2

Answer: 1440 sq. in

Explanation:
The banner is a rectangle with a width of 48 inches and a length of 30 inches.
A = lw
A = 48 in × 30 in
A = 1440 sq. in
Therefore, the area of the banner is 1440 sq. in.

Question 6.
c. What is the area of the red shape? What is the area of each green shape?
The area of the red shape is ________ in.2
The area of each green shape is ________ in.2

Answer:
The area of the red shape is 360 in.2
The area of each green shape is 360 in.2

Explanation:
The red shape is a triangle with a base of 30 inches and a height of 24 inches.
A = bh/2
A = (30)(24)/2
A = 360 sq. in.
The area of the red triangle is 360 sq. in.
Each green shape is a triangle with a base of 15 inches and a height of 48 inches.
A = bh/2
A = 1/2 × 15 × 48
A = 720/2
A = 360 sq. in
Therefore the area of each green triangle is 360 sq. in.

Question 6.
d. What equation can you write to find A, the area of the yellow shape?
Type below:
_______________

Answer: A = 1440 – (360 + 360 + 360)

Question 6.
e. What is the area of the yellow shape?
The area of the yellow shape is ________ in.2

Answer: 360 sq. in

Explanation:
A = bh/2
A = 1/2 × 15 × 48
A = 720/2
A = 360 sq. in
Therefore the area of the yellow shape is 360 sq. in

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms Page 574 Q7

Question 8.
Sabrina wants to replace the carpet in a few rooms of her house. Select the expression she can use to find the total area of the floor that will be covered. Mark all that apply.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 95
Options:
a. 8 × 22 + 130 + \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 10 × 9
b. 18 × 22 − \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 10 × 9
c. 18 × 13 + \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 10 × 9
d. \(\frac{1}{2}\) × (18 + 8) × 22

Answer: 8 × 22 + 130 + \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 10 × 9

Explanation:
Figure 1:
l = 13 ft
w = 10 ft
Area of the rectangle = lw
A = 13 ft × 10 ft = 130
Figure 2:
b = 9 ft
h = 10 ft
Area of the triangle = bh/2
A = (9)(10)/2
A = 45 sq. ft
Figure 3:
Area of the rectangle = lw
l = 22 ft
w = 8 ft
The area of the composite figure is 8 × 22 + 130 + \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 10 × 9
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Composite Figures – Page No. 575

Find the area of the figure

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 96
________ cm2

Answer: 37 cm2

Explanation:
Area of square = s × s
A = 3 × 3 = 9 sq. cm
Area of Triangle = bh/2
A = 2 × 8/2 = 8 sq. cm
Area of the trapezoid = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (5 + 3)5/2
A = 4 × 5 = 20 sq. in
Area of composite figure = 9 sq. cm + 8 sq. cm + 20 sq. in
A = 37 cm2

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 97
________ ft2

Answer:

Explanation:
Figure 1:
b = 9 ft
h = 6 ft
Area of Triangle = bh/2
A = (9ft)(6ft)/2
A = 27 sq. ft
Figure 2:
l = 12 ft
w = 9 ft
Area of the rectangle = lw
A = (12ft)(9ft)/2
A = 12 ft × 9 ft
A = 108 sq. ft
Figure 3:
Area of Triangle = bh/2
b = 9 ft
h = 10 ft
A = (10ft)(9ft)/2
A = 45 sq. ft
Area of the composite figure = 27 sq. ft + 108 sq. ft + 45 sq. ft = 180 sq. ft

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 98
________ yd2

Answer: 128 yd2

Explanation:
Figure 1:
b1 = 7 yd
b2 = 14 yd
h = 8 yd
Area of the trapezoid = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (7yd + 14yd)8yd/2
A = 21 yd × 4 yd
A = 84 sq. yd
Figure 2:
b = 11 yd
h = 4 yd
Area of the parallelogram = bh
A = 11yd × 4yd = 44 sq. yd
Area of the composite figure = 84 sq. yd + 44 sq. yd = 128 sq. yd

Problem Solving

Question 4.
Janelle is making a poster. She cuts a triangle out of poster board. What is the area of the poster board that she has left?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 99
________ in.2

Answer: 155 sq. in

Explanation:
The poster is a parallelogram, and it’s area is:
A = bh
A = 20 x 10
A = 200 sq. in
The area of the triangle that Janelle cut out of the poster board is:
A = 1/2bh
A = 1/2 x 10 x 9
A = 90/2
A = 45 sq. in
The area of the poster board that she has left is 200 sq. in – 45 sq. in = 155 sq. in

Question 5.
Michael wants to place grass on the sides of his lap pool. Find the area of the shaded regions that he wants to cover with grass.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 100
________ yd2

Answer: 204 yd2

Explanation:
The area of the shaded region can be found by finding the total area and subtracting the area of the lap pool.
Total area = Area of the trapezium = 1/2 × (Sum of parallel sides) × distance between them
Sum of parallel sides = 25 yd + (3 + 12) = 40 yd
Distance between them = 12 yd
Total area = 1/2 × 40 × 12 = 240 yd²
Find the area of the lap pool.
Area = length × width = 12 × 3 = 36 yd²
Find the area of the shaded region
Area to be covered with grass = 240 – 36 = 204 yd²

Question 6.
Describe one or more situations in which you need to subtract to find the area of a composite figure.
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 93
Figure 1:
Area of Rectangle = lw
A = 12.75 m × 8.8 m
A = 112.2 sq. m
Figure 2:
Area of Rectangle = lw
l = 4.25 m
w = 3.3 m
A = 4.25 m × 3.3 m
A = 16.15 sq. m
Area of all the figures = 112.2 sq. m + 16.15 sq. m = 90.05 sq. m
Therefore the area of the figure = 90.05 sq. m

Lesson Check – Page No. 576

Question 1.
What is the area of the composite figure?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 101
________ m2

Answer: 227 m2

Explanation:
Figure 1:
b = 7 m
h = 7 m
Area of the triangle = bh/2
A = (7m)(7m)/2
A = 24.5 sq. m
Figure 2:
b1 = 7m
b2 = 10m
h = 9m
Area of the trapezoid = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (7m + 10m)9m/2
A = 17m × 4.5 m
A = 76.5 sq. m
Area of the rectangle = lw
A = 18m × 7m
A = 126 sq. m
Area of the figures = 24.5 sq. m + 76.5 sq. m + 126 sq. m = 227 sq. m
Thus the area of the figure is 227 sq. m

Question 2.
What is the area of the shaded region?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 102
________ in.2

Answer: 251.5 in.2

Explanation:
Figure 1:
l = 21 in
w = 15 in
Area of triangle = bh/2
A = 21 in × 15 in/2
A = 157.5 sq. in
Figure 2:
b1 = 12 in
b2 = 15 in
h = 11 in
Area of the trapezoid = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (12 in + 15 in)11 in/2
A = 27 in × 5.5 in
A = 148.5 sq. in
Figure 3:
b = 13 in
h = 14.4 in
Area of trinagle = bh/2
A = 13 × 14.4in/2
A = 13in × 7.2 in
A = 94 sq. in
The area of the shaded region is 94 sq. in + 157.5 sq. in = 251.5 in.2

Spiral Review

Question 3.
In Maritza’s family, everyone’s height is greater than 60 inches. Write an inequality that represents the height h, in inches, of any member of Maritza’s family.
Type below:
_______________

Answer: h > 60

Explanation:
Given, Maritza’s family, everyone’s height is greater than 60 inches.
The inequality is h > 60

Question 4.
The linear equation y = 2x represents the cost y for x pounds of apples. Which ordered pair lies on the graph of the equation?
Type below:
_______________

Answer: (2, 4)

Explanation:
y = 2x
put x = 2
y = 2(2)
y = 4
The ordered pair is (2,4)

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms Page 576 Q5

Question 6.
A regular hexagon has sides measuring 7 inches. If the hexagon is divided into 6 congruent triangles, each has a height of about 6 inches. What is the approximate area of the hexagon?
________ in.2

Answer: 126 in.2

Explanation:
b = 7 in
h = 6 in
Number of congruent figures: 6
Area of the triangle = bh/2
A = (7in)(6in)/2
A = 21 sq. in
Area of regular hexagon = 6 × area of each triangle
A = 6 × 21 sq. in
A = 126 sq. in
Thus the approximate area of the hexagon is 126 sq. in.

Share and Show – Page No. 579

Question 1.
The dimensions of a 2-cm by 6-cm rectangle are multiplied by 5. How is the area of the rectangle affected?
Type below:
_______________

Answer: 25

Explanation:
The dimensions of a 2-cm by 6-cm rectangle are multiplied by 5.
Original Area:
Area of rectangle = lw
A = 2cm × 6cm = 12 sq. cm
New dimensions:
l = 6 × 5 = 30 cm
w = 2 × 5 = 10 cm
The new area is:
A = 10 cm × 30 cm = 300 sq. cm
New Area/ Original Area = 300/12 = 25
So, the new area is 25 times the original area.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms Page 579 Q2

Question 3.
Evan bought two square rugs. The larger one measured 12 ft square. The smaller one had an area equal to \(\frac{1}{4}\) the area of the larger one. What fraction of the side lengths of the larger rug were the side lengths of the smaller one?
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
Since the area of the smaller rug is \(\frac{1}{4}\) times the area of the larger rug, the side lengths of the smaller rug are \(\frac{1}{2}\) of the side lengths of the larger one.

Question 4.
On Silver Island, a palm tree, a giant rock, and a buried treasure form a triangle with a base of 100 yd and a height of 50 yd. On a map of the island, the three landmarks form a triangle with a base of 2 ft and a height of 1 ft. How many times the area of the triangle on the map is the area of the actual triangle?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 103
Type below:
_______________

Answer: 45,000

Explanation:
Area of triangle= (1/2) (base x height)
1 yard = 3 foot
Base of the actual triangle= 100 yards= 300ft
Height of the actual triangle= 50 yards= 150ft.
Area of the actual triangle= (1/2) (300 x 150) = 45000 square ft
The base of the triangle on the map = 2ft
Height of the triangle on the map= 1ft
Area of the triangle on the map= (1/2) (2 x 1) = 1 square ft.
The actual area is 45000 time the area of the map

On Your Own – Page No. 580

Question 5.
A square game board is divided into smaller squares, each with sides one-ninth the length of the sides of the board. Into how many squares is the game board divided?
________ small squares

Answer: 81 small squares

Explanation:
Each side of the game board is divided into 9 lengths.
The game board is divided into 9 × 9 = 81 small squares.
Thus, the board is divided into 81 small squares.

Question 6.
Flynn County is a rectangle measuring 9 mi by 12 mi. Gibson County is a rectangle with an area 6 times the area of Flynn County and a width of 16 mi. What is the length of Gibson County?
________ mi

Answer: 40.5 mi.

Explanation:
Flynn County is a rectangle measuring 9 mi by 12 mi.
Gibson County is a rectangle with an area 6 times the area of Flynn County and a width of 16 mi.
The area of Flynn Country is
A = 9 × 12 = 108 sq. mi
The area of Gibson Country is
A = 6 × 108 = 648 sq. mi
A = lw
648 = 16 × l
l = 648/16
l = 40.5 mi
Therefore the length of Gibson Country is 40.5 miles.

Question 7.
Use Diagrams Carmen left her house and drove 10 mi north, 15 mi east, 13 mi south, 11 mi west, and 3 mi north. How far was she from home?
________ miles

Answer:
15 mi – 11 mi = 4 miles
Thus Carmen is 4 miles from home.

Question 8.
Bernie drove from his house to his cousin’s house in 6 hours at an average rate of 52 mi per hr. He drove home at an average rate of 60 mi per hr. How long did it take him to drive home?
________ hours

Answer: 5.2 hours

Explanation:
Given,
Bernie drove from his house to his cousin’s house in 6 hours at an average rate of 52 mi per hr. He drove home at an average rate of 60 mi per hr.
The distance from Bernie’s house to his cousin’s house is
52 mi/hr × 6hr = 52 × 6mi = 312 miles
On the way back, he drove for
312mi ÷ 60mi/hr = 5.2 hours
Therefore it takes 5.2 hours for Bernie to drive home.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms Page 580 Q9

Problem Solving Changing Dimensions – Page No. 581

Read each problem and solve.

Question 1.
The dimensions of a 5-in. by 3-in. rectangle are multiplied by 6. How is the area affected?
Type below:
_______________

Answer: 36

Explanation:
Original area: A = 5 × 3 = 15 sq. in
new dimensions:
l = 6 × 5 = 30 in
w = 6 × 3 = 18 in
New Area = l × w
A = 30 in × 18 in
A = 540 sq. in
Thus new area = 540 sq. in
new area/original area = 540/15 = 36
Thus the area was multiplied by 36.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms Page 581 Q2

Question 3.
The dimensions of a 3-ft by 6-ft rectangle are multiplied by \(\frac{1}{3}\). How is the area affected?
Type below:
_______________

Answer: 1/9

Explanation:
Original area: A = 3 ft × 6 ft = 18 sq. ft
new dimensions:
l = 3 ft × \(\frac{1}{3}\) = 1 ft
w = 6 ft × \(\frac{1}{3}\) = 2 ft
New area: A = 1 ft × 2 ft = 2 sq. ft
new area/original area = 2/18 = 1/9
The area was multiplied by 1/9.

Question 4.
The dimensions of a triangle with base 10 in. and height 4.8 in. are multiplied by 4. How is the area affected?
Type below:
_______________

Answer: 16

Explanation:
original area: A = 10 in × 4.8 in = 48 sq. in
new dimensions:
l = 10 in × 4 = 40 in
w = 4.8 in × 4 = 19.2 in
new area = l × w
A = 40 in × 19.2 in
A = 768 sq. in
new area/original area = 768/48
Thus the area was multiplied by 16.

Question 5.
The dimensions of a 1-yd by 9-yd rectangle are multiplied by 5. How is the area affected?
Type below:
_______________

Answer: 25

Explanation:
original area: A = 1 yd × 9 yd = 9 sq. yd
new dimensions:
l = 1 yd × 5 = 5 yd
w = 9 yd × 5 = 45 yd
new area = 5 yd × 45 yd = 225 sq. yd
new area/original area = 225 sq. yd/9 sq. yd
Thus the area was multiplied by 25.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms Page 581 Q6

Question 7.
The dimensions of a triangle are multiplied by \(\frac{1}{4}\). The area of the smaller triangle can be found by multiplying the area of the original triangle by what number?
Type below:
_______________

Answer: 1/16

Explanation:
We can find the area of the original triangle by multiplying with \(\frac{1}{4}\)
\(\frac{1}{4}\) × \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{1}{16}\)
Thus the area was multiplied by \(\frac{1}{16}\)

Question 8.
Write and solve a word problem that involves changing the dimensions of a figure and finding its area.
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
The dimensions of a triangle with a base 1.5 m and height 6 m are multiplied by 2. How is the area affected?
Original area:
Area of triangle = bh/2
A = (1.5m)(6m)/2
A = 4.5 sq. m
new dimensions:
b = 1.5m × 2 = 3 m
h = 6 m × 2 = 12 m
Area of triangle = bh/2
A = (12m × 3m)/2
A = 6m × 3m
A = 18 sq. m
new area/original area = 18 sq. m/4.5 sq. m
The area was multiplied by 4.

Lesson Check – Page No. 582

Question 1.
The dimensions of Rectangle A are 6 times the dimensions of Rectangle B. How do the areas of the rectangles compare?
Type below:
_______________

Answer: Area of Rectangle A = 36 × Area of Rectangle B

Explanation:
The area of Rectangle A will always be 36 times the area of Rectangle B.
If Rectangle B has length 1 and width 2, Rectangle A will have length 6 and width 12. By multiplying, Rectangle A will have an area of 72 and B 2. Divide the two numbers and you will have 36.

Question 2.
A model of a triangular piece of jewelry has an area that is \(\frac{1}{4}\) the area of the jewelry. How do the dimensions of the triangles compare?
Type below:
_______________

Answer: Model dimensions = 1/2 jewelry dimensions

Explanation:
The dimensions of the model area
1/4 ÷ 2 = 1/2 times the dimensions of the piece of jewelry.

Spiral Review

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms Page 582 Q3

Question 4.
Graph y > 3 on a number line.
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
HMH Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 10 Answer Key img-1

Question 5.
The parallelogram below is made from two congruent trapezoids. What is the area of the shaded trapezoid?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 104
________ mm2

Answer: 1312.5 sq. mm

Explanation:
Given,
b1 = 25mm
b2 = 50mm
h = 35mm
Area of the trapezoid = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (25mm + 50mm)35mm/2
A = 75mm × 35mm/2
A = 1312.5 sq. mm
Thus the area of the shaded region is 1312.5 sq. mm

Question 6.
A rectangle has a length of 24 inches and a width of 36 inches. A square with side length 5 inches is cut from the middle and removed. What is the area of the figure that remains?
________ in.2

Answer: 839 sq. in

Explanation:
Area of rectangle = lw
A = 24 in × 36 in
A = 864 sq. in
Area of square = s × s
s = 5 in
A = 5 in × 5 in
A = 25 sq. in
Area of the figure that remains = 864 sq. in – 25 sq. in
A = 839 sq. in

Share and Show – Page No. 585

Question 1.
The vertices of triangle ABC are A(−1, 3), B(−4, −2), and C(2, −2). Graph the triangle and find the length of side \(\overline { BC } \).
________ units

Answer: 6 units
Go Math Grade 6 chapter 10 img-5

Give the coordinates of the unknown vertex of rectangle JKLM, and graph.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 105
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-6-Answer-Key-Chapter-10-Area-of-Parallelograms-img-105

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 106
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-6-Answer-Key-Chapter-10-Area-of-Parallelograms-img-106

On Your Own

Question 4.
Give the coordinates of the unknown vertex of rectangle PQRS, and graph.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 107
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-6-Answer-Key-Chapter-10-Area-of-Parallelograms-img-107

Question 5.
The vertices of pentagon PQRST are P(9, 7), Q(9, 3), R(3, 3), S(3, 7), and T(6, 9). Graph the pentagon and find the length of side \(\overline { PQ } \).
________ units

Answer: 4 units
Go Math Grade 6 chapter 10 img-6

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 586

The map shows the location of some city landmarks. Use the map for 6–7.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 108

Question 6.
A city planner wants to locate a park where two new roads meet. One of the new roads will go to the mall and be parallel to Lincoln Street which is shown in red. The other new road will go to City Hall and be parallel to Elm Street which is also shown in red. Give the coordinates for the location of the park.
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-6-Answer-Key-Chapter-10-Area-of-Parallelograms-img-108
By seeing we can say that the coordinates for the location of the park is (1,1)

Question 7.
Each unit of the coordinate plane represents 2 miles. How far will the park be from City Hall?
________ miles

Answer: 8 units

Explanation:
The distance from City Hall to Park is 4 units.
Each unit = 2 miles
So, 2 miles × 4 = 8 miles
The distance from City Hall to Park is 8 miles.

Question 8.
\(\overline { PQ } \) is one side of right triangle PQR. In the triangle, ∠P is the right angle, and the length of side \(\overline { PR } \) is 3 units. Give all the possible coordinates for vertex R.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 109
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-6-Answer-Key-Chapter-10-Area-of-Parallelograms-img-109
The coordinates of S are (-2,-2)
The coordinates of R are (3,-2)

Question 9.
Use Math Vocabulary Quadrilateral WXYZ has vertices with coordinates W(−4, 0), X(−2, 3), Y(2, 3), and Z(2, 0). Classify the quadrilateral using the most exact name possible and explain your answer.
Type below:
_______________

Answer: Trapezoid
Go Math Grade 6 chapter 11 img
By seeing the above graph we can say that a suitable quadrilateral is a trapezoid.

Question 10.
Kareem is drawing parallelogram ABCD on the coordinate plane. Find and label the coordinates of the fourth vertex, D, of the parallelogram. Draw the parallelogram. What is the length of side CD? How do you know?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 110
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-6-Answer-Key-Chapter-10-Area-of-Parallelograms-img-110

Figures on the Coordinate Plane – Page No. 587

Question 1.
The vertices of triangle DEF are D(−2, 3), E(3, −2), and F(−2, −2). Graph the triangle, and find the length of side \(\overline { DF } \).
________ units

Answer: 5 units

Explanation:
Vertical distance of D from 0: |3| = 3 units
Vertical Distance of F from 0: |-2| = 2 units
The points are in different quadrants, so add to find the distance from D to F: 3 + 2 = 5

Graph the figure and find the length of side \(\overline { BC } \).

Question 2.
A(1, 4), B(1, −2), C(−3, −2), D(−3, 3)
________ units

Answer: 4 units
Go Math Grade 6 chapter 10 img-1

Question 3.
A(−1, 4), B(5, 4), C(5, 1), D(−1, 1)
________ units

Answer: 3 units
Go Math Grade 6 chapter 10 img-2

Problem Solving

Question 4.
On a map, a city block is a square with three of its vertices at (−4, 1), (1, 1), and (1, −4). What are the coordinates of the remaining vertex?
Type below:
_______________

Answer: (-4, -4)
Go Math Grade 6 chapter 10 img-3

Question 5.
A carpenter is making a shelf in the shape of a parallelogram. She begins by drawing parallelogram RSTU on a coordinate plane with vertices R(1, 0), S(−3, 0), and T(−2, 3). What are the coordinates of vertex U?
Type below:
_______________

Answer: (2, 3)
Go Math Grade 6 chapter 10 img-4

Question 6.
Explain how you would find the fourth vertex of a rectangle with vertices at (2, 6), (−1, 4), and (−1, 6).
Type below:
_______________

Answer:

Explanation:
Midpoint of AC = (2 + (-1))/2 = 1/2; (6 + 6)/2 = 6
Midpoint of AC = (1/2, 6)
Midpoint of BD = (-1 + a)/2 = (-1 + a)/2; (b + 4)/2
(-1 + a)/2 = 1/2
-1 + a = 1
a = 2
(b + 4)/2 = 6
b + 4 = 12
b = 12 – 4
b = 8
So, the fouth vertex D is (2, 8)

Lesson Check – Page No. 588

Question 1.
The coordinates of points M, N, and P are M(–2, 3), N(4, 3), and P(5, –1). What coordinates for point Q make MNPQ a parallelogram?
Type below:
_______________

Answer: Q (-1, -1)

Question 2.
Dirk draws quadrilateral RSTU with vertices R(–1, 2), S(4, 2), T(5, –1), and U( 2, –1). Which is the best way to classify the quadrilateral?
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
The bases and height are not equal.
So, the best way to classify the quadrilateral is Trapezoid.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Marcus needs to cut a 5-yard length of yarn into equal pieces for his art project. Write an equation that models the length l in yards of each piece of yarn if Marcus cuts it into p pieces.
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
Given,
Marcus needs to cut a 5-yard length of yarn into equal pieces for his art project.
To find the length we have to divide 5 by p.
Thus the equation is l = 5 ÷ p

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms Page 588 Q4

Question 5.
A trapezoid is 6 \(\frac{1}{2}\) feet tall. Its bases are 9.2 feet and 8 feet long. What is the area of the trapezoid?
________ ft2

Answer: 55.9

Explanation:
Given that,
A trapezoid is 6 \(\frac{1}{2}\) feet tall. Its bases are 9.2 feet and 8 feet long.
We know that
Area of trapezoid = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (9.2 + 8)6.5/2
A = (17.2 × 6.5)/2
A = 55.9 ft2

Question 6.
The dimensions of the rectangle below will be multiplied by 3. How will the area be affected?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 111
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
3 × 3 = 9
the area will be multiplied by 9.

Chapter 10 Review/Test – Page No. 589

Question 1.
Find the area of the parallelogram.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 112
________ in.2

Answer: 67.5

Explanation:
b = 9 in
h = 7.5 in
Area of the parallelogram is bh
A = 9 in × 7.5 in
A = 67.5 sq. in
Thus the area of the parallelogram is 67.5 in.2

Question 2.
A wall tile is two different colors. What is the area of the white part of the tile? Explain how you found your answer.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 113
________ in.2

Answer: 11 in.2

Explanation:
b = 5.5 in
h = 4 in
We know that
The area of the triangle is bh/2
A = (5.5 in × 4 in)/2
A = 22/2 sq. in
A = 11 sq. in
Thus the area of one triangle is 11 in.2

Question 3.
The area of a triangle is 36 ft2. For numbers 3a–3d, select Yes or No to tell if the dimensions could be the height and base of the triangle.
3a. h = 3 ft, b = 12 ft
3b. h = 3 ft, b = 24 ft
3c. h = 4 ft, b = 18 ft
3d. h = 4 ft, b = 9 ft
3a. ____________
3b. ____________
3c. ____________
3d. ____________

Answer:
3a. No
3b. Yes
3c. Yes
3d. No

Explanation:
The area of a triangle is 36 ft2.
3a. h = 3 ft, b = 12 ft
The area of the triangle is bh/2
A = (12 × 3)/2
A = 6 × 3 = 18
A = 18 sq. ft
Thus the answer is no.
3b. h = 3 ft, b = 24 ft
The area of the triangle is bh/2
A = (3 × 24)/2
A = 3 × 12
A = 36 sq. ft
Thus the answer is yes.
3c. h = 4 ft, b = 18 ft
The area of the triangle is bh/2
A = (4 × 18)/2
A = 4 × 9
A = 36 sq. ft
Thus the answer is yes.
3d. h = 4 ft, b = 9 ft
The area of the triangle is bh/2
A = (4 × 9)/2
A = 2 ft × 9 ft
A = 18 sq. ft
Thus the answer is no.

Question 4.
Mario traced this trapezoid. Then he cut it out and arranged the trapezoids to form a rectangle. What is the area of the rectangle?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 114
________ in.2

Answer: 112

Explanation:
b1 = 10 in
b2 = 4 in
h = 8 in
We know that
Area of trapezoid = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (10 in + 4 in)8 in/2
A = 14 in × 4 in
A = 56 sq. in
Thus the area of the trapezoid for the above figure is 56 sq. in

Chapter 10 Review/Test Page No. 590

Question 5.
The area of the triangle is 24 ft2. Use the numbers to label the height and base of the triangle.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 115
Type below:
_______________

Answer: 6, 8

Explanation:
Go-Math-Grade-6-Answer-Key-Chapter-10-Area-of-Parallelograms-img-115
Area of the triangle = bh/2
A = (6 ft × 8 ft)/2
A = 6 ft × 4 ft
A = 24 ft2

Question 6.
A rectangle has an area of 50 cm2. The dimensions of the rectangle are multiplied to form a new rectangle with an area of 200 cm2. By what number were the dimensions multiplied?
Type below:
_______________

Answer: 2

Explanation:
Let A₁ = the original area a
and A₂ = the new area
and n = the number by which the dimensions were multiplied
A₁ = lw
A₂ = nl × nw = n²lw
A₂/A₁ = (n²lw)/(lw) = 200/50
n² = 4
n = 2

Question 7.
Sami put two trapezoids with the same dimensions together to make a parallelogram.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 116
The formula for the area of a trapezoid is \(\frac{1}{2}\)(b1 + b2)h. Explain why the bases of a trapezoid need to be added in the formula.
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
A trapezoid is a 4-sided figure with one pair of parallel sides. To find the area of a trapezoid, take the sum of its bases, multiply the sum by the height
sum by the height of the trapezoid, and then divide the result by 2.

Question 8.
A rectangular plastic bookmark has a triangle cut out of it. Use the diagram of the bookmark to complete the table.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 117
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 118
Type below:
_______________

Answer: 10 – 0.5 = 9.5
Go-Math-Grade-6-Answer-Key-Chapter-10-Area-of-Parallelograms-img-118

Chapter 10 Review/Test Page No. 591

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms Page 591 Q9

Question 10.
A pillow is in the shape of a regular pentagon. The front of the pillow is made from 5 pieces of fabric that are congruent triangles. Each triangle has an area of 22 in.2. What is the area of the front of the pillow?
________ in.2

Answer: 110 in.2

Explanation:
Given,
Each triangle has an area of 22 in.2
The front of the pillow is made from 5 pieces of fabric that are congruent triangles.
Area of front pillow = 5 × 22 in.2 = 110 in.2

Question 11.
Which expressions can be used to find the area of the trapezoid? Mark all that apply.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 119
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{2}\) × (5 + 2) × 4.5
b. \(\frac{1}{2}\) × (2 + 4.5) × 5
c. \(\frac{1}{2}\) × (5 + 4.5) × 2
d. \(\frac{1}{2}\) × (6.5) × 5

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\) × (2 + 4.5) × 5

Explanation:
b1 = 4.5 in
b2 = 2
h = 5 in
We know that,
Area of trapezoid = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = \(\frac{1}{2}\) × (2 + 4.5) × 5
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 12.
Name the polygon and find its area. Show your work.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 120
Type below:
_______________

Answer: 31 sq. in.

Explanation:
b = 5 in
h = 6.2 in
The area of the triangle is bh/2
A = (5 × 6.2)/2
A = 31/2
A = 15.5 sq. in
There are 2 triangles.
To find the area of the regular polygon we have to multiply the area of the triangle and number of triangles.
A = 15.5 × 2 = 31

Chapter 10 Review/Test Page No. 592

Question 13.
A carpenter needs to replace some flooring in a house.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 121
Select the expression that can be used to find the total area of the flooring to be replaced. Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. 19 × 14
b. 168 + 12 × 14 + 60
c. 19 × 24 − \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 10 × 12
d. 7 × 24 + 12 × 14 + \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 10 × 12

Answer: B, C, D

Explanation:
Go-Math-Grade-6-Answer-Key-Chapter-10-Area-of-Parallelograms-img-121

Here we have to use the Area of the parallelogram, Area of the rectangle, and area of triangle formulas.
Thus the suitable answers are 168 + 12 × 14 + 60, 19 × 24 − \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 10 × 12 and 7 × 24 + 12 × 14 + \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 10 × 12.

Question 14.
Ava wants to draw a parallelogram on the coordinate plane. She plots these 3 points.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 122
Part A
Find and label the coordinates of the fourth vertex, K, of the parallelogram. Draw the parallelogram
Type below:
_______________

Answer: K (2, 1)
Go-Math-Grade-6-Answer-Key-Chapter-10-Area-of-Parallelograms-img-122

Question 14.
Part B
What is the length of side JK? How do you know?
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
By using the above graph we can find the length of JK.
The length of the JK is 2 units.

Chapter 10 Review/Test Page No. 593

Question 15.
Joan wants to reduce the area of her posters by one-third. Draw lines to match the original dimensions in the left column with the correct new area in the right column. Not all dimensions will have a match.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 123
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-6-Answer-Key-Chapter-10-Area-of-Parallelograms-img-123

Question 16.
Alex wants to enlarge a 4-ft by 6-ft vegetable garden by multiplying the dimensions of the garden by 2.
Part A
Find each area.
Area of original garden : ________ ft2
Area of enlarged garden : ________ ft2

Answer:
B = 4 ft
w = 6 ft
Area of original garden = 4 ft × 6 ft
A = 24 sq. ft
Now multiply 2 to base and width
b = 4 × 2 = 8 ft
w = 6 × 2 = 12 ft
Area of original garden = bw
A = 8 ft × 12 ft
A = 96 sq. ft

Question 16.
Suppose the point (3, 2) is changed to (3, 1) on this rectangle. What other point must change so the figure remains a rectangle? What is the area of the new rectangle?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 124
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
Point: (-2, 2) would change to (-2, 1)
Rectangle:
B = 5 units
W = 4 units
Area of the rectangle = b × w
A = 5 × 4 = 20
A = 20 sq. units

Chapter 10 Review/Test Page No. 594

Question 18.
Look at the figure below. The area of the parallelogram and the areas of the two congruent triangles formed by a diagonal are related. If you know the area of the parallelogram, how can you find the area of one of the triangles?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 125
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
Each of the diagonals of a parallelogram divides it into two congruent triangles, as we saw when we proved properties like that the opposite sides are equal to each other or that the two pairs of opposite angles are congruent. Since those two triangles are congruent, their areas are equal.
We also saw that the diagonals of the parallelogram bisect each other, and so create two additional pairs of congruent triangles.
When comparing the ratio of areas of triangles, we often look for an equal base or an equal height.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms Page 594 Q19

Question 20.
Eliana is drawing a figure on the coordinate grid. For numbers 20a–20d, select True or False for each statement.
20a. The point (−1, 1) would be the fourth vertex of a square.
20b. The point (1, 1) would be the fourth vertex of a trapezoid.
20c. The point (2, -1) would be the fourth vertex of a trapezoid.
20d. The point (−1, -1) would be the fourth vertex of a square.
20a. ____________
20b. ____________
20c. ____________
20d. ____________

Answer:
20a. False
20b. False
20c. True
20d. True

Conclusion:

With the help of the above-provided links you can complete the homework within time without any mistakes. Test your knowledge by solving the problems mentioned in our website. Stay with us to get the solution keys of all Go Math Grade 6 Chapters from 1 to 13.

Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction

Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction

Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction answer key is useful for students who are preparing for their examinations and can download this pdf for free of cost. In this chapter, each and every question was explained in detail which helps students to understand easily. Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction explains different types of questions on 2 Digit Subtraction.

Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction

In this chapter, we can see different topics on Break Apart Ones to Subtract, Break Apart Numbers to Subtract, Model Regrouping for Subtraction, Model and Record 2-Digit Subtraction, 2-Digit Subtraction, etc. Those topics were being set up by the mathematical professionals as indicated by the most recent release. Look down this page to get the answers to all the inquiries. Click on the links to look at the subjects shrouded in this chapter 2-Digit Subtraction.

Chapter: 9-  2-Digit Subtraction

2-Digit Subtraction

2-Digit Subtraction Show What You Know
2-Digit Subtraction Vocabulary Builder
2-Digit Subtraction Game: Subtraction Search
2-Digit Subtraction Vocabulary Game

Lesson 1: Algebra • Break Apart Ones to Subtract

Break Apart Ones to Subtract

Lesson 5.1 Algebra • Break Apart Ones to Subtract
Algebra • Break Apart Ones to Subtract Homework & Practice 5.1

Lesson 2: Algebra • Break Apart Numbers to Subtract

Lesson 5.2 Algebra • Break Apart Numbers to Subtract
Algebra • Break Apart Numbers to Subtract Homework & practice 5.2

Lesson 3: Model Regrouping for Subtraction

Model Regrouping for Subtraction

Lesson 5.3 Model Regrouping for Subtraction
Model Regrouping for Subtraction Homework & Practice 5.3

Lesson 4: Model and Record 2-Digit Subtraction

Lesson 5.4 Model and Record 2-Digit Subtraction
Model and Record 2-Digit Subtraction Homework & Practice 5.4

Lesson 5: 2-Digit Subtraction

Lesson 5.5 2-Digit Subtraction
2-Digit Subtraction Homework & practice 5.5

Lesson 6: Practice 2-Digit Subtraction

Lesson 5.6 Practice 2-Digit Subtraction
Practice 2-Digit Subtraction Homework & Practice 5.6

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint

2-Digit Subtraction Mid-Chapter Checkpoint

Lesson 7: Rewrite 2-Digit Subtraction

Lesson 5.7 Rewrite 2-Digit Subtraction
Rewrite 2-Digit Subtraction Homework & Practice 5.7

Lesson 8: Add to Find Differences

Lesson 5.8 Add to Find Differences
Add to Find Differences Homework & practice 5.8

Lesson 9: Problem Solving • Subtraction

Lesson 5.9 Problem Solving • Subtraction
Problem Solving • Subtraction Homework & Practice 5.9

Lesson 10: Algebra • Write Equations to Represent Subtraction

Write Equations to Represent Subtraction

Lesson 5.10 Algebra • Write Equations to Represent Subtraction
Algebra • Write Equations to Represent Subtraction Homework & Practice 5.10

Lesson 11: Solve Multistep problems

Lesson 5.11 Solve Multistep Problems
Solve Multistep Problems Homework & Practice 5.11

Chapter 5 Review/Test

2-Digit Subtraction Chapter 5 Review Test

Curious about Math

There are hundreds of different kinds of dragonflies. If 52 dragonflies are in a garden and 10 fly away, how many dragonflies are left? How many are left if 10 more fly away?
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 0.1

Answer:
The total number of files left is 32 files.

Explanation:
As there are hundreds of different kinds of dragonflies and if 52 dragonflies are in a garden and 10 flies away, so the number of files left is 52 – 10= 42 files and again there are 10 more flies away. So there will be 42 – 10= 32 files left.

2-Digit Subtraction Show What You Know

Subtraction Patterns
Subtract 2. Complete each subtraction sentence.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 1

Question 2.
6 – __ = ___

Answer:
On subtracting 6 – 2 we will get the result as 4.

Explanation:
By subtracting 2 with 6 we will get the result as 6 – 2= 4.

Question 3.
5 – __ = __

Answer:
On subtracting 5 – 2 we will get the result as 3.

Explanation:
By subtracting 2 with 5 we will get the result as 5 – 2= 3.

Question 4.
4 – ___ = __

Answer:
On subtracting 4 – 2 we will get the result as 2.

Explanation:
By subtracting 2 with 4 we will get the result as 4 – 2= 2.

Question 5.
3 – __ = __

Answer:
On subtracting 3 – 2 we will get the result as 1.

Explanation:
By subtracting 2 with 3 we will get the result as 3 – 2= 1.

Question 6.
2 – _ = __

Answer:
On subtracting 2 – 2 we will get the result as 0.

Explanation:
By subtracting 2 with 2 we will get the result as 2 – 2= 0.

Subtraction Facts
Write the difference.

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 2

Answer:
On subtracting 8 – 5 we will get the result as 3.

Explanation:
By subtracting 5 with 8 we will get the result as 8 – 5= 3.

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 3

Answer:
On subtracting 14 – 6 we will get the result as 8.

Explanation:
By subtracting 6 with 14 we will get the result as 14 – 6= 8.

Question 9.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 4

Answer:
On subtracting 9 – 6 we will get the result as 3.

Explanation:
By subtracting 6 with 9 we will get the result as 9 – 6= 3.

Question 10.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 5

Answer:
On subtracting 16 – 7 we will get the result as 9.

Explanation:
By subtracting 7 with 16 we will get the result as 16 – 7= 9.

Question 11.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 6

Answer:
On subtracting 12 – 6 we will get the result as 6.

Explanation:
By subtracting 6 with 12 we will get the result as 12 – 6= 6.

Question 12.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 7

Answer:
On subtracting 10 – 8 we will get the result as 2.

Explanation:
By subtracting 8 with 10 we will get the result as 10 – 8= 2.

Tens and Ones
Write how many tens and ones are in each model.

Question 13.
54
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 8
__ tens __ ones

Answer:
The number of tens is 5 and the number of ones is 4.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see 10 blocks with 5 rows. Which are 10 × 5= 50 blocks, so there are 5 tens and we can see 4 blocks which are 4 ones. So the total number of blocks is 50 + 4= 54 blocks.

Question 14.
45
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 9
__ tens __ ones

Answer:
The number of tens is 4 and the number of ones is 5.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see 10 blocks with 4 rows. Which are 10 × 4= 40 blocks, so there are 4 tens and we can see 5 blocks which are 5 ones. So the total number of blocks is 40 + 5= 45 blocks.

2-Digit Subtraction Vocabulary Builder

Visualize It
Fill in the boxes of the graphic organizer.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 10

Understand Vocabulary
Draw a line to complete the sentence.

Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 11

Answer:
1. A digit can be 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8, or 9.
2. You can regroup to trade 10 ones for 1 ten.
3. 20 ones are the same as 2 tens.

Explanation:
Go-Math-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Chapter-5-2-Digit-Subtraction-11

1.  A digit is a single symbol that is used to make numerals, so the digits can be 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, or 9 are the ten digits which we will use every day.
2. Here, regrouping is defined as the process of making and then carrying out the operation like addition with two-digit numbers or larger than the two-digit numbers. And we use regrouping in addition when the sum of two digits in the place value column is greater than nine. And Regrouping in subtraction is a method of interchanging one ten into ten ones. This regrouping of subtraction is used to work out the different subtraction problems. We can regroup to trade 10 ones for 1 ten. And we can regroup to trade 10 ones for 1 ten.
3. 20 ones are the same as 2 tens. As two tens mean 2 × 10= 20 and 20 × 1= 20, so 20 ones are the same as 2 tens.

2-Digit Subtraction Game: Subtraction Search

Materials Search
• 3 sets of number cards 4 – 9 • 18 Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 0.2
Play with a partner.
1. Shuffle all the cards. Place them face down in one stack.
2. Take one card. Find a square with a subtraction problem with this number as the difference. Your partner checks your answer.
3. If you are correct, place a Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 0.3 on that square. If there is no match, skip your turn.
4. Take turns. The first player to have Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 0.4 on all the squares wins.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 0.5
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 0.6

2-Digit Subtraction Vocabulary Game

Going Places with GOMATH! Words

Bingo

For 3 to 6 players

Materials

  • 1 set of word cards
  • 1 Bingo board for each player
  • game markers

How to Play

  1. The caller chooses a word card and reads the word. Then the caller puts the word card in a second pile.
  2. Players put a marker on the word each time they find it on their Bingo boards.
  3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 until a player marks 5 boxes in a line going down, across, or on a slant and calls “Bingo.”
  4. Check the answers. Have the player who said “Bingo” read the words aloud while the caller checks the word cards in the second pile.

The Write Way

Reflect
Choose one idea. Write about it in the space below.

  • Explain how drawing quick pictures helps you add 2-digit numbers.
  • Tell about all the different ways you can add 2-digit numbers.
  • Write about a time that you helped explain something to a classmate. What was your classmate having trouble with? How did you help him or her?

Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 12

Lesson 5.1 Algebra • Break Apart Ones to Subtract

Essential Question
How does breaking apart a number make subtracting easier?

Listen and Draw

Write two addends for each sum.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 13
Answer:
The two addends for the first image are 3 and 4.
The two addends for the second image are 4 and 5.
The two addends for the third image are 2 and 3.
The two addends for the fourth image are 3 and 3.
The two addends for the fifth image are 2 and 2.
The two addends for the sixth image are 4 and 4.

Explanation:
Go-Math-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Chapter-5-2-Digit-Subtraction-13
As addend can be defined as the numbers are added together to get the sum. Here the given sum is 7, so to get the sum 7 we will take the two addends as 3 + 4 so we can get the sum as 7. The given sum is 9, so to get the sum 9 we will take the two addends 4 + 5 so we can get the sum as 9. The given sum is 5, so to get the sum 5 we will take the two addends 2 + 3 so we can get the sum as 5. The given sum is 6, so to get the sum 6 we will take the two addends 3 + 3 so we can get the sum as 6. the given sum is 4, so to get the sum 4 we will take the two addends 2 + 2 so we can get the sum as 4. The given sum is 8, so to get the sum 8 we will take the two addends
4 + 4 so we can get the sum as 8.

Math Talk
MATHEMATICAL PRACTICES

Describe how you chose addends for each sum.

Answer:
The addends are chosen by the given sum. As addend can be defined as the numbers are added to together to get the sum. So we have chosen the two addends by the given sum.

Model and Draw

Break apart ones. Subtract in two steps.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 14
So, 63 − 7 = ___.

Answer:
The subtraction of 63 – 7 is 56.

Explanation:
Here, we have started at 63 and subtracted 3, to subtract 3 on the number line jump makes a jump from 63 to 60 and the size of the jump is 3 and we will get 60. Then we have to subtract 4, so we will start from 60 on the number line jump makes a jump from 60 to 56 and the size of the jump is 4 and we will get 56. So the subtraction of 63 – 7 is 56.

Share and Show MATH BOARD

Break apart ones to subtract. Write the difference.

Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 15

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 16

Answer:
The subtraction of 55 – 8 is 47.

Explanation:
Here, we have started at 55 and subtracted 5, to subtract 5 on the number line jump makes a jump from 55 to 50 and the size of the jump is 5 and we will get 50. Then we have to subtract 3, so we will start from 50 on the number line jump makes a jump from 50 to 47 and the size of the jump is 3 and we will get 47. So the subtraction of 55 – 8 is 47.

Go-Math-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Chapter-5-2-Digit-Subtraction-15

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 17

Answer:
The subtraction of 42 – 5 is 37.

Explanation:
Here, we have started at 42 and subtracted 2, to subtract 2 on the number line jump makes a jump from 42 to 40 and the size of the jump is 2 and we will get 40. Then we have to subtract 3, so we will start from 40 on the number line jump makes a jump from 40 to 37 and the size of the jump is 3 and we will get 37. So the subtraction of 42 – 5 is 37.

Go-Math-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Chapter-5-2-Digit-Subtraction-15

Question 3.
41 – 9 = __

Answer:
The subtraction of 41 – 9 is 32.

Explanation:
Here, we have started at 41 and subtracted 4, to subtract 4 on the number line jump makes a jump from 41 to 37 and the size of the jump is 4 and we will get 37. Then we have to subtract 5, so we will start from 37 on the number line jump makes a jump from 37 to 32 and the size of the jump is 5 and we will get 32. So the subtraction of 41 – 9 is 32.

Go-Math-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Chapter-5-2-Digit-Subtraction-15

Question 4.
53 – 6 = __

Answer:
The subtraction of 53 – 6 is 47.

Explanation:
Here, we have started at 53 and subtracted 3, to subtract 3 on the number line jump makes a jump from 53 to 50 and the size of the jump is 3 and we will get 50. Then we have to subtract 3, so we will start from 50 on the number line jump makes a jump from 50 to 47 and the size of the jump is 3 and we will get 47. So the subtraction of 53 – 6 is 47.

Go-Math-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Chapter-5-2-Digit-Subtraction-15

Question 5.
44 – 7 = __

Answer:
The subtraction of 44 – 7 is 37.

Explanation:
Here, we have started at 44 and subtracted 3, to subtract 3 on the number line jump makes a jump from 44 to 41 and the size of the jump is 3 and we will get 41. Then we have to subtract 4, so we will start from 41 on the number line jump makes a jump from 41 to 37 and the size of the jump is 4 and we will get 37. So the subtraction of 44 – 7 is 37.

Go-Math-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Chapter-5-2-Digit-Subtraction-15

Question 6.
52 – 8 = __

Answer:
The subtraction of 52 – 8 is 44.

Explanation:
Here, we have started at 52 and subtracted 4, to subtract 4 on the number line jump makes a jump from 52 to 48 and the size of the jump is 4 and we will get 48. Then we have to subtract 4, so we will start from 48 on the number line jump makes a jump from 48 to 44 and the size of the jump is 4 and we will get 44. So the subtraction of 52 – 8 is 44.

Go-Math-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Chapter-5-2-Digit-Subtraction-15-5

On Your Own

Break apart ones to subtract. Write the difference.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 18

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 19

Answer:
The subtraction of 75 – 7 is 68.

Explanation:
Here, we have started at 75 and subtracted 3, to subtract 3 on the number line jump makes a jump from 75 to 72 and the size of the jump is 3 and we will get 72. Then we have to subtract 4, so we will start from 72 on the number line jump makes a jump from 72 to 68 and the size of the jump is 4 and we will get 68. So the subtraction of 75 – 7 is 68.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Chapter-5-2-Digit-Subtraction-18

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 20

Answer:
The subtraction of 86 – 8 is 78.

Explanation:
Here, we have started at 86 and subtracted 4, to subtract 4 on the number line jump makes a jump from 86 to 82 and the size of the jump is 4 and we will get 82. Then we have to subtract 4, so we will start from 82 on the number line jump makes a jump from 82 to 78 and the size of the jump is 4 and we will get 78. So the subtraction of 86 – 8 is 78.

Go-Math-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Chapter-5-2-Digit-Subtraction-18-1

Question 9.
82 – 5 = __

Answer:
The subtraction of 82 – 5 is 77.

Explanation:
Here, we have started at 82 and subtracted 3, to subtract 3 on the number line jump makes a jump from 82 to 79 and the size of the jump is 3 and we will get 79. Then we have to subtract 2, so we will start from 79 on the number line jump makes a jump from 79 to 77 and the size of the jump is 2 and we will get 77. So the subtraction of 82 – 5 is 77.

Go-Math-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Chapter-5-2-Digit-Subtraction-18-2

Question 10.
83 – 7 = __

Answer:
The subtraction of 83 – 7 is 76.

Explanation:
Here, we have started at 83 and subtracted 3, to subtract 3 on the number line jump makes a jump from 83 to 80 and the size of the jump is 3 and we will get 80. Then we have to subtract 4, so we will start from 80 on the number line jump makes a jump from 80 to 76 and the size of the jump is 4 and we will get 76. So the subtraction of 83 – 7 is 76.

Go-Math-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Chapter-5-2-Digit-Subtraction-18-3

Question 11.
72 – 7 = __

Answer:
The subtraction of 72 – 7 is 65.

Explanation:
Here, we have started at 72 and subtracted 3, to subtract 3 on the number line jump makes a jump from 72 to 69 and the size of the jump is 3 and we will get 69. Then we have to subtract 4, so we will start from 69 on the number line jump makes a jump from 69 to 65 and the size of the jump is 4 and we will get 65. So the subtraction of 72 – 7 is 65.

Go-Math-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Chapter-5-2-Digit-Subtraction-18-4

Question 12.
76 – 9 = __

Answer:
The subtraction of 76 – 9 is 67.

Explanation:
Here, we have started at 76 and subtracted 5, to subtract 5 on the number line jump makes a jump from 76 to 71 and the size of the jump is 5 and we will get 71. Then we have to subtract 4, so we will start from 71 on the number line jump makes a jump from 71 to 67 and the size of the jump is 4 and we will get 67. So the subtraction of 76 – 9 is 67.

Go-Math-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Chapter-5-2-Digit-Subtraction-18-5

Question 13.
85 – 8 = __

Answer:
The subtraction of 85 – 8 is 77.

Explanation:
Here, we have started at 85 and subtracted 4, to subtract 4 on the number line jump makes a jump from 85 to 81 and the size of the jump is 4 and we will get 81. Then we have to subtract 4, so we will start from 81 on the number line jump makes a jump from 81 to 77 and the size of the jump is 4 and we will get 77. So the subtraction of 85 – 8 is 77.

Go-Math-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Chapter-5-2-Digit-Subtraction-18-6

Question 14.
71 – 6 = __

Answer:
The subtraction of 71 – 6 is 65.

Explanation:
Here, we have started at 71 and subtracted 3, to subtract 3 on the number line jump makes a jump from 71 to 68 and the size of the jump is 3 and we will get 68. Then we have to subtract 3, so we will start from 68 on the number line jump makes a jump from 68 to 65 and the size of the jump is 3 and we will get 65. So the subtraction of 71 – 6 is 65.

Go-Math-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Chapter-5-2-Digit-Subtraction-18-7

Question 15.
THINK SMARTER
Cheryl brought 27 bagels for the bake sale. Mike brought 24 bagels. They sold all but 9 of them. How many bagels did they sell?
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 21
__ bagels

Answer:
The total number of bagels sold is 42 bagels.

Explanation:
Cheryl brought 27 bagels for the bake sale and Mike brought 24 bagels, so the total number of bagels did Mike and Cheryl bought is 27 + 24= 51 bagels. And they sold all but 9 bagels are left with them, so the number of bagels sold is 51 – 9= 42 bagels. So the total number of bagels sold is 42 bagels.

Question 16.
MATHEMATICAL PRACTICE
Analyze Lexi has 8 fewer crayons than Ken. Ken has 45 crayons. How many crayons does Lexi have?
__ crayons

Answer:
The number of crayons Lexi had is 37 crayons.

Explanation:
As Lexi has 8 fewer crayons than Ken and Ken has 45 crayons, so Lexi has 45 – 8= 37 crayons.

Problem Solving • Applications

Write or draw to explain.

Question 17.
Cheryl built a toy train with 27 train cars. Then she added 18 more train cars. How many train cars are on the toy train now?
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 22
__ train cars

Answer:
The number of train cars is on the toy train is 9 train cars.

Explanation:
Cheryl built a toy train with 27 train cars and then she added 18 more train cars, so the number of train cars are on the toy train is 27 – 18= 9 train cars.

Question 18.
MATHEMATICAL PrACTICE
Analyze
Samuel had 46 marbles. He gave some marbles to a friend and has 9 marbles left. How many marbles did Samuel give to his friend?
__ marbles

Answer:
The number of marbles did Samuel gave to his friend is 37 marbles.

Explanation:
Samuel had 46 marbles and he gave some marbles to a friend and has 9 marbles left, so the number of marbles did Samuel gave to his friend is 46 – 9= 37 marbles. So the number of marbles did Samuel gave to his friend is 37 marbles.

Question 19.
THINK SMARTER
Matthew had 73 blocks. He gave 8 blocks to his sister. How many blocks does Matthew have now? Draw or write to show how to solve the problem.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 23
Matthew has __ blocks now.

Answer:
The total number of blocks Matthew had is 65 blocks.

Explanation:
Matthew had 73 blocks and he gave 8 blocks to his sister, so the number of blocks did Matthew had is 73 – 8= 65 blocks. So after giving 8 blocks to his sister Matthew had 65 blocks. By subtracting the number of blocks did Matthew had and the number of blocks did he gave to his sister we had solved the problem.

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY
• Ask your child to describe how to find 34 − 6.

Answer:
The subtraction of 6 from 34 is 28. And there are two tens and eight ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are three tens and five one’s blocks. So here we need to subtract 6 from 34, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 6 from 34 is 34 – 6= 28 and there are two tens and eight ones.

Algebra • Break Apart Ones to Subtract Homework & Practice 5.1

Break apart ones to subtract. Write the difference.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 24

Question 1.
36 – 7 = __

Answer:
The subtraction of 36 – 7 is 29.

Explanation:
Here, we have started at 36 and subtracted 3, to subtract 3 on the number line jump makes a jump from 36 to 33 and the size of the jump is 3 and we will get 33. Then we have to subtract 4, so we will start from 33 on the number line jump makes a jump from 33 to 29 and the size of the jump is 4 and we will get 29. So the subtraction of 36 – 7 is 56.

Go-Math-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Chapter-5-2-Digit-Subtraction-24

Question 2.
35 – 8 = __

Answer:
The subtraction of 35 – 8 is 27.

Explanation:
Here, we have started at 35 and subtracted 4, to subtract 4 on the number line jump makes a jump from 35 to 31 and the size of the jump is 4 and we will get 31. Then we have to subtract 4, so we will start from 31 on the number line jump makes a jump from 31 to 27 and the size of the jump is 4 and we will get 27. So the subtraction of 35 – 8 is 27.

Go-Math-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Chapter-5-2-Digit-Subtraction-24-1

Question 3.
37 – 9 = __

Answer:
The subtraction of 37 – 9 is 28.

Explanation:
Here, we have started at 37 and subtracted 4, to subtract 4 on the number line jump makes a jump from 37 to 33 and the size of the jump is 4 and we will get 33. Then we have to subtract 5, so we will start from 33 on the number line jump makes a jump from 33 to 28 and the size of the jump is 5 and we will get 28. So the subtraction of 37 – 9 is 28.

Go-Math-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Chapter-5-2-Digit-Subtraction-24-8

Question 4.
41 – 6 = __

Answer:
The subtraction of 41 – 6 is 35.

Explanation:
Here, we have started at 41 and subtracted 3, to subtract 3 on the number line jump makes a jump from 41 to 38 and the size of the jump is 3 and we will get 38. Then we have to subtract 3, so we will start from 35 on the number line jump makes a jump from 38 to 35 and the size of the jump is 3 and we will get 35. So the subtraction of 41 – 6 is 35.

Go-Math-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Chapter-5-2-Digit-Subtraction-24-9

Question 5.
44 – 5 = __

Answer:
The subtraction of 44 – 5 is 39.

Explanation:
Here, we have started at 44 and subtracted 3, to subtract 3 on the number line jump makes a jump from 44 to 41 and the size of the jump is 3 and we will get 41. Then we have to subtract 2, so we will start from 41 on the number line jump makes a jump from 41 to 39 and the size of the jump is 2 and we will get 39. So the subtraction of 44 – 5 is 39.

Go-Math-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Chapter-5-2-Digit-Subtraction-24

Question 6.
33 – 7 = __

Answer:
The subtraction of 33 – 7 is 26.

Explanation:
Here, we have started at 33 and subtracted 3, to subtract 3 on the number line jump makes a jump from 33 to 30 and the size of the jump is 3 and we will get 30. Then we have to subtract 4, so we will start from 30 on the number line jump makes a jump from 30 to 26 and the size of the jump is 4 and we will get 26. So the subtraction of 33 – 7 is 26.

Go-Math-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Chapter-5-2-Digit-Subtraction-24

Question 7.
32 – 4 = __

Answer:
The subtraction of 32 – 4 is 28.

Explanation:
Here, we have started at 32 and subtracted 2, to subtract 2 on the number line jump makes a jump from 32 to 30 and the size of the jump is 2 and we will get 30. Then we have to subtract 2, so we will start from 30 on the number line jump makes a jump from 30 to 28 and the size of the jump is 2 and we will get 28. So the subtraction of 32 – 4 is 28.

Go-Math-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Chapter-5-2-Digit-Subtraction-24

Question 8.
31 – 6 = __

Answer:
The subtraction of 31 – 6 is 25.

Explanation:
Here, we have started at 31 and subtracted 3, to subtract 3 on the number line jump makes a jump from 31 to 28 and the size of the jump is 3 and we will get 28. Then we have to subtract 3, so we will start from 28 on the number line jump makes a jump from 28 to 25 and the size of the jump is 3 and we will get 25. So the subtraction of 31 – 6 is 25.

Go-Math-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Chapter-5-2-Digit-Subtraction-24

Problem Solving

Choose a way to solve. Write or draw to explain.

Question 9.
Beth had 44 marbles. She gave 9 marbles to her brother. How many marbles does Beth have now?
__ marbles.

Answer:
The total number of marbles does Beth had is 35 marbles.

Explanation:
Beth had 44 marbles and she gave 9 marbles to her brother and the remaining marbles do Beth had are 44 – 9= 35 marbles.

Question 10.
WRITE Math
Draw a number line and show how to find the difference for 24 – 6 using the break apart method in this lesson.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 25

Lesson Check

Question 1.
What is the difference?
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 26
58 – 9 = __

Answer:
The difference of 58 – 9 is 49.

Explanation:
Here, we have started at 58 and subtracted 4, to subtract 4 on the number line jump makes a jump from 58 to 54 and the size of the jump is 4 and we will get 54. Then we have to subtract 5, so we will start from 54 on the number line jump makes a jump from 54 to 49 and the size of the jump is 5 and we will get 49. So the subtraction of 58 – 9 is 49.

Go-Math-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Chapter-5-2-Digit-Subtraction-26

Spiral Review

Question 2.
What is the difference?
14 – 6 = __

Answer:
The difference of 14 – 6 is 8.

Explanation:
Here, we have started at 14 and subtracted 3, to subtract 3 on the number line jump makes a jump from 14 to 11 and the size of the jump is 3 and we will get 11. Then we have to subtract 3, so we will start from 11 on the number line jump makes a jump from 11 to 3 and the size of the jump is 3 and we will get 8. So the subtraction of 14 – 6 is 8.

Question 3.
What is the sum?
3 + 6 + 2 = ___

Answer:
The sum of the three numbers is 11.

Explanation:
The sum can be defined as the resulting of two or more numbers by adding. So here the sum of the three numbers
3 + 6 + 2 is 11.

Question 4.
What is the sum?
64 + 7 = __

Answer:
The sum of the two numbers is 71.

Explanation:
The sum can be defined as the resulting of two or more numbers by adding. So here the sum of the two numbers 64 + 7 is 71.

Question 5.
What is the sum?
56 + 18 = __

Answer:
The sum of the two numbers is 74.

Explanation:
The sum can be defined as the resulting of two or more numbers by adding. So here the sum of the two numbers 56 + 18  is 74.

Lesson 5.2 Algebra • Break Apart Numbers to Subtract

Essential Question
How does breaking apart a number make subtracting easier?

Listen and Draw

Draw jumps on the number line to show how to break apart the number to subtract.

Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 27

Math Talk
MATHEMATICAL PRACTICES
Describe a Method
For one of the problems, describe what you did.

Model and Draw

Break apart the number you are subtracting into tens and ones.
Subtract 10.
Next, subtract 2 to get to 60.
Then subtract 5 more.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 28
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 29
So, 72 – 12 = ___

Share and Show MATH BOARD

Break apart the number you are subtracting.
Write the difference.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 30

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 31

Answer:
The subtraction of 43 – 18 is 25.

Explanation:
Here, we will break apart the number that we are subtracting. So first we will break into tens and ones. So here we will break 18 as 10 and 8 and we will subtract 10 and we will get the result as 33. Then we will start from 33 and subtract 3 to get to 30 and then subtract 5 more. So we will get the result as 25, and we will place it on the number line. So the subtraction of 43 – 18 is 25.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 32

Answer:
The subtraction of 45 – 14 is 31.

Explanation:
Here, we will break apart the number that we are subtracting. So first we will break into tens and ones. So here we will break 14 as 10 and 4 and we will subtract 10 and we will get the result as 35. Then we will start from 35 and subtract 2 to get to 33 and then subtract 2 more. So we will get the result as 31, and we will place it on the number line. So the subtraction of 45 – 14 is 31.

Question 3.
46 – 17 = __

Answer:
The subtraction of 46 – 17 is 29.

Explanation:
Here, we will break apart the number that we are subtracting. So first we will break into tens and ones. So here we will break 17 as 10 and 7 and we will subtract 10 and we will get the result as 36. Then we will start from 33 and subtract 3 to get to 30 and then subtract 5 more. So we will get the result as 25, and we will place it on the number line. So the subtraction of 46 – 17 is 29.

Question 4.
44 – 16 = __

Answer:
The subtraction of 44 – 16 is 28.

Explanation:
Here, we will break apart the number that we are subtracting. So first we will break into tens and ones. So here we will break 18 as 10 and 6 and we will subtract 10 and we will get the result as 34. Then we will start from 34 and subtract 4 to get to 30 and then subtract 2 more. So we will get the result as 28, and we will place it on the number line. So the subtraction of 44 – 16 is 28.

On Your Own

Break apart the number you are subtracting. Write the difference.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 33

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 34

Answer:
The subtraction of 57 – 15 is 42.

Explanation:
Here, we will break apart the number that we are subtracting. So first we will break into tens and ones. So here we will break 15 as 10 and 5 and we will subtract 10 and we will get the result as 47. Then we will start from 47 and subtract 3 to get to 44 and then subtract 2 more. So we will get the result as 42, and we will place it on the number line. So the subtraction of 57 – 15 is 42.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 35

Answer:
The subtraction of 63 – 17 is 46.

Explanation:
Here, we will break apart the number that we are subtracting. So first we will break into tens and ones. So here we will break 17 as 10 and 7 and we will subtract 10 and we will get the result as 53. Then we will start from 53 and subtract 3 to get to 50 and then subtract 4 more. So we will get the result as 46, and we will place it on the number line. So the subtraction of 63 – 17 is 46.

Question 7.
68 – 19 = __

Answer:
The subtraction of 68 – 19 is 49.

Explanation:
Here, we will break apart the number that we are subtracting. So first we will break into tens and ones. So here we will break 19 as 10 and 9 and we will subtract 10 and we will get the result as 58. Then we will start from 58 and subtract 8 to get to 50 and then subtract 1 more. So we will get the result as 49, and we will place it on the number line. So the subtraction of 68 – 19 is 49.

Question 8.
61 – 18 = __

Answer:
The subtraction of 61 – 18 is 43.

Explanation:
Here, we will break apart the number that we are subtracting. So first we will break into tens and ones. So here we will break 18 as 10 and 8 and we will subtract 10 and we will get the result as 51. Then we will start from 51 and subtract 1 to get to 50 and then subtract 7 more. So we will get the result as 43, and we will place it on the number line. So the subtraction of 61 – 18 is 43.

Question 9.
THINK SMARTER
Jane has 53 toys in a box. She takes some toys out. Now there are 36 toys in the box. How many toys did Jane take out of the box?
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 36

Answer:
The number of toys did Jane take out of the box is 17 toys.

Explanation:
As Jane has 53 toys in a box and she takes some toys out, so Now there are 36 toys in the box. So to find how many toys did Jane take out of the box we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So The subtraction of 36 from 53 is 53 – 36= 17. So the number of toys did Jane take out of the box is 17 toys.

Question 10.
GO DEEPER
Look at Tom’s steps to solve a problem. Solve this problem in the same way.
42 – 15 = ?
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 37

Answer:
The subtraction of 42 – 15 is 27.

Explanation:
As we can see in the above image that the subtraction is done by the break apart number process, so the given problem is 42 – 15, so here we will break the 15 into 10 and 5, and then we will break 5 apart into 3 and 2. So first we will subtract 10 then the result will be 42 – 10 is 32 and then we will 2 then the result will be 32 – 2= 30. Now we will subtract 3 then the result will be 30 – 3= 27. So the subtraction of 42 – 15 is 27.

Problem Solving • Applications

Question 11.
38 people are in the library. Then 33 more people go into the library. How many people are in the library now?
__ people

Answer:
The total number of people in the library is 71 people.

Explanation:
As there are 38 people in the library and then 33 more people go into the library, so to find the number of people in the library we will perform addition. So we will add 38 + 33 is 71. The total number of people in the library is 71 people.

Question 12.
MATHEMATICAL PRACTICE
Analyze Alex has 24 toys in a chest. He takes some toys out of the chest. Then there are 16 toys in the chest. How many toys did he take out of the chest?
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 38
__ toys

Answer:
There are 8 toys did Alex take out of the chest.

Explanation:
As Alex has 24 toys in a chest and he takes some toys out of the chest. Then there are 16 toys in the chest, so to find the number of toys did Alex has to take out of the chest we will perform subtraction. So we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 16 from 24 is 24 – 16= 8 and there are 8 toys did Alex take out of the chest.

Question 13.
THINK SMARTER
Gail has two piles of newspapers. There are 32 papers in the first pile. There are 19 papers in the second pile. How many more papers are in the first pile than in the second pile?
__ more papers
Write or draw to explain how you solved the problem.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 39

Answer:
The number of papers more in the first pile than the second pile is 13 more papers.

Explanation:
As Gail has two piles of newspapers and there are 32 papers in the first pile and there are 19 papers in the second pile. So to know how many papers are in the first pile than the second pile we will perform subtraction which is 32 – 19= 13 more papers.

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY
• Ask your child to write a subtraction story that uses 2-digit numbers.

Answer:
We will perform subtraction by breaking the two-digit number into tens place digit and ones place digit. Then the other number will be placed below the number. If the minuend number is less than the subtrahend number then we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So by this, we will perform the subtraction.

Algebra • Break Apart Numbers to Subtract Homework & practice 5.2

Break apart the number you are subtracting. Write the difference.

Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 40

Question 1.
81 – 14 = __

Answer:
The subtraction of 81 – 14 is 67.

Explanation:
Here, we have started at 81 and subtracted 7, to subtract 7 on the number line jump makes a jump from 81 to 74 and the size of the jump is 7 and we will get 74. Then we have to subtract 7, so we will start from 74 on the number line jump makes a jump from 74 to 67 and the size of the jump is 7 and we will get 67. So the subtraction of 81 – 14 is 67.

Question 2.
84 – 16 = __

Answer:
The subtraction of 84 – 16 is 68.

Explanation:
Here, we have started at 84 and subtracted 8, to subtract 8 on the number line jump makes a jump from 84 to 76 and the size of the jump is 8 and we will get 76. Then we have to subtract 8, so we will start from 76 on the number line jump makes a jump from 76 to 68 and the size of the jump is 8 and we will get 68. So the subtraction of 84 – 16 is 68.

Question 3.
77 – 14 = __

Answer:
The subtraction of 77 – 14 is 63.

Explanation:
Here, we have started at 77 and subtracted 7, to subtract 7 on the number line jump makes a jump from 77 to 70 and the size of the jump is 7 and we will get 70. Then we have to subtract 7, so we will start from 70 on the number line jump makes a jump from 70 to 63 and the size of the jump is 7 and we will get 63. So the subtraction of 77 – 14 is 63.

Question 4.
83 – 19 = __

Answer:
The subtraction of 83 – 19 is 64.

Explanation:
Here, we have started at 83 and subtracted 10, to subtract 10 on the number line jump makes a jump from 83 to 73 and the size of the jump is 10 and we will get 73. Then we have to subtract 9, so we will start from 73 on the number line jump makes a jump from 73 to 64 and the size of the jump is 9 and we will get 64. So the subtraction of 83 – 19 is 64.

Question 5.
81 – 17 = __

Answer:
The subtraction of 81 – 17 is 64.

Explanation:
Here, we have started at 81 and subtracted 10, to subtract 10 on the number line jump makes a jump from 81 to 71 and the size of the jump is 10 and we will get 71. Then we have to subtract 7, so we will start from 71 on the number line jump makes a jump from 71 to 64 and the size of the jump is 7 and we will get 64. So the subtraction of 81 – 17 is 64.

Question 6.
88 – 13 = __

Answer:
The subtraction of 88 – 13 is 75.

Explanation:
Here, we have started at 88 and subtracted 3, to subtract 3 on the number line jump makes a jump from 83 to 80 and the size of the jump is 3 and we will get 80. Then we have to subtract 10, so we will start from 80 on the number line jump makes a jump from 80 to 75 and the size of the jump is 10 and we will get 75. So the subtraction of 88 – 13 is 75.

Question 7.
84 – 19 = __

Answer:
The subtraction of 84 – 19 is 65.

Explanation:
Here, we have started at 84 and subtracted 10, to subtract 10 on the number line jump makes a jump from 84 to 74 and the size of the jump is 10 and we will get 74. Then we have to subtract 9, so we will start from 74 on the number line jump makes a jump from 74 to 65 and the size of the jump is 9 and we will get 65. So the subtraction of 84 – 19 is 65.

Question 8.
86 – 13 = __

Answer:
The subtraction of 86 – 13 is 73.

Explanation:
Here, we have started at 86 and subtracted 7, to subtract 7 on the number line jump makes a jump from 86 to 79 and the size of the jump is 7 and we will get 79. Then we have to subtract 6, so we will start from 79 on the number line jump makes a jump from 79 to 73 and the size of the jump is 6 and we will get 73. So the subtraction of 86 – 13 is 73.

Question 7.
84 – 19 = __

Answer:
The subtraction of 84 – 19 is 65.

Explanation:
Here, we have started at 84 and subtracted 10, to subtract 10 on the number line jump makes a jump from 84 to 74 and the size of the jump is 10 and we will get 74. Then we have to subtract 9, so we will start from 74 on the number line jump makes a jump from 74 to 65 and the size of the jump is 9 and we will get 65. So the subtraction of 84 – 19 is 65.

Question 8.
86 – 18 = __

Answer:
The subtraction of 86 – 18 is 68.

Explanation:
Here, we have started at 84 and subtracted 9, to subtract 9 on the number line jump makes a jump from 86 to 77 and the size of the jump is 9 and we will get 77. Then we have to subtract 9, so we will start from 77 on the number line jump makes a jump from 77 to 68 and the size of the jump is 9 and we will get 68. So the subtraction of 86 – 18 is 68.

Problem Solving

Solve. Write or draw to explain.

Question 9.
Mr. Pearce bought 43 plants. He gave 14 plants to his sister. How many plants does Mr. Pearce have now?
__ plants

Answer:
The number of plants does Mr. Pearce had is 29 plants.

Explanation:
Mr. Pearce bought 43 plants and he gave 14 plants to his sister. So the number of plants does Mr. Pearce has now is 43 – 14. Here, we have started at 43 and subtracted 7, to subtract 7 on the number line jump makes a jump from 43 to 36 and the size of the jump is 7 and we will get 36. Then we have to subtract 7, so we will start from 36 on the number line jump makes a jump from 7 to 29 and the size of the jump is 7 and we will get 29. So the subtraction of 43 – 14 is 29. So the number of plants does Mr. Pearce had is 29 plants.

Question 10.
WRITE Math
Draw a number line and show how to find the difference for 36 – 17 using the break apart method in this lesson.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 41

Lesson Check

Question 1.
What is the difference?
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 42
63 – 19 = __

Answer:
The subtraction of 63 – 19 is 44.

Explanation:
Here, we have started at 63 and subtracted 10, to subtract 10 on the number line jump makes a jump from 63 to 53 and the size of the jump is 10 and we will get 53. Then we have to subtract 9, so we will start from 53 on the number line jump makes a jump from 53 to 44 and the size of the jump is 9 and we will get 44. So the subtraction of 63 – 19 is 44.

Spiral Review

Question 2.
What is the sum?
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 43

Answer:
The sum of the two numbers is 37.

Explanation:
The sum can be defined as the resulting of two or more numbers by adding. So here the sum of the two numbers 14 + 23 is 37.

Question 3.
What is the sum?
8 + 7 = _

Answer:
The sum of the two numbers is 15.

Explanation:
The sum can be defined as the resulting of two or more numbers by adding. So here the sum of the two numbers 8 + 7 is 15.

Question 4.
Write a related subtraction fact for 6 + 8 = 14.
____

Question 5.
John has 7 kites. Annie has 4 kites. How many kites do they have altogether?
__ kites

Answer:
The number of kites does they together have is 7 + 4= 11 kites.

Explanation:
John has 7 kites and Annie has 4 kites, so the number of kites do they together have is 7 + 4= 11 kites.

Lesson 5.3 Model Regrouping for Subtraction

Essential Question
When do you regroup in subtraction?

Answer:
We will regroup in subtraction when the minuend digit is less than the subtrahend digit. Then we will take carry forward to the lesser digit and then we will perform subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend.

Listen and Draw

Use Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 44 to model the problem. Draw quick pictures to show your model.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 45

Math Talk
MATHEMATICAL PRACTICES

Describe why you traded a tens block for 10 ones blocks.

Model and Draw

How do you subtract 26 from 53?

Answer:
The subtraction of 53 and 26 is 27.

Explanation:
To perform subtraction for 26 from 53 we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So The subtraction of 26 from 53 is 27.

Step 1
Show 53. Are there enough ones to subtract 26?
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 46
Step 2
If there are not enough ones, regroup 1 ten as 10 ones.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 46.1
Step 3
Subtract 6 ones from 13 ones.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 46.2
Step 4
Subtract the tens. Write the tens and ones. Write the difference.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 46.3

Share and Show MATH BOARD

Draw to show the regrouping. Write the difference two ways. Write the tens and ones. Write the number.

Question 1.
Subtract 13 from 41.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 47
__ tens __ ones __

Answer:
The subtraction of 13 from 41 is 28. And there are two tens and eight ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are four tens blocks and one one’s block. So here we need to subtract 13 from 41, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 13 from 41 is 41 – 13= 28 and there are two tens and eight ones.

Go-Math-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Chapter-5-2-Digit-Subtraction-47

Question 2.
Subtract 9 from 48.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 48
__ tens __ ones __

Answer:
The subtraction of 9 from 48 is 39. And there are three tens and nine ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there is four tens blocks and eight one’s block. So here we need to subtract 9 from 48, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 9 from 48 is 48 – 9= 39 and there are three tens and nine ones.

Go-Math-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Chapter-5-2-Digit-Subtraction-48

 

Question 3.
Subtract 28 from 52.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 49
__ tens __ ones __

Answer:
The subtraction of 28 from 52 is 24. And there are two tens and four ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there is five tens blocks and two one’s block. So here we need to subtract 28 from 48, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 28 from 52 is 52 – 28= 24 and there are two tens and four ones.

Go-Math-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Chapter-5-2-Digit-Subtraction-49

On Your Own

Draw to show the regrouping. Write the difference two ways. Write the tens and ones. Write the number.

Question 4.
Subtract 8 from 23
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 50
__ tens __ ones __

Answer:
The subtraction of 8 from 23 is 15. And there are one ten and five ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there is one tens block and five ones block. So here we need to subtract 8 from 23, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 8 from 23 is 23 – 8= 15 and there are one ten and five ones.

Go-Math-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Chapter-5-2-Digit-Subtraction-50

Question 5.
Subtract 36 from 45.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 51
__ tens __ ones __

Answer:
The subtraction of 36 from 45 is 9. And there are no tens and nine ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there is five tens blocks and two one’s block. So here we need to subtract 36 from 45, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 36 from 45 is 45 – 36= 9 and there are no tens and nine ones.

Go-Math-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Chapter-5-2-Digit-Subtraction-51

Question 6.
Subtract 6 from 43.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 52
__ tens __ ones __

Answer:
The subtraction of 6 from 43 is 37. And there are three tens and seven ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there is four tens blocks and three one’s block. So here we need to subtract 6 from 43, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 6 from 43 is 43 – 6= 37 and there are three tens and seven ones.

Go-Math-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Chapter-5-2-Digit-Subtraction-52

Question 7.
Subtract 39 from 67
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 53
__ tens __ ones __

Answer:
The subtraction of 39 from 67 is 28. And there are two tens and eight ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there is six tens blocks and seven ones block. So here we need to subtract 28 from 48, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 39 from 67 is 67 – 39= 28 and there are two tens and eight ones.
Go-Math-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Chapter-5-2-Digit-Subtraction-53

Question 8.
Subtract 21 from 50.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 54
__ tens __ ones __

Answer:
The subtraction of 21 from 50 is 29. And there are two tens and nine ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there is five tens blocks and zero ones in ones block. So here we need to subtract 21 from 50, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 21 from 50 is 50 – 21= 29 and there are two tens and nine ones.

Go-Math-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Chapter-5-2-Digit-Subtraction-54

Question 9.
Subtract 29 from 56
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 55
__ tens __ ones __

Answer:
The subtraction of 29 from 56 is 27. And there are two tens and seven ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are five tens blocks and two one’s blocks. So here we need to subtract 28 from 48, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 29 from 56 is 56 – 29= 27 and there are two tens and seven ones.

Question 10.
GO DEEPER
Draw to find what number was subtracted from 53.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 56
Subtract __ from 53.
3 tens 4 ones
34

Problem Solving • Applications

Write or draw to explain.

Question 11.
THINK SMARTER
Billy has 18 fewer marbles than Sara. Sara has 34 marbles. How many marbles does Billy have?
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 57
__ marbles

Answer:
The total number of marbles does Billy had is 16 marbles.

Explanation:
As Billy has 18 fewer marbles than Sara and Sara has 34 marbles, so here fewer marbles means we will do subtraction. So the number of marbles do Billy had is 34 – 18= 16 marbles. Here we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the total number of marbles does Billy had is 16 marbles.

Question 12.
THINK SMARTER
There are 67 toy animals in the store. Then the clerk sells 19 toy animals. How many toy animals are in the store now?
Draw to show how to find the answer.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 58
__ toy animals

Answer:
The number of toys in the store is 48 toys.

Explanation:
As there are 67 toy animals in the store and then the clerk sells 19 toy animals, so to find how many toys in the store is we will perform subtraction. Here we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the number of toys in the store is 67 – 19= 48 toys.

Describe how you solved the problem.
__________________________
__________________________
__________________________

Answer:
The problem is solved by using regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend.

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY
• Ask your child to write a subtraction story and then explain how to solve it.

Answer:
We will perform subtraction by breaking the two-digit number into tens place digit and ones place digit. Then the other number will be placed below the number. If the minuend number is less than the subtrahend number then we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So by this, we will perform the subtraction.

Model Regrouping for Subtraction Homework & Practice 5.3

Draw to show the regrouping. Write the difference two ways. Write the tens and ones. Write the number.

Question 1.
Subtract 9 from 35
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 59
__ tens __ ones __

Answer:
The subtraction of 9 from 35 is 26. And there are two tens and six ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are three tens blocks and five one’s block. So here we need to subtract 9 from 35, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 9 from 35 is 35 – 9= 26 and there are two tens and six ones.

Question 2.
Subtract 14 from 52.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 60
__ tens __ ones __

Answer:
The subtraction of 9 from 35 is 26. And there are two tens and six ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are three tens blocks and five one’s block. So here we need to subtract 9 from 35, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 9 from 35 is 35 – 9= 26 and there are two tens and six ones.

Problem Solving

Choose a way to solve. Write or draw to explain.

Question 3.
Mr. Ortega made 51 cookies. He gave 14 cookies away. How many cookies does he have now?
__ cookies

Answer:
The cookies that Mr. Ortega had now are 37 cookies.

Explanation:
As Mr. Ortega made 51 cookies and he gave 14 cookies away. So to find the number of cookies does Ortega had we will do regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 51 – 14 is 37 cookies. The cookies that
Mr. Orteg had now is 37 cookies.

Question 4.
WRITE Math
Draw a quick picture for 37. Draw to show how you would subtract 19 from 37. Write to explain what you did.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 61
__________________________
__________________________
__________________________

Answer:
The subtraction of 37 – 19 is 18. The subtraction is done by the regrouping of subtraction.

Explanation:
Go-Math-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Chapter-5-2-Digit-Subtraction-61
The subtraction of 37 – 19 is 18. The subtraction is done by the regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 37 – 19 is 18.

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Subtract 9 from 36. What is the difference?
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 62

Answer:
The subtraction of 9 from 36 is 27. And there are two tens and seven ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are three tens blocks and six one’s blocks. So here we need to subtract 9 from 36, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 9 from 36 is 36 – 9= 27 and there are two tens and seven ones.

Question 2.
Subtract 28 from 45. What is the difference?
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 63

Answer:
The subtraction of 28 from 45 is 17. And there are one ten and seven ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are four tens blocks and five one’s blocks. So here we need to subtract 28 from 45, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 28 from 45 is 45 – 28= 17 and there are one ten and seven ones.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
What is the difference?
51 – 8 = __
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 5 Answer Key Pdf 2-Digit Subtraction 64

Answer:
The subtraction of 8 from 51 is 43. And there are four tens and three ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are three tens blocks and six one’s blocks. So here we need to subtract 8 from 51, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 8 from 51 is 51 – 8= 43 and there are four tens and three ones.

Question 4.
What is the sum?
38 + 35 = __

Answer:
The sum of the two numbers is 73.

Explanation:
The sum can be defined as the resulting of two or more numbers by adding. So here the sum of the two numbers 38 + 35 is 73.

Question 5.
What is the sum?
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 5 Answer Key Pdf 2-Digit Subtraction 65

Answer:
The sum of the three numbers is 90.

Explanation:
The sum can be defined as the resulting of two or more numbers by adding. So here the sum of the three numbers 63 + 18 + 9 is 90.

Lesson 5.4 Model and Record 2-Digit Subtraction

Essential Question
How do you record 2-digit subtraction?

Answer:
We will perform subtraction by breaking the two-digit number into tens place digit and ones place digit. Then the other number will be placed below the number. If the minuend number is less than the subtrahend number then we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So by this, we will perform the subtraction.

Listen and Draw
Use Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 5 Answer Key Pdf 2-Digit Subtraction 66 to model the problem. Draw quick pictures to show your model.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 5 Answer Key Pdf 2-Digit Subtraction 67

Math Talk
MATHEMATICAL PRACTICE

Explain a Method
Did you trade blocks in your model? Explain why or why not.

Model and Draw

Trace over the quick pictures in the steps. Subtract.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 5 Answer Key Pdf 2-Digit Subtraction 68

Share and Show MATH BOARD

Draw a quick picture to solve. Write the difference.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 5 Answer Key Pdf 2-Digit Subtraction 69

Answer:
The subtraction of 15 from 47 is 32. And there are three ten and two ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are four tens and seven ones. So here we need to subtract 15 from 47, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 15 from 47 is 47 – 15= 32 and there are three ten and two ones.

Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-5-Answer-Key-Pdf-2-Digit-Subtraction-69

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 5 Answer Key Pdf 2-Digit Subtraction 70

Answer:
The subtraction of 18 from 32 is 14. And there are one ten and four ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are three tens and five ones. So here we need to subtract 18 from 32, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 18 from 32 is 32 – 18= 14 and there are one ten and four ones.

Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-5-Answer-Key-Pdf-2-Digit-Subtraction-70

On Your Own

Draw a quick picture to solve. Write the difference.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 5 Answer Key Pdf 2-Digit Subtraction 71

Answer:
The subtraction of 29 from 35 is 6. And there are zero tens and six ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are three tens and five ones. So here we need to subtract 29 from 35, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 29 from 35 is 35 – 29= 6 and there are zero tens and six ones.

Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-5-Answer-Key-Pdf-2-Digit-Subtraction-71

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 5 Answer Key Pdf 2-Digit Subtraction 72

Answer:
The subtraction of 5 from 28 is 23. And there are two tens and three ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are two tens and eight ones. So here we need to subtract 5 from 28, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 5 from 28 is 28 – 5= 23 and there are two ten and three ones.

Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-5-Answer-Key-Pdf-2-Digit-Subtraction-72

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 5 Answer Key Pdf 2-Digit Subtraction 73

Answer:
The subtraction of 26 from 53 is 27. And there are two tens and seven ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are five tens and three ones. So here we need to subtract 26 from 53, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 26 from 53 is 53 – 26= 27 and there are two tens and seven ones.

Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-5-Answer-Key-Pdf-2-Digit-Subtraction-73

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 5 Answer Key Pdf 2-Digit Subtraction 74

Answer:
The subtraction of 13 from 32 is 19. And there are one ten and nine ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are three tens and five one’s blocks. So here we need to subtract 13 from 32, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 13 from 32 is 32 – 13= 19 and there are one ten and nine ones.

Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-5-Answer-Key-Pdf-2-Digit-Subtraction-74

Question 7.
GO DEEPER
There are 16 robins in the trees. 24 more fly in. Then 28 robins fly away. How many robins are still in the trees?
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 5 Answer Key Pdf 2-Digit Subtraction 75
__ robbins

Answer:
The total number of robins are still on the trees is 12 robins.

Explanation:
As there are 16 robins on the tree and 24 more fly-ins. So the number of robins is 24 + 16= 40. Now 28 robins fly away, so the total number of robins are still on the trees is 40 – 28= 12 robins.

Problem Solving • Applications

Question 8.
THINK SMARTER
Claire’s puzzle has 85 pieces. She has used 46 pieces so far. How many puzzle pieces have not been used yet?
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 5 Answer Key Pdf 2-Digit Subtraction 76
__ puzzle pieces

Answer:
The number of puzzle pieces that have not been used is 39 puzzle pieces.

Explanation:
As Claire’s puzzle has 85 pieces and she has used 46 pieces so far. So the number of puzzle pieces that have not been used is
85 – 46= 39 puzzle pieces.

Question 9.
MATHEMATICAL PRACTICE
Analyze There were some people at the park. 24 people went home. Then there were 19 people at the park. How many people were at the park before?
__ people

Answer:
The total number of people at the park before is 43 people.

Explanation:
As there were some people at the park and 24 people went home. Then there were 19 people at the park, so the total number of people at the park before is 24 + 19= 43 people.

Question 10.
THINK SMARTER
Mr. Sims has a box of 44 erasers. He gives 28 erasers to his students. How many erasers does Mr. Sims have now? Show how you solved the problem.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 5 Answer Key Pdf 2-Digit Subtraction 77
__ erasers

Answer:
The number of erasers does Mr. Sims has now is 16 erasers.

Explanation:
As Mr. Sims has a box of 44 erasers and he gives 28 erasers to his students. So the number of erasers does Mr. Sims has now is
44 – 28= 16 erasers. Here we have solved by using regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 28 from 44 is 44 – 28= 16 erasers. The number of erasers does Mr. Sims has now is 16 erasers.

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY
• Write 73 − 28 on a sheet of paper. Ask your child if he or she would regroup to find the difference.

Answer:
The subtraction of 73 – 28 is 45.

Explanation:
The subtraction of 73 – 28 is 45. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 73 – 28 is 45.

Model and Record 2-Digit Subtraction Homework & Practice 5.4

Draw a quick picture to solve. Write the difference.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 5 Answer Key Pdf 2-Digit Subtraction 78

Answer:
The subtraction of 17 from 43 is 26. And there are two tens and six ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are four tens and three ones. So here we need to subtract 17 from 43, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 17 from 43 is 43 – 17= 26 and there are two tens and six ones.

Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-5-Answer-Key-Pdf-2-Digit-Subtraction-78

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 5 Answer Key Pdf 2-Digit Subtraction 79

Answer:
The subtraction of 29 from 38 is 9. And there are zero tens and nine ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are three tens and eight ones. So here we need to subtract 29 from 38, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 29 from 38 is 38 – 29= 9 and there are zero tens and nine ones.

Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-5-Answer-Key-Pdf-2-Digit-Subtraction-79

Problem Solving

Solve. Write or draw to explain.

Question 3.
Kendall has 63 stickers. Her sister has 57 stickers. How many more stickers does Kendall have than her sister?
__ more stickers.

Answer:
The number of stickers does Kendall has than her sister is 6 more stickers.

Explanation:
As Kendall has 63 stickers and her sister has 57 stickers, so the number of stickers does Kendall has than her sister is 63 – 57= 6 more stickers. Here we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 57 from 63 is 63 – 57= 9 stickers.

Question 4.
WRITE Math
Draw a quick picture to show the number 24. Then draw a quick picture to show 24 after you have regrouped 1 ten as 1-ones. Explain how both pictures show the same number, 24.
__________________________
__________________________
__________________________
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 5 Answer Key Pdf 2-Digit Subtraction 80

Lesson Check

Question 1.
What is the difference?
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 5 Answer Key Pdf 2-Digit Subtraction 81

Answer:
The subtraction of 18 from 47 is 29. And there are two tens and nine ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are four tens and seven ones. So here we need to subtract 18 from 47, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 18 from 47 is 47 – 18= 29 and there are two tens and nine ones.

Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-5-Answer-Key-Pdf-2-Digit-Subtraction-81

Question 2.
What is the difference?
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 5 Answer Key Pdf 2-Digit Subtraction 82

Answer:
The subtraction of 29 from 33 is 4. And there are zero tens and four ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are three tens and five one’s blocks. So here we need to subtract 29 from 33, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 29 from 33 is 33 – 29= 4 and there are zero tens and four ones.

Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-5-Answer-Key-Pdf-2-Digit-Subtraction-82

Spiral Review

Question 3.
What is the difference?
10 – 6 = __

Answer:
The difference is 4.

Explanation:
The difference between 10 and 6 is 4.

Question 4.
What is the sum?
16 + 49 = __

Answer:
The sum of the two numbers is 65.

Explanation:
The sum can be defined as the resulting of two or more numbers by adding. So here the sum of the two numbers 16 + 49  is 65.

Question 5.
What is the sum?
28 + 8 = __

Answer:
The sum of the two numbers is 36.

Explanation:
The sum can be defined as the resulting of two or more numbers by adding. So here the sum of the two numbers 28 + 8  is 36.

Question 6.
What is the difference?
52 – 6 = __

Answer:
The difference is 46.

Explanation:
The difference between 52 and 6 is 46.

Lesson 5.5 2-Digit Subtraction

Essential Question
How do you record the steps when subtracting 2-digit numbers?

Answer:
We will perform subtraction by breaking the two-digit number into tens place digit and ones place digit. Then the other number will be placed below the number. If the minuend number is less than the subtrahend number then we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So by this, we will perform the subtraction.

Listen and Draw

Draw a quick picture to model each problem.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 5 Answer Key Pdf 2-Digit Subtraction 83

Math Talk
MATHEMATICAL PRACTICES
Use Reasoning Explain how you know when to regroup.

Answer:
We will perform regrouping when the minuend number is less than the subtrahend number then we will perform regrouping of subtraction. And Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones.

Model and Draw
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 5 Answer Key Pdf 2-Digit Subtraction 84

Share and Show MATH BOARD

Regroup if you need to. Write the difference.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 5 Answer Key Pdf 2-Digit Subtraction 84.1

Answer:
The subtraction of 14 from 31 is 19. And there are one ten and nine ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are three tens and one in ones place. So here we need to subtract 14 from 31, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 14 from 31 is 31 – 14= 19 and there are one ten and nine ones.

Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-5-Answer-Key-Pdf-2-Digit-Subtraction-84.1

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 5 Answer Key Pdf 2-Digit Subtraction 85

Answer:
The subtraction of 21 from 56 is 35. And there are three tens and five ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are three tens and five one’s blocks. So here we need to subtract 21 from 56, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 21 from 56 is 56 – 21= 35 and there are three tens and five ones.

Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-5-Answer-Key-Pdf-2-Digit-Subtraction-85

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 5 Answer Key Pdf 2-Digit Subtraction 86

Answer:
The subtraction of 35 from 72 is 37. And there are three tens and seven ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are seven tens and two ones. So here we need to subtract 35 from 72, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 35 from 72 is 72 – 35= 37 and there are three tens and seven ones.

Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-5-Answer-Key-Pdf-2-Digit-Subtraction-86

On Your Own
Regroup if you need to. Write the difference.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 5 Answer Key Pdf 2-Digit Subtraction 87

Answer:
The subtraction of 14 from 23 is 9. And there are zero tens and nine ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are two tens and three one’s. So here we need to subtract 14 from 23, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 14 from 23 is 23 – 14= 9 and there are zero tens and nine ones.

Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-5-Answer-Key-Pdf-2-Digit-Subtraction-87

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 5 Answer Key Pdf 2-Digit Subtraction 88

Answer:
The subtraction of 57 from 87 is 30. And there are three ten and zero ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are eight tens and seven one’s. So here we need to subtract 57 from 87, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 57 from 87 is 87 – 57= 30 and there are three ten and zero ones.

Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-5-Answer-Key-Pdf-2-Digit-Subtraction-88

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 5 Answer Key Pdf 2-Digit Subtraction 89

Answer:
The subtraction of 18 from 34 is 16. And there are one ten and six ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are three tens and four one’s. So here we need to subtract 18 from 32, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 18 from 34 is 34 – 18= 16 and there are one ten and six ones.

Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-5-Answer-Key-Pdf-2-Digit-Subtraction-89

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 5 Answer Key Pdf 2-Digit Subtraction 90

Answer:
The subtraction of 13 from 61 is 48. And there are four ten and eight ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are six tens and one ones. So here we need to subtract 13 from 61, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 13 from 61 is 61 – 13= 48 and there are four ten and eight ones.

Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-5-Answer-Key-Pdf-2-Digit-Subtraction-90

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 5 Answer Key Pdf 2-Digit Subtraction 91

Answer:
The subtraction of 18 from 45 is 27. And there are two tens and seven ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are three tens and five one’s blocks. So here we need to subtract 13 from 32, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 18 from 45 is 45 – 18= 27 and there are two ten and nine ones.

Question 9.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 5 Answer Key Pdf 2-Digit Subtraction 92

Answer:
The subtraction of 36 from 52 is 16. And there are one ten and six ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are three tens and five one’s blocks. So here we need to subtract 36 from 52, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 36 from 52 is 52 – 36= 16 and there are one ten and six ones.

Question 10.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 5 Answer Key Pdf 2-Digit Subtraction 93

Answer:
The subtraction of 13 from 32 is 19. And there are one ten and nine ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are three tens and five one’s blocks. So here we need to subtract 13 from 32, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 13 from 32 is 32 – 13= 19 and there are one ten and nine ones.

Question 11.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 5 Answer Key Pdf 2-Digit Subtraction 94

Answer:
The subtraction of 43 from 75 is 32. And there are three tens and two ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are seven tens and five ones. So here we need to subtract 43 from 75, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 43 from 75 is 75 – 43= 32 and there are three tens and two ones.

Question 12.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 5 Answer Key Pdf 2-Digit Subtraction 95

Answer:
The subtraction of 27 from 56 is 29. And there are two tens and nine ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are five tens and six ones. So here we need to subtract 27 from 56, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 27 from 56 is 56 – 27= 29 and there are two tens and nine ones.

Question 13.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 5 Answer Key Pdf 2-Digit Subtraction 96

Answer:
The subtraction of 29 from 94 is 65. And there are six tens and five ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are nine tens and four one’s. So here we need to subtract 29 from 94, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 29 from 94 is 94 – 29= 65 and there are six tens and five ones.

Question 14.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 5 Answer Key Pdf 2-Digit Subtraction 97

Answer:
The subtraction of 39 from 87 is 48. And there are four tens and eight ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are eight tens and seven one’s. So here we need to subtract 39 from 87, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 39 from 87 is 87 – 39= 48 and there are four tens and eight ones.

Question 15.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 5 Answer Key Pdf 2-Digit Subtraction 98

Answer:
The subtraction of 46 from 83 is 37. And there are three tens and seven ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are eight tens and three one’s. So here we need to subtract 46 from 83, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 46 from 83 is 83 – 46= 37 and there are three tens and seven ones.

Question 16.
THINK SMARTER
Spencer wrote 5 fewer stories than Katie. Spencer wrote 18 stories. How many stories did Katie write?
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 5 Answer Key Pdf 2-Digit Subtraction 99
__ stories

Answer:
The number of stories written by Katie is 13 stories.

Explanation:
As Spencer wrote 5 fewer stories than Katie and Spencer wrote 18 stories. As Spencer wrote 5 fewer stories than Katie so we will perform subtraction. So the number of stories written by Katie is 18 – 5= 13 stories.

Problem Solving • Applications

Question 17.
MATHEMATICAL PRACTICE
Explain a Method Circle the problems below that you could use mental math to solve.
54 – 10 = __
63 – 27 = __
93 – 20 = __
39 – 2 = __
41 – 18 = __
82 – 26 = __
Explain your choices
__________________________
__________________________
__________________________

Answer:

Explanation:

Question 18.
THINK SMARTER
There are 34 chickens in the barn. If 16 chickens go outside into the yard, how many chickens will still be in the barn?
Circle the number from the box to make the sentence true.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 5 Answer Key Pdf 2-Digit Subtraction 100

Answer:
The number of chickens will be in the barn will be 18 chickens.

Explanation:
As there are 34 chickens in the barn and if 16 chickens go outside into the yard then the number of chickens will be in the barn will be 34 – 16= 18 chickens. Here we have performed regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the number of chickens will be in the barn will be 34 – 16= 18 chickens.

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY
• Ask your child to write a 2-digit subtraction problem with no regrouping needed. Have your child explain why he or she chose those numbers.

Answer:
The subtraction of 56 – 23 is 33.

Explanation:
Given that we need to perform the subtraction without regrouping, so we need to take the minuend number greater than the subtrahend. Then we need not perform the regrouping, so we will take the numbers to be subtracted be 56 – 23= 33.

2-Digit Subtraction Homework & practice 5.5

Regroup if you need to. Write the difference.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 5 Answer Key Pdf 2-Digit Subtraction 101

Answer:
The subtraction of 28 from 47 is 19. And there are one ten and nine ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are three tens and five one’s blocks. So here we need to subtract 28 from 47, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 28 from 47 is 47 – 28= 19 and there are one ten and nine ones.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 5 Answer Key Pdf 2-Digit Subtraction 102

Answer:
The subtraction of 18 from 33 is 15. And there are one ten and five ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are three tens and three ones. So here we need to subtract 18 from 33, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 18 from 33 is 33 – 18= 15 and there are one ten and five ones.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 5 Answer Key Pdf 2-Digit Subtraction 103

Answer:
The subtraction of 14 from 28 is 19. And there are one ten and four ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are two tens and eight ones. So here we need to subtract 14 from 28, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 14 from 28 is 28 – 14= 14 and there are one ten and four ones.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 5 Answer Key Pdf 2-Digit Subtraction 104

Answer:
The subtraction of 19 from 66 is 47. And there are four ten and seven ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are six tens and six ones. So here we need to subtract 19 from 66, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 19 from 66 is 66 – 19= 47 and there are four ten and seven ones.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 5 Answer Key Pdf 2-Digit Subtraction 105

Answer:
The subtraction of 26 from 77 is 51. And there are five tens and one in one’s place.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are seven tens and seven ones. So here we need to subtract 26 from 77, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 26 from 77 is 77 – 26= 51 and there are five tens and nine one in one’s place.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 5 Answer Key Pdf 2-Digit Subtraction 106

Answer:
The subtraction of 34 from 58 is 24. And there are two tens and four ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are five tens and eight ones. So here we need to subtract 34 from 58, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 34 from 58 is 58 – 34= 24 and there are two tens and four ones.

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 5 Answer Key Pdf 2-Digit Subtraction 107

Answer:
The subtraction of 25 from 52 is 27. And there are two tens and seven ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are five tens and five ones. So here we need to subtract 25 from 52, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 25 from 52 is 52 – 25= 27 and there are two tens and seven ones.

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 5 Answer Key Pdf 2-Digit Subtraction 108

Answer:
The subtraction of 49 from 87 is 38. And there are three tens and eight ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are three tens and five one’s blocks. So here we need to subtract 49 from 87, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 49 from 87 is 87 – 49= 38 and there are three tens and eight ones.

Problem Solving

Solve. Write or draw to explain.

Question 9.
Mrs. Paul bought 32 erasers. She gave 19 erasers to students. How many erasers does she still have?

Answer:
The number of erasers Mrs. Paul had is 13 erasers.

Explanation:
As Mrs. Paul bought 32 erasers and she gave 19 erasers to students. So to find how many erasers does she still has is we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the number of erasers Mrs. Paul had is
32 – 9= 13 erasers.

Question 10.
WRITE Math
Write a few sentences about different ways to show subtraction for a problem like 32 – 15.
__________________________
__________________________

Lesson Check

Question 1.
What is the difference?
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 109

Answer:
The subtraction of 39 from 48 is 9. And there are zero tens and nine ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are three tens and five one’s blocks. So here we need to subtract 39 from 48, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 39 from 48 is 48 – 39= 9 and there are zero tens and nine ones.

Question 2.
What is the difference?
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 110

Answer:
The subtraction of 66 from 84 is 18. And there are one ten and eight ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are eight tens and four ones. So here we need to subtract 66 from 84, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 66 from 84 is 84 – 66= 18 and there are one ten and eight ones.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
What is the difference?
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 111

Answer:
The subtraction of 19 from 32 is 13. And there are one ten and three ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are three tens and five one’s blocks. So here we need to subtract 13 from 32, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 19 from 32 is 32 – 19= 13 and there are one ten and three ones.

Question 4.
Write an addition fact that will give the same sum as 8 + 7.
10 + __

Answer:
The number to get the sum as 15 is we should add 5 to the number 10.

Explanation:
The sum of 8 + 7 is 15. So to get the 15 as a result of the given number, we will add 5 to the number 10. So we will get the result as 15.

Question 5.
27 boys and 23 girls go on a field trip to the museum. How many children go to the museum?
__ children

Answer:
The number of children who went to the museum is 50 children.

Explanation:
As there are 27 boys 23 girls on the field trip to the museum, so the number of children who went to the museum is 27 + 23= 50 children

Question 6.
There were 17 berries in the basket. Then 9 berries are eaten. How many berries are there now?
__ berries

Answer:
The number of berries will be 8 berries.

Explanation:
As there are 17 berries in the basket and 9 berries are eaten, then the number of berries will be 17 – 9= 8 berries. Here we have performed regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the number of berries will be 17 – 9= 8 berries

Lesson 5.6 Practice 2-Digit Subtraction

Essential Question
How do you record the steps when subtracting 2-digit numbers?

Answer:
We will perform subtraction by breaking the two-digit number into tens place digit and ones place digit. Then the other number will be placed below the number. If the minuend number is less than the subtrahend number then we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So by this, we will perform the subtraction.

Listen and Draw

Choose one way to solve the problem.
Draw or write to show what you did.

Math Talk
MATHEMATICAL PRACTICES
Describe a different way that you could have solved the problem.

Model and Draw

Carmen had 50 game cards. Then she gave 16 game cards to Theo. How many game cards does Carmen have now?

Answer:
The number of game cards will be 50 – 16= 34 game cards.

Explanation:
As the Carmen had 50 game cards and she gave 16 game cards to Theo, then the number of game cards will be 50 – 16= 34 game cards. Here we have performed regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the number of game cards will be 50 – 16= 34 game cards.
Step 1
Look at the ones. There are not enough ones to subtract 6 from 0. So, regroup
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 112
Step 2
Subtract the ones.
10 – 6 = 4
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 113
Step 3
Subtract the tens.
4 – 1 = 3
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 114

Share and Show MATH BOARD

Write the difference.

Question 1.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 115

Answer:
The subtraction of 19 from 38 is 19. And there are one ten and nine ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are three tens and eight ones. So here we need to subtract 19 from 38, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 19 from 38 is 38 – 19= 19 and there are one ten and nine ones.

Question 2.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 116

Answer:
The subtraction of 32 from 65 is 33. And there are three tens and three ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are six tens and five ones. So here we need to subtract 32 from 65, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 32 from 65 is 65 – 32= 33 and there are three tens and three ones.

Question 3.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 117

Answer:
The subtraction of 12 from 50 is 38. And there are three tens and eight ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are three tens and five one’s blocks. So here we need to subtract 12 from 50, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 12 from 50 is 50 – 12= 38 and there are three tens and eight ones.

Question 4.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 118

Answer:
The subtraction of 4 from 23 is 19. And there are one ten and nine ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are two tens and three ones. So here we need to subtract 4 from 23, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 4 from 23 is 23 – 4= 19 and there are one ten and nine ones.

Question 5.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 119

Answer:
The subtraction of 38 from 70 is 32. And there are three tens and two ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are seven tens and zero one. So here we need to subtract 38 from 70, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 38 from 70 is 70 – 38= 32 and there are three tens and two ones.

Question 6.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 120

Answer:
The subtraction of 17 from 52 is 35. And there are three tens and five ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are five tens and two one. So here we need to subtract 17 from 52, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 17 from 52 is 52 – 17= 35 and there are three tens and five ones.

On Your Own

Write the difference.

Question 7.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 121

Answer:
The subtraction of 24 from 41 is 17. And there are one ten and seven ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are four tens and one in ones place. So here we need to subtract 24 from 41, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 24 from 41 is 41 – 24= 17 and there are one ten and nine ones.

Question 8.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 122

Answer:
The subtraction of 16 from 58 is 42. And there are four tens and two ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are five tens and eight ones. So here we need to subtract 16 from 58, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 16 from 58 is 58 – 16= 42 and there are four tens and two ones.

Question 9.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 123

Answer:
The subtraction of 13 from 60 is 47. And there are four tens and seven ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are six tens and zero ones. So here we need to subtract 13 from 60, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 13 from 60 is 60 – 13= 47 and there are four tens and seven ones.

Question 10.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 124

Answer:
The subtraction of 47 from 52 is 5. And there are zero tens and five ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are five tens and two ones. So here we need to subtract 47 from 52, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 47 from 52 is 52 – 47= 5 and there are zero tens and five ones.

Question 11.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 125

Answer:
The subtraction of 46 from 72 is 26. And there are two tens and six ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are seven tens and two ones So here we need to subtract 46 from 72, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 46 from 72 is 72 – 46= 26 and there are two tens and six ones.

Question 12.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 126

Answer:
The subtraction of 6 from 37 is 31. And there are three tens and one in ones place.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are three tens and five one’s blocks. So here we need to subtract 6 from 37, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 6 from 37 is 37 – 6= 31 and there are three tens and one in ones place.

Question 13.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 127

Answer:
The subtraction of 46 from 74 is 28. And there are two tens and eight ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are three tens and five one’s blocks. So here we need to subtract 46 from 74, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 46 from 74 is 74 – 46= 28 and there are two tens and eight ones.

Question 14.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 128

Answer:
The subtraction of 18 from 90 is 72. And there are seven tens and two ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are three tens and five one’s blocks. So here we need to subtract 18 from 90, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 18 from 90 is 90 – 18= 72 and there are seven tens and two ones.

Question 15.
GO DEEPER
Write the missing numbers in the subtraction problems. The regrouping for each problem is shown.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 129

Answer:
The missing values is 75 and 28 and 83 and 58.

Explanation:
Go-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-5-2-Digit-Subtraction-129
Here, to find the missing values we will find with the help of the carry forward numbers. As the carry forward are 6 and 15 so the minuend is 75 as the result is 47, so the other number will be 75 – 47= 28. As the carry forward are 7 and 13 so the minuend is 83 as the result is 25, so the other number will be 83 – 58= 25.

Question 16.
THINK SMARTER
Adam takes 38 rocks out of a box. There are 23 rocks left in the box. How many rocks were in the box to start?
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 130
__ rocks

Answer:
The number of rocks were in the box to start is 61 rocks.

Explanation:
Adam takes 38 rocks out of a box and there are 23 rocks left in the box. So to find the number of rocks were in the box we will add the rocks that adam had took and the number of rocks left in the box. So the number of rocks were in the box to start is
38 + 28= 61 rocks.

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY
• Ask your child to show you one way to find 80 − 34.

Answer:
The subtraction of 34 from 80 is 46. And there are one ten and nine ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are eight tens and zero ones. So here we need to subtract 34 from 80, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 34 from 80 is 80 – 34= 46 and there are four tens and six ones.

Practice 2-Digit Subtraction Homework & Practice 5.6

Write the difference.

Question 1.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 131

Answer:
The subtraction of 18 from 50 is 32. And there are three tens and two ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are five tens and zero ones. So here we need to subtract 18 from 50, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 18 from 50 is 50 – 18= 32 and there are three tens and two ones.

Question 2.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 132

Answer:
The subtraction of 13 from 32 is 19. And there are one ten and nine ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are three tens and five one’s blocks. So here we need to subtract 13 from 32, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 13 from 32 is 32 – 13= 19 and there are one ten and nine ones.

Question 3.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 133

Answer:
The subtraction of 13 from 32 is 19. And there are one ten and nine ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are three tens and five one’s blocks. So here we need to subtract 13 from 32, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 13 from 32 is 32 – 13= 19 and there are one ten and nine ones.

Question 4.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 134

Answer:
The subtraction of 13 from 32 is 19. And there are one ten and nine ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are three tens and five one’s blocks. So here we need to subtract 13 from 32, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 13 from 32 is 32 – 13= 19 and there are one ten and nine ones.

Question 5.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 135

Answer:
The subtraction of 13 from 32 is 19. And there are one ten and nine ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are three tens and five one’s blocks. So here we need to subtract 13 from 32, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 13 from 32 is 32 – 13= 19 and there are one ten and nine ones.

Question 6.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 136

Answer:
The subtraction of 13 from 32 is 19. And there are one ten and nine ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are three tens and five one’s blocks. So here we need to subtract 13 from 32, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 13 from 32 is 32 – 13= 19 and there are one ten and nine ones.

Problem Solving

Solve. Write or draw to explain.

Question 7.
Julie has 42 sheets of paper. She gives 17 sheets to Kari. How many sheets of paper does Julie have now?
__ sheets of paper

Question 8.
WRITE Math
Draw and write to explain how these two problems are different: 35 – 15 = ________ and 43 – 26 = _______
__________________________
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 137

Lesson Check

Question 1.
What is the difference?
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 138

Answer:
The subtraction of 13 from 32 is 19. And there are one ten and nine ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are three tens and five one’s blocks. So here we need to subtract 13 from 32, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 13 from 32 is 32 – 13= 19 and there are one ten and nine ones.

Question 2.
What is the difference?
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 139

Answer:
The subtraction of 13 from 32 is 19. And there are one ten and nine ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are three tens and five one’s blocks. So here we need to subtract 13 from 32, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 13 from 32 is 32 – 13= 19 and there are one ten and nine ones.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
What is the sum?
9 + 9 = __

Answer:
The sum of the two numbers is 18.

Explanation:
The sum can be defined as the resulting of two or more numbers by adding. So here the sum of the two numbers 9 + 9 is 18.

Question 4.
What is the difference?
14 – 7 = __

Answer:
The subtraction of 7 from 14 is 7. And there are zero tens and seven ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are one ten and four ones. So here we need to subtract 7 from 14, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 7 from 14 is 14 – 7= 7 and there are zero tens and seven ones.

Question 5.
What is the sum?
36 + 25 = __

Answer:
The sum of the two numbers is 61.

Explanation:
The sum can be defined as the resulting of two or more numbers by adding. So here the sum of the two numbers 36 + 25 is 61.

Question 6.
What is the sum?
7 + 2 + 3 = __

Answer:
The sum of the three numbers is 12.

Explanation:
The sum can be defined as the resulting of two or more numbers by adding. So here the sum of the three numbers 7 + 2 + 3 is 12.

2-Digit Subtraction Mid-Chapter Checkpoint

Concepts and Skills

Break apart the number you are subtracting. Use the number line to help. Write the difference.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 140

Question 1.
34 – 8 = __

Answer:
The subtraction of 8 from 34 is 26. And there are two tens and six ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are three tens and four ones. So here we need to subtract 8 from 34, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 8 from 34 is 34 – 8= 26 and there are two tens and six ones.

Question 2.
45 – 17 = __

Answer:
The subtraction of 17 from 45 is 28. And there are two tens and eight ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are four tens and five ones. So here we need to subtract 17 from 45, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 17 from 45 is 45 – 17= 28 and there are two tens and eight ones.

Draw a quick picture to solve. Write the difference.

Question 3.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 141

Answer:
The subtraction of 29 from 42 is 13. And there are one ten and three ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are four tens and two ones. So here we need to subtract 29 from 42, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 29 from 42 is 42 – 29= 13 and there are one ten and three ones.

Question 4.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 142

Answer:
The subtraction of 23 from 54 is 31. And there are three tens and one in ones place.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are five tens and four ones. So here we need to subtract 23 from 54, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 23 from 54 is 54 – 23= 31 and there are three tens and one in ones place

Write the difference.

Question 5.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 143

Answer:
The subtraction of 43 from 78 is 35. And there are three tens and five ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are seven tens and eight ones. So here we need to subtract 43 from 78, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 43 from 78 is 78 – 43= 35 and there are three tens and five ones.

Question 6.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 144

Answer:
The subtraction of 26 from 60 is 34. And there are three tens and four ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are six tens and zero ones. So here we need to subtract 26 from 60, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 26 from 60 is 60 – 26= 34 and there are three tens and four ones.

Question 7.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 145

Answer:
The subtraction of 37 from 85 is 48. And there are four tens and eight ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are three tens and five one’s blocks. So here we need to subtract 37 from 85, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 37 from 85 is 85 – 37= 48 and there are four tens and eight ones.

Question 8.
THINK SMARTER
Marissa had 51 toy dinosaurs. She gave 14 toy dinosaurs to her brother. How many toy dinosaurs does she have now?
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 146
__ toy dinosaurs

Answer:
The number of dinosaurs does Marissa has is 37 dinosaurs.

Explanation:
Marissa had 51 toy dinosaurs and she gave 14 toy dinosaurs to her brother. So to how many toy dinosaurs does she have we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here we have solved by using regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the number of dinosaurs does Marissa has is 51 – 14= 37 dinosaurs.

Lesson 5.7 Rewrite 2-Digit Subtraction

Essential Question
What are two different ways to write subtraction problems?
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 147

Math Talk
MATHEMATICAL PRACTICES
Explain why it is important to line up the digits of the numbers in columns.

Model and Draw

What is 81 – 36?
Rewrite the subtraction problem.
Then find the difference.

Step 1
For 81, write the tens digit in the tens column. Write the ones digit in the ones column.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 148
Step 2
Look at the ones. Regroup if you need to.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 149

Share and Show MATH BOARD

Rewrite the subtraction problem. Then find the difference.

Question 1.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 150

Answer:
The subtraction of 37 from 4 is 33. And there are three tens and three ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are three tens and four ones. So here we need to subtract 4 from 37, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 4 from 37 is 37 – 4= 33 and there are three tens and three ones.

Question 2.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 151

Answer:
The subtraction of 24 from 48 is 24. And there are two tens and four ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are four tens and eight ones. So here we need to subtract 24 from 48, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 24 from 48 is 48 – 24= 24 and there are two tens and four ones.

Question 3.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 152

Answer:
The subtraction of 37 from 85 is 48. And there are four tens and eight ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are eight tens and five ones. So here we need to subtract 37 from 85, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 37 from 85 is 85 – 37= 48 and there are four tens and eight ones.

Question 4.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 153

Answer:
The subtraction of 19 from 63 is 44. And there are four tens and four ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are six tens and three ones. So here we need to subtract 19 from 63, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 19 from 63 is 63 – 19= 44 and there are four tens and four ones.

Question 5.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 154

Answer:
The subtraction of 37 from 62 is 25. And there are two tens and five ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are six tens and two ones. So here we need to subtract 37 from 62, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 37 from 62 is 62 – 37= 25 and there are two tens and five ones.

Question 6.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 155

Answer:
The subtraction of 27 from 51 is 24. And there are two tens and four ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are three tens and five one’s blocks. So here we need to subtract 27 from 51, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 27 from 51 is 51 – 27= 24 and there are two tens and four ones.

Question 7.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 156

Answer:
The subtraction of 3 from 76 is 73. And there are seven tens and three ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are seven tens and three ones. So here we need to subtract 3 from 76, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 3 from 76 is 76 – 3= 73 and there are seven tens and three ones.

Question 8.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 157

Answer:
The subtraction of 48 from 95 is 47. And there are four tens and seven ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are nine tens and five ones. So here we need to subtract 48 from 95, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 48 from 95 is 95 – 48= 47 and there are four tens and seven ones.

On Your Own

Rewrite the subtraction problem. Then find the difference.

Question 9.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 158

Answer:
The subtraction of 8 from 49 is 41. And there are four tens and one in one’s place.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are four tens and nine ones. So here we need to subtract 8 from 49, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 8 from 49 is 49 – 8= 41 and there are four tens and one in one’s place.

Question 10.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 159

Answer:
The subtraction of 47 from 85 is 38. And there are three tens and eight ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are eight tens and five ones. So here we need to subtract 47 from 85, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 47 from 85 is 85 – 47= 38 and there are three tens and eight ones.

Question 11.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 160

Answer:
The subtraction of 23 from 63 is 40. And there are four tens and zero ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are six tens and three ones. So here we need to subtract 23 from 63, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 23 from 63 is 63 – 23= 40 and there are four tens and zero ones.

Question 12.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 161

Answer:
The subtraction of 23 from 51 is 28. And there are two tens and eight ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are five tens and one in one’s place. So here we need to subtract 23 from 51, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 23 from 51 is 51 – 23= 28 and there are two tens and eight ones.

Question 13.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 162

Answer:
The subtraction of 15 from 60 is 45. And there are four tens and five ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are six tens and zero ones. So here we need to subtract 15 from 60, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 15 from 60 is 60 – 15= 45 and there are four tens and four ones.

Question 14.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 163

Answer:
The subtraction of 58 from 94 is 36. And there are three tens and six ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are nine tens and four ones. So here we need to subtract 58 from 94, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 58 from 94 is 94 – 58= 36 and there are three tens and six ones.

Question 15.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 164

Answer:
The subtraction of 20 from 47 is 27. And there are two tens and seven ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are four tens and seven ones. So here we need to subtract 20 from 47, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 20 from 47 is 47 – 20= 27 and there are two tens and seven ones.

Question 16.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 165

Answer:
The subtraction of 9 from 35 is 26. And there are two tens and six ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are three tens and five ones. So here we need to subtract 9 from 35, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 9 from 35 is 35 – 9= 26 and there are two tens and six ones.

Question 17.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 166

Answer:
The subtraction of 10 from 78 is 68. And there are six tens and eight ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are seven tens and eight ones. So here we need to subtract 10 from 78, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 10 from 78 is 78 – 10= 68 and there are six tens and eight ones.

Question 18.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 167

Answer:
The subtraction of 38 from 54 is 16. And there are one ten and six ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are five tens and four one. So here we need to subtract 38 from 54, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 38 from 54 is 54 – 38= 16 and there are one ten and six ones.

Question 19.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 168

Answer:
The subtraction of 39 from 92 is 53. And there are five tens and three ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are nine tens and two ones. So here we need to subtract 39 from 92, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 39 from 92 is 92 – 39= 53 and there are five tens and three ones.

Question 20.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 169

Answer:
The subtraction of 28 from 87 is 59. And there are five tens and nine ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are eight tens and seven ones. So here we need to subtract 28 from 87, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 28 from 87 is 87 – 28= 59 and there are eight tens and nine ones.

Question 21.
THINK SMARTER
For which of the problems above could you find the difference without rewriting it? Explain.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 170
___________________________
___________________________
___________________________

Problem Solving • Applications

Read about the class trip. Then answer the questions.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 171

Question 22.
How many more paintings were done by adults than by children?
__ more paintings

Answer:
The number of paints which were more by adults than the children is 53 – 26= 27 paintings.

Explanation:
As Pablo’s class went to the art museum, and they saw 26 paintings done by the children. After that, they saw 53 paintings done by the adults. So the number of paints which were more by adults than the children is 53 – 26= 27 paintings.

Question 23.
GO DEEPER
How many more paintings than sculptures did they see?
__ more paintings

Answer:
The number of paints that were more than the sculptures is 61 more paintings.

Explanation:
As Pablo’s class went to the art museum, and they saw 26 paintings done by the children. After that they saw 53 paintings done by the adults. So the total number of paintings is 53 + 26 = 79 paintings. And they saw 18 sculptures, so the number of paints which were more than the sculptures is 79 – 18= 61 more paintings.

Question 24.
THINK SMARTER
Tom drew 23 pictures last year. Beth drew 14 pictures. How many more pictures did Tom draw than Beth?
Fill in the bubble next to all the ways to show the problem.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 172

Answer:
The number of more pictures did Tom draw than Beth is 23 – 14= 9 pictures.

Explanation:
As Tom draw 23 pictures last year and Beth draw 14 pictures, so the number of more pictures did Tom draw than Beth is 23 – 14= 9 pictures.

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY
• Ask your child to write and solve a subtraction problem about a family trip.

Rewrite 2-Digit Subtraction Homework & Practice 5.7

Rewrite the subtraction problem. Then find the difference.

Question 1.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 173

Answer:
The subtraction of 19 from 35 is 16. And there are one ten and six ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are three tens and five ones. So here we need to subtract 19 from 35, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 19 from 35 is 35 – 19= 16 and there are one ten and six ones.

Question 2.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 174

Answer:
The subtraction of 23 from 47 is 24. And there are two tens and four ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are four tens and seven ones. So here we need to subtract 23 from 32, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 23 from 47 is 47 – 23= 24 and there are two tens and four ones.

Question 3.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 175

Answer:
The subtraction of 28 from 58 is 30. And there are three tens and zero ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are three tens and five one’s blocks. So here we need to subtract 28 from 58, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 28 from 58 is 58 – 28= 30 and there are three tens and zero ones.

Problem Solving

Solve. Write or draw to explain.

Question 4.
Jimmy went to the toy store. He saw 23 wooden trains and 41 plastic trains. How many more plastic trains than wooden trains did he see?
___ more plastic trains

Answer:
There are 18 more plastic trains than wooden trains.

Explanation:
Jimmy went to the toy store and he saw 23 wooden trains and 41 plastic trains, so to find how many more plastic trains than wooden trains did he see is we will perform subtraction. So there will be 41 – 23= 18 more plastic trains than wooden trains.

Question 5.
WRITE Math
Is it easier to subtract when the numbers are written above and below each other? Explain your answer
__________________________
__________________________
__________________________
__________________________

Answer:
Yes, it is easier to subtract the numbers that are written above and below each other. As we can easily borrow from the place in front of the number and we can rewrite without a problem. It also helps to keep the math problems more organized so by writing the numbers above and below we will be confused.

Lesson Check

Question 1.
What is the difference for 43 − 17?
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 176

Answer:
The subtraction of 17 from 43 is 26. And there are one ten and nine ones.

Explanation:
In the above, we can see that there are four tens and three ones. So here we need to subtract 13 from 32, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 17 from 43 is 43 – 16= 26 and there are two tens and six ones.

Question 2.
What is the difference for 50 − 16?
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 177

Answer:
The subtraction of 16 from 50 is 34. And there are three tens and four ones.

Explanation:
In the above, we can see that there are five tens and zero ones. So here we need to subtract 16 from 50, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 16 from 50 is 50 – 16= 34 and there are three tens and four ones.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
What is the sum?
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 178

Answer:
The sum of the given numbers is 74.

Explanation:
The sum can be defined as the resulting of two or more numbers by adding. So here the sum of the given numbers
29 + 4 + 25 + 16  is 74.

Question 4.
What is the sum of 41 + 19?
_______

Answer:
The sum of the given numbers is 60.

Explanation:
The sum can be defined as the resulting of two or more numbers by adding. So here the sum of the given numbers
41 + 19 is 60.

Question 5.
Write an addition fact that will give the same sum as 5 + 9?
10 + ___

Answer:
The sum of the two numbers is 14.

Explanation:
The sum can be defined as the resulting of two or more numbers by adding. So here the sum of the two numbers 5 + 9 is 14. So to get the same sum we need to add 4, so the sum of the 10 + 4= 14, which is same as 5 + 9 sum.

Question 6.
What is the difference?
45 – 13 = ___

Answer:
The subtraction of 13 from 45 is 32. And there are three tens and two ones.

Explanation:
In the above, we can see that there are four tens and three ones. So here we need to subtract 13 from 45, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 13 from 45 is 45 – 13= 32 and there are three tens and two ones.

Lesson 5.8 Add to Find Differences

Essential Question
How can you use addition to solve subtraction problems?
_______ ____ markers

Now draw pictures to show the next part of the problem. Write a number sentence for your drawing.
_______ ____ markers

Math Talk
MATHEMATICAL PRACTICES

Describe what happens when you add back the number that you had subtracted.

Model and Draw

Count up from the number you are subtracting to find the difference.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 179
Start at 38. Count up to 40.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 180
Then count up 5 more to 45.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 181
So, 45 − 38 = __.

Share and Show MATH BOARD

Use the number line. Count up to find the difference.

Question 1.
36 – 27 = ___
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 182

Answer:
The subtraction of 27 from 36 is 9. And there are zero tens and nine ones.

Explanation:
Here we need to subtract 27 from 36, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 27 from 36 is 36 – 27= 9 and there are zero tens and nine ones.

Question 2.
56 – 49 = __
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 183

Answer:
The subtraction of 49 from 56 is 7. And there are zero tens and seven ones.

Explanation:
Here we need to subtract 49 from 56, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 49 from 56 is 56 – 49= 7 and there are zero tens and seven ones.

Question 3.
64 – 58 = __
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 184

Answer:
The subtraction of 58 from 64 is 6. And there are zero tens and six ones.

Explanation:
Here we need to subtract 58 from 64, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 58 from 64 is 64 – 58= 6 and there are zero tens and six ones.

On Your Own

Use the number line. Count up to find the difference.

Question 4.
33 – 28 = __
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 185

Answer:
The subtraction of 28 from 33 is 5. And there are zero tens and five ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are three tens and three ones. So here we need to subtract 28 from 33, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 28 from 33 is 33 – 28= 5 and there are zero tens and five ones.

Question 5.
45 – 37 = __
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 186

Answer:
The subtraction of 37 from 45 is 8. And there are zero tens and eight ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are four tens and five ones. So here we need to subtract 37 from 45, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 37 from 45 is 45 – 37= 8 and there are zero tens and eight ones.

Question 6.
58 – 49 = __
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 187

Answer:
The subtraction of 49 from 58 is 9. And there are zero tens and nine ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are five tens and eight ones. So here we need to subtract 49 from 58, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 49 from 58 is 58 – 49= 49 and there are zero tens and nine ones.

Question 7.
THINK SMARTER
There were 55 books on the table. Sandra picked up some of the books. Now there are 49 books on the table. How many books did Sandra pick up?
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 188
__ books

Answer:
The number of books picked up by the Sandra is 6 books.

Explanation:
As there were 55 books on the table and Sandra picked up some of the books. And Now there are 49 books on the table, so to find how many books did Sandra pick up is we will perform subtraction. So the number of books picked up by the Sandra is 55 – 49= 6 books.

Problem Solving • Applications

Solve. You may wish to use the number line to help.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 189

Question 8.
There are 46 game pieces in a box. Adam takes 38 game pieces out of the box. How many game pieces are still in the box?
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 190
__ game pieces

Answer:
The number of game pieces is still in the box is 8 game pieces.

Explanation:
As there are 46 game pieces in a box and Adam takes 38 game pieces out of the box. So there will be 46 – 38= 8 game pieces.

Question 9.
THINK SMARTER
Rachel had 27 craft sticks. Then she gave 19 craft sticks to Theo. How many craft sticks does Rachel have now?
Circle the number from the box to make the sentence true.
Rachel has Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 191 craft sticks now.
Explain how you can use addition to solve the problem.
__________________________
__________________________

Answer:
The number of craft sticks Rachel has now is 27 – 19 = 8 craft sticks.

Explanation:
As Rachel had 27 craft sticks and then she gave 19 craft sticks to Theo. So the number of craft sticks Rachel has now is 27 – 19 = 8 craft sticks.

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY
• Have your child describe how he or she used a number line to solve one problem in this lesson.

Answer:
The number line is used by performing we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. Then we will make the number of jumps by the difference what we had got and we will make jump from minuend number to the subtrahend and will count the number of jumps.

Add to Find Differences Homework & practice 5.8

Use the number line. Count up to find the difference.

Question 1.
36 – 29 = __
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 191.1

Answer:
The subtraction of 29 from 36 is 7. And there are zero tens and seven ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are three tens and six ones. So here we need to subtract 29 from 36, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 29 from 36 is 36 – 29= 7 and there are zero tens and seven ones.

Question 2.
43 – 38 = __
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 192

Answer:
The subtraction of 38 from 43 is 5. And there are zero tens and five ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are three tens blocks and six one’s blocks. So here we need to subtract 8 from 51, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 38 from 43 is 43 – 38= 5 and there are zero tens and five ones.

Problem Solving

Solve. You may wish to use the number line.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 193

Question 3.
Jill has 63 index cards. She uses 57 of them for a project. How many index cards does Jill have now?
__ index cards

Answer:
The number of index cards does Jill has now is 6 index cards.

Explanation:
As Jill has 63 index cards and she uses 57 of them for a project, so the number of index cards does Jill have now is 63 – 57 = 6 index cards.

Question 4.
WRITE Math
Explain how a number line can be used to find the difference for 34 – 28.
__________________________
__________________________

Answer:

Lesson Check

Use the number line. Count up to find the difference.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 194

Question 1.
82 − 75 = __

Answer:
The subtraction of 75 from 82 is 7. And there are zero tens and seven ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are eight tens and two ones. So here we need to subtract 75 from 82, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 75 from 82 is 82 – 75= 7 and there are zero tens and seven ones.

Question 2.
90 − 82 = __

Answer:
The subtraction of 82 from 90 is 8. And there are zero tens and eight ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are nine tens and zero ones. So here we need to subtract 82 from 90, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 82 from 90 is 90 – 82= 8and there are zero tens and eight ones.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Jordan has 41 toy cars at home. He brings 24 cars to school. How many cars are at home?
__ cars

Answer:
The number of cars is at home is 17 cars.

Explanation:
As Jordan has 41 toy cars at home and he brings 24 cars to school, so the number of cars are at home is 41 – 24= 17 cars.

Question 4.
Pam has 15 fish. 9 are goldfish and the rest are guppies. How many fish are guppies?
__ guppies

Answer:
The number of fishes is guppies is 6 guppies.

Explanation:
As Pam has 15 fishes and 9 are gold fishes and the rest are guppies, so the number of fishes are guppies is 15 – 9= 6 guppies.

Question 5.
What is the sum?
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 195

Answer:
The sum of the two numbers is 54.

Explanation:
The sum can be defined as the resulting of two or more numbers by adding. So here the sum of the two numbers 35 + 19 is 54.

Question 6.
Each table has 5 pencils. There are 3 tables. How many pencils are there altogether?
__ pencils.

Answer:
The total number of pencils will be 15 pencils are there altogether.

Explanation:
As each table has 5 pencils and there are 3 tables, so the total number of pencils will be 5 × 3= 15 pencils are there altogether.

Lesson 5.9 Problem Solving • Subtraction

Essential Question
How can drawing a diagram help when solving subtraction problems?

Jane and her mom made 33 puppets for the craft fair. They sold 14 puppets. How many puppets do they still have?
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 196

Answer:
The total number of puppets do they left is 19 puppets.

Explanation:
As Jane and her mom made 33 puppets for the craft fair and they sold 14 puppets, so they still have 33 – 14= 19 puppets. Here we need to subtract 14 from 33, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 14 from 33 is 33 – 14= 19 and there are one ten and nine ones. So they will have 19 puppets left.

Unlock the Problem

What do I need to find?
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 197 they still have

What information do I need to use?

They made __ puppets.
They sold __ puppets.

Show how to solve the problem.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 198

HOME CONNECTION
• Your child used a bar model and a number sentence to represent the problem. Using a bar model helps show what is known and what is needed to solve the problem.

Try Another Problem

Label the bar model. Write a number sentence with a Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 199 for the missing number. Solve.

Question 1.
Carlette had a box of 46 craft sticks. She used 28 craft sticks to make a sailboat. How many craft sticks were not used?
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 199.1

Answer:
They will have 18 craft sticks left.

Explanation:
As Carlette had a box of 46 craft sticks and she used 28 craft sticks to make a sailboat. So the number of craft sticks that are not used is 46 – 28= 18 craft sticks. Here we need to subtract 28 from 46, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 28 from 46 is 46 – 28= 18 and there are one ten and eight ones. So they will have 18 craft sticks left.

Question 2.
Rob’s class made 31 clay bowls. Sarah’s class made 15 clay bowls. How many more clay bowls did Rob’s class make than Sarah’s class?
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 200
______ ___ more clay bowls

Answer:
The number of more clay bowls did Rob’s class make than Sarah’s class is 31 – 15= 16 clay bowls.

Explanation:
As Rob’s class made 31 clay bowls and Sarah’s class made 15 clay bowls. So the number of more clay bowls did Rob’s class make than Sarah’s class is 31 – 15= 16 clay bowls. So we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the number of more clay bowls did Rob’s class make than Sarah’s class is 16 clay bowls.

Share and Show MATH BOARD

Label the bar model. Write a number sentence with a Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 201 for the missing number. Solve.

Question 3.
Mr. Hayes makes 32 wooden frames. He gives away 15 frames as gifts. How many frames does he still have?
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 201.1
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 202

Answer:
The number of many frames does he still have now is 32 – 15= 17 frames.

Explanation:
As Mr. Hayes makes 32 wooden frames and he gives away 15 frames as gifts. So the number of many frames does he still have now is 32 – 15= 17 frames. So we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the number of many frames does he still have now is 17 frames.

Question 4.
Wesley has 21 ribbons in a box. He has 15 ribbons on the wall. How many more ribbons does he have in the box than on the wall?
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 203
__ more ribbons
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 204
_____

Answer:
The number of many more ribbons does he have in the box than on the wall is 6 more ribbons.

Explanation:
As Wesley has 21 ribbons in a box and he has 15 ribbons on the wall. So the number of many more ribbons does he have in the box than on the wall is 21 – 15= 6 more ribbons. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the number of many more ribbons does he have in the box than on the wall is 6 more ribbons.

Question 5.
THINK SMARTER
Jennifer wrote 9 poems at school and 11 poems at home. She wrote 5 more poems than Nell. How many poems did Nell write?
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 205
__ poems

Answer:

Explanation:

On Your Own

Question 6.
GO DEEPER
There are 70 children. 28 children are hiking and 16 are at a picnic. The rest of the children are playing soccer. How many children are playing soccer?
Draw a model with bars for the problem. Describe how your drawing shows the problem. Then solve the problem.
__________________________
__________________________
__________________________

Question 7.
THINK SMARTER
There are 48 crackers in a bag. The children eat 25 crackers. How many crackers are still in the bag? Circle the bar model that can be used to solve the problem.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 206
Write a number sentence with a Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 207 for the missing number. Solve.
__________________________
___ crackers

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY
• Ask your child to explain how he or she solved one of the problems on this page.

Answer:
We will perform subtraction by breaking the two-digit number into tens place digit and ones place digit. Then the other number will be placed below the number. If the minuend number is less than the subtrahend number then we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So by this, we will perform the subtraction.

Problem Solving • Subtraction Homework & Practice 5.9

Label the bar model. Write a number sentence with a Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 208 for the missing number. Solve.

Question 1.
Megan picked 34 flowers. Some of the flowers are yellow and 18 flowers are pink. How many of the flowers are yellow?
___ yellow flowers
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 209
___

Question 2.
Alex had 45 toy cars. He put 26 toy cars in a box. How many toy cars are not in the box?
___ toy cars
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 210

Question 3.
WRITE Math
Explain how bar models show a problem in a different way.
__________________________
__________________________
__________________________
__________________________

Lesson Check

Question 1.
There were 39 pumpkins at the store. Then 17 of the pumpkins were sold. How many pumpkins are still at the store?
__ pumpkins

Question 2.
There were 48 ants on a hill. Then 13 of the ants marched away. How many ants are still on the hill?
__ ants

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Ashley had 26 markers. Her friend gave her 17 more markers. How many markers does Ashley have now?
__ markers

Question 4.
What is the sum?
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 211

Question 5.
Write a subtraction fact that will give the same difference as 15 − 7.
10 – __

Question 6.
What is the sum?
34 + 5 = __

Lesson 5.10 Algebra • Write Equations to Represent Subtraction

Essential Question
How do you write a number sentence to represent a problem?

Listen and Draw

Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 212
Draw to show the problem. Write a number sentence. Then solve.
_______________

Math Talk
MATHEMATICAL PRACTICES
Describe how your drawing shows the problem.

Model and Draw

You can write a number sentence to
show a problem.
Liza has 65 postcards. She gives 24 postcards to Wesley. How many postcards does Liza have now?
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 213
Liza has __ postcards now.

Share and Show MATH BOARD

Write a number sentence for the problem. Use a Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 214 for the missing number. Then solve.

Question 1.
There were 32 birds in the trees. Then 18 birds flew away. How many birds are in the trees now?
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 214.1
__ birds

Question 2.
Carla read 43 pages in her book. Joe read 32 pages in his book. How many more pages did Carla read than Joe?
________
__ more pages

On Your Own

Write a number sentence for the problem. Use a Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 215 for the missing number. Then solve.

Question 3.
There were 40 ants on a rock. Some ants moved to the grass. Now there are 26 ants on the rock. How many ants moved to the grass?
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 215.1 ___
__ ants

Question 4.
THINK SMARTER
Keisha had a bag of ribbons. She took 29 ribbons out of the bag. Then there were 17 ribbons still in the bag. How many ribbons were in the bag to start?
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 216
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 217 _______
__ ribbons

Question 5.
GO DEEPER
There are 50 bees in a hive. Some bees fly out. If fewer than 20 bees are still in the hive, how many bees could have flown out?
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 218 __ bees
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 219

Problem Solving • Applications

Question 6.
MATHEMATICAL PRACTICE
Make Connections Brendan made this number line to find a difference. What was he subtracting from 100? Explain your answer.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 220
__________________________
__________________________
__________________________
__________________________

Question 7.
THINK SMARTER
There are 52 pictures on the wall. 37 are wild cats and the rest are birds. How many of the pictures are birds? Use the numbers and symbols on the tiles to complete the number sentence for the problem.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 221
_______________
___ birds

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY
• Have your child explain how he or she solved one problem in this lesson.

Algebra • Write Equations to Represent Subtraction Homework & Practice 5.10

Write a number sentence for the problem. Use a Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 222 for the missing number. Then solve.

Question 1.
29 children rode their bikes to school. After some of the children rode home, there were 8 children with bikes still at school. How many children rode their bikes home?
________
__ children

Answer:
The number of students who rode their bikes home is 29 – 8= 21 children rode their bike home.

Explanation:
As 29 children rode their bikes to school and after that some of the children rode home, there were 8 children with bikes still at school. So the number of students who rode their bikes home is 29 – 8= 21 children rode their bike home. So we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the number of students who rode their bikes home is 21 children rode their bike home.

Problem Solving

Solve. Write or draw to explain.

Question 2.
There were 21 children in the library. After 7 children left the library, how many children were still in the library?
__ children

Question 3.
WRITE Math
Describe different ways that you can show a story problem. Use one of the problems in this lesson as your example.
__________________________
__________________________
__________________________
__________________________

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Cindy had 42 beads. She used some beads for a bracelet. She has 14 beads left. How many beads did she use for the bracelet?
__ beads

Question 2.
Jake had 36 baseball cards. He gave 17 cards to his sister. How many baseball cards does Jake have now?
__ cards

Spiral Review

Question 3.
What is the sum?
6 + 7 = __

Question 4.
What is the difference?
16 – 9 = __

Answer:
The subtraction of 9 from 16 is 7. And there are zero tens and seven ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are nine tens and zero ones. So here we need to subtract 9 from 16, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 9 from 16 is 16 – 9= 7 and there are zero tens and seven ones.

Question 5.
What is the difference?
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 222.1

Answer:
The subtraction of 39 from 46 is 7. And there are zero tens and seven ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are four tens and six ones. So here we need to subtract 39 from 46, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 39 from 46 is 46 – 39= 7 and there are zero tens and seven ones.

Question 6.
Write an addition fact that will give the same sum as 6 + 8.
10 + ___

Answer:
The sum of the two numbers is 14.

Explanation:
The sum can be defined as the resulting of two or more numbers by adding. So here the sum of the two numbers 6 + 8 is 14. So to get the same sum we need to add 4, so the sum of the 10 + 4= 14, which is same as 6 + 8 sum.

Lesson 5.11 Solve Multistep Problems

Essential Question
How do you decide what steps to do to solve a problem?

Listen and Draw

Label the bar model to show each problem. Then solve.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 223

Math Talk
MATHEMATICAL PRACTICES

Describe how the two bar models are different.

Model and Draw

Bar models help you know what to do to solve a problem.
Ali has 27 stamps. Matt has 38 stamps. How many more stamps are needed so they will have 91 stamps?
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 224
They need __ more stamps

Share and Show MATH BOARD

Complete the bar models for the steps you do to solve the problem.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 226

Question 1.
Jen has 93 beads. Ana has 46 red beads and 29 blue beads. How many more beads does Ana need to have 93 beads also?
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 227
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 228
__ more beads

Answer:
Ana needs 18 beads to have 93 beads.

Explanation:
As Jen has 93 beads and Ana has 46 red beads and 29 blue beads, so the total number of beads does Ana had is 46 + 29= 75 beads. So the number of many more beads does Ana need to have 93 beads is 93 – 75= 18 beads. So we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So Ana needs 18 beads to have 93 beads.

On Your Own

Complete the bar models for the steps you do to solve the problem.

Question 2.
Max has 35 trading cards. He buys 22 more cards. Then he gives 14 cards to Rudy. How many cards does Max have now?
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 229
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 230

Answer:
The number of many cards does Max have now is 43 trading cards.

Explanation:
As Max has 35 trading cards and he buys 22 more cards, so the total number of cards will be 35 + 22= 57 trading cards. Then he gives 14 cards to Rudy. So the number of trading cards will be 57 – 14= 43 trading cards. So the number of many cards does Max have now is 43 trading cards.

Question 3.
Drew has 32 toy cars. He trades 7 of those cars for 11 other toy cars. How many toy cars does Drew have now?
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 231
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 232

Question 4.
Marta and Debbie each have 17 ribbons. They buy 1 package with 8 ribbons in it. How many ribbons do they have now?
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 233
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 234

Answer:
The total number of ribbons do they had now is 42 ribbons.

Explanation:
As Marta and Debbie each have 17 ribbons, so the total number of ribbons did Marta and Debbie had together is 17 + 17= 34 ribbons. And they bought 1 package with 8 ribbons in it. So the total number of ribbons do they had now is 34 + 8= 42 ribbons.

Problem Solving • Applications WRITE Math

Question 5.
Shelby had 32 rocks. She finds 33 more rocks at the park and gives 28 rocks to George. How many rocks does she have now?
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 235
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 236
__ rocks

Answer:
So the number of many rocks does she have now is 37 rocks.

Explanation:
As Shelby had 32 rocks and she finds 33 more rocks at the park, so the total number of rocks did Shelby had now is 32 + 33= 65 rocks. And Shelby gives 28 rocks to George. So the number of many rocks does she have now is 65 – 28= 37 rocks. so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the number of many rocks does she have now is 37 rocks.

Question 6.
Benjamin finds 31 pinecones at the park. Together, Jenna and Ellen find the same number of pinecones as Benjamin. How many pinecones could each girl have found?
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 237
Jenna: __ pinecones
Ellen: __ pinecones

Answer:

Explanation:
As Benjamin finds 31 pinecones at the park and Jenna and Ellen together finds the same number of pinecones as Benjamin. How many pinecones could each girl have found

Question 7.
THINK SMARTER
Tanya finds 22 leaves. Maurice finds 5 more leaves than Tanya finds. How many leaves do the children find? Draw to show how you solve the problem.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 238
__ leaves

Answer:
The number of many leaves do the children finds together is 22 + 5=  27 leaves.

Explanation:
As Tanya finds 22 leaves and Maurice finds 5 more leaves than Tanya finds. So the number of many leaves do the children finds together is 22 + 5=  27 leaves.

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY
• Have your child explain how he or she would solve Exercise 6 if the number 31 was changed to 42.

Solve Multistep Problems Homework & Practice 5.11

Complete the bar models for the steps you do to solve the problem

Question 1.
Greg has 60 building blocks. His sister gives him 17 more blocks. He uses 38 blocks to make a tower. How many blocks are not used in the tower?
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 239
__ blocks

Answer:
The number of many blocks are not used in the tower is 5 blocks.

Explanation:
As Greg has 60 building blocks and his sister gives him 17 more blocks, so the number of blocks did Greg had now is 60 – 17= 43 blocks and he uses 38 blocks to make a tower so the number of many blocks are not used in the tower is 43 – 38= 5 blocks. So we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the number of many blocks are not used in the tower is 5 blocks.

Problem Solving

Solve. Write or draw to explain.

Question 2.
Ava has 25 books. She gives away 7 books. Then Tom gives her 12 books. How many books does Ava have now?
__ books

Answer:
The number of many books does Ava have now is 6 books.

Explanation:
As Ava has 25 books and she gives away 7 books, then Ava will have 25 – 7= 18 books and then Tom gives her 12 books, so the number of books did Ava have now is 18 – 12= 6 books. So we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the number of many books does Ava have now is 6 books.

Question 3.
WRITE Math
Choose one of the problems on this page. Describe how you decided what steps were needed to solve the problem.
___________________________
___________________________
___________________________
___________________________

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Sara has 18 crayons. Max has 19 crayons. How many more crayons do they need to have 50 crayons altogether?
__ crayons

Answer:
They need 13 crayons more do they need to have 50 crayons altogether.

Explanation:
As Sara has 18 crayons and Max has 19 crayons, so the total number of crayons do they have together is 18 + 19= 37 crayons. So to get 50 crayons altogether we need to perform subtraction. So we need 50 – 37= 13 crayons more do they need to have 50 crayons altogether. So we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So They need 13 crayons more do they need to have 50 crayons altogether.

Question 2.
Jon has 12 pennies. Lucy has 17 pennies. How many more pennies do they need to have 75 pennies altogether?
__ pennies

Answer:
They need 46 pennies more to have 75 pennies altogether.

Explanation:
As Jon has 12 pennies and Lucy has 17 pennies, so the total number of pennies together they have is 29 pennies. So to 75 pennies together we need to perform subtraction 75 – 29= 46 pennies. So the number of many frames does he still have now is 32 – 15= 17 frames. So we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the total number of pennies together they have is 29 pennies. So to 75 pennies together we need to perform subtraction 75 – 29= 46 pennies.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
What is the difference?
58 – 13 = __
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 240

Answer:
The subtraction of 8 from 51 is 43. And there are four tens and three ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are three tens blocks and six one’s blocks. So here we need to subtract 8 from 51, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 8 from 51 is 51 – 8= 43 and there are four tens and three ones.

Question 4.
What is the sum?
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 241

Answer:
The sum of the two numbers is 62.

Explanation:
The sum can be defined as the resulting of two or more numbers by adding. So here the sum of the two numbers 47 + 15 is 62.

Question 5.
There are 26 cards in a box. Bryan takes 12 cards. How many cards are still in the box?
__ cards

Answer:
The number of cards still in the box is 14 cards.

Explanation:
As there are 26 cards in a box and Bryan takes 12 cards, so the number of cards still in the box is 26 – 12= 14 cards. we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 12 from 26 is 26 – 12= 14 and there are zero tens and four ones.

2-Digit Subtraction Chapter 5 Review Test

Question 1.
Do you need to regroup to subtract? Choose Yes or No.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 242

Question 2.
Use the number line. Count up to find the difference.
52 – 48 = __
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 243

Answer:
The subtraction of 48 from 52 is 4. And there are zero tens and four ones.

Explanation:
Here we need to subtract 48 from 52, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 48 from 52 is 52 – 48= 4 and there are zero tens and four ones.

Question 3.
Ed has 28 blocks. Sue has 34 blocks. Who has more blocks? How many more? Label the bar model. Solve.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 244
Circle the word and number from each box to make the sentence true.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 245

Break apart the number you are subtracting. Write the difference?

Answer:
Sue has more number of blocks tha Ed. And had 6 more blocks than Ed.

Explanation:
Ed has 28 blocks and Sue has 34 blocks. As 34 is greater than 28, so Sue has more number of blocks and has 34 – 28= 6 more blocks than the Ed. So to perform Break apart the number subratction for 34 – 28 first we will break into tens and ones. So here we will break 28 as 20 and 8 and we will subtract 20 and we will get the result as 14. Then we will start from 14 and subtract 8 to get to 6. So we will get the result as 6. The subtraction of 34 – 28 is 6.

Question 4.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 246

Answer:
The subtraction of 42 – 8 is 34.

Explanation:
Here, we will break apart the number that we are subtracting. So first we will break into tens and ones. So here we will break 8 as 2 and 6 and we will subtract 2 and we will get the result as 42. Then we will start from 42 and subtract 6 to get to 34 and then. So we will get the result as 34. The subtraction of 42 – 8 is 34.

Question 5.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 247

Answer:
The subtraction of 53 – 16 is 37.

Explanation:
Here, we will break apart the number that we are subtracting. So first we will break into tens and ones. So here we will break 10 as 6 and we will subtract 10 and we will get the result as 43. Then we will start from 43 and subtract 6 to get to 37 and then. So we will get the result as 37. The subtraction of 53 – 16 is 37.

Question 6.
What is 33 − 19? Use the numbers on the tiles to rewrite the subtraction problem. Then find the difference.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 248

Answer:
The subtraction of 19 from 33 is 14. And there are one ten and four ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are three tens and three ones. So here we need to subtract 19 from 33, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 19 from 33 is 33 – 19= 14 and there are one ten and four ones.

Question 7.
GO DEEPER
Jacob’s puzzle has 84 pieces. Jacob puts together 27 pieces in the morning. He puts together 38 more pieces in the afternoon. How many pieces does Jacob need to put together to finish the puzzle?
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 249
Complete the bar models for the steps you do to solve the problem.
__ more pieces

Answer:
Jacob needs 19 pieces to complete the puzzle.

Explanation:
Jacob’s puzzle has 84 pieces and Jacob puts together 27 pieces in the morning and he puts together 38 more pieces in the afternoon. So the total number of puzzles kept by Jacob together in the morning and the afternoon is 27 + 38= 65 pieces. So Jacob needs 84 – 65= 19 pieces to complete the puzzle.

Regroup if you need to. Write the difference.

Question 8.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 250

Answer:
The subtraction of 5 from 28 is 23. And there are two tens and three ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are two tens and eight ones. So here we need to subtract 5 from 28, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 5 from 28 is 28 – 5= 23 and there are two ten and three ones.

Question 9.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 251

Answer:
The subtraction of 12 from 32 is 23. And there are two tens and three ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are two tens and eight ones. So here we need to subtract 5 from 28, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 5 from 28 is 28 – 5= 23 and there are two ten and three ones.

Question 10.
Find the difference.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 252

Answer:
The subtraction of 62 from 90 is 28. And there are two tens and eight ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are nine tens and zero ones. So here we need to subtract 62 from 90, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 62 from 90 is 90 – 62= 28 and there are two tens and eight ones.

Fill in the bubble next to one number from each column to show the difference.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 253

Question 11.
There are 22 children at the park. 5 children are on the swings. The rest of the children are playing ball. How many children are playing ball?
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 254

Answer:
The number of children is playing ball is 17 children.

Explanation:
As there are 22 children at the park and 5 children are on swings and the rest of the children are playing ball. So the number of children are playing ball is 22 – 15= 17 children.

Question 12.
THINK SMARTER
Subtract 27 from 43. Draw to show the regrouping.
Fill in the bubble next to all the ways to write the difference.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 255

Answer:
The subtraction of 27 from 43 is 16. And there are one ten and six ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are two tens and eight ones. So here we need to subtract 27 from 43, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 27 from 43 is 43 – 27= 43 and there are one ten and six ones.

Question 13.
Jill collects stamps. Her stamp book has space for 64 stamps. She needs 18 more stamps to fill the book. How many stamps does Jill have now?
Write a number sentence for the problem.
Use a 2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 256 for the missing number. Then solve.
________
Jill has __ stamps.

Answer:
The number of does Jill have now is 46 stamps.

Explanation:
Jill collects stamps and her stamp book has space for 64 stamps then she needs 18 more stamps to fill the book. So the number of does Jill have now is 64 – 18= 46 stamps.

Question 14.
Draw a quick picture to solve. Write the difference.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction 256.1
Explain what you did to find the difference.
_______________
_______________

Answer:
The subtraction of 25 from 62 is 37. And there are three tens and seven ones.

Explanation:
In the above image, we can see that there are two tens and eight ones. So here we need to subtract 25 from 62, so we will perform regrouping of subtraction. Here Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So the subtraction of 25 from 62 is 62 – 25= 37 and there are three tens and seven ones.

Conclusion:

The information which was discussed in the above section which is Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 5 2-Digit Subtraction is useful for you. Exchange these pdf links with your beloved ones and help them to acquire knowledge in maths. Stay connected with us to get the recent updates regarding the Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key for all the chapters.

Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies

Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Addition Strategies

Curious George

Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 1
There are 4 fish in the tank. If you doubled the number of fish, how many would there be?

Addition Strategies Show What You Know

Model Addition

Use Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 2 to show each number. Draw the cubes. Write how many in all.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 3

Answer:

2         +           3         =                 5

Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 2 Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 2 +Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 2 Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 2 Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 2 =Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 2 Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 2 Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 2 Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 2Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 2

Therefore, there are 5 in total

Use Symbols to Add
Use the picture. Write the addition sentence.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 4

Answer: 2 + 4 = 6

Explanation:

The number of red bugs =  2

The number of green bugs = 4

Total : 2 + 4 = 6

Therefore, the total number of bug pictures are 6.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 5

Answer: 4

Explanation:

The number of purple butterflies = 3

The number of orange butterflies = 1

Total butterflies : 3 + 1 = 4

Therefore, there are 4 butterflies

Add in Any Order

Use Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 6 and Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 7 to add. Color to match. Write each sum.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 8
1 + 4 = __

Answer:

Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 6 + Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 7 Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 7 Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 7 Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 7 = Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 6 Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 7 Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 7 Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 7 Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 7

Total : 1 + 4 = 5

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 9
4 + 1 = ___

Answer:

Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 6Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 6Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 6Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 6 + Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 7 = Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 6Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 6Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 6Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 6Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 7

Total : 4 + 1 = 5

Addition Strategies Vocabulary Builder

Visualize It
Write the addends and the sum for the addition sentence

Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 10

Answer:

Understand Vocabulary
Use a review word to complete the sentence.

Question 1.
4 and 3 in 4 + 3 = 7 are ___

Answer:

In 4 + 3 = 7 , 4 and 3 are addends.

Question 2.
4 + 3 = 7 is an ___

Answer:

4 + 3 = 7 is an Addition sentence.

Question 3.
4 cubes and 3 cubes are put together to __ the groups.

Answer:

4 cubes and 3 cubes are put together to 7 the groups.

Addition Strategies Game: Ducky Sums

Ducky Sums

Materials
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 11

Play with a partner.
1. Put your Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 11.1 on START.
2. Toss the Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 12. Move your Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 12.1 that number of spaces.
3. Use a Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 13 a Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 14, and a Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 15 to make the spinner. Spin.
4. Add the number you spin and the number your Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16 is on. Your partner checks the sum.
5. Take turns. The winner is the first person to get to END.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.1

Addition Strategies Vocabulary Game

Going Places with GOMATH! words

Concentration

Materials
2 sets of word cards
How to Play
Play with a partner.

  1. Mix the cards. Put the cards in rows blank side up.
  2. Turn over two cards.
    • If the words match, keep the pair of cards.
    • If the words do not match, turn the cards blank side up again.
  3. The other player takes a turn.
  4. Find all the pairs. The player with more pairs wins.

Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.2

The Write Way

Reflect
Choose one idea. Draw and write about it.
• Mary writes the addition sentence 4 + 5.
Rose writes the addition sentence 5 + 4.
Will they get the same answer? Tell how you know.
• Think about the ways you learned to add. Tell about your favorite way to add. Explain why.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.3

Lesson 3.1 Algebra • Add in Any Order

Essential Question
What happens if you change the order of the addends when you add?

Listen and Draw

Use Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.4 and Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.5. Color to model the problem. Write the addition sentence.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 17

Answer:

Addition sentence :

7 + 8 = 15

Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.4Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.4Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.4Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.4Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.4Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.4Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.4 + Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.5Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.5Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.5Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.5Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.5Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.5Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.5Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.5

= Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.4Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.4Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.4Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.4Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.4Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.4Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.4Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.5Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.5Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.5Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.5Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.5Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.5Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.5Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.5

=   1               2            3            4              5             6             7            8           9           10          11         12        13           14          15

Use Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.4 and Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.5. Color to change the order. Write the addition sentence.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 18

Answer:

Addition sentence ( changing the order )  :

8 + 7 = 15

Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.5Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.5Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.5Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.5Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.5Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.5Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.5Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.5 + Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.4Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.4Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.4Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.4Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.4Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.4Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.4 =

Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.5Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.5Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.5Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.5Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.5Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.5Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.5Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.5Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.4Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.4Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.4Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.4Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.4Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.4Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 16.4

= 1               2            3            4              5             6             7            8           9           10          11         12        13           14          15

 

Math Talk
MATHEMATICAL PRACTICES

Describe how knowing the fact 7 + 8 helps you find 8 + 7.

Model and Draw

Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 20

Answer:

5 + 6 = 11

Fact : Even after changing the order of addends , the sum is same .

Share and Show MATH BOARD

Add. Change the order of the addends. Add again.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 22

Answer:

8 + 9 = 17

Addition sentence after changing the order of addends =

9 + 8 = 17

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 23

Answer:

6 + 7 = 1 3

Addition sentence after changing the order of addends =

7 + 6 = 13

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 24

Answer:

7 + 5 = 12

Addition sentence after changing the order of addends =

5 + 7 = 12

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 25

Answer:

2 + 8 = 10

Addition sentence after changing the order of addends =

8 + 2 = 10

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 26

Answer:

9 + 2 = 11

Addition sentence after changing the order of addends =

2 + 9 = 11

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 27

Answer:

8 + 4 = 12

Addition sentence after changing the order of addends =

4 + 8 = 12

On Your Own

MATHEMATICAL PRACTICE
Attend to Precision Add. Change the order of the addends. Add again.

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 28

Answer:

9 + 6 = 15

Addition sentence after changing the order of addends =

6 + 9 = 15

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 29

Answer: 0 + 6 = 6

Addition sentence after changing the order of addends =

6 + 0 = 6

Question 9.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 30

Answer:

8 + 3 = 11

Addition sentence after changing the order of addends =

3 + 8 = 11

Question 10.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 31

Answer:

5 + 9 = 14

Addition sentence after changing the order of addends =

9 + 5 = 14

Question 11.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 32

Answer:

4 +5 = 9

Addition sentence after changing the order of addends =

5 + 4 = 9

Question 12.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 33

Answer:

8 + 5 = 13

Addition sentence after changing the order of addends =

5 + 8 = 13

Question 13.
THINK SMARTER
Nina uses the number sentence 3 + 7 = 10 to tell about her toy trucks. What other number sentence could Nina write to tell about her trucks using the same addends?
__ = __ + __

Answer:

Given,

Addition sentence : 3 + 7 = 10

Other Addition sentence : 10 = 7 + 3

Question 14.
GO DEEPER
Explain If Adam knows 4 + 7 = 11, what other addition fact does he know? Write the new fact in the box. Tell how Adam knows the new fact.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 34
________________________
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
________________________

Answer:

Given ,

Addition sentence = 4 + 7 = 11

Other addition fact : 7 + 5 = 11

Problem Solving • Applications WRITE Math

Write two addition sentences you can use to solve the problem. Write the answer.

Question 15.
Roy sees 4 big fish and 9 small fish. How many fish does Roy see?
__ fish
__ + __ = __
__ + __ = __

Answer: 13

Explanation:

Given,

Number of big fishes = 4

Number of small fishes = 9

Total number of fishes = 4 + 9 = 13

Therefore, Roy sees 13 fishes

Addition sentences:

4 + 9 = 1 3

9 + 3 = 13

Question 16.
THINK SMARTER
Justin has 6 toys. He gets 8 more toys. How many toys does he have now?
__ toys
__ + __ = __
__ + __ = __

Answer: 14

Explanation:

Given,

Justin has 6 toys.

Number of toys he gets more = 8

Total : 6 + 8 = 14

Therefore, total number of toys = 14

Addition sentences:

6 + 8 = 14

8 + 6 = 14

Question 17.
THINK SMARTER
Anna has two groups of pennies. She has 10 pennies in all. When she changes the order of the addends, the addition sentence is the same. What sentence can Anna write?
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 35
__ = __ + __

Answer: 5 + 5 = 10

Explanation :

Given,

Anna has 2 groups of pennies and also total number of pennies = 10

The addition sentence can be written with same addends as

5 + 5 = 10

Question 18.
THINK SMARTER
Write the addends in a different order.
3 + 4 = 7
__ + __ = 7

Answer:

4 + 3 = 7

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY
• Ask your child to explain what happens to the sum when you change the order of the addends.

Algebra • Add in Any Order Homework & practice 3.1

Add. Change the order of the addends. Add again.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 36

Answer:

7 + 3 =10

3 + 7 = 10

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 37

Answer:

4 + 7 = 11

7 + 4 = 11

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 38

Answer:

9 + 8 = 17

8 + 9 = 17

Problem Solving

Write two addition sentences you can use to solve the problem.

Question 4.
Camila has 5 shells. Then she finds 4 more shells. How many shells does she have now?
__ + __ = __
__ + __ = __

Answer: 9

Explanation :

Given that,

The number of shells Camila have = 5

The number of shells she finds more = 4

Total : 5+4= 9

Therefore, the number of shells she have now = 9

Addition sentences :

5 + 4 = 9

4 + 5 = 9

Question 5.
WRITE Math
Use pictures or words to explain how you would use the sum of 13 to show how to add in any order.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 39

13 can be shown as the sum of 6 and 7

6 + 7 = 13

Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42 + Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42

=Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42

Lesson Check

Question 1.
What is another way to write 7 + 6 = 13?
6 + 7 = __

Answer:

6 + 7 = 13

Question 2.
What is another way to write 6 + 8 = 14?
8 + 6 = __

Answer:

8 + 6 = 14

Spiral Review

Question 3.
What is the sum? Write the number.

Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 40

Answer:

4 + 3 = 7

Question 4.
How many nests are there? Write the number.
2 nests and 1 more nest __ nests

Answer: 3

Explanation :

2 + 1 = 3

Therefore, total number of nests = 3

Lesson 3.2 Count On

Essential Question
How do you count on 1, 2, or 3?

Listen

Start at 9. How can you count on to add? Add 1.

Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 41

Add 1.  9 + 1 =10

Add 2.  9 + 2 = 11

Add 3.  9 + 3 = 12

Math Talk
MATHEMATICAL PRACTICES
Analyze How is counting on 2 like adding 2?

Share and Show MATH BOARD

Circle the greater addend. Draw Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42 to count on 1, 2, or 3. Write the sum.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 43

Answer:

Greater addend : 6

6 + 2 = 8

Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 44 Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42

 

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 44

6 + 3 = __

Answer:

Greater addend : 6

6 + 3 = 9

Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 44Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 45
__ = 1 + 6

Answer:

Greater addend = 6

6 + 1 = 7

Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 45Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 46
__ = 7 + 1

Answer:

Greater addend  : 7

7 + 1 = 8

Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 46Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 47
2 + 7 = __

Answer:

Greater addend = 7

7 + 2 = 9

Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 47Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 48
__ = 7 + 3

Answer:

Greater addend : 7

7 + 3 = 10

Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 48Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42

On Your Own

MATHEMATICAL PRACTICE
Circle the greater addend. Count on to find the sum.

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 49

Answer:

Greater addend : 9

1 + 9 = 10

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 50

Answer:

Greater addend  : 8

3 + 8 = 11

Question 9.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 51

Answer:

Greater addend : 8

1 + 8 = 9

Question 10.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 52

Answer:

Greater addend : 6

1 + 6 = 7

Question 11.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 53

Answer :

Greater addend : 9

9 + 3 =12

Question 12.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 54

Answer:

Greater addend : 7

7 + 2 = 9

Question 13.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 55

Answer:

Greater addend : 6

2 + 6 = 8

Question 14.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 56

Answer:

Greater addend : 5 + 3 = 8

Question 15.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 57

Answer:

Greater addend : 7

7 + 1 = 8

Question 16.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 58

Answer:

Greater addend = 7

3 + 7 =10

Question 17.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 59

Answer:

Greater addend : 9

9 + 2 = 11

Question 18.
Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 60

Answer:

Greater addend : 4

3 + 4 = 7

Question 19.
GO DEEPER
Adam has 6 hats. Molly has 3 hats. They stack all their hats. Then Blake puts 2 more hats on the stack. How many hats are on the stack?
__ + __ = ___ hats
__ + __ = ___ hats

Answer:

6 + 3 = 9

9 + 2 = 11

Question 20.
MATHEMATICAL PRACTICE
Explain Terry added 3 and 7. He got a sum of 9. His answer is not correct. Describe how Terry can find the correct sum.
_______________
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
_______________
_______________
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
_______________

Answer:

No, he is wrong .

The sum of 3 and 7 is 10

Addition sentence :  3 + 7 = 10

Starts at 7 and count by 3 , means 8 , 9 , 10

So, the answer is 0.

Problem Solving • Applications WRITE Math

Draw to solve. Write the addition sentence.

Question 21.
THINK SMARTER
Cindy and Joe pick 8 oranges. Then they pick 3 more oranges. How many oranges do they pick?
__ + __ = ___ oranges
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 61

Answer: 11

Explanation :

Given that,

The number of oranges Cindy and Joe pick = 8

The number of  more oranges they pick = 3

Total : 8 + 3 = 11 oranges

Therefore, the number of total oranges = 11

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 61Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 61Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 61Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 61Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 61Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 61Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 61Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 61+      Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 61Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 61Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 61

________________________________________________________________________________________________________

= Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 61Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 61Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 61Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 61Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 61Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 61Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 61Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 61Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 61Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 61Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 61

1                  2                3                 4                5              6                  7                  8               9               10              11

Which three numbers can you use to complete the problem?

Question 22.
THINK SMARTER
Jennifer has __ stamps. She gets __ more stamps. How many stamps does she have now?
__ + __ = __ stamps
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 62

Answer: 10

Explanation :

Jennifer has  7 stamps

Number of more stamps = 3

Addition sentence :

7 + 3 = 10

Question 23.
THINK SMARTER
Count on from 3. Write the number that shows 2 more in the box below
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 63

Answer: 5

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY
• Have your child tell you how to count on to find the sum for 6 + 3.

Count On Homework & Practice 3.2

Circle the greater addend. Count on to find the sum.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 64

Answer:

Greater addend : 8

8 + 2 = 10

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 65

Answer:

Greater addend : 7

1 + 7 = 8

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 66

Answer:

Greater addend : 9

3 + 9 = 12

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 67

Answer:

Greater addend : 5

5 + 3 = 8

Problem Solving

Draw to solve. Write the addition sentence.

Question 5.
Jon eats 6 crackers. Then he eats 3 more crackers. How many crackers does he eat?
__ + __ = __ crackers

Answer:  9

Explanation :

Number of crackers Jon eat = 6

Number of crackers he ate more = 3

Total : 6 + 3 = 9 Crackers

Therefore, Jon ate 9 crackers .

Question 6.
WRITE Math
Use pictures or words to explain how you can find 9 + 3 by counting on.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 68

Answer:

9 + 3 = 12

Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42  +  Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42 = Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42

1      2      3        4      5       6      7       8     9              10     11    12        Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Count on to solve 5 + 2. Write the sum
__

Answer:

5 + 2 = 7

Question 2.
Count on to solve 1 + 9. Write the sum.
__

Answer:

1 + 9 = 10

Spiral Review

Question 3.
What does the model show?
__ + __ = ___

Answer:

3 + 3 = 6

Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42 +Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42 = Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42Go Math Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 42

Question 4.
4 ducks swim in the pond. 2 more ducks join them. How many ducks are in the pond now? Complete the model and the number sentence.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 69
4 + 2 = __

Answer:

4 + 2 = 6

Lesson 2.3 Add Doubles

Essential Question
What are doubles facts?

Listen and Draw

Use Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 70. Draw Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 70 to solve. Write the addition sentence.

__ + __ = __

Answer:

2 + 2 = 4

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 70Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 70 +Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 70Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 70 = Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 70Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 70Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 70Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 70

Math Talk
MATHEMATICAL PRACTICES
Use Tools Describe how your model shows a doubles fact.

Model and Draw

Why are these doubles facts?
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 71

Answer:                                                             Answer:

1 + 1 = 2                                                           2 + 2 = 4

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 70 + Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 70 = Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 70Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 70                                      Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 70Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 70  + Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 70Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 70   =Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 70Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 70Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 70Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 70

Share and Show MATH BOARD

Use Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72. Draw Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72 to show your work. Write the sum.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 74

Answer:

3 + 3 = 6

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72

+Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72

_____________________________

=Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 75

Answer:

4 + 4 = 8

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72

+Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72

___________________________

= Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 76

Answer:

5 + 5 = 10

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72

_______________________________________________

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 77

Answer: 6 + 6 = 12

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72

____________________________________________________________________________

=Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72

On Your Own

GO DEEPER
Use Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 78. Draw Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 78 to show your work. Write the sum.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 80

Answer:

7 + 7 = 14

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72

+    Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72

______________________________________________________________________________

= Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 81

Answer:

8 + 8 = 16

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72

+    Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72

________________________________________________________________________

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72

Question 7.
MATHEMATICAL PRACTICE
Look for a Pattern Look back at Exercises 1 – 6. Write the fact that would be next in the pattern. Draw Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 82 to show your work.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 82.1

Add.

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 83

Answer:

5 + 5 = 10

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 70Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 70Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 70Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 70Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 70 +Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 70Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 70Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 70Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 70Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 70

________________________________________________________________

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 70Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 70Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 70Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 70Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 70

= Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 70Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 70Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 70Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 70Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 70

 

Question 9.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 84

Answer:

7 + 7 = 14

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72

+    Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72

______________________________________________________________________________

= Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72

 

Question 10.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 85

Answer: 6 + 6 = 12

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72

____________________________________________________________________________

=Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72

 

Question 11.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 86

Answer:

10 + 10 = 20

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72  + Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72  = Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72      Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72      Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72

Question 12.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 87

Answer:

4 + 4 = 8

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72

+Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72

___________________________

= Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72

 

Question 13.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 88

Answer:

8 + 8 = 16

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72

+    Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72

________________________________________________________________________

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 72

 

Problem Solving • Applications WRITE Math

Write a doubles fact to solve.

Question 14.
THINK SMARTER
Meg and Paul each put 8 apples into a basket. How many apples are in the basket?
__ + ___ = __ apples
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 89

Answer : 16

Explanation :

The number of apples meg kept in a basket = 8

The number of apples Paul kept in a basket = 8

Total : 8 + 8 = 16 apples

Therefore, total number of apples in the basket = 16

Question 15.
THINK SMARTER
There are 18 people at the party. Some are boys and some are girls. The number of boys is the same as the number of girls.
__ = __ + __
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 90

Answer : 9 + 9 = 18

Explanation :

Given,

Total number of people in the party = 18

Also given , The number of boys is the same as the number of girls.

So, 9 + 9 = 18.

Question 16.
THINK SMARTER
The cubes show a doubles fact. Choose the doubles fact and the sum.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 91

Answer:

The number sentence with doubles fact = 4 + 4 = 8

 

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY
• Have your child choose a number from 1 to 10 and use that number in a doubles fact. Repeat with other numbers.

Add Doubles Homework & Practice 3.3

Use Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92. Draw Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92 to show your work. Write the sum.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 94

Answer:

4 + 4 = 8

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92 + Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92= Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 95

Answer:

6 + 6 = 12

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92 + Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92 = Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 96

Answer:

3 + 3 = 6

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92 +Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92 =Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92

Question 4.

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 97

Answer:

8 + 8 = 16

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92  +  Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92 = Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92                                                                                                                                                                                       Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92

Problem Solving

Write a doubles fact to solve.

Question 5.
There are 16 crayons in the box. Some are green and some are red. The number of green crayons is the same as the number of red crayons.
__ = __ + __

Answer: 16 = 8 + 8

Explanation:

Given ,

The total number of crayons in the box = 16

Also give, the number of green crayons is the same as the number of red crayons.

Now, By using doubles fact we can write number sentence as:

8 + 8 = 16

Question 6.
WRITE Math
Use pictures or words to explain how you could find the sum of 7 + 7.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 98

Answer:

7 + 7 = 14

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92 + Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92 =

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 92

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Write a doubles fact with the sum of 18.
__ + __ = 18

Answer:

A doubles fact with the sum of 18 =

9 + 9 = 18

Question 2.
Write a doubles fact with the sum of 12.
__ + __ = 12

Answer:

A doubles fact with the sum of 12 =

6 + 6 = 12

Spiral Review

Question 3.
What is the sum of 3 and 2? Draw the Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 99. Write the sum.
__+ __ = __

Answer: 5

Explanation:

The sum of 3 and 2 is 5

Number sentence :

3 + 2 = 5

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 99Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 99Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 99 +Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 99Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 99 =Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 99Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 99Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 99Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 99Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 99

Question 4.
Draw circles to show the numbers. Write the sum.
__ + __ = __

Lesson 3.4 Use Doubles to Add

Essential Question
How can you use doubles to help you add?

Listen and Draw

Draw to show the problem. Write the number of fish.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 100

There are __ fish.

Math Talk
MATHEMATICAL PRACTICES

Look for Structure How does knowing 3 + 3 help you solve the problem?

Model and Draw

How can a doubles fact help you solve 6 + 7?
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 101
So, 6 + 7 = __

Answer:

6 + 7 =  13

By using doubles fact ,

13 can be shown as 6 + 6 + 1 = 13

Share and Show MATH BOARD

Use Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 102 to model. Make doubles. Add.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 103

Answer :

9 + 8 = 17

8 + 8 + 1 = 17

So, 9 + 8 = 17

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 104

Answer:

5 + 5 + 1 = 11

So, 5 + 6 = 11

On Your Own

MATHEMATICAL PRACTICE
Use a Concrete Model
Use Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 105. Make doubles. Add.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 106

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 107

Answer:

7 + 8 = 15

By using doubles fact ,

7 + 7 + 1 = 15

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 108

Answer :

5 + 4 = 9

By using doubles fact ,

4 + 4 + 1 = 9

Question 5.
THINK SMARTER
Mandy has the same number of red and yellow leaves. Then she finds one more yellow leaf. There are 17 leaves in all. How many leaves are red? How many leaves are yellow?
__ red leaves __ yellow leaves
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 109

Answer :

Explanation :

Given , the total number of leaves = 17

Also given , Mandy has the same number of red and yellow leaves

And also find another yellow flower

By using doubles plus one effect , we can show addition sentence as :

8 + 8 + 1 = 17

Therefore,

Number of red flowers = 8

Number of yellow flowers = 9.

GO DEEPER
Explain Would you use count on or doubles to solve? Why?

Question 6.
3 + 4
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 110

Answer: 3 + 3 + 1 = 7

Doubles plus one fact.

Question 7.
3 + 9
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 111

Answer :

9 and count on 3

Problem Solving • Applications

Question 8.
THINK SMARTER
Use what you know about doubles to complete the Key. Write the missing sums.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 112

Answer :

Question 9.
THINK SMARTER
There are 7 red cubes. There are 8 yellow cubes. How many cubes are there in all? Use a double to add. Write the missing numbers.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 113

Answer: 15

Explanation:

The number of red cubes = 7

The number of yellow cubes = 8

Total : 7 + 8 = 15

Number sentence with double fact = 7 + 7+ 1 = 15

So, 7 + 8 = 15

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY
• Ask your child to show you how to use what he or she knows about doubles to help solve 6 + 5.

Use Doubles to Add Homework & Practice 3.4

Use Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 114. Make doubles. Add.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 115

Answer:

5 + 6 = 11

The number sentence with doubles fact =

5 + 5 + 1 = 11

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 116
So, 9 + 8 = __

Answer:

9 + 8 = 17

The number sentence with doubles fact =

8 + 8 + 1 = 17

Use doubles to help you add.

Question 3.
8 + 7 = __

Answer:

Doubles plus one fact .

Explanation :

8 + 7 = 15

The number sentence with doubles fact :

7 + 7 + 1 = 15

Question 4.
6 + 5 = __

Answer:

Doubles plus one fact .

Explanation :

6 + 5 = 11

The number sentence with doubles plus one fact :

5 + 5 + 1 = 11

Question 5.
7 + 6 = __

Answer:

Doubles plus one fact .

Explanation :

7 + 6 = 13

The number sentence with doubles plus one fact :

6 + 6 + 1 = 13

Problem Solving

Solve. Draw or write to explain.

Question 6.
Bo has 6 toys. Mia has 7 toys. How many toys do they have?
__ toys

Answer: 13

Explanation:

The number of toys Bo have = 6

The number of toys Mia have = 7

Total : 6 +7 = 13

Therefore, the total number of toys they both have = 13

 

Question 7.
WRITE Math
Draw and label a picture to show how knowing 7 + 7 helps you find 7 + 8.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 117

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Use doubles to find the sum of 7 + 8. Write the number sentence.
__ + __ + __ = __

Answer:

The sum of 7 + 8 = 15

The number sentence with doubles plus one fact :

7 + 7 + 1 = 15

Spiral Review

Question 2.
Circle the part you take from the group. Cross it out. Then write the difference.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 118
8 – 6 = __

Answer:

8 – 6 = 2

Question 3.
There are 7 gray kittens. 2 kittens are black. How many fewer black kittens are there than gray kittens?
Use the bar model to solve. Then write the number sentence.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 119
__ – __ = __

Answer:

7 – 2 = 5

Therefore, there are 5 fewer black kittens are there than gray kittens.

Lesson 3.5 Doubles Plus 1 and Doubles Minus 1

Essential Question
How can you use what you know about doubles to find other sums?

Listen and Draw

How can you use the doubles fact, 4 + 4, to solve each problem? Draw to show how. Complete the addition sentence.

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 120

Answer :

  1. 4 + 4 + 1 = 9 – Doubles plus one fact
  2.  4 + 4 – 1 = 7 – Doubles minus one fact.

 

Math Talk
MATHEMATICAL PRACTICES

Explain what happens to the doubles fact when you increase one addend by one or decrease one addend by one.

Share and Show MATH BOARD

Use Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 121 to add. Solve the doubles fact. Then use doubles plus one or doubles minus one. Circle + or − to show how you solved each one.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 122

Answer:

2 + 2 = 4

2+ 2+ 1 = 5  doubles plus one

2 + 2 – 1 = 3 – doubles minus one.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 123

Answer :

3 + 3 = 6

3 + 3 + 1 = 7 – Doubles plus one

3 + 3 – 1 = 5 – Doubles minus one

 

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 124

Answer :

4 + 4 = 8

4 + 4 + 1 = 9 – Doubles plus one

4 + 4 – 1 = 7 – Doubles minus one

On Your Own

MATHEMATICAL PRACTICE
Make Connections Add. Write the doubles fact you used to solve the problem.

Question 4.
8 + 9 = __
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 125

Answer:

Doubles plus one fact .

Explanation :

8 + 9 = 17

The number sentence with doubles plus one fact :

8 + 8 + 1 = 17

 

Question 5.
2 + 3 = __
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 126

Answer:

Doubles plus one fact .

Explanation :

2 + 3 = 5

The number sentence with doubles plus one fact :

2 + 2 + 1 = 5

Question 6.
7 + 6 = __
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 127

Answer:

Doubles plus one fact .

Explanation :

7 + 6 = 13

The number sentence with doubles plus one fact :

6 + 6 + 1 = 15

Question 7.
6 + 5 = __
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 127.1

Answer:

Doubles plus one fact .

Explanation :

6 + 5 = 11

The number sentence with doubles plus one fact :

5 + 5 + 1 = 15

Question 8.
3  + 4 = __
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 127

Answer:

Doubles plus one fact .

Explanation :

3 + 4 = 7

The number sentence with doubles plus one fact :

3 + 3 + 1 = 7

Question 9.
4 + 5 = __
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 127

Answer:

Doubles plus one fact .

Explanation :

4 + 5 = 9

The number sentence with doubles plus one fact :

4 + 4 + 1 = 15

Question 10.
THINK SMARTER
Brianna has 6 toy ducks. Ian has the same number of toy ducks and a toy fish. How many toys do Brianna and Ian have?
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 128

Answer : 13

Explanation :

The number of toy ducks Brianna

THINK SMARTER
Add. Write the doubles plus one fact. Write the doubles minus one fact.

Question 11.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 129

Answer :

6 + 6 = 12

6 + 6 + 1 = 1 3

6 + 6 – 1 = 11

Problem Solving • Applications

Question 12.
GO DEEPER
Grace wants to write the sums for the doubles plus one and doubles minus one facts. She has started writing sums. Help her find the rest of the sums.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 130

Question 13.
THINK SMARTER
Choose all the doubles facts that can help you solve 4 + 5.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 131

Answer :

9 + 9 = 18 – No

5 + 5 = 10 -Yes

4 + 4 = 8 – Yes

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY
• Have your child explain how to use a doubles fact to solve the doubles plus one fact 4 + 5 and the doubles minus one fact 4 + 3.

Doubles Plus 1 and Doubles Minus 1 Homework & Practice 3.5

Add. Write the doubles fact you used to solve the problem.

Question 1.
8 + 7 = __
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 132

Answer:

Doubles plus one fact .

Explanation :

8 + 7 = 15

The number sentence with doubles plus one fact :

7 + 7 + 1 = 15

Question 2.
6 + 7 = __
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 132

Answer:

Doubles plus one fact .

Explanation :

6 + 7 = 13

The number sentence with doubles plus one fact :

6 + 6 + 1 = 13

Question 3.
4 + 3 = __
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 132

Answer:

Doubles plus one fact .

Explanation :

4 + 3 = 7

The number sentence with doubles plus one fact :

3 + 3 + 1 = 7

Question 4.
2 + 1 = __
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 132

Answer:

Doubles plus one fact .

Explanation :

2 + 1 = 3

The number sentence with doubles plus one fact :

1 + 1 + 1 = 3

Question 5.
8 + 9 = __
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 132

Answer:

Doubles plus one fact .

Explanation :

8 + 9 = 17

The number sentence with doubles plus one fact :

8 + 8 + 1 = 17

Question 6.
3 + 2 = __
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 132

Answer:

Doubles plus one fact .

Explanation :

3 + 2 = 5

The number sentence with doubles plus one fact :

2 + 2 + 1 = 5

Problem Solving

Question 7.
Andy writes an addition fact. One addend is 9. The sum is 17. What is the other addend? Write the addition fact.
__ + ___ = 17

Answer :

9 + 8 = 17

Therefore, other addend = 8

Question 8.
WRITE Math
Use pictures or words to explain how you would use doubles plus one to solve 4 + 5.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 133

Answer :

4 + 5 = 9

By using doubles plus one fact ,

4 + 4 + 1 = 9

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Use the picture. Write a doubles plus one number sentence.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 134
__ + __ + __

Answer:

The number sentence with double plus one :

2 + 2 + 1 = 5

Question 2.
Which doubles fact helps you solve 8 + 7 = 15? Write the number sentence.
__ + __ + __

Answer:

8 + 7 = 15

The number sentence with doubles plus one fact  :

7 + 7 + 1 = 15

Spiral Review

Question 3.
There are 7 large dogs and 2 small dogs. How many dogs are there?
Use ○ to solve. Draw to show your work. Write the number sentence and how many.
__ dogs
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 135

Answer :

7 + 2 = 9

Therefore, total number of dogs = 9

Question 4.
What is the sum of 2 and 1 more? Draw the Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 136. Write the sum.
__ 2 + 1 = __

Answer : 2 + 1 = 3

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 136Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 136 + Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 136 = Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 136Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 136Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 136

Lesson 3.6 Practice the Strategies

Essential Question
What strategies can you use to solve addition fact problems?

Listen and Draw

Think of different addition strategies. Write or draw two ways you can solve 4 + 3.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 136.1

Math Talk
MATHEMATICAL PRACTICES
Look for Structure Why is the sum the same when you use different strategies?

Model and Draw

These are the ways you have learned to find sums.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 137

Share and Show MATH BOARD

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 138

Answer :

4 + 1 =5

5+ 1 = 6

6+ 1= 7

7 + 1 = 8

 

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 139

5+ 2= 7

6 + 2 = 8

7 + 2 = 9

8 + 2 = 10

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 140

Answer :

6 + 3 = 9

7 + 3 = 10

8 + 3 = 11

9 + 3 = 1 2

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 141

Answer :

7 + 7 = 14

8 + 8 = 16

9 + 9 =18

10 + 10 = 20

 

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 142

Answer :

Doubles plus one :

5 + 5 + 1 = 11

6 + 6 + 1 = 13

Doubles minus one :

7 + 7 – 1 = 15

8 + 8 -1 = 17

On Your Own

MATHEMATICAL PRACTICE
Apply Add. Color doubles facts Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 143. Color count on facts Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 144. Color doubles plus one or doubles minus one facts Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 145.

Question 6.
9 + 9 = __

Answer :

Doubles fact Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 143

9 + 9 = 18

Question 7.
7 + 1 = __

Answer :

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 144

7 + 1 = 8

Question 8.
5 + 3 = __

Answer :

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 144

5 + 3 = 8

Question 9.
2 + 9 = __

Answer :

2 + 9 = 11

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 144

Question 10.
7 + 3 = __

Answer :

7 + 3 = 10

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 144

Question 11.
7 + 7 = __

Answer :

7 + 7 = 14

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 143

Question 12.
6 + 5 = __

Answer :

6 + 5 = 11

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 145

Question 13.
2 + 8 = __

Answer :

8 + 2 = 10

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 144

Question 14.
8 + 8 = __

Answer :

8 + 8 = 16

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 143

Question 15.
8 +9 = __

Answer :

8 + 9 = 17

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 145

Question 16.
9 + 3 = __

Answer :

9 + 3 = 12

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 144

Question 17.
7 + 8 = __

Answer :
7 + 8 = 15

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 145

THINK SMARTER
Make a counting on problem. Write the missing numbers.

Question 18.
__ birds were in a tree. __ more birds flew there. How many birds are in the tree now?
__ birds
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 145.1

Answer :

The birds on a tree = 7

The number of birds flew there = 3

Total : 7 + 3 = 10

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY
• Have your child point out a doubles fact, a doubles plus one fact, a doubles minus one fact, and a fact he or she solved by counting on. Have him or her describe how each strategy works.

Practice the Strategies Homework & Practice 3.6

Add. Color doubles facts Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 145.2. Color count on facts Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 145.2. Color doubles plus one or doubles minus one facts Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 145.2.

Question 1.
8 + 8 = __
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 145.3

Answer:

8 + 8 = 16

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 143

Question 2.
8 + 1 = __
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 145.3

Answer :

8 + 1 = 9

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 144

Question 3.
1 + 7 = __
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 145.3

Answer :

1 + 7 = 8

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 144

Question 4.
8 + 3 = __
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 145.3

Answer :

8  + 3 = 11

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 144

Question 5.
5 +5 = __
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 145.3

Answer :

5 + 5 = 10

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 143

Question 6.
8 + 7 = __
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 145.3

Answer :

8 + 7 = 15

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 145

Question 7.
8 + 9 = __
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 145.3

Answer :

8 + 9 = 17

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 145

Question 8.
6 + 3 = __
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 145.3

Answer :

6 + 3 = 9

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 144

Question 9.
6 + 6 = __
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 145.3

Answer :

6 + 6 = 12

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 143

Problem Solving

Make a counting on problem. Write the missing numbers.

Question 10.
__ apples are in a bag. __ more apples are put in the bag. How many apples are in the bag now?
__ apples

Answer :

5 apples are in a bag.

2 more apples are put in the bag.
Total number of apples = 5 + 2 = 7

Question 11.
WRITE Math
Use pictures or words to explain a strategy you would use to find 8 + 9.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 146

Answer :

8 + 9 = 17

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Which strategy would you use to find 2 + 8? Explain how you decided.
_________________________
_________________________

Answer :

Count on.

8 + 2 = 10

Question 2.
What is the sum of 9 + 9? Write the number.
__

Answer: 18

The sum of 9 + 9= 18

Spiral Review

Question 3.
What is the sum of 5 + 2 or 2 + 5? Why is the sum the same?
_________________________
_________________________

Answer: The sum of 5 + 2 or 2 + 5 = 7

The sum is same because

Question 4.
How many flowers are there? Write the number.
3 flowers and 3 more flowers __ flowers

Answer : 6

3 + 3 = 6

Addition Strategies Mid-Chapter Checkpoint

Concepts and Skills

Add. Change the order of the addends. Add again.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 147

Answer :

4 + 8 = 12

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 148

Answer :

9 + 7 = 16

Circle the greater addend. Count on to find the sum.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 149

Answer:

Greater addend : 8

1 + 8 = 9

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 150

Answer:

Greater addend : 7

3 + 7 = 10

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 151

Answer:

Greater addend : 9

9 + 2 = 11

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 152

Answer :

Greater addend  : 6

6 + 3 = 9

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 153

Answer :

Greater addend  : 7

7 + 1 = 8

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 154

Answer :

Greater addend  : 8

2 + 8 = 10

Use doubles to help you add.

Question 9.
7 + 8 = __

Answer :

7 + 8 = 15

Doubles fact :

7 + 7 + 1 = 15

Question 10.
6 + 7 = __

Answer :

6 +7 = 13

Doubles fact  :

6 + 6 + 1 = 13

Question 11.
9 + 8 = __

Answer :

9 + 8 = 17

Doubles fact :

8 + 8 +1 = 17

Question 12.
THINK SMARTER
Write a count on 1 fact to show a sum of 8. Then write a doubles fact to show a sum of 8.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 155

Answer :

Count on fact to show sum of 8 =

7 +1 = 8

Doubles fact plus one = 4+ 4+ 1 = 8

Lesson 3.7 Add 10 and More

Essential Question
How can you use a ten frame to add 10 and some more?

Listen and Draw

What is 10 + 5? Use Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 156 and the ten frame. Model and draw to solve.

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 156.1

Answer:

10+ 5 = 15

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 158Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 158Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 158Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 158Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 158

 

 

Math Talk
MATHEMATICAL PRACTICES
Reasoning Explain how your model shows 10 + 5.

Model and Draw
You can use a ten frame to add 10 + 6.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 156.2

Share and Show MATH BOARD

Draw Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157 to show 10. Draw Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 158 to show the other addend. Write the sum.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 159

Answer:

10 + 3 = 13

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157

+ Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 158Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 158Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 158

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 158Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 158Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 158

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 160

Answer :

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157

+ Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 158Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 158Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 158Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 158Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 158

=

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 158Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 158Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 158Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 158Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 158

 

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 161

Answer :

10+ 1 = 11

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157

+ Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 158

=

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 158

 

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 162

Answer :

10 + 2 = 12

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157

+ Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 158Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 158

=

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 158Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 158

 

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 163

Answer :

10+ 4 = 14

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157

+ Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 158Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 158Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 158Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 158

=

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 158Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 158Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 158Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 158

 

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 164

Answer :

10+ 7 = 17

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157

+ Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 158Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 158Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 158Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 158Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 158

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 158Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 158

=

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 157

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 158Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 158Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 158Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 158Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 158

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 158Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 158

On Your Own

MATHEMATICAL PRACTICE
Represent a Problem
Draw Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165 to show 10. Draw Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166 to show the other addend. Write the sum.

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165.2

Answer:

10 + 8 = 18

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165 +

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166 =

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166.2

Answer:

10 + 2 = 12

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165 + Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166 =

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166

Question 9.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 167

Answer:

10 + 6 = 16

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165      Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166   =

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165 + Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166

 

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166

Question 10.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 168

Answer:

10+9 = 19

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165      Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165 +    Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166

 =

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166

Add.

Question 11.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 169

Answer:

10+ 1 = 11

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165 Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165     Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165 +

=

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166

 

Question 12.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 170

Answer :

4 + 10 = 14

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165             Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166

+    Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166 Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166

 =

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166

 

Question 13.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 171

Answer :

5 + 10 = 15

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165             Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166

+           Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166 Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166

 =

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166

 

Question 14.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 172

Answer :

10 + 3 = 13

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165 Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165     Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165 +

=

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166

 

Question 15.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 173

0 + 10 = 10

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166

 

Question 16.
THINK SMARTER
Draw Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 173.1 to show 10. Draw Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 173.2 to show the missing addend. Write the missing addend.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 174

Answer:

10+ 4 = 14

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 173.1Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 173.1Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 173.1Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 173.1Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 173.1

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 173.1Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 173.1Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 173.1Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 173.1Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 173.1 + Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 173.2Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 173.2Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 173.2Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 173.2=Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 173.1Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 173.1Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 173.1Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 173.1Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 173.1

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 173.1Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 173.1Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 173.1Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 173.1Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 173.1

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 173.2Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 173.2Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 173.2Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 173.2

Problem Solving • Applications

GO DEEPER
Draw Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 175. Write the addition sentence. Explain your model.

Question 17.
Marina has 10 crayons. She gets 7 more crayons. How many crayons does she have now?
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 175.1

Answer:

1 7

Explanation :

The number of crayons Marina have = 10

The number of crayons she gets more = 7

Addition sentence : 1 0 + 7 = 17

Therefore, total crayons Marina have = 17

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166

 

 

Question 18.
THINK SMARTER
Match the models to the number sentences.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 176

Answer :

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY
• Have your child choose a number between 1 and 10 and then find the sum of 10 and that number. Repeat using other numbers.

Add 10 and More Homework & Practice 3.7

Draw red ○ to show 10. Draw ○ yellow to show the other addend. Write the sum.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 177

Answer :

10 + 7 = 17

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 178

Answer :

10+ 5 = 15

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166

 

Problem Solving

Draw red and yellow ○ to solve. Write the addition sentence.

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 179

Question 3.
Linda has 10 toy cars. She gets 6 more cars. How many toy cars does she have now?
__ + __ = __ toy cars

Answer: 16

Explanation:

The number of toys Linda have = 10

The number of toys she gets more = 6

Total : 10 + 6 = 16

Therefore, the total number of toys she have now = 16

Question 4.
WRITE Math
Use pictures or words to explain how you can solve 10 + 6.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 180

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Draw more Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 181 to show the addition fact. Then solve.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 181

Question 2.
What number sentence does this model show? Write the number sentence.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 183

__ + __ = __

Answer:

The addition sentence :

10 + 8 = 18

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Show three different ways to make 10. Write the number sentences.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 184

Answer:

  1. 2 + 8 = 10

2. 5 + 5 = 10

3. 8 + 2 = 10

Question 4.
There are 3 large turtles and 1 small turtle. How many turtles are there? Write the number sentence and how many.
__ turtles
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 185

Answer : 4

Explanation :

The number of large turtles : 3

The number of small turtles = 1

Number sentence : 3 + 1 = 4

Therefore, total number of turtles = 4

Lesson 3.8 Make a 10 to Add

Essential Question
How do you use the make a ten strategy to add?

Listen and Draw
What is 9 + 6? Use Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 185.1 and the ten frame. Model and draw to solve.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 186

Answer:

9 + 6 = 15

9 + 1 = 10

10 + 5 = 15

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166

Math Talk
MATHEMATICAL PRACTICES
Use Tools Why do you start by putting 9 counters in the ten frame?

Model and Draw

Why do you show 8 in the ten frame to find 4 + 8?
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 187

Share and Show MATH BOARD
Use Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 188 and a ten frame. Show both addends. Draw to make a ten. Then write the new fact. Add.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 189

Answer :

9 + 5 = 14

9 + 1 = 10

So, 10 + 4 = 14

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165  + Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166 = Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165                                            Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 190

Answer :

4 + 7 = 11

7 + 3 = 10

10 + 1 = 11

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165 + Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166 = Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165                                                          Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 191

Answer :

9 + 8 = 17

9 + 1 = 10

10+ 7 = 17

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165  + Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165            Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166                    Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166

On Your Own

MATHEMATICAL PRACTICE
Use a Concrete Model

Use Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 192 and a ten frame. Show both addends. Draw to make a ten. Then write the new fact. Add.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 192.1

Answer :

8 + 2 = 10

10 + 3 = 13

So, 5 + 8 = 13

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165 + Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166 = Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165                                                          Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166

Draw to make a ten. Write the missing number.

Question 5.
THINK SMARTER
Andrew has visited Cedar Hill State Park 7 times. Cathy has visited the same park 9 times. How many times did they both visit the park.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 193
__ visits

Answer : 16 times

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165 + Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166 = Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165                          Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166          Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166

Question 6.
THINK SMARTER
What strategy would you choose to solve 7 + 8? Why?
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 194

Problem Solving • Applications WRITE Math

Solve.

Question 7.
10 + 8 has the same sum as 9 + __.

Answer:

10+ 8 = 18

9 + 9 = 18

Question 8.
10 + 7 has the same sum as 8 + __.

Answer:

10 + 7 = 17

8 +  9 = 17

Question 9.
10 + 5 has the same sum as 6 + __.

Answer :

10 +5 = 15

6 + 9 = 15

Question 10.
GO DEEPER
Write the numbers 6, 8, or 10 to complete the sentence __ + __ has the same sum as __ + 8

Answer:

10+ 6 = 18 has the same sum of 8 + 8.

Question 11.
THINK SMARTER
The model shows 7 + 4 = 11. Write the 10 fact that has the same sum.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 195

Answer:

7 + 3 = 10

10 + 1 = 11

So, 7 + 4 = 11

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY
• Cut off 2 cups from an egg carton or draw a 5-by-2 grid on a sheet of paper to create a ten frame. Have your child use small objects to show how to make a ten to solve 8 + 3, 7 + 6, and 9 + 9.

Make a 10 to Add Homework & Practice 3.8

Use red and yellow ○ and a ten frame. Show both addends. Draw to make a ten. Then write the new fact. Add.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 196

Answer:

5 + 5 = 10

10 + 2 = 12

So, 5 + 7 = 12

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 197

Answer:

9 + 1 = 10

10 + 4 = 14

So, 9 + 5 = 14

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166

Problem Solving

Solve.
Question 3.
10 + 6 has the same sum as 7 + __.

Answer: 9

10 + 6 = 16

7 + 9 = 16

Question 4.
WRITE Math Use pictures or words to explain how you would use the make a ten strategy to solve 5 + 7.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 198

Answer:

5 + 7 = 12

5 + 5 = 10

10 + 2 = 12

Lesson Check

Question 1.
What sum does this model show? Write the number.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 199

Answer:

Number sentence :

10 + 5 = 15

Question 2.
What addition sentence does this model show? Write the number sentence.
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 200

Answer:

Number sentence :

10 + 4 = 14

Spiral Review

Question 3.
What is the sum of 4 + 6? Write the sum.
__

Answer:

4 + 6 = 8

The sum of 4 + 6 = 8

Question 4.
There are 2 big flowers and 4 small flowers. How many flowers are there? Write the number sentence and how many.
__ flowers
Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 201

Answer: 6

Explanation :

The number of big flowers = 2

The number of small flowers = 4

Number sentence : 2 + 4 = 6

Therefore, Total number of flowers = 6

 

Lesson 3.9 Use Make a 10 to Add

Essential Question
How can you make a ten to help you add?

Listen and Draw

Draw to show the addends. Then draw to show how to make a ten. Write the sum.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 202

Answer:

6 + 7 = 13

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165        Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165                               =  Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166                      Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 166

 

Math Talk
MATHEMATICAL PRACTICES
Represent Describe how the drawings show how to make a ten to solve 6 + 7.

Model and Draw

What is 9 + 6?
Go Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 203

Share and Show MATH BOARD

Write to show how you make a ten. Then add.

Question 1.
What is 8 + 4?
Go Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 204
So, 8 + 4 = __

Answer:

8 + 2 + 2 = 12

10 + 2 = 12

So, 8 + 4 = 12

Question 2.
What is 5 + 7?
Go Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 205
So, 5 + 7 = __

Answer:

7 + 3 = 10

10 + 2 = 12

So, 5 + 7 = 12

On Your Own

THINK SMARTER
Write to show how you make a ten. Then add.

Question 3.
What is 7 + 8?
Go Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 206
So, 7 + 8 = __

Answer:

8 + 2 = 10

10 + 5 = 15

So, 7 + 8 = 15

Question 4.
What is 9 + 8?
Go Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 207
So, 9 + 8 = __

Answer:

9 + 1 = 10

1 0 + 7 = 17

So, 9 + 8 = 17 .

MATHEMATICAL PRACTICE
Use Models

THINK SMARTER
Use the model. Write to show how you make a ten. Then add.

Question 5.
Joe has 8 green balls of clay. Leah has 6 blue balls of clay. How many balls of clay do they have?
Go Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 208

Answer:

8 + 2 + 4

10 + 4 = 14

So, 8 + 6 = 14

Therefore, There are  14 balls of clay.

Problem Solving • Applications WRITE Math

Use the clues to solve. Draw lines to match.

Question 6.
Han, Luis, and Mike buy apples. Mike buys 10 red apples and 4 green apples. Luis and Mike buy the same number of apples. Match each person to his apples.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 209

Answer:

Question 7.
GO DEEPER
Look at Exercise 6. Han eats one apple. Now he has the same number of apples as Luis and Mike. How many red and green apples could he have?
__ red apples and __ green apples

Answer :

7 red apples and 7 green apples

Question 8.
THINK SMARTER
Does the addition show how to make a ten to add? Choose Yes or No.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 210

Answer:

  1. 8 + 2 + 2 = Yes
  2. 5 + 4 + 3 = No
  3. 6 + 7 + 3 = Yes

Use Make a 10 to Add Homework & Practice 3.9

Write to show how you make a ten. Then add.

Question 1.
What is 9 + 7?
Go Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 211
__ + __ = __
So, 9 + 7 = __

Answer :

9 + 1 + 6

9 + 1 = 10

So, 9 + 6 = 15

Question 2.
What is 5 + 8?
Go Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 212
__ + __ = __
So, 5 + 8 = __

Answer :

8 + 2 + 3

8 + 2= 10

So, 5 + 8 = 13

Problem Solving

Use the clues to solve. Draw lines to match.

Question 3.
Ann eats 10 green grapes and 6 red grapes. Gia eats the same number of grapes as Ann. Match each person to her grapes.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 213

Answer:;

Ann – 10 green grapes and 6 red grapes .

Gia – 7 green grapes and 9 red grapes .

Question 4.
WRITE Math
Draw to explain how you would make a ten to find 5 + 8.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 214

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Write the number sentence. Make a ten to find 8 + 4. Write the number sentence.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 215
__ + __ + __ = __

Answer :

8 + 2 = 10

10 + 2 = 14

Spiral Review

Question 2.
What is the difference? Complete the subtraction sentence.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 216

Answer:

5 – 5 = 0

Question 3.
What is the difference? Write the difference.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 217

Answer :

8 – 2 = 6

Lesson 3.10 Algebra • Add 3 Numbers

Essential Question
How can you add three addends?

Listen and Draw

Use Go Math 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 218 to model the problem. Draw to show your work.
__ birds

Math Talk
MATHEMATICAL PRACTICES
Apply Which two addends did you add first? Explain.

Share and Show MATH BOARD

Use Go Math 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 219 to change which two addends you add first. Complete the addition sentences.

Question 1.
5 + 2 + 3 = __
Go Math 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 220

Answer:

5 + 2 + 3 = 10

Addition sentences :

  1.  7 + 3 = 10
  2.  5 + 5 = 10

Question 2.
3 + 4 + 6 = __
Go Math 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 221

Answer:

3 + 4 + 6  = 13

Addition sentences :

  1.  3 + 10 = 13
  2.  7 + 6 =   13

On Your Own

MATHEMATICAL PRACTICE

Compare Models
Look at the Go Math 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 222. Complete the addition sentences showing two ways to find the sum.

Question 3.
7 + 3 + 1 = __
Go Math 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 222.1

Answer:

7 + 3 + 1 = 11

Addition sentences :

  1. 7   + 4 = 11
  2. 10 + 1 = 11

Question 4.
3 + 6 + 3 = __
Go Math 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 223

Answer:

3 + 6 + 3 = 12

  1.  6 + 6 = 12
  2.  3 + 9 = 12

GO DEEPER
Solve both ways.

Question 5.
Go Math 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 224

Answer:

2 + 3 + 7 = 12

  1. 2 + 10 = 12
  2. 5 +  7  = 1 2

Question 6.
THINK SMARTER
I used Go Math 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 226.1 to model 3 addends. Use my model. Write the 3 addends.
Go Math 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 226

Answer:

Addition sentence :

2 + 2 + 3 = 7

Problem Solving • Applications

Question 7.
THINK SMARTER
Choose three numbers from 1 to 6. Write the numbers in an addition sentence. Show two ways to find the sum.
Go Math 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 227

Answer:

6 = 4 + 2

6 = 5 + 1

Question 8.
THINK SMARTER
Write each addition sentence in the box that shows the sum.
Go Math 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 228

Answer:

The addition sentences shows the sum 12 are :

1. 2 + 2 + 8 = 12

2.  6 + 0 + 6 = 12

The addition sentences shows the sum 13 are :

  1.  3 + 5 + 5 = 13
  2.  4 + 4 +5 = 13

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY
• Have your child draw to show two ways to add the numbers 2, 4, and 6.

Algebra • Add 3 Numbers Homework & Practice 3.10

Look at the Go Math 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 229. Complete the addition sentences showing two ways to find the sum.

Question 1.
5 + 4 + 2 = __
Go Math 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 230

Answer: 11

Explanation:

The two addition sentences  to find the sum are

  1.  5 + 6 = 11
  2.  9 + 2 = 11

Problem Solving

Question 2.
Choose three numbers from 1 to 6. Write the numbers in an addition sentence. Show two ways to find the sum.

Question 3.
WRITE Math
Use pictures or words to explain how you can find the sum for 3 + 5 + 2.
Go Math 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 231

Answer:

3 + 5 + 2 = 10

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165 +Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165  + Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165 = Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165

Lesson Check

Question 1.
What is the sum of 3 + 4 + 2? Write the sum.
__

Answer: 9

Explanation:

The sum of 3 + 4 + 2 = 9

Therefore, sum = 9

Question 2.
What is the sum of 5 + 1 + 4? Write the sum.
__

Answer: 10

Explanation:

The sum of 5 + 1 + 4 = 10

Therefore, sum = 10

Spiral Review

Question 3.
What is the sum of 3 and 7?
Go Math 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 232

Answer: 10

Explanation:

The sum of 3 and 7:

3 + 7 =10

Question 4.
4 cows are in the barn. 2 more cows join them. How many cows are in the barn now?
Go Math 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 233
Complete the model and the number sentence.
__ cows 4 + 2 = __

Answer:

Number sentence :

4 + 2 = 6

Therefore, the number of cows in the barn = 6

Lesson 3.11 Algebra • Add 3 Numbers

Essential Question
How can you group numbers to add three addends?

Listen and Draw

Listen to the problem. Show two ways to group and add the numbers.
1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 234

Math Talk
MATHEMATICAL PRACTICES

Apply Describe the two ways you grouped the numbers to add.

Share and Show MATH BOARD

Choose a strategy. Circle two addends to add first. Write the sum. Then find the total sum. Then use a different strategy and add again.

Question 1.
Go Math 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 235

Answer:

Two addends : 6 , 4

Sum : 6 + 4 = 10

Total sum : 6 + 4 + 2 = 12

Question 2.
1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 236

Answer:

Two addends : 3 , 4

Sum : 3 + 4 = 7

Total sum : 3 + 4 + 4 = 11

Question 3.
1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 237

Answer:

Two addends : 2 , 5

Sum : 2 + 5 = 7

Total sum : 2 + 5 + 0 = 7

Question 4.
1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 238

Answer:

Two addends : 5 , 5

Sum : 5 + 5 = 10

Total sum : 5 + 4 + 5 = 14

On Your Own

MATHEMATICAL PRACTICE
Use Repeated Reasoning Choose a strategy. Circle two addends to add first. Write the sum.

Question 5.
1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 239

Answer:

Two addends : 8 , 2

Sum : 8 + 2 + 2 =12

Question 6.
1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 240

Answer :

Two addends : 6, 0

Sum : 6 + 0 + 8 = 14

Question 7.
1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 241

Answer :

Two addends : 3 , 4

Sum : 3 + 4 + 6 = 13

Question 8.
1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 242

Answer:

Two addends : 2 , 3

Sum : 2 + 3 + 7 = 12

Question 9.
1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 243

Answer:

Two addends : 7 , 7

Sum : 7 + 7 + 2 = 16

Question 10.
1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 244

Answer:

Two addends : 1 , 1

Sum : 1 + 9 + 1 = 11

Question 11.
1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 245

Answer:

Two addends : 4 , 4

Sum : 5 + 4 + 4 = 13

Question 12.
1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 246

Answer :

Two addends : 5 , 5

Sum: 5 + 5+ 5 = 15

Question 13.
THINK SMARTER
Susan has 7 shells. Kai has 3 shells. Zach has 5 shells. How many shells do they have?
__ + __ + __ + __ = __ shells

Answer: 15

Explanation :

The number of shells Susan has = 7

The number of Shells Kai have = 3

The number of shells Zach have = 5

Total : 7 + 3 + 5 = 15

Therefore, the number of  shells they have = 7+3+5 = 15

THINK SMARTER
Write the missing addends. Add.

Question 14.
1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 247

Answer:

The possible addend be 0,8 ; 1,7; 2,6; 3,5; 4,4 ; 5,3 ; 6,2 ; 7,1 ; 8,0

The sum of the number sentence is 11

Question 15.
1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 248

Answer:

Possible addends are : 0,7; 1,6; 2,5; 3,4; 4,3; 5,2; 2,6; 1,7; 7,0.

The sum of number sentence = 10

Problem Solving • Applications

Draw a picture. Write the number sentence.

Question 16.
Maria has 3 cats. Jim has 2 cats. Cheryl has 5 cats. How many cats do they have?
__ + __ + __ = __ cats
1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 249

Answer: 10

Explanation:

The number of cats Maria have = 3

The number of cats Jim have = 2

The number of cats Cheryl have = 5

Total : 3 + 2 + 5= 10

Therefore, the total number of cats Maria have = 10

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165 + Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165 + Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165 = Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165

Question 17.
Tony sees 5 small turtles. He sees 0 medium turtles. He sees 4 big turtles. How many turtles does he see?
__ + __ + __ = __ turtles
1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 250

Answer:  9

Explanation:

The number of small turtles = 5

The number of medium turtles = 0

The number of big turtles = 4

Total : 5 + 0 + 4 = 9

Therefore, the number of turtles tony have = 9

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165 + 0 + Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165 = Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165.

Question 18.
GO DEEPER
Kathy sees 13 fish in the tank. 6 fish are gold. The rest are blue or red. How many of each could she see?
__ + __ + 6 = 13 fish
1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 251

Answer:

The sum of  blue and red fish is 7

Total number of fishes in the tank = 13

Number of gold fishes = 6

Let, the number of blue fishes = 3

the number of red fishes = 4

Total red and blue fishes = 3 + 4 = 7

Number sentence : 3 + 4 + 6 = 14

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165 +Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165 + Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165 = Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165                               Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165

Question 19.
THINK SMARTER
Write two ways to group and add 2 + 3 + 4.
1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 252

Answer:

2 + 3 + 4 = 9

  1. 6 + 3 = 9
  2. 2 + 7 = 9

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY
• Have your child look at Exercise 18. Have your child tell you how he or she decided which numbers to use. Have him or her tell you two new numbers that would work.

Algebra • Add 3 Numbers Homework & practice 3.11

Choose a strategy. Circle two addends to add first. Write the sum.

Question 1.
1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 253

Answer:

Two addends : 7, 3

Sum : 7 + 3 + 3 = 13

Question 2.
1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 254

Two addends : 2 , 2

Sum : 2 + 2+ 6 = 10

Question 3.
1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 255

Answer:

Two addends : 6 , 6

Sum : 6 + 6 +3 = 15

Question 4.
1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 256

Answer:

Two addends : 0 , 8

Total : 2 + 0 + 8 = 10

Problem Solving

Draw a picture. Write the number sentence.

Question 5.
Don has 4 black dogs. Tim has 3 small dogs. Sue has 3 big dogs. How many dogs do they have?
__ + __ + __ = __ dogs

Answer: 10

Explanation :

The number of dogs Don have = 4

The number of dogs Tim have = 3

The number of dogs Sue have = 3

Total : 4 + 3 +3 = 10

Therefore, the number of dogs they have = 10

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165 + Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165 +Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165 = Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 165

Question 6.
WRITE Math
Use pictures or words to explain how you would find 6 + 4 + 4.
1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 257

Answer :

6 + 4 + 4 = 14

Lesson Check

Question 1.
What is the sum of 4 + 4 + 2?
__

Answer:

4 + 4 + 2 = 10

Question 2.
Circle two addends to add first. Find the sum. Explain your strategy.
1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 258
_______________
_______________

Answer:

7 + 3 = 10

Total sum : 7 + 3 + 2 = 12

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Write a doubles plus one fact for the sum of 7.
__ + __ = __

Answer:

A doubles plus one fact for the sum of 7 :

3 + 4 = 7

3 + 3 + 1 = 7

Question 4.
What addition sentence does this model show? Write the number sentence.
1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 259

__ + __ = __

Answer:

Number sentence  :

8 + 3 = 11

Lesson 3.12 Problem Solving • Use Addition Strategies

Essential Question
How do you solve addition word problems by drawing a picture?

Megan put 8 fish in the tank. Tess put in 2 more fish. Then Bob put in 3 more fish. How many fish are in the tank now?

Unlock the Problem

What do I need to find?
1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 260
What information do I need to use?
Megan put in 8 fish.
Tess put in 2 fish.
Bob put in 3 fish.

Show how to solve the problem.
1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 261
__ fish

Answer :

Explanation :

Given,

Megan put in 8 fish.
Tess put in 2 fish.
Bob put in 3 fish.

Total : 8 + 2 + 3 = 13

Therefore, total number of fishes = 13

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 173.1Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 173.1Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 173.1Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 173.1Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 173.1   + Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 173.1Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 173.1 + Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 173.1Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 173.1Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 173.1 = Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 173.1Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 173.1Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 173.1Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 173.1Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 173.1

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 173.1Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 173.1Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 173.1                                                              Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 173.1Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 173.1Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 173.1Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 173.1Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 173.1

Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 173.1Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 173.1Go Math Grade 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key Pdf Addition Strategies 173.1

 

HOME CONNECTION
• Your child will continue to use this chart throughout the year to help him or her unlock the problem. In this lesson, your child used the strategy draw a picture to solve problems.

Try Another Problem

Draw a picture to solve.

Question 1.
Mark has 9 green toy cars. He has 1 yellow toy car. He also has 5 blue toy cars. How many toy cars does he have?
1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 262

Answer : 15

Explanation :

The number of green toy cars = 9

The number of yellow toy cars = 1

The number of blue toy cars = 5

Total :

9 + 1 + 5 = 15

Therefore, the total number of toy cars he have now = 15

Math Talk
MATHEMATICAL PRACTICES
Reasoning Explain how using make a ten helps you solve the problem.

Share and Show MATH BOARD

MATHEMATICAL PRACTICE

Write an Equation Draw a picture to solve.

Question 2.
Ken put 5 marbles in a jar. Lou put in 0 marbles. Mae put in 5 marbles. How many marbles did they put in the jar?
1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 263

Answer: 10

Explanation :

The number of marbles Ken kept in a jar = 5

The number of Lou kept in a jar = 0

The number of marbles Mae kept in jar = 5

Total : 5 + 0 + 5 = 10 marbles

Therefore, there are 10 marbles in the jar.

Question 3.
Ava has 3 kites. Lexi has 3 kites. Fred has 5 kites. How many kites do they have?
1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 264

Answer : 11

Explanation :

The number of kites Ava have = 3

The number of kites Lexi have = 3

The number of kites Fred have = 5

Total : 3 + 3 + 5 = 11 Kites

Therefore, the number of kites they have = 11

 

Question 4.
Al got 8 books at the library. Ryan got 7 books. Dee got 1 book. How many books do they have?
1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 265

Answer : 16

Explanation :

The number of books Al got from library = 8

The number of books Ryan got from library = 7

The number of books Dee got from library = 1

Total : 8 + 7 + 1 = 16 books

Therefore, the number of books they have = 16

Question 5.
Pete sends 4 letters. Then he sends 3 more letters. Then he sends 2 more letters. How many letters did Pete send?
1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 266

Answer: 9

Explanation :

The number of letters Pete sends = 4

The number of letters he sends more = 3

Then also the number of letters he sends more = 2

Total : 4 + 3 + 2 = 9 letters

Therefore, the number of letters Pete sends = 9

On Your Own WRITE Math

Solve. Draw or write to show your work.

Question 6.
Kevin has 15 baseball cards. He gives away 8 baseball cards. How many baseball cards does he have?
1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 267
__ baseball cards

Answer : 7

Explanation :

Total number of basketball cards = 15

The number of cards he gives away = 8

Now, the number basketball he have now =

15 – 8 = 7

Therefore, the number of cars he have now = 7

 

Question 7.
There are 14 pencils. Haley has 6 pencils. Mac has 4 pencils. Sid has some pencils. How many pencils does Sid have?
1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 268
___ pencils

Answer: 4

Explanation :

Total number of pencils = 14

The number of pencils Haley have = 6

The number of pencils Mac have = 4

Total : 6 + 4 = 10

The number of pencils Sid have = 14 – 10 = 4

Therefore, Sid have 4 pencils.

 

Question 8.
GO DEEPER
12 marbles are in a bag. Shelly takes 3 marbles. Dan puts in 4. How many marbles are in the bag now?
__ marbles

Answer:

Explanation :

The total number of marbles in a bag = 12

The number of marbles Shelly takes out =

1 2 – 3 = 9

The number of marbles Dan puts in = 4

9 + 4 = 13

Therefore, total number of marbles in the bag = 13

Question 9.
THINK SMARTER
Eric has 4 pencils. Sandy gives Eric 3 pencils. Tracy gives Eric 5 more pencils. How many pencils does Eric have in all?
Eric has ☐ pencils in all.

Answer: 12

Explanation :

The number of pencils Eric have = 4

The umber of pencils Sandy gives Eric  = 3

The number of pencils Tracy gives Eric  = 5

Total : 4 + 3 + 5 = 12

Therefore, the total number pencils Eric have = 12.

 

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY
• Ask your child to look at Exercise 8 and tell how he or she found the answer.

Problem Solving • Use Addition Strategies Homework & Practice 3.12

Draw a picture to solve.

Question 1.
Franco has 5 crayons. He gets 8 more crayons. Then he gets 2 more crayons. How many crayons does he have now?
1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 269

Answer : 15

Explanation :

The number of crayons Franco have = 5

The number of crayons he gets more = 8

The number of crayons he gets more = 2

Total number of crayons = 5 + 8 + 2 = 15

Therefore, the number of crayons he have now = 15

Question 2.
Jackson has 6 blocks. He gets 5 more blocks. Then he gets 3 more blocks. How many blocks does he have now?
1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 270

Answer : 14

The number of blocks Jackson have = 6

The number of blocks Jackson gets more = 5 + 3 = 8

Total : 6 + 8 = 14

Therefore, Jackson have 14 blocks.

Question 3.
Ava has 7 gifts. Then he gets 2 more gifts. Then he gets 3 more gifts. How many gifts does Ava have now?
1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 271

Answer : 12

Explanation :

The number of gifts Ava have = 7

The number of gifts Ava gets more = 2 + 3 = 5

Total : 7 + 5 = 12

Therefore, Ava have 12 gifts.

Question 4.
WRITE Math
Draw a picture to show how you would solve this problem.
Jeb has 4 large rocks. He has 4 medium rocks. He has 7 small rocks. How many rocks does Jeb have?
1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 272

Answer: 15

Explanation :

The number of large rocks Jeb have = 4

The number of medium rocks Jeb have = 4

The number of small rocks Jeb have = 7

Total : 4 + 4 + 7 = 15

Therefore, Jeb have 15 rocks.

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Lila has 3 gray stones. She has 4 black stones. She also has 7 white stones. How many stones does she have? Write the number sentence.
1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 273

Answer:

The total number of stones = 14

Number sentence: 3 + 4 + 7 = 14

Explanation :

The number of gray stones = 3

The number of black stones = 4

The number of white stones = 7

Total :

3 + 4 + 7 = 14

 

Question 2.
Patrick has 3 red stickers, 6 pink stickers, and 8 green stickers. How many stickers does Patrick have? Write the number sentence.
1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 274

Answer:

The Total number of stickers = 17

Number sentence: 3 + 6 + 8 = 17

Explanation:

The number of red stickers = 3

The number of pink stickers = 6

The number of green stickers = 8

Total: 3 + 6 + 8 = 17

Spiral Review

Question 3.
What is the sum of 2 + 4 or 4 + 2? Write the number.
____

Answer: 6

Explanation:

The sum of of 2+4 or 4+2 = 6

Question 4.
There are 6 black pens. There are 3 blue pens. How many pens are there? Write the number.
1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 275

Answer:

The total number of pens = 9

Number sentence : 6 + 3 =9

Explanation:

The number of black pens = 6

The number of blue pens = 3

Total : 6 + 3 = 9

 

Addition Strategies Chapter 3 Review/Test

Question 1.
Write the addends in a different order.
5 + 4 = 9
__ + __ = __

Answer:

The addition sentence with the addends in a different order =

4 + 5 = 9

Question 2.
Count on from 4. Write the number that shows 1 more.
__

Answer: 5

Question 3.
The cubes show a doubles fact. Choose the doubles fact and the sum.
1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 276

Answer:

The addition sentence with doubles fact :

5 + 5 = 10

Therefore, The sum of cubes = 10

Question 4.
THINK SMARTER
There are 3 red leaves. There are 4 yellow leaves. How many leaves in all? Use a double to add. Write the missing numbers.
1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 277

Answer:

3 + 4 = 3 + 3 +1

So, 3 + 4 = 7

Question 5.
Choose all the doubles facts that can help you solve 8 + 7.
1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 278

Answer:

  1.   7 + 7 = 14
  2.   8 + 8 = 14

Question 6.
GO DEEPER
Write a count on 2 fact to show a sum of 10. Then write a doubles fact to show a sum of 10.
1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 279

Answer:

Addition sentence on 2 fact to show a sum of 10

8 + 2 = 10

Addition sentence with doubles fact to show a sum of 10.

5 + 5 = 10

Question 7.
Match the models to the number sentences.
1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 280

Answer :

Question 8.
The model shows 8 + 5 = 13.
Write the 10 fact that has the same sum.
1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 281

Answer: 10 + 3 = 13

Explanation:

Given,

The model shows 8 + 5 = 13.

Addition sentence with 10 fact that has same sum =

10 + 3 = 13

Question 9.
Does the addition show how to make a ten to add? Choose Yes or No.
1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 282

Answer:

1.  7 + 3 + 2 –  Yes

2.   7 + 5 +5  –  Yes

3.  5 + 4 + 7 –   No

Question 10.
Look at the 1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 283. Complete the addition sentence to show the sum. Choose the missing number and the sum.
1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 283.1

Answer:

2 + 3 + 4 = 9

Explanation :

The number of red cubes  = 2

The number of blue cubes = 3

The number of yellow cubes = 3

Now, The addition sentence :

2 + 3 + 4 = 9

Total sum of cubes = 9

 

Question 11.
Write two ways to group and add 4 + 2 + 5.
__ + __ = __
__ + __ = __

Answer:

4 + 2 + 5 = 11

The two ways are:

6 + 5 = 11

8 + 3 = 11

Question 12.
Beth sees 4 red birds. She sees 2 yellow birds. She sees 4 blue birds. Draw a picture of the birds.
1st Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 3 Addition Strategies 284

Answer:

4 + 2 + 4 = 10

Beth sees = 10 birds

 

 

 

 

 

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass

go-math-grade-3-chapter-10-time-length-liquid-volume-and-mass-answer-key

Make use of the Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass and download them free of cost. Refer to HMH Go Math 3rd Grade Chapter 10 during your preparation and understand the topics easily. Solve the Questions from Chapter Test, Practice Test, and cross-check your answers using the Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key. Master the subject and get a grip on the concepts in Chapter 10 Time Length Liquid Volume and Mass with the Grade 3 Go Math Answer Key for Chapter 10.

Go Math 3rd Grade Answer Key Chapter 10 Time Length Liquid Volume and Mass

You will have different topics like Time to the Minute, Measure Time Intervals, Use Time Intervals, etc. Concepts of 3rd Grade Chapter 10 will be no longer difficult with our Go Math Grade 3 Solutions Key Ch 10 Time Length Liquid Volume and Mass. Step-by-step solutions provided help you to master the concepts and become a pro in the subject.

Time to the Minute – Page No. 565

Write the time. Write one way you can read the time.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Time to the Minute img 1

Answer:  1:16; sixteen minutes after one

Explanation:
Count on by fives and ones from the 12 on the clock to where the minute hand is pointing. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.
Write: 1 Hour 16 minutes
Read:  sixteen minutes after  one

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Time to the Minute img 2
Type below:
___________

Answer: 10:20; twenty minutes after ten

Explanation:
Count on by fives and ones from the 12 on the clock to where the minute hand is pointing. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.
Write: 10 Hour 20 minutes
Read:  twenty minutes after  ten

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Time to the Minute img 3
Type below:
____________

Answer: 4:13;  thirteen minutes after four

Explanation:
Count on by fives and ones from the 12 on the clock to where the minute hand is pointing. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.
Write: 4 Hour 13 minutes
Read:  thirteen minutes after  four

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Time to the Minute img 4
Type below:
____________

Answer: 12:05; five minutes after twelve

Explanation:
Count on by fives and ones from the 12 on the clock to where the minute hand is pointing. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.
Write: 12 Hour 05 minutes
Read:  five minutes after  twelve

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Time to the Minute img 5
Type below:
____________

Answer: 7:24; twenty four minutes after seven

Explanation:
Count on by fives and ones from the 12 on the clock to where the minute hand is pointing. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.
Write: 7 Hour 24 minutes
Read: twenty-four minutes after seven

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Time to the Minute img 6
Type below:
____________

Answer: 2:51; nine minutes before three

Explanation:
Count by fives and ones from the 12 on the clock back to where the minute hand is pointing. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.
Write: 2:51
Read:
nine minutes before three

Write the time another way.

Question 7.
23 minutes after 4

23 minutes after 4
______ : ______

Answer: 4:23

Explanation:
Count on by fives and ones from the 12 on the clock to where the minute hand is pointing. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.

Question 8.
18 minutes before 11

18 minutes before 11
______ : ______

Answer: 10:42

Explanation:
Count by fives and ones from the 12 on the clock back to where the minute hand is pointing. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.

Question 9.
10 minutes before 9
______ : ______

Answer: 8:50

Explanation:
Count by fives and ones from the 12 on the clock back to where the minute hand is pointing. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.

Question 10.
7 minutes after 1
______ : ______

Answer: 1:07

Explanation:
Count on by fives and ones from the 12 on the clock to where the minute hand is pointing. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.

Problem Solving

Question 11.
What time is it when the hour hand is a little past the 3 and the minute hand is pointing to the 3?
______ : ______

Answer: 3:15

Explanation:
Count on by fives and ones from the 12 on the clock to where the minute hand is pointing. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.

Question 8.

Question 12.
Pete began practicing at twenty-five minutes before eight. What is another way to write this time?
______ : ______

Answer: 7:35

Explanation:
Count by fives and ones from the 12 on the clock back to where the minute hand is pointing. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.

Time to the Minute – Page No. 566

Time to the Minute

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Which is another way to write 13 minutes before 10?
Options:
a. 9:47
b. 10:13
c. 10:47
d. 11:13

Answer: a. 9:47

Explanation:
Count by fives and ones from the 12 on the clock back to where the minute hand is pointing. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.

Question 2.
What time does the clock show?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Time to the Minute img 7
Options:
a. 2:20
b. 2:40
c. 3:20
d. 4:10

Answer: a. 2:20

Explanation:
Count on by fives and ones from the 12 on the clock to where the minute hand is pointing. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Each bird has 2 wings. How many wings will 5 birds have?
Options:
a. 7
b. 8
c. 9
d. 10

Answer: d. 10

Explanation:
STEP 1 Draw 2 counters in each group.
STEP 2 Skip count to find how many wings in all. Skip count by 2s until you say 5 numbers (groups)
There are 5 groups with 2 wings in each group. So, there are 10 wings in all.

Question 4.
Find the unknown factor.
9 × ■ = 36
Options:
a. 4
b. 6
c. 8
d. 27

Answer: a. 4

Explanation:
Count how many rows of 36 counters there are.
There are  9 rows of 36 counters. The unknown factor is 4 (c0lumns). n = 4
9× 4 = 36

Question 5.
Mr. Wren has 56 paintbrushes. He places 8 paintbrushes on each of the tables in the art room. How many tables are in the art room?
Options:
a. 6
b. 7
c. 9
d. 48

Answer: b. 7

Explanation:
STEP 1 Draw 56 counters.
STEP 2 Make a group of 8 counters by drawing a circle around them. Continue circling groups of 8 until all 56 counters are in groups.
There are 7 groups of 56 counters.

Question 6.
Which number completes the equations?
4 × ▲ = 20 20 ÷ 4 = ▲
Options:
a. 4
b. 5
c. 6
d. 16

Answer: b. 5

Explanation:
Count how many rows of 20 counters there are. There are  4 rows of 20 counters. The unknown factor is 5 (c0lumns). n = 5
4× 5 = 20
STEP 1 Draw 20 counters.
STEP 2 Make a group of 4 counters by drawing a circle around them. Continue circling groups of 4 until all 20 counters are in groups.
There are 5 groups of 20 counters.

A.M. and P.M. – Page No. 571

Write the time for the activity. Use A.M. or P.M.

Question 1.
eat lunch
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass A.M. and P.M. img 8

Answer: 12:20 P.M.

Explanation:
The times afternoon and before midnight is written with P.M. Since we have our lunch in the afternoon around 12:00 noon to 1:00 P.M. which falls in the period of 12:00 noon to 12:00 at midnight hence the time 12:20 is considered to be P.M.

Question 2.
go home after school
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass A.M. and P.M. img 9
_____ : _____ _____ (A.M./P.M.)

Answer: 2:53 P.M.

Explanation:
The times afternoon and before midnight is written with P.M. Since the school hours end in the evening and students return to their home around 2:30 P.M. to 3:30 P.M. which falls in the period of 12:00 noon to 12:00 at midnight hence the time 2:53 is considered to be P.M.

Question 3.
see the sunrise
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass A.M. and P.M. img 10
_____ : _____ _____ (A.M./P.M.)

Answer: 6:18 A.M.

Explanation:
The times after midnight and before noon is written with A.M. At the early hours of the day sunrises which falls in the period of  12:00 at midnight to 12:00 noon, therefore the time 6:18 is considered to be A.M.

Question 4.
go for a walk
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass A.M. and P.M. img 11
_____ : _____ _____ (A.M./P.M.)

Answer: 3:55 P.M.

Explanation:
The times afternoon and before midnight is written with P.M. Since the people go for a walk to refresh their minds in the evening hours which falls in the period of 12:00 noon to 12:00 at midnight the time 3:55 is considered to be P.M.

Question 5.
go to school
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass A.M. and P.M. img 12
_____ : _____ _____ (A.M./P.M.)

Answer: 8:10 A.M.

Explanation:
The times after midnight and before noon is written with A.M. Since students go to the school in the morning hours which falls in the period of  12:00 at midnight to 12:00 noon, therefore, the time 8:10 is considered to be A.M.

Question 6.
get ready for art class
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass A.M. and P.M. img 13
_____ : _____ _____ (A.M./P.M.)

Answer: 10:36 A.M.

Explanation:
The times after midnight and before noon is written with A.M. Since students go to the art class in the morning hours which falls in the period of  12:00 at midnight to 12:00 noon, therefore, the time 10:36 is considered to be A.M.

Write the time. Use A.M. or P.M.

Question 7.
13 minutes after 5:00 in the morning
_____ : _____ _____ (A.M./P.M.)

Answer: 5:13 A.M.

Explanation:
The times after midnight and before noon is written with A.M. Since 5:00 in the morning falls in the period of 12:00 at midnight to 12:00 noon, therefore, the time is considered to be A.M.

Question 8.
19 minutes before 9:00 at night
_____ : _____ _____ (A.M./P.M.)

Answer: 8:41 P.M.

Explanation:
The times afternoon and before midnight is written with P.M.  Since 8:41 in the night time falls in the period of 12:00 noon to 12:00 at midnight, therefore, the time 8:41 is considered to be P.M.

Question 9.
quarter before midnight
_____ : _____ _____ (A.M./P.M.)

Answer: 11:45P.M.

Explanation:
The times afternoon and before midnight is written with P.M. Since 11:45 in the night time falls in the period of 12:00 noon to 12:00 at midnight, therefore, the time 11:45 is considered to be P.M.

Question 10.
one-half hour after 4:00 in the morning
_____ : _____ _____ (A.M./P.M.)

Answer: 4:30 A.M.

Explanation:
One-half hour = 30 minutes So, by adding 30 minutes to 4:00 A.M. in the morning. We get the time to be 4:30 A.M.
The times after midnight and before noon is written with A.M.  Since 4:30 in the morning falls in the period of 12:00 at midnight to 12:00 noon, therefore, the time is considered to be A.M

Problem Solving

Question 11.
Jaime is in math class. What time is it? Use A.M. or P.M.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass img 14 img 14
_____ : _____ _____ (A.M./P.M.)

Answer: 1:25 P.M.

Explanation:
The times afternoon and before midnight is written with P.M. Since 1:25 in the afternoon hours fall in the period of 12:00 noon to 12:00 at midnight, therefore, the time1:25 is considered to be P.M.

Question 12.
Pete began practicing his trumpet at fifteen minutes past three. Write this time using A.M. or P.M.
_____ : _____ _____ (A.M./P.M.)

Answer: 3:15 P.M.

Explanation:
The times afternoon and before midnight is written with P.M. Since 3:15 in the evening hours fall in the period of 12:00 noon to 12:00 at midnight, therefore, the time 3:15 is considered to be P.M.

A.M. and P.M. – Page No. 572

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Steven is doing his homework. What time is it? Use A.M. or P.M.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass A.M. and P.M. img 15
Options:
a. 4:15 P.M.
b. 4:25 A.M.
c. 4:35 P.M.
d. 4:35 A.M.

Answer: c. 4:35 P.M.

Explanation:
The times afternoon and before midnight is written with P.M. Since 4:35 in the evening hours fall in the period of 12:00 noon to 12:00 at midnight, therefore, the time 4:35 is considered to be P.M.

Question 2.
After he finished breakfast, Mr. Edwards left for work at fifteen minutes after seven. What time is this? Use A.M. or P.M.
Options:
a. 6:15 A.M.
b. 7:15 A.M.
c. 6:45 P.M.
d. 7:30 P.M.

Answer: b. 7:15 A.M.

Explanation:
The times after midnight and before noon is written with A.M. Since 7:15 in the morning falls in the period of 12:00 at midnight to 12:00 noon, therefore, the time 7:15 is considered to be A.M.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Which division equation is related to the multiplication equation 4 × 6 = 24
Options:
a. 24 ÷ 8 = 3
b. 12 ÷ 3 = 4
c. 6 × 4 = 24
d. 24 ÷ 4 = 6

Answer: d. 24 ÷ 4 = 6

Explanation:
STEP 1 Draw 24 counters.
STEP 2 Make a group of 4 counters by drawing a circle around them. Continue circling groups of 4 until all 24 counters are in groups.
There are 6 groups of 24 counters.

Question 4.
There are 50 toothpicks in each box. Jaime buys 4 boxes for her party platter. How many toothpicks does Jaime buy in all?
Options:
a. 20
b. 54
c. 200
d. 2,000

Answer: c. 200

Explanation:
Step1 let there be 50 toothpicks in each box.
Step2 the number of boxes required is 4
Step3 total number of toothpicks will be the number of boxes multiplied by the number of toothpicks in each box.
4 × 50=200

Question 5.
A pet store sold 145 bags of beef-flavored dog food and 263 bags of cheese-flavored dog food. How many bags of dog food were sold in all?
Options:
a. 118
b. 308
c. 408
d. 422

Answer: c. 408

Explanation:
Total number of bags of dog food sold=145+263

 

 

 

Question 6.
Victoria and Melody are comparing fraction strips. Which statement is NOT correct?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{4}\) < \(\frac{4}{4}\)
b. \(\frac{3}{6}\) > \(\frac{4}{6}\)
c. \(\frac{2}{8}\) > \(\frac{1}{8}\)
d. \(\frac{2}{3}\) > \(\frac{3}{3}\)

Answer: b. \(\frac{3}{6}\) > \(\frac{4}{6}\)

Explanation:

Take two blocks of the same size and both are made of 6 equal-size squares.
3  squares are shaded green while 4 are shaded with red.
Compare 3/6 and 4/6.
The greater fraction will have the larger
amount of the whole shaded.
Therefore, 3/6>4/6.

Measure Time Intervals – Page No. 577

Find the elapsed time.

Question 1.
Start: 8:10 A.M. End: 8:45 A.M.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Measure Time Intervals img 16

Answer: 35 minutes

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find 8:10 A.M. on the number line. Count on from 8:10 A.M. to 8:45 A.M. Draw marks and record the times on the number line. Then draw and label the jumps.
STEP 2 Add to find the total minutes from 8:10 A.M. to 8:45 A.M. From 8:10 A.M. to 8:45 A.M. is 35 minutes.
So, the elapsed time is 35 minutes

Question 2.
Start: 6:45 P.M. End: 6:54 P.M.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Measure Time Intervals img 17
_______ minutes

Answer: 9 minutes

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find the starting time on the clock.
STEP 2 Count the minutes by counting on by fives and ones to 6:54 P.M. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.
So, the elapsed time is 9 minutes.

Question 3.
Start: 3:00 P.M. End: 3:37 P.M.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Measure Time Intervals img 18
_______ minutes

Answer: 37 minutes

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find3:00 P.M. on the number line. Count on from 3:00 P.M. to 3:37 P.M. Draw marks and record the times on the number line. Then draw and label the jumps.
STEP 2 Add to find the total minutes from3:00 P.M. to 3:37 P.M. From 3:00 P.M. to 3:37 P.M. is 37 minutes.
So, the elapsed time is 37 minutes

Question 4.
Start: 10:05 A.M. End: 10:21 A.M.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Measure Time Intervals img 19
_______ minutes

Answer: 16 minutes

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find10:05 A.M. on the number line. Count on from 10:05 A.M. to 10:21 A.M. Draw marks and record the times on the number line. Then draw and label the jumps.
STEP 2 Add to find the total minutes from 10:05 A.M. to 10:21 A.M. From 10:05 A.M. to 10:21 A.M. is 16 minutes.
So, the elapsed time is 16 minutes

Question 5.
Start: 7:30 A.M. End: 7:53 A.M.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Measure Time Intervals img 20
_______ minutes

Answer: 23 minutes

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find the starting time on the clock.
STEP 2 Count the minutes by counting on by fives and ones to7:53 A.M. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.
So, the elapsed time is 23 minutes.

Question 6.
Start: 5:20 A.M. End: 5:47 A.M.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Measure Time Intervals img 21
_______ minutes

Answer: 27 minutes

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find the starting time on the clock.
STEP 2 Count the minutes by counting on by fives and ones to 5:47 A.M. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.
So, the elapsed time is 27 minutes.

Problem Solving

Question 7.
A show at the museum starts at 7:40 P.M. and ends at 7:57 P.M. How long is the show?
_______ minutes

Answer: 17 minutes

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find 7:40 P.M. on the number line. Count on from 7:40 P.M. to 7:57 P.M. Draw marks and record the times on the number line. Then draw and label the jumps.
STEP 2 Add to find the total minutes from 7:40 P.M. to 7:57 P.M. From 7:40 P.M. to 7:57 P.M. is 17 minutes.
So, the elapsed time is 17 minutes
The duration of the show is 17 minutes.

Question 8.
The first train leaves the station at 6:15 A.M. The second train leaves at 6:55 A.M. How much later does the second train leave the station?
_______ minutes

Answer: 40 minutes later

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find 6:15 A .M. on the number line. Count on from 6:15 A.M. to 6:55 A.M. Draw marks and record the times on the number line. Then draw and label the jumps.
STEP 2 Add to find the total minutes from 6:15 A.M. to 6:55 A.M. From 6:15 A .M. to 6:55 A.M. is 40 minutes.
So, the second train will leave the station in 40 minutes

Measure Time Intervals – Page No. 578

Measure Time Intervals

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Marcus began playing basketball at 3:30 P.M. and stopped playing at 3:55 P.M. For how many minutes did he play basketball?
Options:
a. 25 minutes
b. 30 minutes
c. 55 minutes
d. 85 minutes

Answer: a. 25 minutes

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find 3:30 P.M. on the number line. Count on from 3:30 P.M. to 3:55 P.M. Draw marks and record the times on the number line. Then draw and label the jumps.
STEP 2 Add to find the total minutes from3:30 P.M. to3:55 P.M. From 3:30 P.M. to 3:55 P.M. is 25 minutes.
So, the elapsed time is 25 minutes
Marcus played basketball for 25 minutes.

Question 2.
The school play started at 8:15 P.M. and ended at 8:56 P.M. How long was the school play?
Options:
a. 15 minutes
b. 31 minutes
c. 41 minutes
d. 56 minutes

Answer: c. 41 minutes

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find 8:15 P.M. on the number line. Count on from 8:15 P.M. to 8:56 P.M. Draw marks and record the times on the number line. Then draw and label the jumps.
STEP 2 Add to find the total minutes from 8:15 P.M. to 8:56 P.M. From 8:15 P.M. to 8:56 P.M. is 41  minutes.
So, the elapsed time is 41 minutes
Therefore, the school play was for 41 minutes.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Each car has 4 wheels. How many wheels will 7 cars have?
Options:
a. 11
b. 24
c. 27
d. 28

Answer: d. 28

Explanation:
STEP 1 Draw 4 counters in each group.
STEP 2 Skip count to find how many wheels in all. Skip count by 4s until you say 7 numbers (groups)
There are 7 groups with 4 wheels in each group. So, there are 28 wheels in all.

Question 4.
Which number completes the equations?
3 × ■ = 27 27 ÷ 3 = ■
Options:
a. 6
b. 7
c. 8
d. 9

Answer: d. 9

Explanation:
Count how many rows of 27 counters there are. There are  3 rows of 27 counters. The unknown factor is 9 (c0lumns). n = 9
3 × 9 = 27
STEP 1 Draw 27 counters.
STEP 2 Make a group of 3 counters by drawing a circle around them. Continue circling groups of 3 until all 27 counters are in groups.
There are 9 groups of 27 counters.

Question 5.
There are 20 napkins in each package. Kelli bought 8 packages for her party. How many napkins did Kelli buy in all?
Options:
a. 28
b. 40
c. 160
d. 180

Answer: c. 160

Explanation:
Step1 let there be 20 napkins in each package.
Step2 the number of packages required is 8
Step3 total number of napkins will be the number of packages multiplied by the number of napkins in each package.
8 × 20=160

Question 6.
Mr. Martin drove 290 miles last week. This week he drove 125 miles more than last week. How many miles did Mr. Martin drive this week?
Options:
a. 125 miles
b. 165 miles
c. 315 miles
d. 415 miles

Answer: d. 165 miles

Explanation:
Total number of miles drove by Mr Martin in this week = 290+125

Use Time Intervals – Page No. 583

Find the starting time.

Question 1.
Ending time: 4:29 P.M.
Elapsed time: 55 minutes
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Use Time Intervals img 22

Answer: 3:34 P.M.

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find the starting time on the number line
STEP 2 Count back on the number line to subtract the elapsed time. Draw and label the jumps to show the minutes.
STEP 3 Write the times below the number line.
You jumped back to 55 minutes
So, the starting time is 3:34 P.M.

Question 2.
Ending time: 10:08 A.M.
Elapsed time: 30 minutes
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Use Time Intervals img 23
______ : ______ ______ (A.M./P.M.)

Find the ending time.

Answer: 9:38 A.M.

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find the starting time on the clock.
STEP 2 Count back by fives for the elapsed time of 3o minutes. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.
So, the starting time is 9:38 A.M.

Question 3.
Starting time: 2:15 A.M.
Elapsed time: 45 minutes
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Use Time Intervals img 24
______ : ______ ______ (A.M./P.M.)

Answer: 3:00 A.M.

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find the ending time on the number line.
STEP 2 Count forward on the number line to add the elapsed time. Draw and label the jumps to show the minutes.
STEP 3 Write the times below the number line.
The jumps end at 3:00 A.M.
So, the ending time is 3:00 A.M.

Question 4.
Starting time: 6:57 P.M.
Elapsed time: 47 minutes
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Use Time Intervals img 25
______ : ______ ______ (A.M./P.M.)

Answer: 7:44 P.M.

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find the ending time on the clock.
STEP 2 Count on by fives and ones for the elapsed time of 47 minutes. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.
So, the ending time is 7:44 P.M.

Problem Solving

Question 5.
Jenny spent 35 minutes doing research on the Internet. She finished at 7:10 P.M. At what time did Jenny start her research?
______ : ______ ______ (A.M./P.M.)

Answer: 6:35 P.M.

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find the starting time on the clock.
STEP 2 Count back by fives for the elapsed time of 35 minutes. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.
So, the starting time is 6:35 A.M.

Question 6.
Clark left for school at 7:43 A.M. He got to school 36 minutes later. At what time did Clark get to school?
______ : ______ ______ (A.M./P.M.)

Answer: 8:19 A.M.

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find the ending time on the clock.
STEP 2 Count on by fives and ones for the elapsed time of 36 minutes. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.
So, the ending time is 8:19 A.M.

Use Time Intervals – Page No. 584

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Cody and his friends started playing a game at 6:30 P.M. It took them 37 minutes to finish the game. At what time did they finish?
Options:
a. 5:07 P.M.
b. 5:53 P.M.
c. 6:53 P.M.
d. 7:07 P.M.

Answer: d. 7:07 P.M.

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find the ending time on the clock.
STEP 2 Count on by fives and ones for the elapsed time of 37 minutes. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.
So, the ending time is 7:07 P.M.

Question 2.
Delia worked for 45 minutes on her oil painting. She took a break at 10:35 A.M. At what time did Delia start working on the painting?
Options:
a. 9:40 A.M.
b. 9:50 A.M.
c. 11:20 A.M.
d. 11:30 A.M.

Answer: b. 9:50 A.M.

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find the starting time on the clock.
STEP 2 Count back by fives for the elapsed time of 45 minutes. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.
So, the starting time is 9:50 A.M.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Sierra has 30 collector’s pins. She wants to put an equal number of pins in each of 5 boxes. How many pins should she put in each box?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Use Time Intervals img 26
Options:
a. 4
b. 5
c. 6
d. 8

Answer: c. 6

Explanation:
Use 30 counters.
Take 5 boxes.
Place 1 counter at a time in each box until all 30 counters are used.
Place the rest of the counters till all the 30 counters (pins) are completed.
Total number of counters in each box is 6.

Question 4.
What time is shown on the clock?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Use Time Intervals img 27
Options:
a. 1:24
b. 2:24
c. 4:12
d. 5:12

Answer: b. 2:24

Explanation:
Count on by fives and ones from the 12 on the clock to where the minute hand is pointing. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.
Write: 2:24
Read:
• twenty-four minutes after two

Question 5.
Ricardo has 32 books to put on 4 shelves. He puts the same number of books on each shelf. How many books does Ricardo put on each shelf?
Options:
a. 6
b. 7
c. 8
d. 9

Answer: c. 8

Explanation:
Use 32 counters. (books)
The number of shelves is 4.
Place 1 counter at a time in each shelf until all 32 counters are used.
Place the rest of the counters till all the 32 counters (books) are completed.
Total number of counters in each shelf is 8.

Question 6.
Jon started playing a computer game at 5:35 P.M. He finished the game at 5:52 P.M. How long did Jon play the game?
Options:
a. 17 minutes
b. 23 minutes
c. 25 minutes
d. 27 minutes

Answer: a. 17 minutes

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find the ending time on the clock.
STEP 2 Count the minutes by counting on by fives and ones to 5:52 P.M. Write the missing counting numbers next to
the clock.
So, Jon has spent 17 minutes on the computer playing a game.

Lesson 5 – Page No. 587

Share and Show

Question 1.
Patty went to the shopping mall at 11:30 a.m. She shopped for 25 minutes. She spent 40 minutes eating lunch.
Then she met a friend at a movie.
At what time did Patty meet her friend?
_______ : ________

Answer: 12:35 P.M.

Explanation:
The times afternoon and before midnight is written with P.M.
Count (25+40) minutes after 11:30 A.M.
Therefore the time at which Patty met her friend is 11:30 A.M.+1:05 hrs = 12:35 P.M.

Question 2.
What if Patty goes to the mall at 11:30 A.M. and meets a friend at a movie at 1:15 P.M.?
Patty wants to shop and have 45 minutes for lunch before meeting her friend.
How much time can Patty spend shopping?
_______ minutes

Answer: 60 minutes

Explanation:
The times afternoon and before midnight is written with P.M.
Count 45 minutes before 1:15 P.M. (for lunch) which is equal to 12:30 P.M.
Difference between 12:30 P.M. and 11:30 A.M. gives the time spent by Patty in shopping.
STEP 1 Find 12:30 P.M. on the number line. Count on from 12:30 P.M. to 11:30 A.M. Draw marks and record the times on the number line. Then draw and label the jumps.
STEP 2 Add to find the total minutes from 12:30 P.M. to 11:30 A.M. From 12:30 P.M. to 11:30 A.M. is 60 minutes.
So, the time spent on shopping is 60 minutes

Question 3.
Avery got on the bus at 1:10 p.m. The trip took 90 minutes. Then she walked for 32 minutes to get home. At what time did Avery arrive at home?
_______ : ________ P.M.

Answer: 3:12 P.M.

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find 1:10 P.M. on the number line. Count on from 1:10 P.M.
STEP2 Time spent in the trip= 90 minutes
Time Avery walked to get home = 32 minutes
STEP3 Then draw and label the jumps on the number line.
Add the total minutes; 90+32=122 minutes
So the time at which Avery arrive at home is calculated by the cumulative jumps on the number line which is equal to 3:12 P.M.
Question 4.
Kyle and Josh have a total of 64 CDs. Kyle has 12 more CDs than Josh. How many CDs does each boy have?
Josh _______ CDs
Kyle _______ CDs

Answer: Josh has 26 CDs
Kyle has 38 CDs

Explanation:
STEP 1 There are 64 counters. (CDs)
STEP2 Kyle has 12 CDs more than Josh. Place these 12 in a separate group. The leftover number of CDs is 64-12=52
STEP 3 Make 2 group and start placing the counters one after the other in each group until all the 52 counters are grouped
There are 2 groups of 26 counters.
Josh has 26 CDs while Kyle has 26+12 = 38 CDs

Lesson 5 – Page No. 588

Question 5.
Jamal spent 60 minutes using the computer. He spent a half hour of the time playing games and the rest of the time researching his report. How many minutes did Jamal spend researching his report?
_______ minutes

Answer: 30 minutes

Explanation: Jamal has spent half hour=30 minutes playing games and the rest of the time researching for his report.
STEP1 There are 60 counters(minutes).
STEP2 Remove the 30 counters which were used to play games
STEP3 The remaining number of counters in the box is 30
So the time spent on the report =30 minutes

Question 6.
When Caleb got home from school, he worked on his science project for 20 minutes. Then he studied for a test for 30 minutes. He finished at 4:35 p.m. At what time did Caleb get home from school?
_______ : _______ P.M.

Answer: 3:45 P.M

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find the time on the number line when Caleb finished his homework.
STEP 2 Count back on the number line to subtract the elapsed time. Draw and label the jumps to show the minutes.
STEP 3 Write the times below the number line.
You jumped back to 30+20=50 minutes
Therefore Caleb got home from school at 3:45 P.M.

Question 7.
Miguel played video games each day for a week. On Monday, he scored 83 points. His score went up 5 points each day. On what day did Miguel score 103 points? Explain how you found your answer
_____________

Answer: 5 days

Explanation:
STEP1 Miguel scored 83 points on Monday. His score went up 5 points each day.
STEP2 Add 5n counters to the points to reach 103
STEP3 Adding 5 points 5 times gives us the score to be 103 (83+5*5)
STEP4 Therefore Miguel takes 5 days to score 103 points

Question 8.
When Laura arrived at the library, she spent 40 minutes reading a book. Then she spent 15 minutes reading a magazine. She left the library at 4:15 p.m. Circle the time that makes the sentence true.
Laura arrived at the library at:
_______ : _______ P.M.

Answer: 3:20 P.M.

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find the time on the number line when Laura arrived at the library.
STEP 2 Count back on the number line to subtract the elapsed time. Draw and label the jumps to show the minutes.
STEP 3 Write the times below the number line.
You jumped back to 40+15=55 minutes
Therefore Laura arrived at the library at 3:20 P.M.

Problem-Solving Time Intervals – Page No. 589

Solve each problem. Show your work.

Question 1.
Hannah wants to meet her friends downtown. Before leaving home, she does chores for 60 minutes and eats lunch for 20 minutes. The walk downtown takes 15 minutes. Hannah starts her chores at 11:45 A.M. At what time does she meet her friends?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Problem Solving Time Intervals img 28

Answer: 1:20 P.M.

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find the ending time on the clock, the time at which Hannah meets her friends.
STEP 2 Count back by fives for the elapsed time of 95 minutes. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.
So, the ending time is 1:20 P.M.

Question 2.
Katie practiced the flute for 45 minutes. Then she ate a snack for 15 minutes. Next, she watched television for 30 minutes, until 6:00 P.M. At what time did Katie start practicing the flute?
_______ : ________ (A.M./P.M.)

Answer: 4:30 P.M.

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find the starting time on the clock.
STEP 2 Count back by fives for the elapsed time of 90 minutes. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.
So, the starting time is 4:30 P.M.

Question 3.
Nick gets out of school at 2:25 P.M. He has a 15-minute ride home on the bus. Next, he goes on a 30-minute bike ride. Then he spends 55 minutes doing homework. At what time does Nick finish his homework?
_______ : ________ (A.M./P.M.)

Answer: 4:05 P.M.

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find the ending time on the clock, the time at which Nick finish his work.
STEP 2 Count back by fives for the elapsed time of 100 minutes. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.
So, the ending time is 4:05 P.M.

Question 4.
The third-grade class is going on a field trip by bus to the museum. The bus leaves the school at 9:45 A.M. The bus ride takes 47 minutes. At what time does the bus arrive at the museum?
_______ : ________ (A.M./P.M.)

Answer: 10:32 A.M.

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find the ending time on the clock, the time at which the students arrive at the museum.
STEP 2 Count back by fives for the elapsed time of 47 minutes. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.
So, the ending time is 10:32 A.M.

Problem-Solving Time Intervals – Page No. 590

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Gloria went to the mall and spent 50 minutes shopping. Then she had lunch for 30 minutes. If Gloria arrived at the mall at 11:00 A.M., at what time did she finish lunch?
Options:
a. 11:30 A.M.
b. 11:50 A.M.
c. 12:20 P.M.
d. 12:30 P.M.

Answer: c. 12:20 P.M.

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find the ending time on the clock, the time at which Gloria finish her lunch.
STEP 2 Count back by fives for the elapsed time of 80 minutes. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.
So, the ending time is 12:20 P.M.

Question 2.
The ball game begins at 2:00 P.M. It takes Ying 30 minutes to get to the ballpark. At what time should Ying leave home to get to the game 30 minutes before it starts?
Options:
a. 12:30 P.M.
b. 1:00 P.M.
c. 1:30 P.M.
d. 3:00 P.M.

Answer: b. 1:00 P.M.

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find the starting time on the clock.
STEP 2 Count back by fives for the elapsed time of 60 minutes. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.
So, the starting time is 1:00 P.M.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Which lists the fractions in order from least to greatest?
Options:
a. \(\frac{2}{8}\), \(\frac{2}{4}\), \(\frac{2}{6}\)
b. \(\frac{2}{4}\), \(\frac{2}{8}\), \(\frac{2}{6}\)
c. \(\frac{2}{8}\), \(\frac{2}{6}\), \(\frac{2}{4}\)
d. \(\frac{2}{4}\), \(\frac{2}{6}\), \(\frac{2}{8}\)

Answer: c. \(\frac{2}{8}\), \(\frac{2}{6}\), \(\frac{2}{4}\)

Explanation:
When the numerators are the same, think about the  pieces to compare and order fractions. So, the order from least to greatest  is \(\frac{2}{8}\), \(\frac{2}{6}\), \(\frac{2}{4}\)

Question 4.
Find the unknown factor.
6 × ■ = 36
Options:
a. 4
b. 6
c. 7
d. 8

Answer: b. 6

Explanation:
Count how many rows of 36 counters there are.
There are  6 rows of 36 counters. The unknown factor is 6 (c0lumns). n = 6
6× 6 = 36

Question 5.
There were 405 books on the library shelf. Some books were checked out. Now there are 215 books left on the shelf. How many books were checked out?
Options:
a. 620
b. 220
c. 210
d. 190

Answer: d. 190

Explanation:
STEP1 Let there be 405 books in a shelf of Library.
STEP2 Some books were checked out.
STEP3 Number of books left in the shelf are 215.
STEP4 Take a box filled with 405 counters.
STEP5 Place 215 counters in another box from the initial 405 counters.
STEP6 The number of counters left in the first box is equal to the books checked out.
405-215=190

Question 6.
Savannah has 48 photos. She places 8 photos on each page of her photo album. How many pages in the album does she use?
Options:
a. 5
b. 6
c. 7
d. 9

Answer: b. 6

Explanation:
STEP 1 Draw 48 counters.
STEP 2 Make a group of 8 counters by drawing a circle around them. Continue circling groups of 8 until all 48 counters are in groups.
There are 6 groups of 48 counters.

Mid -Chapter Checkpoint – Page No. 591

Vocabulary

Choose the best term from the box.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 29

Question 1.
In one __________, the minute hand moves from one mark to the next on a clock.

Answer: Minute

Explanation: The minute hand moves after every 60 seconds = 1 Minute to the next mark on the clock.

Question 2.
The times afternoon and before midnight are written with __________ .
__________

Answer: P.M.

Explanation:
The times afternoon and before midnight are written with P.M.

Concepts and Skills

Write the time for the activity. Use A.M. or P.M.

Question 3.
play ball
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 30
______ : ______ ______ (A.M./P.M.)

Answer: 4:30 P.M.

Explanation:
The times afternoon and before midnight is written with P.M. Since we play ball in the evening, the time is considered to be P.M.

Question 4.
eat breakfast
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 31
______ : ______ ______ (A.M./P.M.)

Answer: 7:06 A.M.

Explanation:
The times after midnight and before noon is written with A.M. Since we have our breakfast in the morning, the time is considered to be  A.M.

Question 5.
do homework
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 32
______ : ______ ______ (A.M./P.M.)

Answer: 5:45 P.M.

Explanation:
The times afternoon and before midnight is written with P.M. Since we do our homework in the evening, the time is considered to be P.M.

Question 6.
sleep
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 33
______ : ______ ______ (A.M./P.M.)

Answer: 11:06 P.M.

Explanation:
The times afternoon and before midnight is written with P.M. Since we go to sleep in the night hours, the time is considered to be P.M.

Find the elapsed time.

Question 7.
Start: 10:05 A.M. End: 10:50 A.M.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 34
_______ minutes

Answer: 45 minutes

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find10:05 A.M. on the number line. Count on from 10:05 A.M. to 10:50 A.M. Draw marks and record the times on the number line. Then draw and label the jumps.
STEP 2 Add to find the total minutes from 10:05 A.M. to 10:50 A.M. From 10:05 A.M. to 10:50 A.M. is 45 minutes.
So, the elapsed time is 45 minutes

Question 8.
Start: 5:30 P.M.
End: 5:49 P.M.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 35
_______ minutes

Answer: 19 minutes

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find the starting time on the clock that is 5:30 P.M.
STEP 2 Count the minutes by counting on by fives and ones to 5:49 P.M. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.
So, the elapsed time is 19 minutes.

Find the starting time or the ending time.

Question 9.
Elapsed time: 50 minutes
Ending time: 9:05 A.M.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 36
Starting time: ______ : ______ A.M.

Answer: 8:15 A.M.

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find the starting time on the number line
STEP 2 Count back on the number line to subtract the elapsed time. Draw and label the jumps to show the minutes.
STEP 3 Write the times below the number line.
You jumped back to 50 minutes
So, the starting time is 8:15 A.M.

Question 10.
Starting time: 2:46 P.M.
Elapsed time: 15 minutes
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 37
Ending time: ______ : ______ P.M.

Answer: 3:01 P.M.

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find the ending time on the clock
STEP 2 Count back by fives for the elapsed time of 15 minutes. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.
So, the ending time is 3:01 P.M.

Mid -Chapter Checkpoint – Page No. 592

Question 11.
Veronica started walking to school at 7:45 A.M. She 0 arrived at school 23 minutes later. At what time did Veronica arrive at school?
______ : ______ ______

Answer: 8:08 A.M.

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find the ending time on the number line.
STEP 2 Count forward on the number line to add the elapsed time. Draw and label the jumps to show the minutes.
STEP 3 Write the times below the number line.
The jumps end at 8:08 A.M.
So, the ending time is 8:08 A.M.

Question 12.
The clock shows the time the art class ends. At what time does it end? If the class started 37 minutes before the time shown, at what time did the class start?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 38
Type below:
____________

Answer: Time at which the class ends= 1:57 P.M.
Time at which the class starts= 1:20 P.M.

Explanation:
Count by fives and ones from the 12 on the clock back to where the minute hand is pointing. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.
Write: 1:57 P.M.
Read:
Three minutes before two
STEP 1 Find the starting time on the clock.
STEP 2 Count back by fives for the elapsed time of 37 minutes. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.
So, the starting time is 1:20 P.M.

Question 13.
Matt went to his friend’s house. He arrived at 5:10 P.M. He left at 5:37 P.M. How long was Matt at his friend’s house?
______ minutes

Answer: 27 minutes

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find 5:10 P.M. on the number line. Count on from 5:10 P.M. to 5:37 P.M. Draw marks and record the times on the number line. Then draw and label the jumps.
STEP 2 Add to find the total minutes from 5:10 P.M. to 5:37 P.M. From 5:10 P.M. to 5:37 P.M. is 27 minutes.
So, the elapsed time is 27 minutes

Question 14.
Brenda’s train leaves at 7:30 A.M. She needs to arrive 10 minutes early to buy her ticket. It takes her 20 minutes to get to the train station. At what time should Brenda leave her house?
______ : ______ A.M.

Answer: 7:00 A.M.

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find the starting time on the number line
STEP 2 Count back on the number line to subtract the elapsed time. Draw and label the jumps to show the minutes.
STEP 3 Write the times below the number line.
You jumped back to 30 minutes
So, the starting time is 7:00 A.M.

Question 15.
Write the time you get home from school.
Type below:
____________

Answer: 4:00 P.M

Explanation:
The times afternoon and before midnight is written with P.M. Since we get home from school in the evening, the time is considered to be P.M.

Measure Length – Page No. 597

Measure the length to the nearest half inch.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Measure Length img 39

Answer: 1 1/2 inches

Explanation:
Line up the left end of the glue stick with the zero mark on the ruler.
The right end of the glue stick is between the half-inch marks for 1 and 2.
The mark that is closest to the right end of the glue stick is for one and a half inches.
So, the length of the glue stick to the nearest half-inch is 1 1/2 inches.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Measure Length img 40
______ inches

Answer: 3

Explanation:
Line up the left end of the glue stick with the zero mark on the ruler.
The right end of the glue stick is between the half-inch marks for 1 and 3.
The mark that is closest to the right end of the glue stick is for three inches.
So, the length of the glue stick to the nearest half-inch is 3 inches.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Measure Length img 41
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) inches

Answer: 4 1/2 inches

Explanation:
Line up the left end of the glue stick with the zero mark on the ruler.
The right end of the glue stick is between the half-inch marks for4 and 5.
The mark that is closest to the right end of the glue stick is for four and a half  inches.
So, the length of the glue stick to the nearest half-inch is 4 1/2 inches.

Measure the length to the nearest fourth inch.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Measure Length img 42
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) inches

Answer: 1 1/4 inches

Explanation:
Line up the left end of the paper clip with the zero mark on the ruler.
The right end of the paper clip is between the fourth-inch marks for 1 and2.
The mark that is closest to the right end of the paper clip is for 1 1/4 inches.
So, the length of the paper clip to the nearest fourth inch is 1 1/4 inches.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Measure Length img 43
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) inches

Answer: 2 3/4 inches

Explanation:
Line up the left end of the paper clip with the zero mark on the ruler.
The right end of the paper clip is between the fourth-inch marks for 2 and 3.
The mark that is closest to the right end of the paper clip is for 2 3/4 inches.
So, the length of the paper clip to the nearest fourth inch is 2 3/4 inches.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Measure Length img 44
\(\frac{□}{□}\) inch

Answer: 3/4 inches

Explanation:
Line up the left end of the paper clip with the zero mark on the ruler.
The right end of the paper clip is between the fourth-inch marks for 0 and1.
The mark that is closest to the right end of the paper clip is for 3/4 inches.
So, the length of the paper clip to the nearest fourth inch is 3/4 inches.

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Measure Length img 45

______ inches

Answer: 2 inches

Explanation:
Line up the left end of the paper clip with the zero mark on the ruler.
The right end of the paper clip is between the fourth-inch marks for 1 and2.
The mark that is closest to the right end of the paper clip is for 2 inches.
So, the length of the paper clip to the nearest fourth inch is 2 inches.

Problem Solving

Use a separate sheet of paper for 8.

Question 8.
Draw 8 lines that are between 1 inch and 3 inches long. Measure each line to the nearest fourth inch, and make a line plot.

Answer:

Explanation:

Question 9.
The tail on Alex’s dog is 5\(\frac{1}{4}\) inches long. This length is between which two inch-marks on a ruler?
Between ______ and ______ inch-marks

Answer: Between 5 and 6 inches

Explanation:
Line up the left end of the paper clip with the zero mark on the ruler.
The right end of the paper clip is between the fourth-inch marks for 5 and 6.
The mark that is closest to the right end of the paper clip is for 5 1/4 inches.
So, the length of the paper clip to the nearest fourth inch is 5 1/4 inches.

Measure Length – Page No. 598

Lesson Check

Question 1.
What is the length of the eraser to the nearest half inch?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Measure Length img 46
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{2}\) inch
b. 1 inch
c. 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) inch
d. 2 inch

Answer: c. 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) inch

Explanation:
Line up the left end of the glue stick with the zero mark on the ruler.
The right end of the glue stick is between the half-inch marks for 1 and 2.
The mark that is closest to the right end of the glue stick is for one and a half inches.
So, the length of the glue stick to the nearest half-inch is 1 1/2 inches.

Question 2.
What is the length of the leaf to the nearest fourth inch?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Measure Length img 47
Options:
a. 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) inches
b. 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) inches
c. 2 inches
d. 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) inches

Answer: c. 2 inches

Explanation:
Line up the left end of the paper clip with the zero mark on the ruler.
The right end of the paper clip is between the fourth-inch marks for 1 and 2.
The mark that is closest to the right end of the paper clip is for 2 inches.
So, the length of the paper clip to the nearest fourth inch is 2 inches.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Which equation is NOT included in the same set of related facts as 6 × 8 = 48?
Options:
a. 8 × 6 = 48
b. 8 × 8 = 64
c. 48 ÷ 6 = 8
d. 48 × 8 = 6

Answer: b. 8 × 8 = 64

Explanation:
STEP 1 Use 8 tiles to make an array with 6 equal rows.
Draw the rest of the tiles.
There are 8 tiles in each row.
Write a division equation for the array using the total number of tiles as the dividend and the number of rows as the divisor.
48÷ 6= 8
So, 48 ÷ 8 = 6, 8 × 6 = 48,
and 6 ×8  = 48 are related facts.

Question 4.
Brooke says there are 49 days until July 4. There are 7 days in a week. In how many weeks will it be July 4?
Options:
a. 9 weeks
b. 8 weeks
c. 7 weeks
d. 6 weeks

Answer: c. 7 weeks

Explanation:
Draw 1 tile in each of 7 rows.
Continue drawing 1 tile in each of the 7 rows until all 49 tiles are drawn.
Count the number of tiles in each row.
There are 7 tiles in each row.
So, there are 7 weeks till July 4.

Question 5.
It is 20 minutes before 8:00 in the morning. Which is the correct way to write that time?
Options:
a. 7:40 A.M.
b. 7:40 P.M.
c. 8:20 A.M.
d. 8:40 A.M.

Answer: a. 7:40 A.M.

Explanation:
Count by fives and ones from the 12 on the clock back to where the minute hand is pointing. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.
Write: 7:40 A.M.
Read:
Twenty minutes before eight

Question 6.
Marcy played the piano for 45 minutes. She stopped playing at 4:15 P.M. At what time did she start playing the piano?
Options:
a. 3:00 P.M.
b. 3:30 P.M.
c. 4:45 P.M.
d. 5:00 P.M.

Answer: b. 3:30 P.M.

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find the starting time on the number line
STEP 2 Count back on the number line to subtract the elapsed time. Draw and label the jumps to show the minutes.
STEP 3 Write the times below the number line.
You jumped back to 45 minutes
So, the starting time is 3:30 P.M.

Estimate and Measure Liquid Volume – Page No. 603

Estimate how much liquid volume there will be when the container is filled. Write more than 1 liter, about 1 liter, or less than 1 liter.

Question 1.
large milk container
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Estimate and Measure Liquid Volume img 48

Answer: more than one liter

Explanation:
Pour 1 liter of milk into one of the large containers. Repeat until the container is full. Record the number of liters you poured. This proves that the container can hold more than one liter.

Question 2.
small milk container
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Estimate and Measure Liquid Volume img 49
____________

Answer: less than one liter

Explanation:
Pour 1 liter of milk into one of the small containers. There is some quantity of milk leftover in the pack of one liter, this proves that the container can hold less than one liter.

Question 3.
water bottle
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Estimate and Measure Liquid Volume img 50
____________

Answer: about one liter

Explanation:
A water bottle holds about 1 liter.

Question 4.
spoonful of water
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Estimate and Measure Liquid Volume img 51
____________

Answer: less than one liter

Explanation:
Pour 100 ml of water into a spoon. The excess water flow out, this proves that the spoon can hold less than one liter.

Question 5.
bathtub filled halfway
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Estimate and Measure Liquid Volume img 52
____________

Answer: more than one liter

Explanation:
Pour 1 liter of water into the bathtub. Repeat until the tub is full. Record the number of liters you poured.This proves that the container can hold more than one liter.

Question 6.
filled eyedropper
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Estimate and Measure Liquid Volume img 53
____________

Answer: less than one liter

Explanation:
Place the eyedropper in a bottle of the quantity, one liter. The eyedropper picks only few drops of the water, this proves that the eyedropper can hold less than one liter.

Problem Solving

Use the pictures for 7–8. Alan pours water into four glasses that are the same size.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Estimate and Measure Liquid Volume img 54

Question 7.
Which glass has the most amount of water?
_______

Answer: Glass D

Explanation:
It can be observed that glass D is almost completely filled. So, glass D most amount of water.

Question 8.
Which glass has the least amount of water?
_______

Answer: Glass A

Explanation:
It can be observed that glass A contains the least amount of water. So, glass A has the least amount of water.

Estimate and Measure Liquid Volume – Page No. 604

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Felicia filled the bathroom sink with water. About how much water does she put in the sink?
Options:
a. about 1 liter
b. more than 1 liter
c. a little less than 1 liter
d. much less than 1 liter

Answer: b. more than 1 liter

Explanation:
Pour one liter of water into the sink. By repeating the same process we can say that, a sink can hold more than one liter of water. Hence it contains more than one liter of water.

Question 2.
Kyle needed about 1 liter of water to fill a container. Which container did Kyle most likely fill?
Options:
a. a small glass
b. a spoon
c. a large pail
d. a vase

Answer: d. a vase

Explanation:
A vase holds about 1 liter while a small glass, a spoon can only hold small quantity of water. A large pail holds water more than one liter.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Cecil had 6 ice cubes. He put 1 ice cube in each glass. In how many glasses did Cecil put ice cubes?
Options:
a. 6
b. 5
c. 1
d. 0

Answer: a. 6

Explanation:
If there is the same number of ice cubes and glasses, then 1 ice cube goes in each glass. Since each ice cube is to be placed in each glass.
6÷ 1 = 6
Number of glasses=6

Question 4.
Juan has 12 muffins. He puts \(\frac{1}{4}\) of the muffins in a bag. How many muffins does Juan put in the bag?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Estimate and Measure Liquid Volume img 55
Options:
a. 2
b. 3
c. 4
d. 5

Answer: b. 3

Explanation:
Put 12 counters(muffins) on the table.
Since you want to find 1/4 of the group, there should be equal groups of muffins.
Circle one of the groups to show 1/4th part of muffins.Then count the number of counters in that group.
There are 3 counters in 1 group. 1/4 of 12 = 3
So,  Juan has put 3 muffins in his bag.

Question 5.
Which is one way to read the time shown on the clock?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Estimate and Measure Liquid Volume img 56
Options:
a. 4 minutes before 7
b. 26 minutes before 11
c. 54 minutes after 6
d. 56 minutes after 7

Answer: a. 4 minutes before 7

Explanation:
Count by fives and ones from the 12 on the clock back to where the minute hand is pointing. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.
Write: 6:56
Read:
four minutes before seven

Question 6.
Julianne drew the line segment below. Use your ruler to measure the segment to the nearest fourth inch.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Estimate and Measure Liquid Volume img 57
Options:
a. \(\frac{3}{4}\) inch
b. 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) inches
c. 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) inches
d. 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) inches

Answer: d. 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) inches

Explanation:
Line up the left end of the paper clip with the zero mark on the ruler.
The right end of the paper clip is between the fourth-inch marks for 1 and2.
The mark that is closest to the right end of the paper clip is for 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) inches.
So, the length of the paper clip to the nearest fourth inch is 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) inches.

Estimate and Measure Liquid Volume – Page No. 609

Choose the unit you would use to measure the mass. Write gram or kilogram.

Question 1.
CD
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Estimate and Measure Mass img 58
gram

Answer: Gram

Explanation:
The gram (g) is the basic metric unit for measuring mass or the amount of matter in an object. Mass can also be measured by using the metric unit kilogram (kg).
A small CD has a mass measured in grams.

Question 2.
boy
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Estimate and Measure Mass img 59
________

Answer: Kilogram

Explanation:
A boy’s mass must be measured in kilograms, the metric unit. Since gram is the basic unit of mass and this measuring mass is used to measure small items such as CDs, paper pins, ice cream sticks etc.

Question 3.
bag of sugar
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Estimate and Measure Mass img 60
________

Answer: Kilogram

Explanation:
A bag contains more than or equal to 1000 grams of measuring mass.
1000grams=1kilogram
Hence we can say that the sugar is measured in kilograms.

Question 4.
lion
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Estimate and Measure Mass img 61
________

Answer: Kilogram

Explanation: Lion is a huge animal with muscles and hard bones. Hence, Lion is measured in kilograms.

Question 5.
paper clip
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Estimate and Measure Mass img 62
________

Answer: Gram

Explanation:
A paper clip is light measured clip its mass is about 1 gram.

Question 6.
empty plastic bottle
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Estimate and Measure Mass img 63
________

Answer: Gram

Explanation:
The amount of water in the bottle justifies the mass/volume of the bottle. Since the bottle is empty it is only measured in grams.

Compare the masses of the objects. Write is less than,
is the same as, or is more than.

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Estimate and Measure Mass img 64
The mass of the candle ________ the mass of the light bulb.

Answer: is more than

Explanation:
Both candle and bulb measure in grams comparatively candle seems to have more mass than bulb.
Therefore we can say that mass of candle is more than a mass of bulb.

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Estimate and Measure Mass img 65
The mass of the watch ________ the mass of the necklace.

Answer: is the same as

Explanation:
Both the watch and the necklace seem to have same amount of mass in grams.

Problem Solving

Question 9.
A red ball has a mass that is less than 1 kilogram. A blue ball has a mass of 1 kilogram. Is the mass of the blue ball more than or less than the mass of the red ball?
The mass of the blue ball is ________ the mass of the red ball

Answer: more than

Explanation:
Blue ball has a mass of 1 kilogram which more than that of the red ball because it has a mass less than 1 kilogram.

Question 10.
Brock’s dog is a collie. To find the mass of his dog, should Brock use grams or kilograms?
__________

Answer: kilograms

Explanation:

Estimate and Measure Liquid Volume – Page No. 610

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Which unit of measure would you use to measure the mass of a grape?
Options:
a. gram
b. inch
c. kilogram
d. meter

Answer: a. gram

Explanation:
A bunch of grapes are measured in kilograms while a single grape is measured in grams.

Question 2.
Elsie wants to find the mass of her pony. Which unit should she use?
Options:
a. gram
b. liter
c. kilogram
d. centimeter

Answer: c. kilogram

Explanation:
The mass of the pony is calculated in kilogram because the cluster of grams is called as kilogram.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Marsie blew up 24 balloons. She tied the balloons together in groups of 4. How many groups did Marsie make?
Options:
a. 5
b. 6
c. 7
d. 8

Answer: b. 6

Explanation:
STEP 1 Let 24 counters be ballons.
STEP 2 Make a group of 4 counters tied together into a group. Continue making groups of 4 until all 24 counters are in groups.
There are 6 groups of 24 counters.

Question 4.
Clark used the order of operations to find the unknown number in 15 − 12 ÷ 3 = n. What is the value of the unknown number?
Options:
a. 1
b. 6
c. 9
d. 11

Answer: d. 11

Explanation:
STEP 1 Let there be 12 counters in a box.
STEP 2 Make a group of 3 counters by drawing a circle around them. Continue circling groups of 3 until all 12 counters are in groups.
There are 4 groups of 12 counters.
STEP3 There are 15 counters in a box
STEP4 Remove 4 counters from the box, then only 11 counters are left in the box.

Use the pictures for 5–6. Ralph pours juice into four bottles that are the same size.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Estimate and Measure Mass img 66

Question 5.
Which bottle has the most amount of juice?
Options:
a. Bottle A
b. Bottle B
c. Bottle C
d. Bottle D

Answer: a. Bottle A

Explanation:
Comparatively in all the four bottles bottle A is almost completely filled. Therefore bottle A has the most amount of juice.

Question 6.
Which bottle has the least amount of juice?
Options:
a. Bottle A
b. Bottle B
c. Bottle C
d. Bottle D

Answer: d. Bottle D

Explanation:
Comparatively in all the four bottles bottle D has the least amount of juice. Therefore bottle A has the least amount of juice.

Solve Problems About Liquid Volume and Mass – Page No. 615

Write an equation and solve the problem.

Question 1.
Luis was served 145 grams of meat and 217 grams of vegetables at a meal. What was the total mass of the meat and the vegetables?
Think: Add to find how much in all.
145 + 217 = _______ grams

Answer: 145 + 217 = 362 grams

Explanation:
STEP 1 Place 145 grams mass of meat.
STEP 2 Place 217 grams mass of vegetables at a meal .
STEP 3 To find the total mass of the meat and the vegetables is 362 grams.
So, the total mass of the meat and the vegetables is 362 grams.

Question 2.
The gas tank of a riding mower holds 5 liters of gas. How many 5-liter gas tanks can you fill from a full 20-liter gas can?
_______ ÷ _______ = _______ 5-liter gas tanks

Answer: 20 ÷ 5 = 4 gas tanks

Explanation:
STEP1 A single gas tank of a riding mower holds 5 liters of gas.
STEP2 Quantity of gas given to fill in the tanks is 20 liters.
STEP3 To calculate the number of tanks, we should make groups of 5 liters of gas such that the total quantity of 20 liters is completed
STEP4 The number of gas tanks is the number of counters in which the 20 liter of gas is filled.
Therefore the number of tanks are 4

Question 3.
To make a lemon-lime drink, Mac mixed 4 liters of lemonade with 2 liters of limeade. How much lemon-lime drink did Mac make?
_______ + _______ = _______ liters lemon-lime

Answer: 4 + 2 = 6 liters

Explanation:
STEP 1 Place 4 liters of lemonade for preparing the lemon-lime drink.
STEP 2 Place 2 liters of limeade for preparing the lemon-lime drink.
STEP 3Mass of lemon-lime drink made by Mac is 4+2=6 liters.
So, the total mass of the lemon-lime drink made is 6 liters.

Question 4.
A nickel has a mass of 5 grams. There are 40 nickels in a roll of nickels. What is the mass of a roll of nickels?
_______ × _______ = _______grams

Answer: 5 × 40 = 200 grams

Explanation:
STEP1 Given that there are 40 nickels in a roll of nickels.
STEP2 Each nickel has a mass of 5 grams.
STEP3 Place the counters(nickels) in rows.
STEP4 Find the mass of a roll of nickels.
STEP5 Mass of a roll of nickels=5×40
STEP6 Place 5 boxes each containing 40 counters. Add the counters in the boxes, total number of counters is equal to 200.

Question 5.
Four families share a basket of 16 kilograms of apples equally. How many kilograms of apples does each family get?
_______ ÷ _______ = _______ kilograms

Answer: 20 ÷ 5 = 4

Explanation:
STEP1 Total number of apples =16
STEP2 Number of families =4
STEP3 Number of apples each family shared=16÷4
=4 apples

Question 6.
For a party, Julia made 12 liters of fruit punch. There were 3 liters of fruit punch left after the party. How much fruit punch did the people drink at the party?
_______ – _______ = _______ liters

Answer: 12 – 3 = 9 liters

Explanation:
STEP1 Quantity of fruit punch made by Julia=12 liters
STEP2 Quantity of fruit punch left after the party=3 liters
STEP3 Quantity of fruit punch the people drank in the party=12-3 = 9 liters

Problem Solving

Question 7.
Zoe’s fish tank holds 27 liters of water. She uses a 3-liter container to fill the tank. How many times does she have to fill the 3-liter container in order to fill her fish tank?
_______ times

Answer: 9 times

Explanation:
STEP1 Quantity of water Zoe’s fish tank holds=27 liters
STEP2  Zoe has a 3-liter container to fill the tank.
STEP3 Total number of times  she has to fill the 3-liter container in order to fill her fish tank=27÷3=9 times

Question 8.
Adrian’s backpack has a mass of 15 kilograms. Theresa’s backpack has a mass of 8 kilograms. What is the total mass of both backpacks?
15 + 8 = _______ kilograms

Answer: 23 kilograms

Explanation:
STEP1 Mass of Adrian’s backpack = 15 kilograms
STEP2 Mass of Theresa’s backpack= 8 kilograms
STEP3  Total mass of both backpacks=15+8=23 kilograms

Solve Problems About Liquid Volume and Mass – Page No. 616

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Mickey’s beagle has a mass of 15 kilograms. His dachshund has a mass of 13 kilograms. What is the combined mass of the two dogs?
Options:
a. 2 kilograms
b. 18 kilograms
c. 23 kilograms
d. 28 kilograms

Answer: d. 28 kilograms

Explanation:
Mickey has 2 dogs beagle and dachshund
STEP1 Mass of Beagle=15 kilograms
STEP2 Mass of dachshund= 13 kilograms
STEP3 Combined mass of the two dogs= 15+13=28 kilograms

Question 2.
Lois put 8 liters of water in a bucket for her pony. At the end of the day, there were 2 liters of water left. How much water did the pony drink?
Options:
a. 4 liters
b. 6 liters
c. 10 liters
d. 16 liters

Answer: b. 6 liters

Explanation:
STEP1 Quantity of the water put in the bucket by Lois=8 liters
STEP2 Quantity of the water left in the bucket=2 liters
STEP3 Quantity of the water drank by pony= 8-2 = 6 liters

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Josiah has 3 packs of toy animals. Each pack has the same number of animals. Josiah gives 6 animals to his sister Stephanie. Then Josiah has 9 animals left. How many animals were in each pack?
Options:
a. 1
b. 3
c. 5
d. 6

Answer: c. 5

Explanation:
STEP1 Number of packs Josiah has =3
STEP2 Number of animals given by Josiah to his sister =6
STEP3 Total number of animals = 6+9=15
According to the problem,
Each pack has the same number of animals.
3× ■ = 15
Count how many rows of 15 counters there are. There are  3 rows of 15 counters. The unknown factor is 5 (c0lumns). n = 5
3 × 5 = 15

Question 4.
Tom jogged \(\frac{3}{10}\) mile, Betsy jogged \(\frac{5}{10}\) mile, and Sue jogged \(\frac{2}{10}\) mile. Who jogged a longer distance than \(\frac{4}{10}\) mile?
Options:
a. Betsy
b. Sue
c. Tom
d. None

Answer: a. Betsy

Explanation:
When the numerators are the same, think about the of the pieces to compare and order fractions. So, the order from greatest to least gives, the greatest fraction and the person who jogged a longer distance than \(\frac{4}{10}\) mile.
\(\frac{5}{10}\)>\(\frac{3}{10}\)>\(\frac{2}{10}\)
Therefore Betsy jogged a longer distance than \(\frac{4}{10}\) mile.

Question 5.
Bob started mowing at 9:55 A.M. It took him 25 minutes to mow the front yard and 45 minutes to mow the back yard. At what time did Bob finish mowing?
Options:
a. 10:20 A.M.
b. 10:55 A.M.
c. 11:05 A.M.
d. 11:20 A.M.

Answer: c. 11:05 A.M.

Explanation:
STEP1 Time Bob spent in mowing=25+45=70 minutes
STEP2 Finding the time at which Bob finished mowing
STEP3 Find the ending time on the number line.
STEP4 Count forward on the number line to add the elapsed time. Draw and label the jumps to show the minutes.
STEP5 Write the times below the number line.
The jumps end at 11:05 A.M.
So, the ending time is 11:05 A.M.

Question 6.
Juliana wants to find the mass of a watermelon. Which unit should she use?
Options:
a. gram
b. kilogram
c. liter
d. meter

Answer: b. kilogram

Explanation:
Mass is measured in grams and kilograms small quantities like paper clips, pins are measured in grams while large quantities are measured in kilograms. Therefore watermelon is measured in kilogram.

Review/Test – Page No. 617

Question 1.
Yul and Sarah’s art class started at 11:25 a.m. The class lasted 30 minutes. Yul left when the class was done. Sarah stayed an extra 5 minutes to talk with the teacher and then left.
Write the time that each student left. Explain how you found each time.
Yul: _______ A.M.
Sarah: ______ P.M.

Answer: Yul: 11:55 A.M.
Sarah: 12:05 P.M.

Explanation:
Yul:
STEP 1 Find the ending time on the number line.
STEP 2 Count forward on the number line to add the elapsed time, 30 minutes. Draw and label the jumps to show the minutes.
STEP 3 Write the times below the number line.
The jumps end at 11:55 A.M.
So, the ending time is 11:55 A.M.
Sarah:
STEP 1 Find the starting time on the number line
STEP 2 Count back on the number line to subtract the elapsed time, 30+5=35 minutes. Draw and label the jumps to show the minutes.
STEP 3 Write the times below the number line.
The jumps end at  12:05 P.M.
So, the starting time is 12:05 P.M.

Question 2.
Julio measured an object that he found. It was about 3/4 inch wide.
For numbers 2a–2d, choose Yes or No to tell whether the object could be the one Julio measured.
a. Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Review/Test img 67
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: ii. no

Question 2.
b. Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Review/Test img 68
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: i. yes

Explanation:
The mark that is closest to the right end of the stamp is for 1 inch. So, the length of the stamp to the nearest fourth inch is 3/4 inches. Therefore the stamp is about 3/4 inch wide.

Question 2.
c. Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Review/Test img 69
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: ii. no

Question 2.
d. Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Review/Test img 70
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: ii. no

Review/Test – Page No. 618

Question 3.
Dina started swimming at 3:38 p.m. She swam until 4:15 p.m. How long did Dina swim?
________ minutes

Answer: 37 minutes

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find 3:38 P.M. on the number line. Count on from 3:38 P.M. to 4:15 P.M. Draw marks and record the times on the number line. Then draw and label the jumps.
STEP 2 Add to find the total minutes from 3:38 P.M. to 4:15 p.M. From 3:38 P.M. to 4:15 P.M. is 37 minutes.
So, the elapsed time is 37 minutes

Question 4.
Rita’s class begins social studies at ten minutes before one in the afternoon. At what time does Rita’s class begin social studies? Circle a time that makes the sentence true.
Rita’s class begins social studies at Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Review/Test img 71
__________

Answer: 12:50 P.M.

Explanation:
Rita’s class begins social studies at ten minutes before one in the afternoon. So, the time at which the class begins is 10 minutes subtracted from 1:00 P.M. is 12:50 P.M.

Question 5.
Select the objects with a mass greater than 1 kilogram.
Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. bicycle
b. pen
c. eraser
d. math book

Answer: a. bicycle, has a mass greater than 1 kilogram.

Explanation:
Mass is measured in grams and kilograms small quantities like paper clips, pins are measured in grams while large quantities are measured in kilograms. Therefore mass of bicycle is measured in kilograms.

Question 6.
A chicken dish needs to bake in the oven for 35 minutes. The dish needs to cool for at least 8 minutes before serving. Scott puts the chicken dish in the oven at 5:14 p.m. For numbers 6a–6d, select True or False for each statement.
a. Scott can serve the dish at 5:51 p.m.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: ii. False

Question 6.
b. Scott can serve the dish at 5:58 p.m.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: ii. False

Question 6.
c. Scott should take the dish out of the oven at 5:51 a.m
i. True
ii. False

Answer: ii. False

Question 6.
d. Scott should take the dish out of the oven at 5:49 p.m.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: i. True

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find the ending time on the number line.
STEP 2 Count forward on the number line to add the elapsed time, 35 minutes ie. the time when the dish is kept in the oven to bake. Draw and label the jumps to show the minutes.
STEP 3 Write the times below the number line.
The jumps end at 5:49 P.M.
So, the ending time is 5:49 P.M.

Review/Test – Page No. 619

Question 7.
Anthony’s family went out to dinner. They left at the time shown on the clock. They returned home at 6:52 p.m.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Review/Test img 72
Part A
How long was Anthony’s family gone?
_____ hour _____ minutes
_____ hour _____ minutes

Answer: 5 hours 05 minutes
6 hours 52 minutes

Explanation:
Anthony’s family left for dinner at 5 hours 05 minutes
Anthony’s family returned back home at 6 hours 52 minutes

Question 7.
Part B
Explain how you found your answer.
Type below:
__________

Answer: 107 minutes

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find 5:05 P.M. on the number line. Count on from 5:05 P.M. to 6:52 P.M. Draw marks and record the times on the number line. Then draw and label the jumps.
STEP 2 Add to find the total minutes from 5:05 P.M. to 6:52 p.M. From 5:05 P.M. to 6:52 P.M. is 107 minutes.
So, the elapsed time is 107 minutes

Question 8.
Tran checked the time on his watch after he finished his daily run.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Review/Test img 73
Select the time that Tran finished running. Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. 14 minutes before nine
b. eight forty-six
c. quarter to nine
d. nine forty-six

Answer: a. 14 minutes before nine
b. eight forty-six

Explanation:
a. Count by fives and ones from the 12 on the clock back to where the minute hand is pointing. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.
b. Count on by fives and ones from the 12 on the clock to where the minute hand is pointing. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.
Write: 8 Hour 46 minutes

Question 9.
Cara uses a balance scale to compare mass.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Review/Test img 75
Circle a symbol that makes the comparison true.
The mass of the blocks img 73 the mass of the erasers.
________

Answer: mass of the blocks>mass of the erasers

Explanation:
Mass of the blocks is measured in kilograms while mass of the erasers is measured in grams.

Review/Test – Page No. 620

Question 10.
A large bottle of water holds about 2 liters. For numbers 10a–10e, choose Yes or No to tell whether the container will hold all of the water.
a. kitchen sink
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: i. yes

Explanation: A kitchen sink can hold about 2 liters. Due to the larger surface area, the kitchen sink can hold about 2 liters.

Question 10.
b. water glass
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: ii. no

Question 10.
c. ice cube tray
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: ii. no

Question 10.
d. large soup pot
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: ii. no

Question 10.
e. lunchbox thermos
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: i. yes

Explanation: Lunchbox thermos can hold about only 2 liters due to its surface area, and height.

Question 11.
Select the items that would be best measured in grams.
Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. watermelon
b. lettuce leaf
c. grape
d. onion

Answer: b. lettuce leaf
c. grape

Explanation: A single leaf is measured in grams.
Mass of a single grape is measured in grams.

Question 12.
Samir made a list of what he did on Tuesday. Write the letter for each activity next to the time he did it.

A. Get out of bed. 8:05 a.m.(b)
B. Walk to school. 6:25 p.m.(e)
C. Eat lunch. 3:50 p.m.(d)
D. Go to guitar lesson after school. 11:48 a.m.(c)
E. Eat dinner at home. 6:25 a.m.(a)

Explanation:
The times after midnight and before noon is written with A.M. The times afternoon and before midnight is written with P.M.Samir gets out of the bed at 6:25 a.m. in the morning and walk to school by 8:05 a.m. in the morning. Samir finishes his lunch in the school by 11:48 a.m. After school hours Samir goes to guitar lessons at 3:50 p.m. After attending his classes Samir at 6:25 p.m. eats his dinner at home.

Review/Test – Page No. 621

Question 13.
Amy has 30 grams of flour. She puts 4 grams of flour in each pot of chowder that she makes. She puts 5 grams of flour in each pot of potato soup that she makes. She makes 4 pots of chowder. Does Amy have enough flour left over to make 3 pots of potato soup?
______

Answer: No

Explanation:
Mass of flour Amy has= 30grams
Mass of flour in each pot of chowder= 4grams
Mass of flour in each pot of potato soup= 5grams
According to the problem,
Amy makes 4 pots of chowder.
Mass of flour used to make 4 pots of chowder= 4×4= 16grams
Leftover mass of flour=30-16=14 grams
Mass of flour used to make 3 pots of potato soup=5×3=15 grams
But, Amy only has 14 grams. So, we can say that Amy doesn’t have enough flour leftover to make 3 pots of potato soup.

Question 14.
Use an inch ruler to measure.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Review/Test img 76
Part A
What is the length of the leaf to the nearest fourth inch?
Type below:
__________

Answer: 2 1/4 inches

Explanation:
Line up the left end of the leaf with the zero mark on the ruler.
The right end of the leaf is between the fourth-inch marks for 2 and 3.
The mark that is closest to the right end of the leaf is for 1/4 inches.
So, the length of the leaf to the nearest fourth inch is 2 1/4 inches.

Question 14.
Part B
Explain what happens if you line up the left side of the object with the 1 on the ruler.
Type below:
__________

Answer: 1 1/4

Explanation:
Line up the left end of the object with the one mark on the ruler.
The right end of the paper clip is between the fourth-inch marks for 2 and 3.
The mark that is closest to the right end of the paper clip is for 1/4 inches.
So, the length of the paper clip to the nearest fourth inch is 1 1/4 inches.

Question 15.
Mrs. Park takes the 9:38 a.m. train to the city. The trip takes 3 hours and 20 minutes. What time does Mrs. Park arrive in the city?
______ : _______ _______

Answer: 12:58 P.M.

Explanation:
STEP 1 Find the ending time on the clock, the time at which Mrs. Park arrive in the city.
STEP 2 Count forward by hours and then by fives for the elapsed time of 3 hours 20 minutes. Write the missing counting numbers next to the clock.
So, the ending time is 12:58 P.M.

Question 16.
Hector buys two bags of gravel for his driveway. He buys a total of 35 kilograms of gravel. Select the bags he buys.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Review/Test img 77

Answer: 17 kg and 18 kg

Explanation:
Hector buys two bags of gravel for his delivery.
Hector buys a total of 35 kilograms of gravel.
According to the problem,
The bags selected by Hector are 17 kg and 18 kg because 17+18=35 kg

Review/Test – Page No. 622

Question 17.
Ashley measures the shells she collects. She records the measurements in a chart.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Review/Test img 78
Part A
Ashley found a razor clam shell this long. Use an inch ruler to measure. Record the measurement in the chart.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Review/Test img 79
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\) inches

Answer: 4 inches

Question 17.
Part B
Complete the line plot to show the data in the chart. How many shells are longer than 2 inches? Tell how you know.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Review/Test img 80
_______ shells

Answer: 4

Explanation:
Calculate the number of shells which are longer than 2 inches.
By observing the number line we find 2. From 2 draw curves to the next values in such a way that the other values are greater than 2.
We need to draw the curves till 4.
Count the curves drawn from 2 to 4 the number of curves=number of shells (which are measured to the nearest half-inch)=4

Question 18.
Lucy fills a bathroom sink with water. Is the amount of water more than 1 liter, about 1 liter, or less than 1 liter?
Explain how you know.
________

Answer: More than one liter

Explanation:
Volume is measured in milliliters and liters. Small quantities like syrup, water in glass etc. are measured in milliliters while the volume of water in the bathroom sink, oil can are measured in liters. Therefore, the bathroom sink with water can hold more than one liter of water.

Summary

We believe the information shed regarding Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass has helped you a lot. If you need any further help you can test your knowledge using the Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass Extra Practice. Bookmark our site to seek information on different Classes Go Math Answer Key.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents

go-math-grade-6-chapter-7-exponents-answer-key

The solutions of Grade 6 Go Math Answer Key for Chapter 7 Exponents are available in simple PDFs here. With the help off the HMH Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 7 Exponents Answer Ley can be easily downloaded by the students by using the provided links. You can understand the concept of the standard form in this article. So, Download a free pdf of Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents

Our main aim is to provide a brief explanation of all the questions. We have provided the table of contents of chapter 7 Exponents in the below section. So, once go through the topics before you start your preparation. This will help you to know in which topic you are lagging. Hence make use of the resources provided on this page and try to score good marks in the exams. After your preparation we suggest the students to test your skills by solving the questions in the mid-chapter checkpoint and review test.

Lesson 1: Exponents

Lesson 2: Evaluate Expressions Involving Exponents

Lesson 3: Write Algebraic Expressions

Lesson 4: Identify Parts of Expressions

Lesson 5: Evaluate Algebraic Expressions and Formulas

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint

Lesson 6: Use Algebraic Expressions

Lesson 7: Problem Solving • Combine Like Terms

Lesson 8: Generate Equivalent Expressions

Lesson 9: Identify Equivalent Expressions

Chapter 7 Review/Test

Share and Show – Page No. 359

Question 1.
Write 24 by using repeated multiplication. Then find the value of 24.
___________

The repeated multiplication of 24

Answer: 16

Explanation:
The repeated factor is 2
The number 2 is repeated 4 times.
The repeated multiplication of 24 is 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 = 16
Thus the value of 24 is 16.

Use one or more exponents to write the expression.

Question 2.
7 × 7 × 7 × 7
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 74

Explanation:
The repeated factor is 7.
7 is repeated four times.
The exponent of the repeated multiplication 7 × 7 × 7 × 7 is 74

Question 3.
5 × 5 × 5 × 5 × 5
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 55

Explanation:
The repeated factor is 5. The number 5 is repeated five times.
The exponent of the repeated multiplication 5 × 5 × 5 × 5 × 5 is 55

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents Page 359 Q4

On Your Own

Find the value.

Question 5.
202
______

Answer: 20 × 20 = 400

Explanation:
The repeated factor is 20
Write the factor 2 times.
20 × 20 = 400
The value of 202 = 400

Question 6.
821
______

Answer: 82

Explanation:
The repeated factor is 82
Write the factor 1 time.
The value of 821 is 82

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents Page 359 Q7

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents Page 359 Q8

Complete the statement with the correct exponent.

Question 9.
5? = 125
______

Answer: 53

Explanation:
The exponential form of 125 is 5 × 5 × 5 = 53
5? = 125
5? = 53
When bases are equal powers should be equated.
Thus the exponent is 3

Question 10.
16? = 16
______

Answer: 1

Explanation:
The exponential form of 16 is 161
16? = 161
When bases are equal powers should be equated.
Thus the exponent is 1.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents Page 359 Q11

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents Page 359 Q12

Question 13.
Select the expressions that are equivalent to 32. Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. 25
b. 84
c. 23 × 4
d. 2 × 4 × 4

Answer: 25

Explanation:
The exponent of 32 by using the base 2 is 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2  = 25
32 = 25
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Bacterial Growth – Page No. 360

Bacteria are tiny, one-celled organisms that live almost everywhere on Earth. Although some bacteria cause disease, other bacteria are helpful to humans, other animals, and plants. For example, bacteria are needed to make yogurt and many types of cheese.

Under ideal conditions, a certain type of bacterium cell grows larger and then splits into 2 “daughter” cells. After 20 minutes, the daughter cells split, resulting in 4 cells. This splitting can happen again and again as long as conditions remain ideal.

Complete the table.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents img 1
Extend the pattern in the table above to answer 14 and 15.

Question 14.
What power of 2 shows the number of cells after 3 hours? How many cells are there after 3 hours?
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 29

Explanation:
So, each cell doubles every 20 mins. After 20 minutes, you have 1(2) = 2 cells. After 40 minutes, you have 2(2) = 4 cells, etc.
1 hour = 60 minutes
3 hours = 3 × 60 minutes = 180 minutes
180/20 = 9 divisions
Thus 29 cells are there after 3 hours.

Question 15.
How many minutes would it take to have a total of 4,096 cells?
_______ minutes

Answer: 240 minutes

Explanation:
First, convert the cells into the exponential form.
The exponential form of 4096 is 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2× 2 × 2× 2 × 2× 2 × 2 = 212
Multiply the power with 20
12 × 20 = 240
Thus it would take 240 minutes to have a total of 4,096 cells

Exponents – Page No. 361

Exponents

Use one or more exponents to write the expression.

Question 1.
6 × 6
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The number 6 is used as a repeated factor.
6 is used as a factor 2 times.
Now write the base and exponent for 6 × 6 = 62

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents Page 361 Q2

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents Page 361 Q3

Question 4.
64
_______

Answer:
The repeated factor is 6.
Write the factor 4 times.
The value of 64 is 6 × 6 × 6 × 6 = 1296

Question 5.
16
_______

Answer:
The repeated factor is 1.
Write the factor 6 times.
The value of 16 is 1 × 1 × 1 × 1 × 1 × 1 = 1

Question 6.
105
_______

Answer:
The repeated factor is 10.
Write the factor 5 times.
The value of 105 is 10 × 10 × 10 × 10 × 10 = 1,00,000

Question 7.
Write 144 with an exponent by using 12 as the base.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 12 × 12 = 122
The exponential form of 144 is 12 × 12 = 122

Question 8.
Write 343 with an exponent by using 7 as the base.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: The exponential form of 343 is 7 × 7 × 7 = 73

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents Page 361 Q9

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents Page 361 Q10

Question 11.
Explain what the expression 45 means and how to find its value.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The repeated factor is 4.
Write the factor 5 times.
The value of 45 is 4 × 4 × 4 × 4 × 4 = 1024

Lesson Check – Page No. 362

Question 1.
The number of games in the first round of a chess tournament is equal to 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2. Write the number of games using an exponent.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 26

Explanation:

The number 2 is the repeated factor.
2 is repeated 6 times.
2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 = 26

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents Page 362 Q2

Spiral Review

Question 3.
The table shows the amounts of strawberry juice and lemonade needed to make different amounts of strawberry lemonade. Name another ratio of strawberry juice to lemonade that is equivalent to the ratios in the table.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents img 2
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 5 : 15

Explanation:
By using the above table we can find the ratio of strawberry juice to lemonade.
2 : 6 = 1 : 3
The ratio of strawberry juice to lemonade next to 4 : 12 is 5 : 15

Question 4.
Which percent is equivalent to the fraction \(\frac{37}{50}\)?
_______ %

Answer: 74%

Explanation:
\(\frac{37}{50}\) × 100
0.74 × 100 = 74
Thus 74% is equivalent to the fraction \(\frac{37}{50}\)

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents Page 362 Q5

Question 6.
Use the formula d = rt to find the distance traveled by car driving at an average speed of 50 miles per hour for 4.5 hours.
_______ miles

Answer: 225 miles

Explanation:
Given,
r = 50 miles/hour
t = 4.5 hours
Use the formula d = rt
d = 50 × 4.5 = 225 miles
Thus the distance traveled by car driving at an average speed of 50 miles per hour for 4.5 hours is 225 miles.

Share and Show – Page No. 365

Question 1.
Evaluate the expression 9 + (52 − 10)
_______

Answer: 24

Explanation:
First write the square for 52
52 is 25
Now simplify the expression 9 + (25 – 10)
9 + 15 = 24
So, 9 + (52 − 10) = 24

Evaluate the expression.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents Page 365 Q2

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents Page 365 Q3

Question 4.
(8 + 92) − 4 × 10
_______

Answer: 49

Explanation:
First multiply 9 × 9 = 81
(8 + 81) – (4 × 10)
Multiply 4 and 10.
4 × 10 = 40
(8 + 81) – (40)
89 – 40 = 49
(8 + 92) − 4 × 10 = 49

On Your Own

Evaluate the expression

Question 5.
10 + 62 × 2 ÷ 9
_______

Answer: 18

Explanation:
10 + (62 × 2) ÷ 9
Multiply 6 × 6 = 36
10 + (36 × 2) ÷ 9
Multiply 36 and 2 and then divide by 9.
10 + (72 ÷ 9)
10 + 8 = 18
So, 10 + 62 × 2 ÷ 9 = 18

Question 6.
62 − (23 + 5)
_______

Answer: 23

Explanation:

The value of 62 is 6 × 6 = 36
The value of 23 is 2 × 2 × 2 = 8
36 – (8 + 5)
36 – 13 = 23
Thus the answer for the expression for 62 − (23 + 5) is 23.

Question 7.
16 + 18 ÷ 9 + 34
_______

Answer: 99

Explanation:
16 + (18 ÷ 9) + 34
First divide 18 by 9
16 + 2 + 34
18 + 34
The value of 34 is 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 = 81
18 + 81 = 99
Thus the answer for the expression 16 + (18 ÷ 9) + 34 is 99.

Place parentheses in the expression so that it equals the given value.

Question 8.
102 − 50 ÷ 5
value: 10
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 10

Explanation:
102 − 50 ÷ 5
The factor of 102 is 10 × 10 = 100
(102 − 50) ÷ 5
50 ÷ 5 = 10
102 − 50 ÷ 5 = 10
The value of 102 − 50 ÷ 5 = 10

Question 9.
20 + 2 × 5 + 41
value: 38
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 38

Explanation:
20 + 2 × 5 + 41
The value of 41 is 4.
20 + 2 × (5 + 4)
20 + 2 × 9
Now multiply 2 and 9.
20 + 18 = 38
The value of 20 + 2 × 5 + 41 = 38

Question 10.
28 ÷ 22 + 3
value: 4
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 4

Explanation:
28 ÷ 22 + 3
28 ÷ (22 + 3)
The value of 22 is 4
28 ÷ (4 + 3)
28 ÷ 7 = 4
The value of 28 ÷ 22 + 3 is 4.

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 366

Use the table for 11–13.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents img 3

Question 11.
Write an Expression To find the cost of a window, multiply its area in square feet by the price per square foot. Write and evaluate an expression to find the cost of a knot window
$ _______

Answer: 108

Explanation:
To find the cost of the knot window multiply the area with the price per square foot.
Area per square feet is 22
Price per square foot is $27
Cost = 22 × 27 = 4 × 27 = 108
Thus the cost of a knot window is $108

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents Page 366 Q12
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents Page 366 Q12.1

Question 13.
DeShawn bought a tulip window. Emma bought a rose window. Write and evaluate an expression to determine how much more DeShawn paid for his window than Emma paid for hers.
$ _______

Answer: 258

Explanation:
Given that, DeShawn bought a tulip window.
DeShawn bought it for 42 × $33 = 16 × $33 = 528
Emma bought a rose window
Emma bought it for 32 × 30 = 9 × 30 = 270
$528 – $270 = $258
DeShawn paid $258 for his window and Emma paid for hers.

Question 14.
What’s the Error? Darius wrote 17 − 22 = 225. Explain his error.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 17 – 4 is actually 13 but not 225.

Question 15.
Ms. Hall wrote the expression 2 × (3 + 5)2÷ 4 on the board. Shyann said the first step is to evaluate 52. Explain Shyann’s mistake. Then evaluate the expression
_______

Answer: 32

Explanation:
2 × (3 + 5)2÷ 4
First, add 3 and 5.
2 × (8)2÷ 4
The square of 8 × 8 is 64.
2 × (64 ÷ 4) = 2 × 16 = 32

Evaluate Expressions Involving Exponents – Page No. 367

Evaluate Expressions Involving Exponents

Evaluate the expression.

Question 1.
5 + 17 − 102 ÷ 5
_______

Answer: 2

Explanation:
5 + 17 – (100 ÷ 5)
Divide 100 by 5
(5 + 17) – 20
22 – 20 = 2
So, the value for the expression 5 + 17 − 102 ÷ 5 = 2

Question 2.
72 − 32 × 4
_______

Answer: 13

Explanation:
72 − 32 × 4
72 − (32 × 4)
72 − (9 × 4)
49 – 36 = 13
Thus, 72 − 32 × 4 = 13

Question 3.
24 ÷ (7 − 5)
_______

Answer: 8

Explanation:
24 ÷ (7 − 5)
24 ÷ 2
24 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 = 16
16 ÷ 2 = 8
24 ÷ (7 − 5) = 8

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents Page 367 Q4

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents Page 367 Q5

Question 6.
(12 − 8)3 − 24 × 2
_______

Answer: 16

Explanation:
(12 − 8)3 − 24 × 2 = (4)3 − 24 × 2
64 – (24 × 2)
= 64 – 48 = 16
(12 − 8)3 − 24 × 2 = 16

Place parentheses in the expression so that it equals the given value.

Question 7.
12 × 2 + 23
value: 120
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
12 × (2 + 23)
12 × (2 + 8)
12 × 10 = 120
12 × 2 + 23 = 120

Question 8.
72 + 1 − 5 × 3
value: 135
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
(72 + 1 − 5) × 3
(49 + 1 – 5) × 3
(50 – 5) × 3
45 × 3 = 135
72 + 1 − 5 × 3 = 135

Problem Solving

Question 9.
Hugo is saving for a new baseball glove. He saves $10 the first week, and $6 each week for the next 6 weeks. The expression 10 + 62 represents the total amount in dollars he has saved. What is the total amount Hugo has saved?
$ _______

Answer: $46

Explanation:
Hugo is saving for a new baseball glove.
He saves $10 the first week, and $6 each week for the next 6 weeks.
The expression 10 + 62 represents the total amount in dollars he has saved.
10 + 62 = 10 + 36 = 46
The total amount Hugo has saved is $46

Question 10.
A scientist placed 5 fish eggs in a tank. Each day, twice the number of eggs from the previous day hatch. The expression 5 × 26 represents the number of eggs that hatch on the seventh day. How many eggs hatch on the seventh day?
_______ eggs

Answer: 320 eggs

Explanation:
A scientist placed 5 fish eggs in a tank.
Each day, twice the number of eggs from the previous day hatch.
The expression 5 × 26 represents the number of eggs that hatch on the seventh day.
5 × 26 = 5 × 64 = 320 eggs
Therefore 320 eggs hatch on the seventh day.

Question 11.
Explain how you could determine whether a calculator correctly performs the order of operations.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: Create a problem that must use the order of operations and isn’t solved by just left to right. Solve it going left to right. Then solve it using the order of operations. Solve it on the calculator. Your answer on the calculator will match the one using the order of operations.

Lesson Check – Page No. 368

Question 1.
Ritchie wants to paint his bedroom ceiling and four walls. The ceiling and each of the walls are 8 feet by 8 feet. A gallon of paint covers 40 square feet. Write an expression that can be used to find the number of gallons of paint Ritchie needs to buy.

Ritchie wants to paint his bedroom ceiling and four walls
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Ritchie wants to paint his bedroom ceiling and four walls.
The ceiling and each of the walls are 8 feet by 8 feet.
A gallon of paint covers 40 square feet.
8 × 8 × (4 + 1) ÷ 40
82 (4 + 1) ÷ 40
Thus the expression that can be used to find the number of gallons of paint Ritchie needs to buy is 82 (4 + 1) ÷ 40

Question 2.
A Chinese restaurant uses about 225 pairs of chopsticks each day. The manager wants to order a 30-day supply of chopsticks. The chopsticks come in boxes of 750 pairs. How many boxes should the manager order?
_______ boxes

Answer: 9 boxes

Explanation:
A Chinese restaurant uses about 225 pairs of chopsticks each day.
The manager wants to order a 30-day supply of chopsticks.
Multiply the number of pairs with the number of days
225 × 30 = 6750
The chopsticks come in boxes of 750 pairs.
Now divide the number of chopsticks by the number of pairs.
6750 ÷ 750 = 9 boxes.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Annabelle spent $5 to buy 4 raffle tickets. How many tickets can she buy for $20?
_______ tickets

Answer: 16 tickets

Explanation:
Annabelle spent $5 to buy 4 raffle tickets.
To find the number of tickets she can buy for $20.
($20 ÷ $5) × 4
4 × 4 = 16 tickets
That means she can buy 16 tickets for $20.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents Page 368 Q4

Question 5.
How many pounds are equivalent to 40 ounces?
_______ pounds

Answer: 2.5 pounds

Explanation:
Convert from ounces to pounds.
1 pound = 16 ounces
1 ounce = 1/16 pound
40 ounces = 40 × 1/16 pound
40 ounces = 2.5 pounds
Thus, 2.5 pounds are equivalent to 40 ounces

Question 6.
List the expressions in order from least to greatest.
15 33 42 81
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
15 33 42 81
15 = 1 × 1 × 1 × 1 × 1 = 1
33 = 3 × 3 × 3 = 27
42 = 4 × 4 = 16
81 = 8
Thus the order from least to greatest.
15 81 42 33

Share and Show – Page No. 371

Question 1.
Write an algebraic expression for the product of 6 and p.
What operation does the word “product” indicate?
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 6 × p
Explanation:
The word product indicates multiplication.
Multiply 6 with p.
The algebraic expression for the product of 6 and p is 6 × p.

Write an algebraic expression for the word expression.

Question 2.
11 more than e
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 11 + e

Explanation:
The word more than indicates addition operation.
So, the algebraic expression is 11 + e

Question 3.
9 less than the quotient of n and 5
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 9 – (n ÷ 5)

Explanation:
The word “less than” indicates subtraction and the “quotient” indicates division.
So, the expression is 9 – (n ÷ 5)

On Your Own

Write an algebraic expression for the word expression.

Question 4.
20 divided by c
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 20 ÷ c

Explanation:
Here we have to divide 20 by c.
The expression is 20 ÷ c

Question 5.
8 times the product of 5 and t
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 8 × (5t)

Explanation:
The word times indicate multiplication and the product indicates multiplication.
Here we have to multiply 8 with 5 and t.
Thus the expression is 8 × 5 × t = 8 × 5t

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents Page 371 Q6

Question 7.
A state park charges a $6.00 entry fee plus $7.50 per night of camping. Write an algebraic expression for the cost in dollars of entering the park and camping for n nights.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: $6.00 + $7.50 n

Explanation:
Given that, A state park charges a $6.00 entry fee plus $7.50 per night of camping.
Find the camping for n nights. The product of $7.50 camping for n nights.
$7.50 × n
Now add park charges to the camping nights.
$6.00 + $7.50 n
Thus the algebraic expression for the cost in dollars of entering the park and camping for n nights is $6.00 + $7.50 n

Question 8.
Look for Structure At a bookstore, the expression 2c + 8g gives the cost in dollars of c comic books and g graphic novels. Next month, the store’s owner plans to increase the price of each graphic novel by $3. Write an expression that will give the cost of c comic books and g graphic novels next month.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 2c + 11g

Explanation:
Look for Structure At a bookstore, the expression 2c + 8g gives the cost in dollars of c comic books and g graphic novels.
Next month, the store’s owner plans to increase the price of each graphic novel by $3.
Here we have to add $3 to 8 g = 3g + 8g = 11g
Sum of cost of c comic books and g graphic novels
Thus the expression is 2c + 11g

Unlock the Problem – Page No. 372

Question 9.
Martina signs up for the cell phone plan described at the right. Write an expression that gives the total cost of the plan in dollars if Martina uses it for m months.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents img 4
a. What information do you know about the cell phone plan?
Type below:
_____________

Answer: Pay a low monthly fee of $50. Receive $10 off your first month’s fee.

Question 9.
b. Write an expression for the monthly fee in dollars for m months.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
M is the number of months.
50 × m
Given that $10 off on first-month fee.
50m + (50-10)
50m + $40

Question 9.
c. What operation can you use to show the discount of $10 for the first month?
Type below:
_____________

Answer: We have to use subtraction operations to show a discount of $10 for the first month.

Question 9.
d. Write an expression for the total cost of the plan in dollars for m months
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 50m + 40

Question 10.
A group of n friends evenly share the cost of dinner. The dinner costs $74. After dinner, each friend pays $11 for a movie. Write an expression to represent what each friend paid for dinner and the movie.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 74 ÷ n + 11n

Explanation:
Given,
A group of n friends evenly share the cost of dinner.
The dinner costs $74. After dinner, each friend pays $11 for a movie.
The word share represents the division operation.
That means we have to divide 74 by n.
74 ÷ n
After that n friends paid $11 for the movie
Multiply 11 with n.
Thus the expression to represent what each friend paid for dinner and the movie is 74 ÷ n + 11n

Question 11.
A cell phone company charges $40 per month plus $0.05 for each text message sent. Select the expressions that represent the cost in dollars for one month of cell phone usage and sending m text messages. Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. 40m + 0.05
b. 40 + 0.05m
c. 40 more than the product of 0.05 and m
d. the product of 40 and m plus 0.05

Answer: 40 + 0.05m

Explanation:
A cell phone company charges $40 per month plus $0.05 for each text message sent.
Let m represent the messages sent.
40m + 0.05m
Thus the answer is option B.

Write Algebraic Expressions – Page No. 373

Write an algebraic expression for the word expression.

Question 1.
13 less than p
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 13 – p

Explanation:
Less than is nothing but subtraction.
So the expression for 13 less than p is 13 – p

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents Page 373 Q2

Question 3.
6 more than the difference between b and 5
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 6 + (b – 5)

Explanation:
More than is nothing but addition and difference mean subtraction.
The expression for 6 more than the difference of b and 5 is 6 + (b – 5)

Question 4.
the sum of 15 and the product of 5 and v
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 15 + 5v

Explanation:
Product is nothing but multiplication and sum is nothing but an addition.
So, the expression for the sum of 15 and the product of 5 and v is 15 + 5 × v

Question 5.
the difference of 2 and the product of 3 and k
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 2 – 3k

Explanation:
The difference means subtraction and Product are nothing but the multiplication
So, the difference between 2 and the product of 3 and k is 2 – 3 × k
2 – 3k

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents Page 373 Q6

Question 7.
the quotient of m and 7
Type below:
_____________

Answer: m ÷ 7

Explanation:
Given the quotient of m and 7
That means we have to divide m by 7.
Thus the answer is m ÷ 7

Question 8.
9 more than 2 multiplied by f
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 9 + 2f

Explanation:
9 more than 2 multiplied by f
We have to add 9 to 2 × f
So, the expression is 9 + 2f

Question 9.
6 minus the difference between x and 3
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 6 – (x – 3)

Explanation:
First, subtract 3 from x
The expression for 6 minus the difference of x and 3 is 6 – (x – 3)

Question 10.
10 less than the quotient of g and 3
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 10 – (g ÷ 3)

Explanation:
The quotient of g and 3 is nothing but dividing g by 3
g ÷ 3
Now subtract g ÷ 3 from 10.
So, the expression for 10 less than the quotient of g and 3 is 10 – (g ÷ 3)

Question 11.
the sum of 4 multiplied by a and 5 multiplied by b
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 4a + 5b

Explanation:
First, multiply 4 with a and then multiply 5 with b
After that add both expressions.
4a + 5b
So, the sum of 4 multiplied by a and 5 multiplied by b is 4a + 5b

Question 12.
14 more than the difference between r and s
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 14 + (r – s)

Explanation:
Subtract r and s
And then add 14 to that r -s
14 + (r – s)

Problem Solving

Question 13.
Let h represent Mark’s height in inches. Suzanne is 7 inches shorter than Mark. Write an algebraic expression that represents Suzanne’s height in inches.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: h – 7

Explanation:
Let h represent Mark’s height in inches. Suzanne is 7 inches shorter than Mark.
That means we have to subtract 7 from h.
i.e., h – 7
Thus Suzanne’s height is h – 7 inches.

Question 14.
A company rents bicycles for a fee of $10 plus $4 per hour of use. Write an algebraic expression for the total cost in dollars for renting a bicycle for h hours.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 10 + 4h

Explanation:
A company rents bicycles for a fee of $10 plus $4 per hour of use.
Multiply 4 with hours
And then 10 to 4h
10 + 4h
Thus the total cost in dollars for renting a bicycle for h hours is 10 + 4h

Question 15.
Give an example of a real-world situation involving two unknown quantities. Then write an algebraic expression to represent the situation.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Cooper bikes so many miles per day and does it for 7 months.
The expression for the question is 6m × 7

Lesson Check – Page No. 374

Question 1.
The female lion at a zoo weighs 190 pounds more than the female cheetah. Let c represent the weight in pounds of the cheetah. Write an expression that gives the weight in pounds of the lion.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: c + 190

Explanation:
Given that, The female lion at a zoo weighs 190 pounds more than the female cheetah.
Let c represent the weight in pounds of the cheetah.
We have to add 190 to the weight in pounds of the cheetah.
That means c + 190
Thus the expression that gives the weight in pounds of the lion is c + 190.

Question 2.
Tickets to a play cost $8 each. Write an expression that gives the ticket cost in dollars for a group of g girls and b-boys.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 8 × (g + b)

Explanation:
First add girls group and boys group.
g + b
And then multiply 8 with the group of girls and boys.
8 × (g + b)
So, the expression that gives the ticket cost in dollars for a group of g girls and b-boys is 8 × (g + b).

Spiral Review

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents Page 374 Q3

Question 4.
There are 32 peanuts in a bag. Elliott takes 25% of the peanuts from the bag. Then Zaire takes 50% of the remaining peanuts. How many peanuts are left in the bag?
_______ peanuts

Answer: 12

Explanation:
First, we have to find 25% of 32.
25% of 32 its 0.25 × 32=8
Now we have to subtract 32 and 8
32 – 8=24
Now we have to find 50% of 24
50% of 24 = 12
24-12=12.
Thus 12 peanuts are left in the bag.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents Page 374 Q5

Question 6.
Write an expression using exponents that represent the area of the figure in square centimeters
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents img 5
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 72 – 22

Explanation:
The area of the square is 7 cm × 7 cm = 72
The area of the square is 2 cm × 2 cm = 22
Now subtract a small square from the large square.
The expression that represents the area of the figure is 72 – 22

Share and Show – Page No. 377

Identify the parts of the expression. Then, write a word expression for the numerical or algebraic expression.

Question 1.
7 × (9 ÷ 3)
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The quotient of 9 and 3 and then multiply by 7.
Word expression: Product of 7 with the quotient of 9 and 3.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents Page 377 Q2

On Your Own

Practice: Copy and Solve Identify the parts of the expression. Then write a word expression for the numerical or algebraic expression.

Question 3.
8 + (10 − 7)
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Subtraction is the difference between 10 and 7. Addition to the subtraction of 10 and 7.
Word expression: Add 8 to the difference between 10 and 7.

Question 4.
1.5 × 6 + 8.3
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The addition is the sum of 6 and 8.3 and then multiply the sum to 1.5.
Word expression: 1.5 times the sum of 6 and 8.3

Question 5.
b + 12x
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Product of 12 and x. Add b to the product of 12 and x.
Word expression: Sum of b to the product of 12 and x.

Question 6.
4a ÷ 6
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The division is the quotient of 4a and 6. Multiply 4 and a. The expression is the product of 4 and divided by 6.
Word expression: The quotient of the products 4 and a and 6.

Identify the terms of the expression. Then, give the coefficient of each term.

Question 7.
k − \(\frac{1}{3}\)d
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The terms of the expression are k and \(\frac{1}{3}\)d
Coefficients – 1 and \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 8.
0.5x + 2.5y
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The terms of the expression are 0.5x and 2.5y
Coefficients – 0.5 and 2.5

Question 9.
Connect Symbols and Words Ava said she wrote an expression with three terms. She said the first term has a coefficient 7, the second term has a coefficient 1, and the third term has a coefficient 0.1. Each term involves a different variable. Write an expression that could be the expression Ava wrote
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Connect Symbols and Words Ava said she wrote an expression with three terms.
She said the first term has the coefficient 7, the second term has a coefficient 1, and the third term has a coefficient 0.1.
The expression for the first term is 7x
The expression for the second term is 1y
The expression for the third term is 0.1z
7x + y + 0.1z

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 378

Use the table for 10–12.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents img 6

Question 10.
A football team scored 2 touchdowns and 2 extra points. Their opponent scored 1 touchdown and 2 field goals. Write a numerical expression for the points scored in the game.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
A football team scored 2 touchdowns and 2 extra points.
2 touchdowns = 2 × 6
2 extra points = 2 × 1
Their opponent scored 1 touchdown and 2 field goals.
1 touchdown = 1 × 6
2 field goals = 2 × 3
Thue the numerical expression is 12 + 2 + 6 + 6
14 + 12
The numerical expression for the points scored in the game is 14 + 12.

Question 11.
Write an algebraic expression for the number of points scored by a football team that makes t touchdowns, f field goals, and e extra points
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 6t + 3f + e

Explanation:
The number of points scored by a football team that makes t touchdowns, f field goals, and e extra points.
The table shows that touchdown has 6 points, field goal has 3 points and extra point has 1 point.
So we need to add all the points to make the expressions
That means 6t + 3f + e

Question 12.
Identify the parts of the expression you wrote in Exercise 11.
Type below:
_____________

Question 13.
Give an example of an expression involving multiplication in which one of the factors is a sum. Explain why you do or do not need parentheses in your expression
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 6 × 2 + 3
In this expression, there is no need for parentheses because there are no exponents or multiple operations.

Question 14.
Kennedy bought a pounds of almonds at $5 per pound and p pounds of peanuts at $2 per pound. Write an algebraic expression for the cost of Kennedy’s purchase.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 5 + 2p = x

Explanation:
Kennedy bought a pounds of almonds at $5 per pound and p pounds of peanuts at $2 per pound.
We have to multiply p with $2 per pound.
The algebraic expression for the cost of Kennedy’s purchase is the sum of 5 and the product of p and 2
Thus the expression is 5 + 2p = x

Identify Parts of Expressions – Page No. 379

Identify the parts of the expression. Then write a word expression for the numerical or algebraic expression.

Question 1.
(16 − 7) ÷ 3
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Subtraction is the difference between 16 and 7. The division is the quotient of the difference and 3
Word expression: the quotient of the difference 16 and 7 and 3.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents Page 379 Q2

Identify the terms of the expression. Then give the coefficient of each term.

Question 3.
11r + 7s
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The terms of the expression are 11r and 7s
The coefficient of each term is 11 and 7.

Question 4.
6g − h
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The terms of the expression are 6g and h
The coefficient of each term is 6 and 1.

Problem Solving

Question 5.
Adam bought granola bars at the store. The expression 6p + 5n gives the number of bars in p boxes of plain granola bars and n boxes of granola bars with nuts. What are the terms of the expression?
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Adam bought granola bars at the store.
The expression 6p + 5n gives the number of bars in p boxes of plain granola bars and n boxes of granola bars with nuts.
The terms of the expression are 6p and 5n.

Question 6.
In the sixth grade, each student will get 4 new books. There is one class of 15 students and one class of 20 students. The expression 4 × (15 + 20) gives the total number of new books. Write a word expression for the numerical expression.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
In the sixth grade, each student will get 4 new books.
There is one class of 15 students and one class of 20 students.
The expression 4 × (15 + 20) gives the total number of new books.
The product of 4 the sum of 15 and 20.

Question 7.
Explain how knowing the order of operations helps you write a word expression for a numerical or algebraic expression.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: Because if you don’t know and use the order of operations you can get an entirely different answer.

Lesson Check – Page No. 380

Question 1.
A fabric store sells pieces of material for $5 each. Ali bought 2 white pieces and 8 blue pieces. She also bought a pack of buttons for $3. The expression 5 × (2 + 8) + 3 gives the cost in dollars of Ali’s purchase. How can you describe the term (2 + 8) in words?
Type below:
_____________

Answer: the sum of 2 and 8

Explanation:
A fabric store sells pieces of material for $5 each.
Ali bought 2 white pieces and 8 blue pieces.
She also bought a pack of buttons for $3.
The expression 5 × (2 + 8) + 3 gives the cost in dollars of Ali’s purchase.
The word expression for the term 2 + 8 is the sum of 2 and 8.

Question 2.
A hotel offers two different types of rooms. The expression k + 2f gives the number of beds in the hotel where k is the number of rooms with a king-size bed and f is the number of rooms with 2 full-size beds. What are the terms of the expression?
Type below:
_____________

Answer: k and 2f

Explanation:
The terms for the expression k + 2f is k and 2f.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Meg paid $9 for 2 tuna sandwiches. At the same rate, how much does Meg pay for 8 tuna sandwiches?
$ _______

Answer: 36

Explanation:
Meg paid $9 for 2 tuna sandwiches.
To find how much does Meg pay for 8 tuna sandwiches
2 – $9
8 -?
$9 × 8/2 = 72/2 = 36
Thus Meg pays $36 for 8 tuna sandwiches.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents Page 380 Q4

Question 5.
It took Eduardo 8 hours to drive from Buffalo, NY, to New York City, a distance of about 400 miles. Find his average speed.
_______ miles per hour

Answer: 50

Explanation:
Given,
It took Eduardo 8 hours to drive from Buffalo, NY, to New York City, a distance of about 400 miles.
We can use the formula d = rt
r = d/t
r = 400 miles/8 hours
r = 50 miles per hour

Question 6.
Write an expression that represents the value, in cents, of n nickels.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 0.05n

Explanation:
An expression does not have an equal sign.
Since the value of a nickel is 5 cents and you want to find out the value of n nickels (which means if you had any number of nickels) the expression would be
.05n

Share and Show – Page No. 383

Question 1.
Evaluate 5k + 6 for k = 4.
_______

Answer: 26

Explanation:
The expression is 5k + 6
Substitute the value k = 4
5(4) + 6 = 20 + 6 = 26
5k + 6 = 26

Evaluate the expression for the given value of the variable.

Question 2.
m − 9 for m = 13
_______

Answer: 4

Explanation:
m – 9
Substitute the value of m in the expression
13 – 9 = 4
Thus m – 9 = 4

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents Page 383 Q3

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents Page 383 Q4

Question 5.
The formula A = lw gives the area A of a rectangle with length l and width w. What is the area in square feet of a United States flag with a length of 12 feet and a width of 8 feet?
_______ square feet

Answer: 96 square feet

Explanation:
Use the formula A = lw
Length = 12 feet
Width = 8 feet
A = lw
A = 12 feet × 8 feet = 96 square feet
Thus the area of the United States flag is 96 square feet.

On Your Own

Practice: Copy and Solve Evaluate the expression for the given value of the variable.

Question 6.
7s + 5 for s = 3
_______

Answer: 26

Explanation:
Given the expression 7s + 5
Substitute  the value of S in the above expression
7(3) + 5 = 21 + 5 = 26

Question 7.
21 − 4d for d = 5
_______

Answer: 1

Explanation:
Given the expression 21 – 4d
Substitute  the value d = 5 in the above expression
21 – 4(5) = 21 – 20 = 1

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents Page 383 Q8

Question 9.
6 × (2v − 3) for v = 5
_______

Answer: 42

Explanation:
Given the expression 6 × (2v – 3)
Substitute the value of v in the above expression.
6 × (2v – 3) = 6 × (2 × 5 – 3)
6 × (10 – 3)
6 × 7 = 42
Thus the value of 6 × (2v – 3) = 42

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents Page 383 Q10

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents Page 383 Q11

Question 12.
The formula P = 4s gives the perimeter P of a square with side length s. How much greater is the perimeter of a square with a side length of 5 \(\frac{1}{2}\) inches than a square with a side length of 5 inches?
_______ inches

Answer: 2 inches

Explanation:
We have to use the formula P = 4s to find the perimeter of the square.
4 × 5 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Convert the mixed fraction to the improper fraction.
4 × 11/2 = 2 × 11 = 22 inches
4 × 5 inches = 20 inches
To find which has the greater  perimeter  we have to subtract 20 inches from 22 inches
22 inches – 20 inches = 2 inches
Thus the perimeter of a square with 5 \(\frac{1}{2}\) inches is 2 inches greater than a square with a side length of 5 inches.

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 384

The table shows how much a company charges for skateboard wheels. Each pack of 8 wheels costs $50. Shipping costs $7 for any order. Use the table for 13−15.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents img 7

Question 13.
Complete the table.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-6-Answer-Key-Chapter-7-Exponents-img-7

Question 14.
A skateboard club has $200 to spend on new wheels this year. What is the greatest number of packs of wheels the club can order?
_______ packs

Answer: 3 packs

Explanation:
A skateboard club has $200 to spend on new wheels this year.
From the above table, we can say that the club can order 3 packs of wheels.

Question 15.
Make Sense of Problems A sporting goods store placed an order for 12 packs of wheels on the first day of each month last year. How much did the sporting goods store spend on these orders last year?
$ _______

Answer: 7284

Explanation:
Make Sense of Problems A sporting goods store placed an order for 12 packs of wheels on the first day of each month last year.
Substitute n = 7 in the expression 50 × n + 7
We get, 50 × 12 + 7
600 + 7 = 607
Now multiply 607 with 12
607 × 12 = 7284
Therefore the sporting goods store spent $7284 on these orders last year.

Question 16.
What’s the Error? Bob used these steps to evaluate 3m − 3 ÷ 3 for m = 8. Explain his error.
3 × 8 − 3 ÷ 3 = 24 − 3 ÷ 3
= 21 ÷ 3
= 7
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
First, he has to subtract 8 and 3. But he first multiplied and then subtracted 24 and 3.
3 × 8 − 3 ÷ 3 = 3 × (8 − 3) ÷ 3
3 × 5 ÷ 3
15 ÷ 3 = 5

Question 17.
The surface area of a cube can be found by using the formula 6s2, where s represents the length of the side of the cube.
The surface area of a cube that has a side length of 3 meters is _____ meters squared.
The surface area of a cube that has a side length                       meters
of 3 meters is _____________ squared

Answer: 5

Explanation:
The surface area of a cube can be found by using the formula 6s2
he surface area of a cube that has a side length of 3 meters
s2 = 32 = 9
6 × 9 = 54 square meters

Evaluate Algebraic Expressions and Formulas – Page No. 385

Evaluate the expression for the given values of the variables.

Question 1.
w + 6 for w = 11
_______

Answer: 17

Explanation:
Given the expression w + 6
Substitute the value w = 6 in the expression
w + 6 = 11 + 6 = 17

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents Page 385 Q2

Question 3.
b2 − 4 for b = 5
_______

Answer: 21

Explanation:
Substitute the value b = 5 in the expression
b2 − 4 = 52 − 4 = 25 – 4 = 21
Thus the value for the expression b2 − 4 is 21.

Question 4.
(h − 3)2 for h = 5
_______

Answer: 4

Explanation:
We have to substitute the value h = 5
(h − 3)2 = (5 − 3)2
= (2)2 = 4
Therefore the value of (h − 3)2 is 4.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents Page 385 Q5

Question 6.
4 × (21 − 3h) for h = 5
_______

Answer: 24

Explanation:
Substitute h = 5 in the given expression.
4 × (21 – 3h) = 4 × (21 – 3(5))
4 × (21 – 15) = 4 × 6 = 24
Therefore the value for 4 × (21 – 3h) is 24.

Question 7.
7m − 9n for m = 7 and n = 5
_______

Answer: 4

Explanation:
Substitute the values m = 7 and n = 5 in the above expression.
7m – 9n = 7 × 7 – 9 × 5
= 49 – 45 = 4
Thus 7m – 9n = 4.

Question 8.
d2 − 9k + 3 for d = 10 and k = 9
_______

Answer: 22

Explanation:
Given the expression d2 − 9k + 3
Now substitute d = 10 and k = 9 in the expression.
d2 − 9k + 3 = 102 − 9(9) + 3
100 – 81 + 3 = 22
Thus the value for the expression d2 − 9k + 3 is 22.

Question 9.
3x + 4y ÷ 2 for x = 7 and y = 10
_______

Answer: 41

Explanation:
Substitute the values x = 7 and y = 10 in the expression.
3x + 4y ÷ 2 = 3(7) + 4(10) ÷ 2
21 + 40 ÷ 2 = 21 + 20 = 41
Thus the value for 3x + 4y ÷ 2 is 41.

Problem Solving

Question 10.
The formula P = 2l + 2w gives the perimeter P of a rectangular room with length l and width w. A rectangular living room is 26 feet long and 21 feet wide. What is the perimeter of the room?
_______ feet

Answer: 94 feet

Explanation:
Use the formula  of the perimeter  of a rectangle P = 2l + 2w
L = 26 feet
W = 21 feet
P = 2(26) + 2(21)
P = 52 feet + 42 feet
P = 94 feet
Therefore the perimeter of a room is 94 feet.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents Page 385 Q11
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents Page 385 Q11.1

Question 12.
Explain how the terms variable, algebraic expression, and evaluate are related.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: To evaluate an algebraic expression, you have to substitute a number for each variable and perform the arithmetic operations. If we know the variables, we can replace the variables with their values and then evaluate the expression.

Lesson Check – Page No. 386

Question 1.
When Debbie babysits, she charges $5 to go to the house plus $8 for every hour she is there. The expression 5 + 8h gives the amount in dollars she charges. How much will she charge to baby-sit for 5 hours?
$ _______

Answer: 45

Explanation:
When Debbie baby-sits, she charges $5 to go to the house plus $8 for every hour she is there. The expression 5 + 8h gives the amount in dollars she charges.
If h = 5 hours
Substitute the value h in the above expression.
5 + 8h = 5 + 8(5) = 5 + 40 = 45
Thus she charges $45 to baby-sit for 5 hours.

Question 2.
The formula to find the cost C in dollars of a square sheet of glass is C = 25s2 where s represents the length of a side in feet. How much will Ricardo pay for a square sheet of glass that is 3 feet on each side?
$ _______

Answer: $225

Explanation:
Use the formula C = 25s2
s represents the length of a side in feet.
s = 3 feet
Substitute the value s in the above formula.
C = 25s2
C = 25(32)
C = 25(9) = 225
Ricardo pays $225 for a square sheet of glass that is 3 feet on each side.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Evaluate using the order of operations.
\(\frac{3}{4}+\frac{5}{6} \div \frac{2}{3}\)
_______

Answer: 2

Explanation:
\(\frac{3}{4}\) + [/latex]\frac{5}{6}[/latex] ÷ [/latex]\frac{2}{3}[/latex]
[/latex]\frac{5}{6}[/latex] ÷ [/latex]\frac{2}{3}[/latex]
= [/latex]\frac{5}{6}[/latex] × [/latex]\frac{3}{2}[/latex] = [/latex]\frac{15}{12}[/latex] = [/latex]\frac{5}{4}[/latex]
Now convert the improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
[/latex]\frac{5}{4}[/latex] = 1 [/latex]\frac{1}{4}[/latex]
1 [/latex]\frac{1}{4}[/latex] + \(\frac{3}{4}\)
1 + [/latex]\frac{1}{4}[/latex] + \(\frac{3}{4}\) = 1 + 1 = 2
\(\frac{3}{4}+\frac{5}{6} \div \frac{2}{3}\) = 2

Question 4.
Patricia scored 80% on a math test. She missed 4 problems. How many problems were on the test?
_______ problems

Answer: 20

Explanation:
Patricia scored 80% on a math test. She missed 4 problems.
4 ÷ 80%
4 × [/latex]\frac{100}{80}[/latex] = 4 × 5 = 20
Therefore there are 20 questions in the test.

Question 5.
What is the value of 73?
_______

Answer: 343

Explanation:
73 = 7 × 7 × 7 = 49 × 7 = 343
Thus the value of 73 is 343.

Question 6.
James and his friends ordered b hamburgers that cost $4 each and f fruit cups that cost $3 each. Write an algebraic expression for the total cost in dollars of their purchases.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 4b + 3f

Explanation:
Given that, James and his friends ordered b hamburgers that cost $4 each and f fruit cups that cost $3 each.
Multiply b with $4 and multiply $3 with f
Add 4b and 3f
Thus the expression is 4b + 3f.

Vocabulary – Page No. 387

Choose the best term from the box to complete the sentence.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents img 8

Question 1.
A(n) _____ tells how many times a base is used as a factor.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: Exponent
An Exponent tells how many times a base is used as a factor.

Question 2.
The mathematical phrase 5+2×18 is an example of a(n) _____.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: Numerical expression
The mathematical phrase 5+2×18 is an example of a Numerical expression.

Concepts and Skills

Find the value.

Question 3.
54
________

Answer: 5 × 5 × 5 × 5 = 625

Explanation:
The number 5 is the repeated factor.
5 is used 4 times.
Multiply 5 four times.
5 × 5 × 5 × 5 = 625

Question 4.
212
________

Answer: 21 × 21 = 441

Explanation:
The number 21 is the repeated factor.
21 is used 2 times.
Multiply 21 two times.
21 × 21 = 441

Question 5.
83
________

Answer: 8 × 8 × 8 = 512

Explanation:
The number 8 is the repeated factor.
8 is used 3 times.
8 × 8 × 8 = 512

Evaluate the expression.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents Page 387 Q6

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents Page 387 Q7

Question 8.
30 − (33 − 8)
________

Answer: 11

Explanation:
33 = 3 × 3 × 3 = 27
30 − (33 − 8) = 30 – (27 – 8) = 30 – 19 = 11
30 − (33 − 8) = 11
So, 30 − (33 − 8) is 11.

Write an algebraic expression for the word expression.

Question 9.
the quotient of c and 8
Type below:
_____________

Answer: c ÷ 8
The quotient is nothing but the division of c by 8. So, the expression is c ÷ 8.

Question 10.
16 more than the product of 5 and p
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 16 + 5p

Explanation:
The operation for more than is addition. Here we have to add 16 to the product of 5 and p.
The product is the operation for multiplication. Multiply 5 and p and then add 16 to it.
The expression of the word is 16 + 5p.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents Page 387 Q11

Evaluate the expression for the given value of the variable.

Question 12.
5 × (h + 3) for h = 7
________

Answer: 50

Explanation:
Given expression is 5 × (h + 3)
Substitute h = 7 in the above expression.
5 × (h + 3) = 5 × (7 + 3)
5 × 10 = 50
5 × (h + 3) = 50

Question 13.
2 × (c2 − 5) for c = 4
________

Answer: 22

Explanation:
Given 2 × (c2 − 5)
Substitute c = 4 in the expression
2 × (c2 − 5) = 2 × (42 − 5)
= 2 × (16 – 5) = 2 × 11 = 22
2 × (c2 − 5) = 22

Question 14.
7a − 4a for a = 8
________

Answer: 24

Explanation:
Given, 7a − 4a
Subtract the like terms
7a − 4a = 3a
Now substitute the value a = 8 in the above expression
3a = 3 × 8 = 24
7a − 4a = 24

Page No. 388

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents Page 388 Q15

Question 16.
A clothing store is raising the price of all its sweaters by $3.00. Write an expression that could be used to find the new price of a sweater that originally cost d dollars.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: d + 3

Explanation:
A clothing store is raising the price of all its sweaters by $3.00.
The cost of the sweater is d dollars. The store is going to add $3.
So, the new price of a sweater is the sum of d dollars and $3.
The expression is d + 3.

Question 17.
Kendra bought a magazine for $3 and 4 paperback books for $5 each. The expression 3 + 4 × 5 represents the total cost in dollars of her purchases. What are the terms in this expression?
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 3 and 4 × 5

Explanation:
Kendra bought a magazine for $3 and 4 paperback books for $5 each. The expression 3 + 4 × 5 represents the total cost in dollars of her purchases.
The terms in the expression are 3, 4, and 5.

Question 18.
The expression 5c + 7m gives the number of people who can ride in c cars and m minivans. What are the coefficients in this expression?
Type below:
_____________

Answer: The coefficients in the expression 5c + 7m are 5 and 7.

Question 19.
The formula P = a + b + c gives the perimeter P of a triangle with side lengths a, b, and c. How much greater is the perimeter of a triangular field with sides that measure 33 yards, 56 yards, and 65 yards than the perimeter of a triangular field with sides that measure 26 yards, 49 yards, and 38 yards?
________ yards

Answer: 41 yards

Explanation:
First, we have to calculate the perimeter of the 1st triangle.
Given:
a = 33 yards
b = 56 yards
c = 65 yards
P1 = a + b + c
P1 = 33 + 56 + 65 = 154 yards
Now we have to calculate the perimeter of 2nd triangle.
Given:
a = 26 yards
b = 49 yards
c = 38 yards
P2 = a + b + c
P2 = 26 + 49 + 38 = 113 yards
Now we have to calculate which triangle has greater perimeter and how much greater.
P1 – P2 = 154 yards – 113 yards = 41 yards
Therefore, 41 yards greater is the perimeter of the 1st triangular field than the perimeter of the 2nd triangular field.

Share and Show – Page No. 391

Louisa read that the highest elevation of Mount Everest is 8,848 meters. She wants to know how much higher Mount Everest is than Mount Rainier. Use this information for 1–2.

Question 1.
Write an expression to represent the difference in the heights of the two mountains. Tell what the variable in your expression represents.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 8848 – h, where h represents the height of the Mount Rainier

Explanation:
Given that, the height of Mount Everest is 8848 meters
Let the height of Mount Rainier is h
The difference in height of Mount Everest and height of Mount Rainier is 8848 – h.

Question 2.
Louisa researches the highest elevation of Mount Rainier and finds that it is 4,392 meters. Use your expression to find the difference in the mountains’ heights.
________ meters

Answer: 4456 meters

Explanation:
The height of the Mount Rainier = 4392 meters
Replace the value of the height of the Mount Rainier in the above expression.
8848 – h = 8848 meters – 4392 meters = 4456 meters
Thus the difference between the height of the two mountains is 4456 meters.

On Your Own

A muffin recipe calls for 3 times as much flour as sugar. Use this information for 3–5.

Question 3.
Write an expression that can be used to find the amount of flour needed for a given amount of sugar. Tell what the variable in your expression represents.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Let the amount of sugar used to represent the variable s.
The expression to find the amount of flour needed for a given amount of sugar is 3 × m i.e., 3m

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents Page 391 Q4

Question 5.
Reason Quantitatively Is the value of the variable in your expression restricted to a particular set of numbers? Explain.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: The values that make the denominator equal to zero for a rational expression are known as restricted values. The solutions are restricted values since they result in a denominator of zero when replaced for the variable(s).

Practice: Copy and Solve Write an algebraic expression for each word expression. Then evaluate the expression for these values of the variable: \(\frac{1}{2}\), 4, and 6.5.

Question 6.
the quotient of p and 4
Type below:
_____________

Answer: p ÷ 4

Explanation:
The expression is p ÷ 4
p = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
\(\frac{1}{2}\) ÷ 4
\(\frac{1}{2}\)/4 = \(\frac{1}{8}\)
p ÷ 4 when p = \(\frac{1}{2}\) is \(\frac{1}{8}\)
p = 4
4 ÷ 4 = 1
p = 6.5
6.5 ÷ 4 = 1.625

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents Page 391 Q7
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents Page 391 Q7.1

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 392

Use the graph for 8–10.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents img 9

Question 8.
Write expressions for the distance in feet that each animal could run at top speed in a given amount of time. Tell what the variable in your expressions represents.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The expression for distance in feet for Elephant = 22t
The expression for distance in feet for Cheetah = 103t
The expression for distance in feet for Giraffe = 51t
The expression for distance in feet for hippopotamus = 21t
Where t represents the time.

Question 9.
How much farther could a cheetah run in 20 seconds at top speed than a hippopotamus could?
______ feet

Answer: 1640 feet

Explanation:
The expression for distance in feet for Cheetah = 103t
where t = 20 sec
103t = 103 × 20 sec = 2060 feet
The expression for distance in feet for hippopotamus = 21t
where t = 20 sec
21t = 21 × 20 = 420 feet
Now we have to find How much farther could a cheetah run in 20 seconds at top speed than a hippopotamus could
2060 feet – 420 feet = 1640 feet

Question 10.
A giraffe runs at top speed toward a tree that is 400 feet away. Write an expression that represents the giraffe’s distance in feet from the tree after s seconds.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The expression representing the giraffe’s distance from tree after s seconds, if the rate is 51 ft per second.
7 43/60 seconds in all

Question 11.
A carnival charges $7 for admission and $2 for each ride. An expression for the total cost of going to the carnival and riding n rides is 7 + 2n.
Complete the table by finding the total cost of going to the carnival and riding n rides.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents img 10
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-6-Answer-Key-Chapter-7-Exponents-img-10

Use Algebraic Expressions – Page No. 393

Jeff sold the pumpkins he grew for $7 each at the farmer’s market.

Question 1.
Write an expression to represent the amount of money in dollars Jeff made selling the pumpkins. Tell what the variable in your expression represents
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 7p, where p is the number of pumpkins

Question 2.
If Jeff sold 30 pumpkins, how much money did he make?
$ ________

Answer: 210

Explanation:
The expression is 7p
p = 30 pumpkins
7 × 30 = 210
Thus Jeff sold 30 pumpkins for $210.

An architect is designing a building. Each floor will be 12 feet tall.

Question 3.
Write an expression for the number of floors the building can have for a given building height. Tell what the variable in your expression represents.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: The expression for the number of floors is h/12, where h is the height of the building.

Question 4.
If the architect is designing a building that is 132 feet tall, how many floors can be built?
________ floors

Answer: 11 floors

Explanation:
Given the height of the building is 132 feet
Substitute h in the above expression
h/12 = 132/12 = 11 floors
Thus 11 floors can be built.

Write an algebraic expression for each word expression. Then evaluate the expression for these values of the variable: 1, 6, 13.5.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents Page 393 Q5

Question 6.
13 more than the product of m and 5
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 13 + 5m

Explanation:
For m = 1
13 + 5m = 13 + 5(1) = 13 + 6 = 19
For m = 6
13 + 5m = 13 + 5(6) = 13 + 30 = 43
For m = 13.5
13 + 5m = 13 + 5(13.5) = 13 + 67.5 = 80.5

Problem Solving

Question 7.
In the town of Pleasant Hill, there is an average of 16 sunny days each month. Write an expression to represent the approximate number of sunny days for any number of months. Tell what the variable represents.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 16m, m for months

Explanation:
In the town of Pleasant Hill, there is an average of 16 sunny days each month. Write an expression to represent the approximate number of sunny days for any number of months.
we have to multiply the number of months with 16
The expression will be 16 times m = 16m

Question 8.
How many sunny days can a resident of Pleasant Hill expect to have in 9 months?
________ days

Answer: 144 days

Explanation:
The expression to represent the approximate number of sunny days for any number of months is 16m
m = 9
Substitute the value of m in the expression.
16m = 16 × 9 = 144 days

Question 9.
Describe a situation in which a variable could be used to represent any whole number greater than 0.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: To represent the number of people any answer can be accepted.

Lesson Check – Page No. 394

Question 1.
Oliver drives 45 miles per hour. Write an expression that represents the distance in miles he will travel for h hours driven.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 45h

Explanation:
It is given that Oliver drives 45 miles per hour. Let the number of hours he drove be h. Distance is the product of speed and time. The distance traveled by Oliver is defined by the expression as 45h.

Question 2.
Socks cost $5 per pair. The expression 5p represents the cost in dollars of p pairs of socks. Why must p be a whole number?
Type below:
_____________

Answer: p must be a whole number because in almost 100% of all stores it is not allowed to buy a single sock, you must always buy a pair of socks.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Sterling silver consists of 92.5% silver and 7.5% copper. What decimal represents the portion of the silver in sterling silver?
________

Answer: 0.925

Explanation:
If Sterling silver is 92.5% silver, that means it has 92.5/100 * 100% silver
The fraction 92.5/100 can be simplified by just moving the decimal 2 places to the left:
92.5/100 = .925

Question 4.
How many pints are equivalent to 3 gallons?
________ pints

Answer: 24

Explanation:
Convert from gallons to pints.
1 gallon = 8 pints
3 gallons = 3 × 8 pints = 24 pints
24 pints are equivalent to 3 gallons.

Question 5.
Which operation should be done first to evaluate 10 + (66 – 62)?
Type below:
_____________

Answer: Square 6

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents Page 394 Q6

Share and Show – Page No. 397

Question 1.
Museum admission costs $7, and tickets to the mammoth exhibit cost $5. The expression 7p + 5p represents the cost in dollars for p people to visit the museum and attend the exhibit. Simplify the expression by combining like terms.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 12p

Explanation:

7p+5p
When you combine like terms, you just add all the terms that have the same variable
so you get 7p + 5p = 12p

Question 2.
What if the cost of tickets to the exhibit was reduced to $3? Write an expression for the new cost in dollars for p people to visit the museum and attend the exhibit. Then, simplify the expression by combining like terms.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 10p

Explanation:
Museum admission costs $7, and tickets to the mammoth exhibit cost $5.
The expression 7p + 5p represents the cost in dollars for p people to visit the museum and attend the exhibit.
The cost of tickets to the mammoth exhibit is $5.
If it is reduced to $3 then the cost will be $5 – $2 = $3
12p – 2p = 10p

Question 3.
A store receives tomatoes in boxes of 40 tomatoes each. About 4 tomatoes per box cannot be sold due to damage. The expression 40b − 4b gives the number of tomatoes that the store can sell from a shipment of b boxes. Simplify the expression by combining like terms.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 36b

Explanation:
Given, A store receives tomatoes in boxes of 40 tomatoes each.
About 4 tomatoes per box cannot be sold due to damage.
The expression 40b − 4b gives the number of tomatoes that the store can sell from a shipment of b boxes.
Subtract 40b and 4b
40b – 4b = 36b

Question 4.
Each cheerleading uniform includes a shirt and a skirt. The shirts cost $12 each, and the skirts cost $18 each. The expression 12u + 18u represents the cost in dollars of buying u uniforms. Simplify the expression by combining like terms.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 30u

Explanation:
The expression 12u + 18u represents the cost in dollars of buying u uniforms.
12u and 18u are the like terms. So add the two terms
12u + 18u = 30u

Question 5.
A shop sells vases holding 9 red roses and 6 white roses. The expression 9v + 6v represents the total number of roses needed for v vases. Simplify the expression by combining like terms.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 15v

Explanation:
A shop sells vases holding 9 red roses and 6 white roses.
The expression 9v + 6v represents the total number of roses needed for v vases.
The like terms are 9v and 6v
9v + 6v = 15v

On Your Own – Page No. 398

Question 6.
Marco received a gift card. He used it to buy 2 bike lights for $10.50 each. Then he bought a handlebar bag for $18.25. After these purchases, he had $0.75 left on the card. How much money was on the gift card when Marco received it?
$ _______

Answer:
Marco received a gift card. He used it to buy 2 bike lights for $10.50 each.
Then he bought a handlebar bag for $18.25.
After these purchases, he had $0.75 left on the card.
Add total amount = 2 × $10.50 + $18.25 + $0.75
$21 + $19 = $40
$40 was on the gift card when Marco received it.

Question 7.
Lydia collects shells. She has 24 sea snail shells, 16 conch shells, and 32 scallop shells. She wants to display the shells in equal rows, with only one type of shell in each row. What is the greatest number of shells Lydia can put in each row?
_______ shells

Answer: 8 shells

Explanation:
Lydia collects shells. She has 24 sea snail shells, 16 conch shells, and 32 scallop shells.
She wants to display the shells in equal rows, with only one type of shell in each row.
The possible shells in equal rows are 8 because 16, 24, and 32 are multiples of 8.
Thus the greatest number of shells Lydia can put in each row is 8.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents Page 398 Q8

Question 9.
Verify the Reasoning of Others Karina states that you can simplify the expression 20x + 4 by combining like terms to get 24x. Does Karina’s statement make sense? Explain.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: Karina’s statement doesn’t make sense. Because 20x + 4 are not the like terms.
We can add only the like terms. 20x + 4 ≠ 24x

Question 10.
Vincent is ordering accessories for his surfboard. A set of fins costs $24 each and a leash costs $15. The shipping cost is $4 per order. The expression 24b + 15b + 4 can be used to find the cost in dollars of buying b fins and b leashes plus the cost of shipping.
For numbers, 10a–10c, select True or False for each statement.
10a. The terms are 24b, 15b, and 4.
10b. The like terms are 24b and 15b.
10c. The simplified expression is 43b.
10a. _____________
10b. _____________
10c. _____________

Answer:
10a. True
10b. True
10c. False

Explanation:
a. The terms of the expression 24b + 15b + 4 area 24b, 15b, 4.
b. The terms are said to be like if they have a common variable. So, the common terms are 24b, 15b.
c. Combine the like terms 24b and 15b
24b + 15b = 39b
Thus the statement is false.

Problem Solving Combine Like Terms – Page No. 399

Read each problem and solve.

Question 1.
A box of pens costs $3 and a box of markers costs $5. The expression 3p + 5p represents the cost in dollars to make p packages that include 1 box of pens and 1 box of markers. Simplify the expression by combining like terms.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 3p + 5p = 8p

Explanation:
A box of pens costs $3 and a box of markers costs $5.
The expression 3p + 5p represents the cost in dollars to make p packages that include 1 box of pens and 1 box of markers.
Adding the like terms 3p + 5p is 8p.

Question 2.
Riley’s parents got a cell phone plan that has a $40 monthly fee for the first phone. For each extra phone, there is a $15 phone service charge and a $10 text service charge. The expression 40 + 15e + 10e represents the total phone bill in dollars, where e is the number of extra phones. Simplify the expression by combining like terms.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 25e + 40

Explanation:
Given that,
Riley’s parents got a cell phone plan that has a $40 monthly fee for the first phone.
For each extra phone, there is a $15 phone service charge and a $10 text service charge.
The expression 40 + 15e + 10e represents the total phone bill in dollars,
We have to combine the like terms here
The like terms in the expression are 15e and 10e.
That means 40 + 15e + 10e = 25e + 40

Question 3.
A radio show lasts for h hours. For every 60 minutes of air time during the show, there are 8 minutes of commercials. The expression 60h – 8h represents the air time in minutes available for talk and music. Simplify the expression by combining like terms.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 52h

Explanation:
A radio show lasts for h hours. For every 60 minutes of air time during the show, there are 8 minutes of commercials.
The expression 60h – 8h represents the air time in minutes available for talk and music.
Now we have to Subtract the like terms 60h – 8h = 52h

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents Page 399 Q4
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents Page 399 Q4.1

Question 5.
Explain how combining like terms is similar to adding and subtracting whole numbers. How are they different?
Type below:
_____________

Answer: It’s the same because you are adding or subtracting numbers but it’s different because they can only be added or subtracted if the variable attached is the same. There are no variables when adding/subtracting regular whole numbers.

Lesson Check – Page No. 400

Question 1.
For each gym class, a school has 10 soccer balls and 6 volleyballs. All of the classes share 15 basketballs. The expression 10c + 6c + 15 represents the total number of balls the school has for c classes. What is a simpler form of the expression?
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 16c + 15

Explanation:
For each gym class, a school has 10 soccer balls and 6 volleyballs.
All of the classes share 15 basketballs.
c represents classes.
The expression is 10c + 6c + 15
Combine the like terms 10c and 6c
Now add common terms 10c + 6c + 15 = 16c + 15

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents Page 400 Q2

Spiral Review

Question 3.
A bag has 8 bagels. Three of the bagels are cranberry. What percent of the bagels are cranberry?
________ %

Answer: 37.5%

Explanation:
[/latex]\frac{3}{8}[/latex] = 0.375
0.375 × 100 = 37.5 %
37.5% of the bagels are cranberry.

Question 4.
How many kilograms are equivalent to 3,200 grams?
________ kilograms

Answer: 3.2 kg

Explanation:
Convert from grams into kilograms
1000 grams = 1kg
3200 grams = 3200 × 1/1000 kg = 3.2 kg
3.2 kilograms are equivalent to 3,200 grams.

Question 5.
Toni earns $200 per week plus $5 for every magazine subscription that she sells. Write an expression that represents how much she will earn in dollars in a week in which she sells s subscriptions.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 200 + 5s

Explanation:
Toni earns $200 per week plus $5 for every magazine subscription that she sells.
s represents subscriptions.
200 + 5 × s
Thus the expression that represents how much she will earn in dollars in a week is 200 + 5s

Question 6.
At a snack stand, drinks cost $1.50. Write an expression that could be used to find the total cost in dollars of d drinks.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 1.5d

Explanation:
At a snack stand, drinks cost $1.50.
To find the total cost in dollars of d drinks we have to multiply 1.50 by d.
1.50 × d
Thus the expression that could be used to find the total cost in dollars of d drinks is 1.5d

Share and Show – Page No. 403

Use properties of operations to write an equivalent expression by combining like terms.

Question 1.
\(3 \frac{7}{10} r-1 \frac{1}{5} r\)
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 2 \(frac{5}{10}\)r

Explanation:
3 \(frac{7}{10}\)r – 1 \(frac{1}{5}\)r
3 + \(frac{7}{10}\)r – 1 – \(frac{1}{5}\)r
3 – 1 = 2
\(frac{7}{10}\)r – \(frac{1}{5}\)r
\(frac{7}{10}\)r – \(frac{2}{10}\)r = \(frac{5}{10}\)r
\(3 \frac{7}{10} r-1 \frac{1}{5} r\) = 2 \(frac{5}{10}\)r

Question 2.
20a + 18 + 16a
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 36a + 18

Explanation:
Combine  the like terms first
16a and 20a are like terms in the given expression.
Add 16a and 20a
16a + 20a +18 = 36a + 18

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents Page 403 Q3

Use the Distributive Property to write an equivalent expression.

Question 4.
8(h + 1.5)
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 8h + 12

Explanation:
Here we have to use the distributive property for the above expression.
8(h + 1.5) = 8 × h + 1.5 × 8
= 8h + 12
Thus 8(h + 1.5) is 8h + 12.

Question 5.
4m + 4p
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 4(m + p)

Explanation:
Here we have to take 4 as a common factor from the expression.
4m + 4p = 4 × m + 4 × p
That implies 4 × (m + p)

Question 6.
3a + 9b
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 3(a + 3b)

Explanation:
Let us take 4 as a common factor from the expression.
3a + 9b = 3 × a + 9 × b
3(a + 3b)
3a + 9b = 3(a + 3b)

On Your Own

Practice: Copy and Solve Use the Distributive Property to write an equivalent expression.

Question 7.
3.5(w + 7)
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 3.5w + 24.5

Explanation:
Use the distributive property.
Multiply within the parentheses.
3.5(w + 7) = 3.5 × w + 3.5 × 7
3.5w + 24.5
Thus 3.5(w + 7) = 3.5w + 24.5

Question 8.
\(\frac{1}{2}\)(f + 10)
Type below:
_____________

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\)f + 5

Explanation:
\(\frac{1}{2}\)(f + 10)
Use the distributive property.
Multiply within the parentheses.
\(\frac{1}{2}\) × f + \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 10
= \(\frac{1}{2}\)f + 5
Thus \(\frac{1}{2}\)(f + 10) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)f + 5

Question 9.
4(3z + 2)
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 12z + 8

Explanation:
Use the distributive property.
Multiply within the parentheses.
4(3z + 2) = 4 × 3z + 4 × 2
= 12z + 8
So, 4(3z + 2) = 12z + 8

Question 10.
20b + 16c
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 4(5b + 4c)

Explanation:
20b + 16c
Use the distributive property.
Multiply within the parentheses.
Take 4 as a common factor.
20b + 16c = 4 × 5b + 4 × 4c = 4 (5b + 4c)
Thus the expression 20b + 16c = 4 (5b + 4c)

Question 11.
30d + 18
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 6(5d + 3)

Explanation:
30 and 18 are the factors of 6.
So, take 6 as a common factor.
30d + 18 = 6 × 5d + 6 × 3
6 (5d + 3)
30d + 18 = 6 (5d + 3)

Question 12.
24g − 8h
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 8(3g – h)

Explanation:
Given the expression 24g − 8h
24 and 8 are the factors of 8.
So, let us take 8 as a common factor.
24g − 8h = 8 × 3g – 8 × 1h
= 8(3g – h)

Question 13.
Write an Expression The lengths of the sides of a triangle are 3t, 2t + 1, and t + 4. Write an expression for the perimeter (sum of the lengths). Then, write an equivalent expression with 2 terms.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 6t + 5

Explanation:
Given that, The lengths of the sides of a triangle are 3t, 2t + 1, and t + 4.
We know that the perimeter of the triangle is P = a + b + c
P = 3t + 2t + 1 + t + 4
Combine the like terms.
P = 6t + 5

Question 14.
Use properties of operations to write an expression equivalent to the sum of the expressions 3(g + 5) and 2(3g − 6).
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 3(3g + 1)

Explanation:
Given two expressions 3(g + 5) and 2(3g − 6).
Use the distributive property to simplify the expressions.
3(g + 5) = 3 × g + 3 × 5 = 3g + 15
2(3g − 6) = 2 × 3g – 2 × 6 = 6g – 12
Add both expressions and combine the like terms
3g + 15 + 6g – 12 = 9g + 3 = 3(3g + 1)

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 404

Question 15.
Sense or Nonsense Peter and Jade are using what they know about properties to write an expression equivalent to 2 × (n + 6) + 3. Whose answer makes sense? Whose answer is nonsense? Explain your reasoning.
Peter’s Work:
Expression: 2 × (n + 6) + 3
Associative Property of Addition: 2 × n + (6 + 3)
Add within parentheses: 2 × n + 9
Multiply: 2n + 9

Jade’s Work:
Expression: 2 × (n + 6) + 3
Distributive Property: (2 × n) + (2 × 6) + 3
Multiply within parentheses: 2n + 12 + 3
Associative Property of Addition: 2n + (12 + 3)
Add within parentheses: 2n + 15
For the answer that is nonsense, correct the statement.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: Jade’s Work makes sense. Peter’s Work makes non-sense because
He must have multiplied n + 6 with 2 but he added 6 with 3.
2 × (n + 6) + 3
2 × n + 2 × 6 + 3 = 2n + 12 + 3
= 2n + 15

Question 16.
Write the algebraic expression in the box that shows an equivalent expression.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents img 11
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
6(z + 5) = 6 × z + 6 × 5 = 6z + 30
6z + 5z = z(6 + 5) = 11z
2 + 6z + 3 = 6z + 5

Generate Equivalent Expressions – Page No. 405

Use properties of operations to write an equivalent expression by combining like terms.

Question 1.
7h − 3h
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 4h

Explanation:
Combine the like terms
7h and 3h are the common terms
Now subtract 3h from 7h
7h – 3h = 4h

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents Page 405 Q2

Question 3.
16 + 13p − 9p
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 16 + 4p

Explanation:

Combine the like terms for the above expressions.
The like terms are 13p and 9p
16 + 13p − 9p = 16 + 4p

Question 4.
y2 + 13y − 8y
Type below:
_____________

Answer: y2 + 5y

Explanation:
The given expression is y2 + 13y − 8y
The like terms are 13y and 8y
y2 + 13y − 8y = y2 + 5y

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents Page 405 Q5

Question 6.
12 + 18n + 7 − 14n
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 19 + 4n

Explanation:
The expression is 12 + 18n + 7 − 14n
The like terms are 18n and 14n
12 + 18n + 7 − 14n = 19 + 4n

Use the Distributive Property to write an equivalent expression.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents Page 405 Q7

Question 8.
4d + 8
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 4(d + 2)

Explanation:
Use the Distributive property
Multiply within the parentheses.
4d + 8 = 4 × d + 4 × 2
The common term is 4.
Take 4 as a common factor.
4d + 8 = 4 (d + 2)

Question 9.
21p + 35q
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 7(3p + 5q)

Explanation:
Use the Distributive property
Multiply within the parentheses.
7 × 3p + 7 × 5q
The common term is 7.
7(3p + 5q)
21p + 35q = 7(3p + 5q)

Problem Solving

Question 10.
The expression 15n + 12n + 100 represents the total cost in dollars for skis, boots, and a lesson for n skiers. Simplify the expression 15n + 12n + 100. Then find the total cost for 8 skiers.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 27n + 100, $316

Explanation:
The terms that have n can be operated:
15n +12n + 100 = 27n +100. Then, we have that
total cost = 27n +100 for n skiers. So, for 8 skiers we have
total cost = 27(8) +100 = 216 + 100 = 316.
Then, the total cost of 8 skiers is $316.

Question 11.
Casey has n nickels. Megan has 4 times as many nickels as Casey has. Write an expression for the total number of nickels Casey and Megan have. Then simplify the expression.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: n + 4n; 5n

Explanation:
Casey has n nickels. Megan has 4 times as many nickels as Casey has.
The sum of n and 4n
Add the common terms n and 4n.
n + 4n = 5n

Question 12.
Explain how you would use properties to write an expression equivalent to 7y + 4b – 3y.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
1st you combine like terms so subtract 7y and 3y and you get 4y.
So this is the final answer: 4y+4b.

Lesson Check – Page No. 406

Question 1.
A ticket to a museum costs $8. A ticket to the dinosaur exhibit costs $5. The expression 8n + 5n represents the cost in dollars for n people to visit the museum and the exhibit. What is a simpler form of the expression 8n + 5n?
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 13n

Explanation:
A ticket to a museum costs $8. A ticket to the dinosaur exhibit costs $5.
The expression is the sum of 8n and 5n.
Thus the simpler form of the expression is 8n + 5n = 13n

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents Page 406 Q2

Question 3.
A Mexican restaurant received 60 take-out orders. The manager found that 60% of the orders were for tacos and 25% of the orders were for burritos. How many orders were for other items?
______ orders

Answer: 9 orders

Explanation:
Given,
A Mexican restaurant received 60 take-out orders.
The manager found that 60% of the orders were for tacos and 25% of the orders were for burritos.
The answer is 9 because 25% of 60 is 15 plus 60% of 60 is 36 so 36+15=51 and 60-51=9
Thus 9 orders were for other items.

Question 4.
The area of a rectangular field is 1,710 square feet. The length of the field is 45 feet. What is the width of the field?
______ feet

Answer: 38 feet

Explanation:
The area of a rectangular field is 1,710 square feet.
The length of the field is 45 feet.
The width of the field is x feet
A = l × w
1710 square feet = 45 feet × x
x = 1710/45 = 38 feet
Thus the width of the rectangular field is 38 feet.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents Page 406 Q5

Question 6.
Boxes of cereal usually cost $4, but they are on sale for $1 off. A gallon of milk costs $3. The expression 4b – 1b + 3 can be used to find the cost in dollars of buying b boxes of cereal and a gallon of milk. Write the expression in a simpler form.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 3b + 3

Explanation:
Boxes of cereal usually cost $4, but they are on sale for $1 off. A gallon of milk costs $3.
The expression is 4b – 1b + 3
Combine the like terms for the above expression.
4b – 1b + 3 = 3b + 3 = 3(b + 1)

Share and Show – Page No. 409

Use properties of operations to determine whether the expressions are equivalent.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents Page 409 Q1

Question 2.
9a × 3 and 12a
The expressions are _____________

Answer: not equivalent

Explanation:
Multiply 9a by 3.
9a × 3 = 27a
27a and 12a are not equivalent.
Thus the expressions are not equivalent.

Question 3.
8p + 0 and 8p × 0
The expressions are ______

Answer: not equivalent

Explanation:
8p + 0 = 8p
8p × 0 = 0
8p and 0 are not equivalent.
The expressions 8p + 0 and 8p × 0 are not equivalent.

Question 4.
5(a + b) and (5a + 2b) + 3b
The expressions are _____________

Answer: Equivalent

Explanation:
5(a + b) = 5a + 5b
(5a + 2b) + 3b
The like terms are 5a and 2b, 3b
Add the combine terms 5a + 2b + 3b = 5a + 5b
Thus the expressions 5(a + b) and (5a + 2b) + 3b are equivalent.

On Your Own

Use properties of operations to determine whether the expressions are equivalent.

Question 5.
3(v + 2) + 7v and 16v
The expressions are _____________

Answer: not equivalent

Explanation:
3(v + 2) + 7v
Combine the like terms 3v and 7v
3(v + 2) + 7v = 3v + 6 + 7v = 10v + 6
The expressions 10v + 6 and 16v are not equivalent.

Question 6.
14h + (17 + 11h) and 25h + 17
The expressions are _____________

Answer: equivalent

Explanation:
14h + (17 + 11h)
Combine the like terms 14h and 11h.
14h + 17 + 11h = 25h + 17
The expressions 14h + (17 + 11h) and 25h + 17 are equivalent.

Question 7.
4b × 7 and 28b
The expressions are _____________

Answer: equivalent

Explanation:
Multiply 4b with 7.
4b × 7 = 28b
The expressions 4b × 7 and 28b are equivalent.

Question 8.
Each case of dog food contains c cans. Each case of cat food contains 12 cans. Four students wrote the expressions below for the number of cans in 6 cases of dog food and 1 case of cat food. Which of the expressions are correct?
6c + 12     6c × 12      6(c + 2)      (2c + 4) × 3
Type below:
_____________

Answer: The correct expressions are 6c + 12, 6(c + 2), (2c + 4) × 3
6(c + 2) is the distributive form of the expression.

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 410

Use the table for 9–11.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents img 12

Question 9.
Marcus bought 4 packets of baseball cards and 4 packets of animal cards. Write an algebraic expression for the total number of cards Marcus bought.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 4a + 4b

Explanation:
Marcus bought 4 packets of baseball cards and 4 packets of animal cards.
b represents the number per packet
Multiply 4 with b
4 × b = 4b
a represents the number per packet of animal cards.
Multiply 4 with a.
4 × a = 4a
Therefore the algebraic expression for the total number of cards Marcus bought is the sum of 4a and 4b.
The expression is 4a + 4b

Question 10.
Make Arguments Is the expression for the number of cards Marcus bought equivalent to 4(a + b)? Justify your answer.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: Yes
Use the distributive property to simplify the expression 4a + 4b.
Take 4 as the common factor for the expression 4a + 4b.
4a + 4b = 4(a + b)

Question 11.
Angelica buys 3 packets of movie cards and 6 packets of cartoon cards and adds these to the 3 packets of movie cards she already has. Write three equivalent algebraic expressions for the number of cards Angelica has now
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 3m + 6c + 3m

Explanation:
Angelica buys 3 packets of movie cards and 6 packets of cartoon cards and adds these to the 3 packets of movie cards she already has.
The expression for 3 packets of movie cards is 3m
The expression for 6 packets of cartoon cards is 6c.
Now we have to add 3m to the expression.
3m + 6c + 3m
Thus the three equivalent algebraic expressions for the number of cards Angelica has now is 3m + 6c + 3m

Question 12.
Select the expressions that are equivalent to 3(x + 2). Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. 3x + 6
b. 3x + 2
c. 5x
d. x + 5

Answer: 3x + 6

Explanation:
Use the distributive property to solve the expression 3(x + 2).
3(x + 2) = 3 × x + 3 × 2 = 3x + 6
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Identify Equivalent Expressions – Page No. 411

Use properties of operations to determine whether the expressions are equivalent.

Question 1.
2s + 13 + 15s and 17s + 13
The expressions are _____________

Answer: Equivalent

Explanation:
2s + 13 + 15s
Combine the like terms
2s + 13 + 15s = 17s + 13
17s + 13 = 17s + 13
Thus the expressions 2s + 13 + 15s and 17s + 13 are equivalent.

Question 2.
5 × 7h and 35h
The expressions are _____________

Answer: Equivalent

Explanation:
5 × 7h = 35h
35h = 35h
The expressions 5 × 7h and 35h are equivalent.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents Page 411 Q3

Question 4.
(9w × 0)−12 and 9w – 12
The expressions are _____________

Answer: not equivalent

Explanation:
(9w × 0)−12 = 0 – 12 = – 12
– 12 ≠ 9w – 12
So, the expressions (9w × 0)−12 and 9w – 12 are not equivalent.

Question 5.
11(p + q) and 11p + (7q + 4q)
The expressions are _____________

Answer: equivalent

Explanation:
11(p + q) = 11p + 11q
Combine the terms 7q and 4q
11p + (7q + 4q) = 11p + 11q = 11(p + q)
So, the expressions 11(p + q) and 11p + (7q + 4q) are equivalent.

Question 6.
6(4b + 3d) and 24b + 3d
The expressions are _____________

Answer: not equivalent

Explanation:
6(4b + 3d) = 24b + 18d
24b + 18d ≠ 24b + 3d
So, the expressions 6(4b + 3d) and 24b + 3d are not equivalent.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents Page 411 Q7

Question 8.
(y × 1) + 2 and y + 2
The expressions are _____________

Answer: equivalent

Explanation:
(y × 1) + 2 = y + 2
y + 2 = y + 2
Thus the expressions (y × 1) + 2 and y + 2 are equivalent.

Question 9.
4 + 5(6t + 1) and 9 + 30t
The expressions are _____________

Answer: equivalent

Explanation:
4 + 5(6t + 1) = 4 + 30t + 5 = 9 + 30t
9 + 30t = 9 + 30t
Thus the expressions 4 + 5(6t + 1) and 9 + 30t are equivalent.

Question 10.
9x + 0 + 10x and 19x + 1
The expressions are _____________

Answer: not equivalent

Explanation:
9x + 0 + 10x
Combine the like terms 9x and 10x.
9x + 10x = 19x
19x ≠ 19x + 1
Thus the expressions 9x + 0 + 10x and 19x + 1 are not equivalent.

Question 11.
12c − 3c and 3(4c − 1)
The expressions are _____________

Answer: not equivalent

Explanation:
12c − 3c
Take 3 as a common factor.
3c(4 – 1) or 3 (4c – 1c)
3 (4c – 1c) ≠ 3(4c − 1)
Thus the expressions 12c − 3c and 3(4c − 1) are not equivalent.

Question 12.
6a × 4 and 24a
The expressions are _____________

Answer: equivalent

Explanation:
6a × 4 = 24a
24a = 24a
The expressions 6a × 4 and 24a are equivalent.

Problem Solving

Question 13.
Rachel needs to write 3 book reports with b pages and 3 science reports with s pages during the school year. Write an algebraic expression for the total number of pages Rachel will need to write.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 3b + 3s

Explanation:
Rachel needs to write 3 book reports with b pages and 3 science reports with s pages during the school year.
Multiply 3 book reports with b pages = 3b.
Multiply 3 science books with s pages = 3s.
The algebraic expression for the total number of pages Rachel will need to write is 3b + 3s.

Question 14.
Rachel’s friend Yassi has to write 3(b + s) pages for reports. Use properties of operations to determine whether this expression is equivalent to the expression for the number of pages Rachel has to write.
This expression is _____________

Answer: equivalent

Explanation:
Rachel’s friend Yassi has to write 3(b + s) pages for reports.
The equivalent expression of 3(b + s) = 3b + 3s

Question 15.
Use properties of operations to show whether 7y + 7b + 3y and 7(y + b) + 3b are equivalent expressions. Explain your reasoning.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Use Distributive property to simplify the expressions.
The equivalent expression of 7y + 7b + 3y = 7(y + b) + 3y
Thus 7y + 7b + 3y and 7(y + b) + 3b are equivalent.

Lesson Check – Page No. 412

Question 1.
Ian had 4 cases of comic books and 6 adventure books. Each case holds c comic books. He gave 1 case of comic books to his friend. Write an expression that gives the total number of books Ian has left.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 3c + 6

Explanation:
Ian had 4 cases of comic books and 6 adventure books. Each case holds c comic books. He gave 1 case of comic books to his friend.
4c + 6 – 1c
Combine the like terms
3c + 6

Question 2.
In May, Xia made 5 flower planters with f flowers in each planter. In June, she made 8 flower planters with f flowers in each planter. Write an expression in the simplest form that gives the number of flowers Xia has in the planters.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 13f

Explanation:
In May, Xia made 5 flower planters with f flowers in each planter.
The expression is 5f
In June, she made 8 flower planters with f flowers in each planter.
The expression is 8f.
Sum of 5f and 8f is 8f + 5f = 13f

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Keisha wants to read for 90 minutes. So far, she has read 30% of her goal. How much longer does she need to read to reach her goal?
________ minutes

Answer: 63 min

Explanation:
Keisha wants to read for 90 minutes.
So far, she has read 30% of her goal.
30% = 30/100 = 0.3
Multiply 90 with 0.3
90 × 0.3 = 27
Subtract 27 from 90
90 – 27 = 63
She needs to read 63 minutes to reach her goal.

Question 4.
Marvyn travels 105 miles on his scooter. He travels for 3 hours. What is his average speed?
________ miles per hour

Answer: 35 miles per hour

Explanation:
Divide the number of miles by hours traveled.
Average speed = 105 miles/3 hours = 35 miles per hour
Thus the average speed is 35 miles per hour.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents Page 412 Q5
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents Page 412 Q5.1

Question 6.
At the library book sale, hardcover books sell for $4 and paperbacks sell for $2. The expression 4b + 2b represents the total cost for b hardcover books and b paperbacks. Write a simpler expression that is equivalent to 4b + 2b.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 6b

Explanation:
Given expression is 4b + 2b
The terms are 4b and 2b
Now combine the like terms
That means 4b + 2b = 6b

Chapter 7 Review/Test – Page No. 413

Question 1.
Use exponents to rewrite the expression.
3 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 5 × 5
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 34 × 52

Explanation:
3 is a repeated factor.
The number 3 is repeated four times.
5 is a repeated factor.
The number 5 is repeated two times.
The exponential form of 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 5 × 5 is 34 × 52

Question 2.
A plumber charges $10 for transportation and $55 per hour for repairs. Write an expression that can be used to find the cost in dollars for a repair that takes h hours.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 10 + 55h

Explanation:
A plumber charges $10 for transportation and $55 per hour for repairs.
Multiply 55 with an hour
Sum of 10 and product of 55 and h.
The expression is 10 + 55h.

Question 3.
Ellen is 2 years older than her brother Luke. Let k represent Luke’s age. Identify the expression that can be used to find Ellen’s age.
Options:
a. k−2
b. k+2
c. 2k
d. \(\frac{k}{2}\)

Answer: k+2

Explanation:
Given, Ellen is 2 years older than her brother Luke. Let k represent Luke’s age.
Older is nothing but more so we have to add 2 years to k.
That means k + 2.
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents Page 413 Q4

Question 5.
Jasmine is buying beans. She bought r pounds of red beans that cost $3 per pound and b pounds of black beans that cost $2 per pound. The total amount of her purchase is given by the expression 3r + 2b. Select the terms of the expression. Mark all that apply
Options:
a. 2
b. 2b
c. 3
d. 3r

Answer: B, D

Explanation:
The expression is 3r + 2b
The terms of the expressions are 3r and 2b.
Thus the correct answers are B and D.

Chapter 7 Review/Test – Page No. 414

Question 6.
Choose the number that makes the sentence true. The formula V= s3 gives the volume V of a cube with side length s.
The volume of a cube that has a side length of 8 inches
inches is _____________ cubed

Answer: 512

Explanation:
Use the formula V= s3
s = 8
V = 83 = 8 × 8 × 8 = 512

Question 7.
Liang is ordering new chairs and cushions for his dining room table. A new chair costs $88 and a new cushion costs $12. Shipping costs $34. The expression 88c + 12c + 34 gives the total cost for buying c sets of chairs and cushions. Simplify the expression by combining like terms.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 100c + 34

Explanation:
Liang is ordering new chairs and cushions for his dining room table.
A new chair costs $88 and a new cushion costs $12. Shipping costs $34.
The expression is 88c + 12c + 34.
Combine the like terms
88c + 12c + 34 = 100c + 34

Question 8.
Mr. Ruiz writes the expression 5 × (2 + 1)2 ÷ 3 on the board. Chelsea says the first step is to evaluate 12. Explain Chelsea’s mistake. Then, evaluate the expression
_____________

Answer:
She should have done what was in the parentheses (2 + 1) and then the exponent 32= 9
5 × (2 + 1)2 ÷ 3 = 5 × 9 ÷ 3
5 × 3 = 15

Question 9.
Jake writes this word expression.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents img 13
Write an algebraic expression for the word expression. Then, evaluate the expression for m = 4. Show your work.
________

Answer:
The expression is 7m
Replace m = 4 with m
7m = 7 × 4 = 28

Chapter 7 Review/Test – Page No. 415

Question 10.
Sora has some bags that each contain 12 potatoes. She takes 3 potatoes from each bag. The expression 12p – 3p represents the number of potatoes p left in the bags. Simplify the expression by combining like terms. Draw a line to match the expression with the simplified expression.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents img 14
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 9p
Go-Math-Grade-6-Answer-Key-Chapter-7-Exponents-img-14

Question 11.
Logan works at a florist. He earns $600 per week plus $5 for each floral arrangement he delivers. Write an expression that gives the amount in dollars that Logan earns for delivering f floral arrangements. Use the expression to find the amount Logan will earn if he delivers 45 floral arrangements in one week. Show your work.
$ ________

Answer: $825

Explanation:
Logan works at a florist. He earns $600 per week plus $5 for each floral arrangement he delivers. Write an expression that gives the amount in dollars that Logan earns for delivering f floral arrangements.
The expression is 600 + 5f
f = 45
600 + 5f = 600 + 5(45)
600 + 225 = 825
Thus Logan earned $825 for delivering f floral arrangements.

Question 12.
Choose the word that makes the sentence true.
Dara wrote the expression 7 × (d + 4) in her notebook. She used the _____ Property to write the equivalent expression 7d + 28.
Answer: Dara wrote the expression 7 × (d + 4) in her notebook. She used the Distributive Property to write the equivalent expression 7d + 28.
Use the distributive property to simplify the expression.
7 × (d + 4) = 7d + 28

Chapter 7 Review/Test – Page No. 416

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents Page 416 Q13

Question 14.
Alisha buys 5 boxes of peanut butter granola bars and 5 boxes of cinnamon granola bars. Let p represent the number of bars in a box of peanut butter granola bars and c represents the number of bars in a box of cinnamon granola bars. Jaira and Emma each write an expression that represents the total number of granola bars Alisha bought. Are the equivalent of the expression? Justify your answer
Jaira
5p + 5c
Emma
5(p + c)
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
They are equivalent statements.
5p + 5c = 5(p + c) by the distributive property.

Question 15.
Abe is 3 inches taller than Chen. Select the expressions that represent Abe’s height if Chen’s height is h inches. Mark all that apply
Options:
a. h−3
b. h+3
c. the sum of h and 3
d. the difference between h and 3

Answer:
Abe is 3 inches taller than Chen.
Let Chen’s height is h.
The expression is the sum of Chen’s height and 3.
So, the suitable answers are h + 3 and the sum of h and 3.
Thus the correct answers are option B and C.

Question 16.
Write the algebraic expression in the box that shows an equivalent expression.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents img 15
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
3(k + 2) = 3k + 6
3k + 2k = 5k
2 + 6k + 3 = 6k + 5

Chapter 7 Review/Test – Page No. 417

Question 17.
Draw a line to match the property with the expression that shows the property.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents img 16
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-6-Answer-Key-Chapter-7-Exponents-img-16

Question 18.
A bike rental company charges $10 to rent a bike plus $2 for each hour the bike is rented. An expression for the total cost of renting a bike for h hours is 10 + 2h. Complete the table to find the total cost of renting a bike for h hours.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 7 Exponents img 17
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-6-Answer-Key-Chapter-7-Exponents-img-17

Question 19.
An online sporting goods store charges $12 for a pair of athletic socks. Shipping is $2 per order
Part A
Write an expression that Hana can use to find the total cost in dollars for ordering n pairs of socks.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 12n + 2

Explanation:
Let n represents a pair of socks.
Multiply the price of pair of athletic socks with pair of socks = 12 × n
Shipping is $2 per order
The expression for the total cost in dollars for ordering n pairs of socks is 12n + 2

Question 19.
Part B
Hana orders 3 pairs of athletic socks and her friend, Charlie, order 2 pairs of athletic socks. What is the total cost, including shipping, for both orders? Show your work.
$ ________

Answer:
The cost of Hannah’s order is 12 × 3 + 2 = 36 + 2 = 38
The cost of Charlie’s order is 12 × 2 + 2 = 24 + 2 = 26
The total cost for both is 38 + 26 = 64

Chapter 7 Review/Test – Page No. 418

Question 20.
Fernando simplifies the expression (6 + 2)2 – 4 × 3.
Part A
Fernando shows his work on the board. Use numbers and words to explain his mistake.
(6 + 2)2 – 4 × 3
(6 + 4) – 4 × 3
10 − 4 × 3
6 × 3
18
Type below:
_____________

Answer: Fernando did not use the correct order of operations. He should have added 6 and 2, then evaluate the exponent. He also subtracted before multiplying. He should have multiplied first.

Question 20.
Part B
Simplify the expression (6 + 2)2 − 4 × 3 using the order of operations.
_______

Answer: 52

Explanation:
(6 + 2)2 − 4 × 3
First, add 6 and 2 and then subtract with 12.
82 – 4 × 3
= 64 – 12 = 52
(6 + 2)2 − 4 × 3 = 52

Conclusion:

In addition to the exercise and homework problems, we have given the solutions for the mid-chapter and review test. Hence the students of grade 6 can check whether the answers are right or wrong. Feel free to post your comments in the below comment box if you have any queries. Bookmark our ccssanswers.com to get the go math answer key for all grade 6 chapters.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures

go-math-grade-7-chapter-8-modeling-geometric-figures-answer-key

Students of 7th grade can get a detailed explanation for all the problems in Go Math Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures. Redefine yourself by practicing problems from Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures. We have given the pdf to Download HMH Go Math Answer Key of Grade 7 Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures. So, refer to Go Math 7th Grade Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures to secure the highest score in exams.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures

Get access to Download HMH Go Math Grade 7 Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures here. Start preparing for your exams by using the Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures pdf. In this article, you can check the answers to review questions in addition to the exercise and homework questions. So, make use of the below links and learn the problems according to the topics.

Chapter 8 – Modeling Geometric Figures – Lesson: 1

Chapter 8 – Modeling Geometric Figures – Lesson: 2

Chapter 8 – Modeling Geometric Figures – Lesson: 3

Modeling Geometric Figures

Chapter 8 – Modeling Geometric Figures – Lesson: 4

Chapter 8 – Modeling Geometric Figures

Guided Practice – Page No. 240

Question 1.
The scale of a room in a blueprint is 3 in : 5 ft. A wall in the same blueprint is 18 in. Complete the table.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures img 1
a. How long is the actual wall?
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures img 2
______ feet

Answer: 30 feet

Explanation:
We complete the table using the direct proportionality
3 in : 5 ft.
A wall in the same blueprint is 18 in. is 30 feet.

Question 1.
b. A window in the room has an actual width of 2.5 feet. Find the width of the window in the blueprint.
______ inches

width of the window in the blueprint

Answer: 1.5 inches

Explanation:
We determine the number of inches corresponding to 1 foot on the actual window
3 in /5 in.
Multiply and divide by 5
(3 in ÷ 5)/(5 ft ÷ 5) = 0.6/1 ft
Thus 1 foot corresponds to 0.6 inches, so the width of the window in the table is
2.5 × 0.6 = 1.5 inches

Question 2.
The scale in the drawing is 2 in. : 4 ft. What are the length and width of the actual room? Find the area of the actual room.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures img 3
Width: _________ feet
Length: _________ feet
Area: _________ sq ft

Answer:
Width: 28 feet
Length: 14 feet
Area: 392 sq ft

Explanation:
We determine the number of feet corresponding to 1 inch in the drawing
2 in/4 in = (2 in. ÷ 2)/(4 in ÷ 2) = 1/2
Thus 1 inch corresponds to 2 feet on the actual dimensions of the room.
We determine the actual length of the room, labeled 14 inches in the drawing.
14 × 2 = 28 feet
We determine the actual width of the room, labeled 7 inches in the drawing.
7 × = 14 feet
We compute the area of the actual room:
28 × 14 = 392 square feet.

Question 3.
The scale in the drawing is 2 cm: 5 m. What are the length and width of the actual room? Find the area of the actual room.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures img 4
Width: _________ m
Length: _________ m
Area: _________ sq meters

Answer:
Width: 25 m
Length: 15 m
Area: 375 sq meters

Explanation:
We determine the number of meters corresponding to 1 centimeter in the drawing:
2 cm/5 cm = (2 cm ÷ 2)/(5 cm ÷ 2) = 1 cm/ 2.5 m
We determine the actual length of the room, labeled 10 cm in the drawing:
10 × 2.5 = 25 m
We determine the actual width of the room, labeled 6 cm in the drawing:
6 × 2.5 = 15 m
We compute the area of the room:
25 × 15 = 375 square feet.

Question 4.
A scale drawing of a cafeteria is drawn on centimeter grid paper as shown. The scale is 1 cm: 4 m.
a. Redraw the rectangle on centimeter grid paper using a scale of 1 cm:6 m.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures img 5
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Go Math Grade 7 Chapter 8 Answer Key solution img-1

Question 4.
b. What is the actual length and width of the cafeteria using the original scale? What are the actual dimensions of the cafeteria using the new scale?
Length: _________ m
Width: _________ m

Answer:
In the original scale, the dimensions on the drawing are
l1 = 9 cm
w1 = 6  cm
We determine the actual length using the original scale:
9 × 4 = 36
We determine the actual width using the original scale:
6 × 4 = 24
In the second scale, the dimensions on the drawing are
l2 = 6 cm
w1 = 4 cm
We determine the actual length using the original scale:
6 × 6 = 36
We determine the actual width using the original scale:
4 × 6 = 24
Thus the length is 36m
Width is 24 m

Essential Question Check-In

Question 5.
If you have an accurate, complete scale drawing and the scale, which measurements of the object of the drawing can you find?
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
If we have an accurate, complete scale drawing and scale, we can determine all measurements of the object because they are all proportional with the dimensions on the drawing the ratio being the scale.

Independent Practice – Page No. 241

Independent Practice - Page No. 241

Question 6.
Art
Marie has a small copy of Rene Magritte’s famous painting, The Schoolmaster. Her copy has dimensions 2 inches by 1.5 inches. The scale of the copy is 1 in.:40 cm.
a. Find the dimensions of the original painting.
Length: _________ cm
Width: _________ cm

Answer:
Length: 80 cm
Width: 60 cm

Explanation:
We are given the data
Scale: 1 in:40 cm
Copy l1 = 2 in.
w1 = 1.5 inches
We determine the length l of the original painting
l = 2 × 40 = 80cm
We determine the width w of the original painting
w = 1.5 × 40 = 60 cm

Question 6.
b. Find the area of the original painting.
_____________ sq cm

Answer: 4800 square cm

Explanation:
We determine the width w of the original painting
A = l.w
A = 80 × 60 = 4,800 square cm

Question 6.
c. Since 1 inch is 2.54 centimeters, find the dimensions of the original painting in inches.
Length: _________ inches
Width: _________ inches

Answer:
We determine the length l of the original painting in inches:
1 in. = 2.54 cm
l = 80/2.54 cm ≈ 31.5 inches
We determine the width w of the original painting in inches:
w = 60/2.54 ≈ 23.6 inches

Question 6.
d. Find the area of the original painting in square inches
_____________ sq inches

Answer: 743.4 square inches

Explanation:
We find the area of the original painting in square inches:
l × w = 31.5 × 23.6 = 743.4 square inches
Thus the area of the original painting is 743.4 square inches.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures Page 241 Q7

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures Page 241 Q8

Question 9.
Analyze Relationships
A scale for a scale drawing is 10 cm:1 mm. Which is larger, the actual object or the scale drawing? Explain.
_____________

Answer:
We are given the scale
10 cm: 1 mm
100 mm: 1 m
This means that the correspondent in actual dimension for 100 mm of drawing is 1mm, so to a greater on the drawing there is a smaller actual distance, therefore the scale drawing is larger.

Question 10.
Architecture

The scale model of a building is 5.4 feet tall
The scale model of a building is 5.4 feet tall.
a. If the original building is 810 meters tall, what was the scale used to make the model?
______ ft. : ______ m

Answer: 1 foot: 150 m

Explanation:
Let’s note:
h1 = the height on the scale model
h = the actual height
We are given the data
h1 = 5.4 feet
h = 810 meters
We determine the scale for the model
h1/h = 5.4 feet/810 m = (5.4 feet ÷ 5.4)/(810 ÷ 5.4)
1 foot/150 m
1 foot: 150 m

Question 10.
b. If the model is made out of tiny bricks each measuring 0.4 inches in height, how many bricks tall is the model?
___________ bricks

tiny bricks

Answer: 14 bricks

Explanation:
We determine the scale for the model:
h1/0.4 = 5.4/0.4 = 13.5
The number of bricks: 14

Page No. 242

Question 11.
You have been asked to build a scale model of your school out of toothpicks. Imagine your school is 30 feet tall. Your scale is 1 ft:1.26 cm.
a. If a toothpick is 6.3 cm tall, how many toothpicks tall will your model be?
______ toothpicks

Answer: 6

Explanation:
Given that,
h = 30 feet
1 ft: 1.26 cm
h1 = the height on the scale model
h = the actual height
We determine the height h1 of the model:
h1 = 30 × 1.26 = 37.8 cm
h1/6.3 = 37.8/6.3 = 6
Thus the number of toothpicks = 6

Question 11.
b. Your mother is out of toothpicks and suggests you use cotton swabs instead. You measure them, and they are 7.6 cm tall. How many cotton swabs tall will your model be?
______ cotton swabs

Answer: 5

Explanation:
We find the number of cotton wabs
h1/7.6 = 37.8/7.6 ≈ 5
Thus the number of cotton wabs = 5

H.O.T.

Focus on Higher Order Thinking

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures Page 242 Q12

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures Page 242 Q13

Question 14.
Represent Real-World Problems

scale drawings at work
Describe how several jobs or professions might use scale drawings at work.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Scale drawings are extremely useful in jobs that need to represent bigger areas on smaller devices like
1. Architecture/Construction
2. medicine
3. agriculture
4. tourism
5. transportation

Guided Practice – Page No. 245

Tell whether each figure creates the conditions to form a unique triangle, more than one triangle, or no triangle.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures img 6
Type below:
_____________

Answer: A unique triangle

Explanation:
We are given two angles and the included side, thus there is a unique triangle as the sides left from B and A intersect at a unique point.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures img 7
Type below:
_____________

Answer: No triangle

Explanation:
We are given the three sides of the triangle. We check if the sum of any two sides is greater than the other.
4 + 11 = 15 > 3
11 + 3 = 14 > 4
3 + 4 = 7 is not greater than 11.
Because one inequality is not verified, the triangle doesn’t exist.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures img 8
Type below:
_____________

Answer: A unique triangle

Explanation:
We are given two angles and on the included side, thus there is a unique triangle as the sides left from B and A intersect at a unique point.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures img 9
Type below:
_____________

Answer: A unique triangle

Explanation:
We are given the three sides of the triangle. We check if the sum of any two sides is greater than the other.
6 + 12 = 18 > 7
12 + 7 = 19 > 6
6 + 7 = 13 > 12
Since all inequalities are verified, there is a unique triangle.

Essential Question Check-In

Question 5.
Describe the lengths of three segments that could not be used to form a triangle.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Find the lengths of three segments not to be the sides of a triangle, at least one sum of two sides should be smaller than the other side.
Let a, b, c be the lengths of the three segments.
a + b not > a + b + k = c

Independent Practice

Question 6.
On a separate piece of paper, try to draw a triangle with side lengths of 3 centimeters and 6 centimeters, and an included angle of 120°. Determine whether the given segments and angle produce a unique triangle, more than one triangle, or no triangle.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: A unique triangle

Explanation:
∠A = 120°
AB = 6
AC = 3
Go Math Grade 7 Chapter 8 Answer Key solution img-2
We draw segment AB, angle A, and segment AC, then we join B and C. The result is a unique triangle.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures Page 245 Q7

Page No. 246

Question 8.
Make a Conjecture
The angles in an actual triangle-shaped traffic sign all have measures of 60°. The angles in a scale drawing of the sign all have measures of 60°. Explain how you can use this information to decide whether three given angle measures can be used to form a unique triangle or more than one triangle.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures img 10
Type below:
_____________

Answer: Three given angle measures whose sum is 180° can be used to form an infinity of triangles, having the property that their corresponding sides are proportional.

H.O.T.

Focus on Higher Order Thinking

Question 9.
Communicate Mathematical Ideas
The figure on the left shows a line segment 2 inches long forming a 45° angle with a dashed line whose length is not given. The figure on the right shows a compass set at a width of 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) inches with its point on the top end of the 2-inch segment. An arc is drawn intersecting the dashed line twice.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures img 11
Explain how you can use this figure to decide whether two sides and an angle not included between them can be used to form a unique triangle, more than one triangle, or no triangle.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
A triangle does not exist because one side is shorter than the other two sides. The circle intersects the dashed line only once so that one angle is 45°, so there is only one solution. The circle with the center in B intersects the dashed line twice, thus there are two triangles formed.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures Page 246 Q10

Guided Practice – Page No. 249

Describe each cross-section.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures img 12
Type below:
_____________

Answer: Triangle/Quadrilateral triangle
The given cross-section in a cube is a triangle/equilateral triangle.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures img 13
Type below:
_____________

Answer: Rectangle
The given cross-section in a cylinder is a rectangle.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures img 14
Type below:
_____________

Answer: Triangle

Explanation:
The given cross-section in the prism is the triangle.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures img 15
Type below:
_____________

Answer: Rainbow-shaped curve
The given cross-section in the cone is a rainbow-shaped curve.

Essential Question Check-In

Question 5.
What is the first step in describing what figure results when a given plane intersects a given three-dimensional figure?
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The first step in describing what figure results when a given plane intersects a given three-dimensional figure is to establish the number of sides the cross-section has.

Independent Practice

Question 6.
Describe different ways in which a plane might intersect the cylinder and the cross section that results.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures img 16
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The cross-section can be:
1. a circle
2. an ellipse
3. a rectangle

Page No. 250

Question 7.
Make a Conjecture
What cross-sections might you see when a plane intersects a cone that you would not see when a plane intersects a pyramid or a prism?
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The cross-section can be:
1. a circle
2. an ellipse
3. a parabola
4. a hyperbola
5. a triangle

H.O.T.

Focus on Higher Order Thinking

Question 8.
Critical Thinking
The two figures on the left below show that you can form a cross-section of a cube that is a pentagon. Think of a plane cutting the cube at an angle in such a way as to slice through five of the cube’s six faces. Draw dotted lines on the third cube to show how to form a cross-section that is a hexagon.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures img 17
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
We draw a plane cutting the cube so that the cross-section is a hexagon: for this, we take the middle of 6 adjacent sides:

Question 9.
Analyze Relationships
A sphere has a radius of 12 inches. A horizontal plane passes through the center of the sphere.
a. Describe the cross-section formed by the plane and the sphere
Type below:
_____________

Answer: Circle

Explanation:
We are given a sphere and a cross-section passing through the center of the sphere:
The cross-section passing through the center of the sphere is a circle having a radius equal to the sphere’s radius.

Question 9.
b. Describe the cross sections formed as the plane intersects the interior of the sphere but moves away from the center.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:  The cross sections formed as a plane intersect the interior of the sphere outside the center are circles.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures Page 250 Q10

Question 11.
Represent Real-World Problems
Describe a real-world situation that could be represented by planes slicing a three-dimensional figure to form cross sections.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Examples of real-world situations that can be represented by planes slicing three-dimensional figures to form cross-sections:
– electrical wires
– water/gas pipes
– house design
– geology
– seismology

Guided Practice – Page No. 256

For 1–2, use the figure.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures img 18

Question 1.
Vocabulary
The sum of the measures of ∠UWV and ∠UWZ is 90°, so ∠UWV and ∠UWZ are _____ angles.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: Complementary angles

Explanation:
The sum of ∠UWV and ∠UWZ is 90°, so ∠UWV and ∠UWZ are complementary angles.

Question 2.
Vocabulary
∠UWV and ∠VWX share a vertex and one side. They do not overlap, so ∠UWV and ∠VWX are _____ angles.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: Adjacent angles

Explanation:
∠UWV and ∠VWX share a vertex and one side. They do not overlap, so ∠UWV and ∠VWX are adjacent angles.

For 3–4, use the figure.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures img 19

Question 3.
∠AGB and ∠DGE are _____ angles, so m∠DGE = _____.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: ∠AGB and ∠DGE are vertical angles, so m∠DGE = m∠AGB = 30°

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures Page 256 Q4

Question 5.
Find the value of x and the measure of ∠MNQ.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures img 20
x = _______ °
mMNQ = _______ °

Answer:
∠MNQ + ∠QNP = 90°
3x – 13° + 58° = 90°
3x = 90° + 13° – 58°
3x = 45°
x = 15°
m∠MNQ = 3x – 13°
= 3×15° – 13°
= 45° – 13°
= 32°

Essential Question Check-In

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures Page 256 Q6

Independent Practice – Page No. 257

For 7–11, use the figure.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures img 21

Question 7.
Name a pair of adjacent angles. Explain why they are adjacent.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The pair of adjacent angles are:
∠SUR and ∠RUN (common vertex U and one common side – UR – without overlapping)
∠NUQ and ∠QUP (common vertex U and one common side – UQ – without overlapping)
∠PUT and ∠TUS (common vertex U and one common side – UT – without overlapping)

Question 8.
Name a pair of acute vertical angles.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
By seeing the above figure we can say that ∠SUR and ∠PUQ are the vertical angles.

Question 9.
Name a pair of supplementary angles.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The above figure shows that ∠SUR and ∠RUQ are supplementary angles.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures Page 257 Q10

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures Page 257 Q11

For 12–13, use the figure. A bike path crosses a road as shown. Solve for each indicated angle measure or variable.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures img 22

Question 12.
x = ?
_______ °

Answer: x = 21°

Explanation:
∠KMI and ∠HMG are vertical, thus congruent.
We determine x:
84° = 4x
4x = 84°
x = 84°/4
x = 21°

Question 13.
m∠KMH = ?
_______ °

Answer: 96°

Explanation:
∠KMI and ∠KMH are supplementary.
We determine m∠KMH:
m∠KMH + m∠KMI = 180°
m∠KMH + 84° = 180°
m∠KMH = 180° – 84°
m∠KMH = 96°

For 14–16, use the figure. Solve for each indicated angle measure.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures img 23

Question 14.
m∠CBE = ?
_______ °

Answer: 118°

Explanation:
We determine m∠CBE:
m∠CBE + m∠EBF = 180°
m∠CBE + 62°= 180°
m∠CBE = 180° – 62°
m∠CBE = 118°

Question 15.
m∠ABF = ?
_______ °

Answer: 28°

Explanation:
We determine m∠ABF
m∠ABF + m∠EBF = 90°
m∠ABF + 62° = 90°
m∠ABF = 90° – 62°
m∠ABF = 28°

Question 16.
m∠CBA = ?
_______ °

Answer: 152°

Explanation:
We determine m∠CBA
m∠CBA = m∠DBF = m∠DBE + m∠EBF
90° + 62° = 152°
m∠CBA = 152°

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures Page 257 Q17

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures Page 257 Q18

Page No. 258

Question 19.
Astronomy
Astronomers sometimes use angle measures divided into degrees, minutes, and seconds. One degree is equal to 60 minutes, and one minute is equal to 60 seconds. Suppose that ∠J and ∠K are complementary and that the measure of ∠J is 48 degrees, 26 minutes, and 8 seconds. What is the measure of ∠K?
_______ ° _______ ‘ _______ ”

Answer: 41° 33 ‘ 52″

Explanation:
We are given the data
m∠J + m∠K = 90°
m∠J = 48° 26 ‘ 8″
90° – 48° 26 ‘ 8″
89°60’ – 48° 26 ‘ 8″
89°59’60” – 48° 26 ‘ 8″ = 41° 33 ‘ 52″
Thus the measure of ∠K is 41° 33 ‘ 52″

H.O.T.

Focus on Higher Order Thinking

Question 20.
Represent Real-World Problems
The railroad tracks meet the road as shown. The town will allow a parking lot at angle K if the measure of angle K is greater than 38°. Can a parking lot be built at angle K ? Why or why not?
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures img 24
_______

Answer:
m∠K = 180° – 50° – 90° = 40°
Since m∠K = 40°> 38°, a parking lot can be built.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures Page 258 Q21

Question 22.
Draw Conclusions
If two angles are complementary, each angle is called a complement of the other. If two angles are supplementary, each angle is called a supplement of the other.
a. Suppose m∠A = 77°. What is the measure of a complement of ∠A? Explain.
_______ °

Answer: 77°

Explanation:
90° – (90° – m∠A) = 90° – (90° – 77°)
90° – 77° = 13°
77°

Question 22.
b. What conclusion can you draw about a complement of an angle? Explain.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The complement of complement of an angle is the angle itself:
90° – (90° – m∠A)
90° – 90° + m∠A

8.1 Similar Shapes and Scale Drawings – Page No. 259

Question 1.
A house blueprint has a scale of 1 in. : 4 ft. The length and width of each room in the actual house are shown in the table. Complete the table by finding the length and width of each room on the blueprint.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures img 25
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-7-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Modeling-Geometric-Figures-img-25
Thus for each 4 ft in actual dimension, there is 1 inch in the blueprint.

8.2 Geometric Drawings

Question 2.
Can a triangle be formed with side lengths of 8 cm, 4 cm, and 12 cm?
______

Answer:
We are given the side lengths
8 + 12 = 20 > 4
4 + 12 = 16 > 8
8 + 4 not > 12
Since one of the inequalities is not verified, the three given side lengths cannot form a triangle.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures Page 259 Q3

8.3 Cross Sections

Question 4.
Name one possible cross-section of a sphere.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: Circle
One possible cross-section of the sphere is a circle.

Question 5.
Name at least two shapes that are cross-sections of a cylinder.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: Three possible cross-sections of a cylinder are a circle, an ellipse, and a rectangle.

Essential Question Check-In

Question 5.
How can you model geometry figures to solve real-world problems?
Type below:
_____________

Answer: You can model geometry for making buildings and skyscrapers, also stores.

8.4 Angle Relationships

Question 6.
∠BGC and ∠FGE are _____ angles, so m∠FGE = _____
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures img 26
_____ °

Answer: ∠BGC and ∠FGE are vertical angles, so m∠FGE = m∠BGC = 90° – 40° = 50°

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures Page 259 Q7

Selected Response – Page No. 260

Question 1.
Which number can you add to 15 to get a sum of 0?
Options:
a. -10
b. -15
c. 0
d. 15

Answer: -15

Explanation:
The number we add to a number in order to get a sum of zero is its opposite. In our case, we should add -15 to 15.
15 + (-15) = 0
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 2.
Students are painting the backdrop for the school play. The backdrop is 15 feet wide and 10 feet high. Every 16 inches on the scale drawing represents 5 feet on the backdrop. What is the area of the scale drawing?
Options:
a. 150 in2
b. 6 in2
c. 3096
d. 1536 in2

Answer: 1536 in2

Explanation:
We are given the dimensions l and w of the backdrop and the drawing scale:
l = 15 ft
w = 10 ft
16 in: 5 ft
16 in./5 ft = (16 in. ÷ 5)/(5 ft ÷ 5) = 3.2 in/1 ft
l1 = 15 × 3.2 = 48 inches
w1 = 10 × 32 = 320 inches
l1 × w1 = 48 × 32 = 1536 square inches
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 3.
Two sides of a triangle measure 8 cm and 12 cm. Which of the following CANNOT be the measure of the third side?
Options:
a. 4
b. 12
c. 8
d. 16

Answer: 4 cm

Explanation:
We are given two sides of a triangle
a. 4
4 + 8 not > 12
b. 12
12 + 8 > 12
12 + 12 > 8
c. 8
8 + 8 > 12
8 + 12 > 12
d. 16
8 + 12 > 16
8 + 16 > 12
12 + 16 > 8
Thus the only dimension which cannot be measured on the third side f the triangle is 4 cm.
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Question 4.
A cross-section is the intersection of a three-dimensional figure and a _____.
Options:
a. point
b. plane
c. line
d. set

Answer: Plane

Explanation:
A cross-section is the interaction of a three-dimensional figure and a plane.
Thus the correct answer is option B.

For 5–6, use the diagram.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures img 27

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures Page 260 Q5

Question 6.
Which describes the relationship between ∠BFA and ∠CFD?
Options:
a. adjacent angles
b. complementary angles
c. supplementary angles
d. vertical angles

Answer: vertical angles

Explanation:
The angles ∠BFA and ∠CFD are vertical angles because they are opposite angles formed at the intersection of two lines.
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 7.
All clothing is being marked down by 15%. Which expression represents the new retail price?
Options:
a. 0.85x
b. 1.15x
c. 1.85x
d. 0.15x

Answer: 0.85x

Explanation:
x = initial price
Since the price went down by 15%, the new price will be diminished by 15/100 x
x – 0.15x = 0.85x
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Mini-Tasks

Question 8.
Ira built a model of the Great Pyramid in Egypt for a school project. The Great Pyramid has a square base with sides of length 756 feet. The height of the Great Pyramid is 481 feet. Ira made his model pyramid using a scale of 1 inch : 20 feet.
a. What is the length of each side of the base of Ira’s pyramid?
_____ in

Answer: 37.8 inches
We compute the number of inches corresponding to 1 foot from the actual dimensions:
1 in./20 ft = (1 in. ÷ 20)/(20 ft ÷ 20) = 0.05 in/1 ft.
There are 0.05 inches for 1 foot.
We determine the length of Ira’s  pyramid base:
756 × 0.05 = 37.8 inches

Question 8.
b. What is the area of the base of Ira’s pyramid?
_____ square inches

Answer: 1428.84 square inches

Explanation:
We determine the area of Ira’s pyramid base:
37.8 × 37.8 = 1,428.84 square inches.

Question 8.
c. What is the height of Ira’s pyramid?
_____ in

Answer:
We determine the height of Ira’s pyramid:
481 × 0.05 = 24.05 inches

Question 8.
d. Ira built his model using cross-sections that were cut parallel to the base. What shape was each cross-section?
Type below:
____________

Answer: The cross sections parallel to the base have the shape of a square.

Final Words:

Hope the solutions provided in Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures is helpful for all the students. Get the answers for all the questions with the simple techniques for all chapters on Go Math Answer 7th grade Key Chapter 8 Modeling Geometric Figures. Stick to our Go Math Answer Key Page to get the latest information about the chapters.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts

go-math-grade-3-chapter-5-use-multiplication-facts-answer-key

Access Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts here for quick reference. Solve various questions from Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 and get basics of multiplication easily. Resolve your queries and practice on your own to understand where you stand in your preparation. Attain the logic behind each problem in the exercise questions from 3rd Grade Go Math Answer Key Ch 5 USe Multiplication Facts and clear the exam with better grades.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts

Step by Step Solution is given in the HMH Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key by subject experts keeping in mind the student’s level of understanding. Have an overview of the concepts present in Grade 3 Chapter 5 through the quick links available. Utilize the Grade 3 HMH Go Math Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts and clear your queries regarding the topics instantly. You just need to click on the below mentioned Go Math 3rd standard Grade 3 Chapter Key links and take your preparation to the next level.

Lesson 1: Algebra • Describe Patterns

Lesson 2: Algebra • Find Unknown Numbers

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint

Lesson 3: Problem Solving • Use the Distributive Property

Lesson 4: Multiplication Strategies with Multiples of 10

Lesson 5: Multiply 1-Digit Numbers by Multiplies of 10

Chapter 5 Review/Test

Describe Patterns Page No 265

Describe a pattern for the table. Then complete the table.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Describe Patterns img 1
Answer: Add 6 muffins for each pan; Multiply the number of pans by 6.

Explanation:

Now we have to multiple no. of pans by 6
4 × 6 = 24; 5 × 6 = 30

Question 2.

Wagons 2 3 4 5 6
Wheels 8 12 16 _______ _______

Answer:

Wagons 2 3 4 5 6
Wheels 8 12 16 20 24

Explanation:

Add 4 wheels for each Wagons; Multiply the number of Wagons by 4
5 × 4 = 20; 6 × 4 = 24

Question 3.

Vases Flowers
2 14
3 _______
4 28
5 _______
6 42

Answer:

Vases Flowers
2 14
3 21
4 28
5 35
6 42

Explanation:

Add 7 flowers for each vase; Multiply the number of flowers by 7
3 × 7 = 21; 5 × 7 = 35

Question 4.

Spiders Legs
1 8
2 _______
3 24
4 _______
5 40

Answer:

Spiders Legs
1 8
2 16
3 24
4 32
5 40

Explanation:

Add 8 legs for each spider and then multiply the number of spiders by 8
i.e., 8 × 2 = 16; 8 × 4 = 32

Problem Solving

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Page 265 Q5

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Page 265 Q6

Describe Patterns Lesson Check Page No 266

Question 1.
Which of the following describes a pattern in the table?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Describe Patterns img 2
Options:
a. Multiply by 3.
b. Multiply by 5.
c. Add 1.
d. Add 4.

Answer: Multiply by 5

Explanation:

From the above table, we can see that each chair is added by 5 for each table.
So, multiply the number of tables by 5
The correct answer is option B

Question 2.
Which number completes this table?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Describe Patterns img 3
Options:
a. 30
b. 20
c. 24
d. 22

Answer: 24

Explanation:

Each butterfly is added by 4
Multiply the number of butterflies by 4
4 × 6 = 24 wings
So, the correct answer is option C

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Jennilee buys 7 packs of crayons. There are 6 crayons in each pack. How many crayons does Jennilee buy in all?
Options:
a. 13
b. 36
c. 42
d. 48

Answer: 42

Explanation:

Given that, Jennilee buys 7 packs of crayons
There are 6 crayons in each pack
1 pack = 6 crayons
7 packs = x
x × 1 = 6 × 7
x = 42

Question 4.
Maverick has 5 books of circus tickets. Each book has 5 tickets. How many tickets does Maverick have in all?
Options:
a. 10
b. 15
c. 20
d. 25

Answer: 25

Explanation:

Maverick has 5 books on circus tickets
Each book has 5 tickets
1 book =5 tickets
5 books = x tickets
x × 1 = 5 × 5
x = 25
Thus the correct answer is option D

Question 5.
Bailey walked his dog 2 times each day for 9 days. How many times did Bailey walk his dog in all?
Options:
a. 9
b. 11
c. 18
d. 27

Answer: 18

Explanation:

Given, Bailey walked his dog 2 times each day for 9 days
Number of times Bailey walk his dog in all = x
x = 9 × 2
x = 18
Thus the correct answer is option C

Question 6.
Drew’s Tree Company delivers pear trees in groups of 4. Yesterday, the company delivered 8 groups of pear trees. How many pear trees were delivered in all?
Options:
a. 12
b. 16
c. 24
d. 32

Answer: 32

Explanation:

Given,

Drew’s Tree Company delivers pear trees in groups of 4
Yesterday, the company delivered 8 groups of pear trees
How many pear trees were delivered in all = x
x = 4 × 8
x = 32
Thus the correct answer is option D

Find Unknown Numbers Page No 271

Find the unknown factor.

Question 1.
n × 3 = 12
Think: How many groups of 3 equal 12?
n = 4

Answer: 4

Explanation:

n × 3 = 12
n = 12/4
n = 3

Question 2.
s × 8 = 64
s = ________

Answer: 8

Explanation:

How many groups of 8 equals 64?

s × 8 = 64
s = 64/8
s = 8

Question 3.
21 = 7 × n
n = ________

Answer: 3

Explanation:

Number of groups 7 equals 21

21 = 7 × n
n = 21/7
n = 3

Question 4.
y × 2 = 18
y = ________

Answer: 9

Explanation:

y × 2 = 18
y = 18/2
y = 9

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Page 271 Q5

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Page 271 Q6

Question 7.
m × 4 = 28
m = ________

Answer: 7

Explanation:

Here m is the unknown product
4 × m = 28
4m = 28
m = 28/4
m = 7

Question 8.
★ × 1 = 9
★ = ________

Answer: 9

Explanation:

Here the symbol ★ is the unknown product
★ = 9/1
★ = 9

Question 9.
18 = 6 × r
r = ________

Answer: 3

Explanation:

r is the unknown product
6 × r = 18
r = 18/6
r = 3

Question 10.
u × 5 = 30
u = ________

Answer: 6

Explanation:

u is the unknown product
u × 5 = 30
5u = 30
u = 30/5
u = 6

Question 11.
4 × ■ = 24
■ = ________

Answer: 6

Explanation:

■ is the unknown product
4 × ■ = 24
■ = 24/4
■ = 6
Therefore the answer is 6

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Page 271 Q12

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Page 271 Q13

Question 14.
5 × ▲ = 40
▲ = ________

Answer: 8

Explanation:

Here the symbol ▲ is the unknown product
▲ × 5 = 40
▲ = 40/5
▲ = 8

Question 15.
30 = d × 3
d = ________

Answer: 10

Explanation:

d is the unknown product
30 = d × 3
30/3 = d
d = 30/3
d = 10
Therefore the answer is 10

Question 16.
7 × k = 42
k = ________

Answer: 6

Explanation:

k is the unknown product
7 × k = 42
k = 42/7
k = 6

Problem Solving

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Page 271 Q17

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Page 271 Q18

Find Unknown Numbers Lesson Check Page No 272

Question 1.
What is the unknown factor?
b × 7 = 56
Options:
a. 6
b. 7
c. 8
d. 9

Answer: 8

Explanation:

b × 7 = 56
b = 56/7
Now we have to check how many groups of 7 equals 56
7 × 8 = 56
b = 8
Thus the answer is option C

Question 2.
What is the unknown factor shown by this array?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Find Unknown Numbers img 4
3 × ■ = 24
Options:
a. 3
b. 6
c. 8
d. 9

Answer: 8

Explanation:

The unknown product is ■
Here we have to find the product of 3 × ■  which equals 24
3 × ■ = 24
■ = 24/3
■ = 8
Therefore the unknown factor shown by this array is 8

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Which is an example of the Commutative Property of Multiplication?
Options:
a. 6 + 4 = 4 + 6
b. 4 × 6 = 6 × 4
c. 4 × 3 = 4 + 8
d. 3 × 6 = 9 × 2

Answer: 4 × 6 = 6 × 4

Explanation:

According to the commutative property of multiplication, changing the order of the numbers we are multiplying, does not change the product.
a × b = b × a
So, the answer is 4 × 6 = 6 × 4

Question 4.
Find the product.
5 × (4 × 2)
Options:
a. 13
b. 22
c. 40
d. 80

Answer: 40

Explanation:

This is in the form of a × (b × c)
First, multiply 4 and 2
5 × (4 × 2) = 5 × 8
5 × 8 = 40
Therefore the correct answer is option D

Question 5.
Which number sentence is an example of the Distributive Property?
Options:
a. 4 × 7 = (4 × 3) + (4 × 4)
b. 4 × 7 = 7 × 4
c. 4 × 7 = 28
d. 7 × 4 = 15 + 13

Answer: 4 × 7 = (4 × 3) + (4 × 4)

Example:

To “distribute” means to divide something or give a share or part of something. According to the distributive property, multiplying the sum of two or more addends by a number will give the same result as multiplying each addend individually by the number and then adding the products together.
The example of Distributive Property is 4 × 7 = (4 × 3) + (4 × 4)

Question 6.
In a group of 10 boys, each boy had 2 hats. How many hats did they have in all?
Options:
a. 5
b. 12
c. 20
d. 40

Answer: 20

Explanation:

Given that,
Each boy has 2 hats
A group of 10 boys has x hats
x × 1 = 2 × 10
x = 20

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint Page No 273

Vocabulary
Choose the best term from the box.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 5

Question 1.
An __________ is a number sentence that uses the equal sign to show that two amounts are equal.
__________

Answer: Equation

Explanation:

The definition of the Equation is the number sentence that uses an equal sign to show that two amounts are equal.

Concepts and Skills

Describe a pattern in the table. Then complete the table.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 6
Type below:
__________

Answer:

Weeks 1 2 3 4 5
Days 7 14 21 28 35

Explanation:

First of all look for the pattern to complete the table.
As you look across the rows you can find the days are increased by 7 for each week.
Now use the pattern to find the number of days in 4 and 5 weeks.
7 × 4 = 28; 7 × 5 = 35

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 7
Type below:
__________

Answer:

Tickets 2 3 4 5 6
Cost $8 $12 $16 $20 $24

Explanation:

Look for the pattern to complete the table.
As you look across the rows you can find the cost increased by $4 for each ticket.
Now use the pattern to find the cost for 5 and 6 tickets
4 × 5 = 20; 4 × 6 = 24

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 8
Type below:
__________

Answer:

Project Teams Members
3 9
4 12
5 15
6 18
7 21

Explanation:

Look for the pattern by comparing the columns in the table. You can multiply number of project teams by 3 to find the members.
3 × 5 = 15; 3 × 7 = 21

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 9
Type below:
__________

Answer:

Tables Chairs
1 8
2 16
3 24
4 32
5 40

Explanation:

Look for the pattern by comparing the rows in the table.
Now multiply the number of tables by 8 so that you can find the number of chairs for 3 and 5 tables.
3 × 8 = 24; 5 × 8 = 40

Find the unknown number.

Question 6.
m × 5 = 30
m = _______

Answer: 6

Explanation:

m is the unknown product
m × 5 = 30
m = 30/5
m = 6
Therefore the value of m is 6

Question 7.
■ × 6 = 48
■ = _______

Answer: 8

Explanation:

■ is the symbol of the unknown product
■ × 6 = 48
■ = 48/6
■ = 8

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Page 273 Q8

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Page 273 Q9

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Page 273 Q10

Question 11.
★ × 10 = 10
★ = _______

Answer: 1

Explanation:

★ is the symbol of the unknown product
★ × 10 = 10
★ = 10/10
★ = 1

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint Lesson Check Page No 274

Question 12.
Describe a pattern in the table.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 10
Type below:
__________

Answer: Multiply by 6

Explanation:

As you look across the rows, you can see that the number of stickers increases by 6 for each package.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Page 274 Q13

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Page 274 Q14

Question 15.
Kyle saves $10 every week for 6 weeks. How much money will Kyle have in Week 6?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 11
a. 60

Answer:

Weeks 1 2 3 4 5 6
Amount $10 $20 $30 $40 $50 $60

Explanation:

Look for the pattern to complete the table.
As you look across the rows you can find the amount increased for each week.
You can multiply 10 by weeks 4, 5 and 6
i.e., 10 × 4 = 40; 10 × 5 = 50; 10 × 6 = 60

Question 16.
Tennis balls cost $7 for a can of 3. Steve gives the cashier $40 to buy balls and receives $12 in change. How many tennis balls did Steve buy?
_______ tennis balls

Answer: 12 tennis balls

Explanation:

Steve spent $40 – $12 = $28
Let y represent the number of cans.
Tennis balls cost $7 for a can of 3
7 × y = 28
y = 28/7
y = 4 cans
So, Steve buys 4 cans of 3 tennis balls
Then, we need to multiply the no. of cans, 4, by the number of tennis balls in each can, 3
4 × 3 = 12 tennis balls

Use the Distributive Property Page No 279

Read each problem and solve.

Question 1.
Each time a student turns in a perfect spelling test, Ms. Ricks puts an achievement square on the bulletin board. There are 6 rows of squares on the bulletin board. Each row has 30 squares. How many perfect spelling tests have been turned in?
Think: 6 × 30 = 6 × (10 + 10 + 10)
= 60 + 60 + 60 = 180
180 spelling tests

Answer: 180 spelling test

Explanation:

There are 6 rows of squares on the bulletin board
Each row has 30 squares
We can use the distributive property to find the number of perfect spelling tests have been turned in
6 × 30 = 6 × (10+10+10)
6 × 10 + 6 × 10 + 6 × 10
60 + 60 + 60 = 180 spelling test

Question 2.
Norma practices violin for 50 minutes every day. How many minutes does Norma practice violin in 7 days?
_______ minutes

Answer: 350 minutes

Explanation:

Given,
Norma practices violin for 50 minutes every day
To find:
How many minutes does Norma practice violin in 7 days?
We can solve this problem by using the distributive property
7 × 50 = 7 × (20 + 30) = (7 × 20) + (7 × 30)
= 350 minutes

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Page 279 Q3

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Page 279 Q4

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Page 279 Q5

Use the Distributive Property Lesson Check Page No 280

Question 1.
Each snack pack holds 20 crackers. How many crackers in all are there in 4 snack packs?
Options:
a. 60
b. 80
c. 100
d. 800

Answer: 80

Explanation:

Given:
Each snack pack holds 20 crackers
To find:
How many crackers in all are there in 4 snack packs
By using the Distributive property we can find the crackers in 4 snack packs
4 × 20 = 4 × (10 + 10)
4 × 10 + 4 × 10 = 40 + 40 = 80
Thus the correct answer is option B

Question 2.
A machine makes 70 springs each hour. How many springs will the machine make in 8 hours?
Options:
a. 500
b. 520
c. 540
d. 560

Answer: 560

Explanation:

Given,
A machine makes 70 springs each hour
To find:
How many springs will the machine make in 8 hours
8 × 70 = 8 × (35 + 35)
= (8 × 35) + (8 × 35)
= 280 + 280
= 560
Thus option D is the correct answer

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Lila read 142 pages on Friday and 168 pages on Saturday. Which is the best estimate of how many pages Lila read on Friday and Saturday combined?
Options:
a. 100
b. 200
c. 300
d. 400

Answer: 300

Explanation:

Lila read 142 pages on Friday and 168 pages on Saturday
We can estimate the number of pages Lila read on Friday and Saturday combined by using the Distributive property
142 + 168 = (2 × 71) + (2 × 84) = 300
So, the correct answer is option C

Question 4.
Jessica wrote 6 + 6 + 6 + 6 on the board. Which is another way to show 6 + 6 + 6 + 6?
Options:
a. 4 × 4
b. 4 × 6
c. 4 × 4 × 6
d. 6 × 6

Answer: 4 × 6

Explanation:
Jessica wrote 6 + 6 + 6 + 6 on the board
The another way to write 6 + 6 + 6 + 6 is 4 × 6
Because here 6 is added 4 times. So the multiplication form of 6 + 6 + 6 + 6 is 4 × 6
So, the correct answer is option B

Use the line plot for 5–6.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Use the Distributive Property img 12

Question 5.
Eliot made a line plot to record the number of birds he saw at his bird feeder. How many more sparrows than blue jays did he see?
Options:
a. 2
b. 3
c. 4
d. 5

Answer: 4

Explanation:

Number of sparrows = 5
Number of Blue Jays = 1
To know how many more sparrows than blue jays we have to subtract number of blue jay from number of sparrows
= 5 – 1 = 4
So, the correct answer is option C

Question 6.
How many robins and cardinals combined did Eliot see?
Options:
a. 2
b. 3
c. 4
d. 5

Answer: 5

Explanation:

Number of robins = 3
Number of Cardinals = 2
Total Number of robins and cardinals = 3 + 2 = 5
So, the answer is option D

Multiplication Strategies with Multiples of 10 Page No 285

Use a number line to find the product.

Question 1.
2 × 40 = 80
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Multiplication Strategies with Multiples of 10 img 13

Answer: 80

Explanation:

The number line given above shows that there are 2 groups of 4 tens
So, 2 × 4 tens
2 × 40 = 80

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Multiplication Strategies with Multiples of 10 img 14
4 × 30 = _______

Answer: 120

Explanation:

There are 4 groups of 3 tens
So, the number jumps from 0 to 30, 30 to 60, 60 to 90, and from 90 to 120.
4 × 3 tens = 4 × 30 = 120

Use place value to find the product.

Question 3.
5 × 70 = 5 × _______ tens
= _______ tens = _______

Answer:

i. 7 tens
ii. 35 tens
iii. 350

Explanation:

70 = 7 × 10 = 7 tens
5 × 70 = 35 × 10 = 35 tens = 350

Question 4.
60 × 4 = _______ tens × 4
= _______ tens = _______

Answer:

i. 6 tens
ii. 24 tens
iii. 240

Explanation:

Here 60 is multiplied with 4
60 = 6 × 10 = 6 tens
60 × 4 = 6 tens × 4
24 tens = 24 × 10 = 240

Question 5.
7 × 30 = 7 × _______ tens
= _______ tens = _______

Answer:

i. 3 tens
ii. 21 tens
iii. 210

Explanation:

30 = 3 × 10 = 3 × 1 ten = 3 tens
7 × 30 = 7 × 3 tens
= 21 tens
= 21 × 10 = 210

Question 6.
90 × 3 = _______ tens × 3
= tens = _______

Answer:

i. 9 tens
ii. 27 tens
iii. 270

Explanation:

90 = 9 × 1 ten = 9 × 10 = 9 tens
9 tens × 3 = 27 tens
27 tens = 27 × 1 ten
= 27 × 10 = 270

Problem Solving

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Page 285 Q7

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Page 285 Q8

Multiplication Strategies with Multiples of 10 Lesson Check Page No 286

Question 1.
Each bag of pattern blocks contains 50 blocks. To make a class pattern, the teacher combines 4 bags of blocks. How many pattern blocks are there in all?
Options:
a. 20
b. 200
c. 240
d. 250

Answer: 200

Explanation:

Given,
Each bag of pattern blocks contains 50 blocks
To make a class pattern, the teacher combines 4 bags of blocks
Here we make use of multiplication strategies to know the number of pattern blocks
50 × 4 = 5 tens × 4
= 20 tens = 20 × 10 = 200
Therefore the correct answer is option B

Question 2.
A deli received 8 blocks of cheese. Each block of cheese weighs 60 ounces. What is the total weight of the cheeses?
Options:
a. 420 ounces
b. 460 ounces
c. 480 ounces
d. 560 ounces

Answer: 480 ounces

Explanation:

A deli received 8 blocks of cheese
Each block of cheese weighs 60 ounces
60 × 8 = 6 tens × 8
48 tens = 48 × 10 = 480 ounces
So, the correct answer is option C

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Alan and Betty collected cans for recycling. Alan collected 154 cans. Betty collected 215 cans. How many cans did they collect in all?
Options:
a. 369
b. 379
c. 469
d. 479

Answer: 369

Explanation:

Given, Alan and Betty collected cans for recycling
Alan collected 154 cans
Betty collected 215 cans
To know total cans they collected in all, we have to add both the cans of Alan and Betty
154 + 215 = 369 cans
Therefore the correct answer is option A

Question 4.
The third graders collected 754 cans. The fourth graders collected 592 cans. Which is the best estimate of how many more cans the third graders collected?
Options:
a. 50
b. 100
c. 200
d. 300

Answer: 200

Explanation:

Given,
The third graders collected 754 cans
The fourth graders collected 592 cans
To find the best estimate of how many more cans the third graders collected
We have to subtract fourth graders cans from third graders can
Here they are asking the estimated number of cans the third graders collected
754 rounded to the nearest hundred is 800 and
592 rounded to the nearest hundred is 600
800 – 600 = 200
Therefore the correct answer is 200

Use the bar graph for 5–6.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Multiplication Strategies with Multiples of 10 img 15

Question 5.
How many more books did Ed read than Bob?
Options:
a. 2
b. 3
c. 4
d. 5

Answer: 3

Explanation:

The bar graph shows that Ed read 8 books in June
Bob read 5 books in June
To know the number of books Ed read than Bob
We have to subtract the no. of books Bob read from Ed
= 8 – 5 = 3 books
So, the correct answer is option B

Question 6.
How many books in all did the four students read in June?
Options:
a. 22
b. 24
c. 26
d. 36

Answer: 26

Explanation:

Bob read 5 books in June
Ed read 8 books in June
Eve read 7 books in June
Ann read 6 books in June
Total = 5 + 8 + 7 + 6 = 26 books
So, the answer is option C

Multiply 1-Digit Numbers by Multiplies of 10 Page No 291

Find the product. Use base-ten blocks or draw a quick picture.

Question 1.
4 × 50 = 200
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Multiply 1-Digit Numbers by Multiples of 10 img 16

Answer: 200

Explanation:

First, multiply the ones
4 × o ones = 0
Next, multiply the tens
4 × 5 tens = 200

Question 2.
60 × 3 = _______

Answer: 180

Explanation:

Mutliply the ones
3 × o ones = 0
Now multiply the tens
3 × 6 tens = 18 tens = 180

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Page 291 Q3

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Page 291 Q4

Question 5.
5 0
× 2
—–
_______

Answer: 100

Explanation:

Multiply the ones
2 × 0 ones = 0
Multiply the tens
2 × 5 tens = 10 tens = 100

Question 6.
6 0
× 7
—–
_______

Answer: 420

Explanation:

Multiply the ones
7 × 0 ones = 0
Multiply the tens
7 × 6 tens = 42 tens = 420

Question 7.
70
× 4
—–
_______

Answer: 280

Explanation:

Multiply the ones
4× 0 ones = 0
Multiply the tens
4 × 7 tens = 28 tens = 280

Question 8.
6 × 90 = _______

Answer: 540

Explanation:

Multiply the ones
6 × 0 ones = 0
Multiply the tens
6 × 9 tens = 54 tens = 540

Question 9.
9 × 70 = _______

Answer: 630

Explanation:

Multiply the ones
9 × 0 ones = 0
Multiply the tens
9 × 7 tens = 63 tens = 630

Question 10.
8 × 90 = _______

Answer: 720

Explanation:

Multiply the ones
8 × 0 ones = 0
Multiply the tens
8 × 9 tens = 72 tens = 720

Question 11.
_______ = 6 × 80

Answer: 480

Explanation:

Multiply the ones
6 × 0 ones = 0
Multiply the tens
6 × 8 tens = 48 tens = 480

Problem Solving

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Page 291 Q12

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Page 291 Q13

Multiply 1-Digit Numbers by Multiplies of 10 Lesson Check Page No 292

Question 1.
Each shelf in one section of the library holds 30 books. There are 9 shelves in that section. How many books will these shelves hold?
Options:
a. 220
b. 260
c. 270
d. 280

Answer: 270

Explanation:

Given,

Each shelf in one section of the library holds 30 books
There are 9 shelves in that section
30 × 9 = 3 tens × 9
= 27 tens = 270
Therefore the correct answer is option C

Question 2.
One can of juice mix makes 60 ounces of juice. How many ounces of juice can be made from 6 cans of juice mix?
Options:
a. 300 ounces
b. 360 ounces
c. 390 ounces
d. 600 ounces

Answer: 360 ounces

Explanation:

Given,
One can of juice mix makes 60 ounces of juice
Number of ounces of juice can be made from 6 cans of juice mix
60 ounces × 6 = 6 tens × 6
= 36 tens = 360 ounces
Thus the answer is option B

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Sue bought 7 cans of tennis balls. There are 3 balls in each can. How many balls did Sue buy?
Options:
a. 10
b. 21
c. 28
d. 37

Answer: 21

Explanation:

Sue bought 7 cans of tennis balls
There are 3 balls in each can
To know the number of balls Sue buy
We have multiply number of cans and number of balls
= 7 × 3 = 21 balls

Question 4.
Which is an example of the Commutative Property of Multiplication?
Options:
a. 3 + 4 = 4 + 3
b. 5 × 0 = 0
c. 1 × 7 = 7
d. 3 × 4 = 4 × 3

Answer: 3 × 4 = 4 × 3

Explanation:

According to the commutative property of multiplication, changing the order of the numbers we are multiplying, does not change the product.
a × b = b × a
3 × 4 = 4 × 3
Option D is the correct example of the Commutative property

Question 5.
Lyn drew this bar model to solve a problem. Which operation should she use to find the unknown number?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Multiply 1-Digit Numbers by Multiples of 10 img 17
Options:
a. addition
b. division
c. multiplication
d. subtraction

Answer: addition

Explanation:

To know the unknown number we have to add both the number of flowers
90 + 54 = 144

Question 6.
Joe drew this bar model to find the unknown number of balls. Which is the correct answer?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Multiply 1-Digit Numbers by Multiples of 10 img 18
Options:
a. 356
b. 256
c. 144
d. 124

Answer: 144

Explanation:

Given that
Joe drew this bar model to find the unknown number of balls
106 balls + ___ = 250 balls
let the unknown number be x
106 + x = 250
x = 250 – 106
x = 144 balls

Review/Test Page No 293

Question 1.
The camping club wants to rent rafts. Each raft can hold 8 people. Which equation could be used to find how many rafts are needed for 32 people?
Options:
a. 8 × 32 = ■
b. 32 × ■ = 8
c. ■ × 8 = 32
d. 32 × 8 = ■

Answer: ■ × 8 = 32

Explanation:

Each raft can hold 8 people
■ represents raft that can hold 32 people
Now we have to multiple number of people with rafts for 32 people
■ × 8 = 32
■ = 32/8
■ = 4
Therefore 4 rafts are needed for 32 people

Question 2.
Select the equations that show the Distributive Property. Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. 8 × 20 = 8 × (10 + 10)
b. 5 × 60 = 5 × (20 + 40)
c. 30 × 6 = 6 × 30
d. 9 × (4 + 3) = 9 × 7

Answer: a, b, d

Explanation:

The sum of two numbers times a third number is equal to the sum of each addend times the third number.
The above 3 options satisfy the law of Distributive Property

Question 3.
Choose the number from the box that makes the sentence true.
A library has 48 shelves of fiction books. There are 6 shelves in each cabinet.
There are Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Review/Test img 19 cabinets of fiction books in the library.
_________

Answer: 8

Explanation:

Let x represents cabinets of fiction in the library
x × 6 = 48
x = 48/6
x = 8
Therefore the answer is 8

Review/Test Page No 294

Question 4.
For numbers 4a–4d, choose True or False for each equation.
a. 5 × (4 + 4) = 8 × 5
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

The above question satisfies the distributive property
5 × (4 + 4) = 5 × 8 = 40
8 × 5 = 40
Therefore LHS = RHS
So, the equation is true

Question 4.
b. 8 × (3 + 3) = 8 × 5
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False

Explanation:

8 × (3 + 3) = 8 × 6 = 48
8 × 5 = 40
So, the equation is false

Question 4.
c. (3 × 5) + (5 × 5) = 8 × 5
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

(3 × 5) + (5 × 5) = 8 × 5
The above question satisfies the distributive property
8 × 5 = 40
(3 × 5) + (5 × 5) = 15 + 25 = 40
Both LHS and RHS are equal
So, the answer is true

Question 4.
d. (3 × 2) + (8 × 3) = 8 × 5
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False

Explanation:

(3 × 2) + (8 × 3)
3 × 2 = 6; 8 × 3 = 24
= (3 × 2) + (8 × 3) = 6 + 24
But it is given as 8 × 5
So, the answer is false

Question 5.
Alya planted 30 trays of flowers. Each tray held 8 flowers. Javon planted 230 flowers. Did Alya plant more flowers than Javon, the same number of flowers as Javon, or fewer flowers than Javon?
Options:
a. She planted more flowers than Javon.
b. She planted the same number of flowers as Javon.
c. She planted fewer flowers than Javon. 6.

Answer: She planted more flowers than Javon.

Explanation:

Given that, Alya planted 30 trays of flowers and each tray held 8 flowers
30 × 8 = 240 flowers
So, Alya planted 240 flowers
Javon planted 230 flowers
To know whether Alya plant more flowers than Javon, the same number of flowers as Javon, or fewer flowers than Javon
We have to subtract Number of flowers planted by Javon from Alya
240 – 230 = 10
So, Alya planted more flowers than Javon

Question 6.
For numbers, 6a–6d, choose Yes or No to show whether the unknown number is 6.

a. 4 × ■ = 32

i. Yes
ii. No

Answer: No

Explanation:

■ = 6
Now we have to substitute ■ = 6 in the above question
4 × 6 = 24
So, the answer is No

b. ■ × 6 = 36

i. Yes
ii. No

Answer: Yes

Explanation:

■ = 6
6 × 6 = 36
It satisfies the above equation
So, the answer is Yes

c. 8 × ■ = 49

i. Yes
ii. No

Answer: No

Explanation:

■ = 6
8 × 6 = 48 but not 49
So, the answer is No

d. ■ × 30 = 180

i. Yes
ii. No

Answer:

Explanation:

■ = 6
6 × 30 = 180
It satisfies the above equation
So, the answer is yes

Question 7.

Each train can carry 20 cars. Use the number line to find how many cars 6 trains can carry.

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 5 Answer Key Review

Answer: 120 cars

Chapter 5 Go Math Grade 3 Solution Key Review solution image_1

Explanation:

Each train can carry 20 cars
6 trains can carry x cars
x × 1 = 20 × 6
x = 120 cars

Review/Test Page No 295

Question 8.
Samantha made this multiplication model. Complete the equation that represents the model.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Review/Test img 20
_____ × _____ = _____
Type below:
__________

Answer: 90

Explanation:

Each vertical bar represents a ten. Each group of 3 vertical bars represents 30
We have 3 groups of 30, therefore the equation that represents the model is
3 × 30 = 90 models

Question 9.
A printer prints newsletters for many groups every month. Which group uses the greatest number of pieces of paper?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Review/Test img 21
__________

Answer: Book Lovers Club

Explanation:

From the above table, we can say that Book Lovers Club group uses the greatest number of pieces of paper

Question 10.
A store has 30 boxes of melons. Each box holds 4 bags. Each bag holds 2 melons. What is the total number of melons in the store?
__________ melons

Answer: 240 melons

Explanation:

Given,
A store has 30 boxes of melons
Each box holds 4 bags
Each bag holds 2 melons
1 box holds 4 bags
30 × 4 = 120 bags
1 bag = 2 melons
120 bags = x
x = 120 × 2
x = 240 melons
Therefore total number of melons in the store = 240 melons

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Page 295 Q11

Review/Test Page No 296

Question 12.
Tim describes a pattern. He says the pattern shown in the table is “Add 3.” Is Tim correct? Explain how you know.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Review/Test img 22
Type below:
__________

Answer:

No, Tim is not correct
The pattern works for the first pair of numbers 1 + 3 = 4
But it doesn’t work for any of the other pairs. The pattern should be to Multiply the number of packages by 4

Question 13.
This shows a part of a multiplication table. Find the missing numbers. Explain how you found the numbers.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Review/Test img 23
Type below:
__________

Answer:

Go Math Grade 3 Key Chapter 5 Review solution image_2

Explanation:

The only numbers that have a product of 35 are 5 and 7. The only numbers that have a product of 40 are 5 and 8.
This tells us that 5 is the number for the row. That means 6 is the next row down, and 7 is the row after that. The factors of 7 and 8 are the columns, so we can multiply to find the missing numbers

Question 14.
Describe a pattern for this table.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Review/Test img 24
Pattern: _____
How would the table change if the pattern was “Multiply the number of tanks by 8”? Explain.
Type below:
__________

Answer: Multiply the number of tanks by 80
The table would change by taking a zero off each number of fish in the second row because you would be multiplying by ones, not tens.

Review/Test Page No 297

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Page 297 Q15

Go Math 3rd Grade Answer Key for Chapter 5 Review solution image_4

Question 16.
The bookstore has 6 shelves of books about animals. There are 30 books on each shelf. How many books about animals does the bookstore have?
Shade squares to make a diagram to show how you can use the Distributive Property to find the number of books about animals in the bookstore.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Review/Test img 25
__________ animal books

Answer:

6 × (10 + 10 + 10) = (6 × 10) + (6 × 10) + (6 × 10)
= 60 + 60 + 60
= 180 animal books

Grade 3 Go Math Answer Key Chapter 5 Review solution image_3

Review/Test Page No 298

Question 17.
Cody saves all his nickels. Today he is getting them out of his piggy bank and wrapping them to take to the bank. He finds he has 360 nickels. It takes 40 nickels to fill each paper wrapper and make a roll. How many wrappers does he need?
Part A
Write an equation using n for the unknown number. Find the number of wrappers needed.
______ × ______ = ______

Answer: n × 40 = 360

Explanation:

n represents no. of wrappers need
Each paper wrapper needs 40 nickels
Cody has 360 nickels
n × 40 = 360

Question 17.
Part B
Explain how you solved this problem and how you know your answer is correct.
Type below:
__________

Answer:

Explanation:

Given that Cony has 360 nickels
Each paper wrapper needs 40 nickels
Let n be the number of wrappers needed
That means n × 40 = 360
n = 360/40
n = 9
So, n wrappers are needed to make the rolls

Question 18.
Ruben is collecting cans for the recycling contest at school. He makes two plans to try to collect the most cans.
Plan A: Collect 20 cans each week for 9 weeks.
Plan B: Collect 30 cans each week for 7 weeks.
Part A
Which plan should Ruben choose?
__________

Answer: Plan B

Collect 30 cans each week for 7 weeks.

Question 18.
Part B
Explain how you made your choice.
Type below:
__________

Answer:

Given that Ruben is collecting cans for the recycling contest at school
His plan is to collect more cans
That means he has to collect more number of cans in less number of weeks
So, Plan B is perfect to win the recycling contest at school

We hope the info shared regarding the Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 5 Answer Key has been beneficial to you. Refer to Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Extra Practice. Practice is the only key to success and make the most out of the Answer Key available and achieve success in your assessments or tests.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division

go-math-grade-3-chapter-6-understand-division-answer-key

Are you looking everywhere to learn about Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division? This Answer Key includes topics like related multiplication and division facts, repeated subtraction, number of equal groups, and so on. Those who are preparing for the Grade 3 Ch 6 will find the HMH Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division extremely helpful. You can identify your knowledge gap by solving the Questions from 3rd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division

Before you begin your preparation learn the topics included in Grade 3 Go Math Answer Key Chapter Understand Division. You can always look up to Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 6 Key as a reference to clear all your queries. Practice the problems in 3rd Grade Go Math Answer Key Ch 6 Understand Division and understand the concepts easily.

Lesson 1: Problem Solving • Model Division

Lesson 2: Size of Equal Groups

Lesson 3: Number of Equal Groups

Lesson 4: Model with Bar Models

Lesson 5: Algebra • Relate Subtraction and Division

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint

Lesson 6: Investigate • Model with Arrays

Lesson 7: Algebra • Relate Multiplication and Division

Lesson 8: Algebra • Write Related Facts

Lesson 9: Algebra • Division Rules for 1 and 0

Chapter 6 Review/Test

Model Division Page No 305

Question 1.
Six customers at a toy store bought 18 jump ropes. Each customer bought the same number of jump ropes. How many jump ropes did each customer buy?
__________

Answer: 3 jump ropes

Explanation:

Given that there are Six customers at a toy store bought 18 jump ropes
Each customer bought the same number of jump ropes
To know the number of jump roses that each customer bought
You must place each jump ropes until all the jump ropes are used.
That means 18 jump ropes to all 6 customers
= 18 ÷ 6 = 3
Therefore each customer bought 3 jump ropes

Question 2.
Hiro has 36 pictures of his summer trip. He wants to put them in an album. Each page of the album holds 4 pictures. How many pages will Hiro need for his pictures?
__________

Answer: 9 pages

Explanation:

Hiro has 36 pictures of his summer trip. He wants to put them in an album
Each page of the album holds 4 pictures
Make it into equal groups and put 4 pictures in each page
= 36 ÷ 4 = 9
Thus Hiro need 9 pages for his pictures

Question 3.
Katia has 42 crayons in a box. She buys a storage bin that has 6 sections. She puts the same number of crayons in each section. How many crayons does Katia put in each section of the storage bin?
__________

Answer: 7 crayons

Explanation:

Katia has 42 crayons in a box
She buys a storage bin that has 6 sections
Make 42 crayons as a group and place 1 crayon in each section. Then you get 7 crayons in each section
42 ÷ 6 = 42/6 = 7
Therefore 7 crayons do Katia put in each section of the storage bin

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Page 305 Q4

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Page 305 Q5

Model Division Page No 306

Question 1.
Maria buys 15 apples at the store and places them into bags. She puts 5 apples into each bag. How many bags does Maria use for all the apples?
Options:
a. 2
b. 3
c. 4
d. 10

Answer: 3

Explanation:

Maria buys 15 apples at the store and places them into bags
She puts 5 apples into each bag
That means each bag contains 5 apples
Now, Divide the apples into equal groups and place them in each bag
15 ÷ 5 = 3
Therefore Maria uses 3 bags to put 15 apples.

Question 2.
Tom’s neighbor is fixing a section of his walkway. He has 32 bricks that he is placing in 8 equal rows. How many bricks will Tom’s neighbor place in each row?
Options:
a. 3
b. 4
c. 5
d. 6

Answer: 4

Explanation:

Given: Tom’s neighbor is fixing a section of his walkway
He has 32 bricks that he is placing in 8 equal rows
Now place each brick in all 8 rows  equally and repeat until the bricks are over
32 ÷ 8 = 4
So, you get 4 bricks in each row
Thus the correct answer is option B

Question 3.
Find the unknown factor.
7 × _ = 56
Options:
a. 6
b. 7
c. 8
d. 9

Answer: 8

Explanation:

Let the unknown factor be x
7 × x = 56
Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 6 Answer Key Division Method img_1

So, the correct answer is option C

Question 4.
How many students practiced the piano more than 3 hours a week?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Model Division img 1
Options:
a. 2
b. 6
c. 8
d. 10

Answer: 6

Explanation:

3 students practiced the piano for 4 hours
2 students practiced the piano for 5 hours and
1 student practiced the piano for 6 hours
= 3 + 2 + 1 = 6
The above line plot shows that 6 students practiced the piano for more than 3 hours

Question 5.
Count equal groups to find how many there are.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Model Division img 2
Options:
a. 3
b. 4
c. 12
d. 16

Answer: 12

Explanation:

The above figure shows that there are 4 circles and each circle is divided into 3 equal groups
So, multiply number of circles with equal groups
= 4 × 3 = 12
Thus the correct answer is option C

Question 6.
Which is another way to group the factors?
(3 × 2) × 5
Options:
a. (3 + 2) + 5
b. (3 × 2) + 5
c. 3 × (2 + 5)
d. 3 × (2 × 5)

Answer: 3 × (2 × 5)

Explanation:

The another way to group (3 × 2) × 5 is 3 × (2 × 5)
Because there is no change in the symbol and number
So, the correct answer is option D

Size of Equal Groups Page No 311

Use counters or draw a quick picture. Make equal groups. Complete the table.

Question 1.

Counters Number of Equal Groups Number in Each Group
1. 15 3 __________
2. 21 7 __________
3. 28 7 __________
4. 32 4 __________
5. 9 3 __________
6. 18 3 __________
7. 20 5 __________
8. 16 8 __________
9. 35 5 __________
10. 24 3 __________

Answer:

Counters Number of Equal Groups Number in Each Group
1. 15 3 5
2. 21 7 3
3. 28 7 4
4. 32 4 8
5. 9 3 3
6. 18 3 6
7. 20 5 4
8. 16 8 2
9. 35 5 7
10. 24 3 8

Explanation:

1. No. of counters = 15
Number of equal groups = 3
Place 1 counter to each group, you get 5 in each group

2. No. of counters = 21
Number of equal groups = 7
Place 1 counter to each group, you get 3 in each group

3. No. of counters = 28
Number of equal groups = 7
Place 1 counter to each group, you get 4 in each group

4. No. of counters = 32
Number of equal groups = 4
Place 1 counter to each group, you get 8 in each group

5. No. of counters = 9
Number of equal groups = 3
Place 1 counter to each group, you get 3 in each group

6. No. of counters = 18
Number of equal groups = 3
Place 1 counter to each group, you get 6 in each group

7. No. of counters = 20
Number of equal groups = 5
Place 1 counter to each group, you get 4 in each group

8. No. of counters = 16
Number of equal groups = 8
Place 1 counter to each group, you get 2 in each group

9. No. of counters = 35
Number of equal groups = 5
Place 1 counter to each group, you get 7 in each group

10. No. of counters = 24
Number of equal groups = 3
Place 1 counter to each group, you get 8 in each group

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Page 311 Q11
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Page 311 Q11.1

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Page 311 Q12

Size of Equal Groups Page No 312

Question 1.
Ryan has 21 pencils. He wants to put the same number of pencils in each of 3 pencil holders. How many pencils will he put in each pencil holder?
Options:
a. 6
b. 7
c. 8
d. 9

Answer: 7

Explanation:

Ryan has 21 pencils
He wants to put the same number of pencils in each of 3 pencil holders
Split it into 3 groups and share each pencil to each group
You get 7 pencils for each of 3 groups
21/3 = 7
Thus the correct answer is option B

Question 2.
Corrine is setting out 24 plates on 6 tables for a dinner. She sets the same number of plates on each table. How many plates does Corrine set on each table?
Options:
a. 3
b. 4
c. 5
d. 6

Answer: 4

Explanation:

Given,
Corrine is setting out 24 plates on 6 tables for a dinner
She sets the same number of plates on each table
Make a group of 6 tables and place 1 plate for each group
You get 4 plates for each table
24/6 = 4 plates
So, the correct answer is Option B

Question 3.
Each table has 4 legs. How many legs do 4 tables have?
Options:
a. 1
b. 8
c. 16
d. 20

Answer: 16

Explanation:

Given that Each table has 4 legs
4 tables have x number of legs
x = 4 × 4 = 16
Therefore 4 tables have 16 legs

Question 4.
Tina has 3 stacks of 5 CDs on each of 3 shelves. How many CDs does she have in all?
Options:
a. 14
b. 30
c. 35
d. 45

Answer: 45

Given,
Tina has 3 stacks of 5 CDs on each of 3 shelves
How many CDs does she have in all = x
To know the number of CDs in all we have to multiply no. of stacks, no. of CDs on each of 3 shelves
x = 3 × 5 × 3 = 15 × 3 = 45
So, the answer is option D

Question 5.
What is the unknown factor?
7 × _= 35
Options:
a. 4
b. 5
c. 6
d. 7

Answer: 5

Explanation:

Let the unknown factor be x
7 × x = 35
x = 35/7 = 5
Therefore the correct answer is option B

Question 6.
Which of the following describes a pattern in the table?

Number of packs 1 2 3 4 5
Number of yo-yos 3 6 9 12 ?

Options:
a. Add 2.
b. Multiply by 2.
c. Multiply by 3.
d. Add 12.

Answer: Multiply by 3.

Explanation:

Add 3 yo-yos for each pack and multiply no. of pans by 3

Number of Equal Groups Page No 317

Draw counters on your MathBoard. Then circle equal groups. Complete the table.

Question 1.

Counters Number of Equal Groups Number in Each Group
1. 24 3 8
2. 35 __________ 7
3. 30 __________ 5
4. 16 __________ 4
5. 12 __________ 6
6. 36 __________ 9
7. 18 __________ 3
8. 15 __________ 5
9. 28 __________ 4
10. 27 __________ 3

Answer:

Counters Number of Equal Groups Number in Each Group
1. 24 3 8
2. 35 5 7
3. 30 6 5
4. 16 4 4
5. 12 2 6
6. 36 4 9
7. 18 6 3
8. 15 3 5
9. 28 7 4
10. 27 9 3

Explanation:

1. No. of counters = 24
Number in each group = 8
24/8 = 3
So, the number of equal groups = 3

2. No. of counters = 35
Number in each group = 7
35/7 = 5
So, the number of equal groups = 5

3. No. of counters = 30
Number in each group = 5
30/5 = 6
So, the number of equal groups = 6

4. No. of counters = 16
Number in each group = 4
16/4 = 4
So, the number of equal groups = 4

5. No. of counters = 12
Number in each group = 6
12/6 = 2
So, the number of equal groups = 2

6. No. of counters = 36
Number in each group = 9
36/9 = 4
So, the number of equal groups = 4

7. No. of counters = 18
Number in each group = 3
18/3 = 6
So, the number of equal groups = 6

8. No. of counters = 15
Number in each group = 5
15/5 = 3
So, the number of equal groups = 3

9. No. of counters = 28
Number in each group = 4
28/4 = 7
So, the number of equal groups = 7

10. No. of counters = 27
Number in each group = 3
27/3 = 9
So, the number of equal groups = 9

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Page 317 Q11

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Page 317 Q12

Number of Equal Groups Page No 318

Question 1.
Ramon works at a clothing store. He puts 24 pairs of jeans into stacks of 8. How many stacks does Ramon make?
Options:
a. 5
b. 4
c. 3
d. 2

Answer: 3

Explanation:

Ramon puts 24 pairs of jeans into stacks of 8
Split the pair of jeans to 8 groups of the stack
You get 3 pair of jeans for each stack
24/8 = 3
Therefore the correct answer is option C

Question 2.
There are 36 people waiting in line for a hayride. Only 6 people can ride on each wagon. If each wagon is full, how many wagons are needed for all 36 people?
Options:
a. 5
b. 6
c. 7
d. 8

Answer: 6

Explanation:

There are 36 people waiting in line for a hayride.
Only 6 people can ride on each wagon
Split 36 people into 6 groups
That means 36/6 = 6 Wagons
So, the correct answer is option B

Question 3.
Which multiplication sentence does the array show?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Number of Equal Groups img 3
Options:
a. 4 × 5 = 20
b. 4 × 6 = 24
c. 4 × 7 = 28
d. 4 × 8 = 32

Answer: 4 × 7 = 28

Explanation:

There are 4 rows and 7 columns
rows × columns = 4 × 7 = 28
Thus the answer is option C

Question 4.
Austin buys 4 boxes of nails for his project. There are 30 nails in each box. How many nails does Austin buy in all?
Options:
a. 12
b. 34
c. 70
d. 120

Answer: 120

Explanation:

Given,
Austin buys 4 boxes of nails for his project
There are 30 nails in each box
No. of nails does Austin buy in all = 30 + 30 + 30 + 30
4 × 30 = 120
So, the correct answer is option D

Question 5.
Which describes the number sentence?
8 + 0 + 8
Options:
a. odd + odd = odd
b. Identity Property of Addition
c. even + even = even
d. Commutative Property of Addition

Answer: Identity Property of Addition

Explanation:

In math, identity is a number, n, that when added to other numbers, gives the same number, n. The additive identity is always zero. This brings us to the identity property of addition, which simply states that when you add zero to any number, it equals the number itself.

Question 6.
Each month for 6 months, Kelsey completes 5 paintings. How many more paintings does she need to complete before she has completed 38 paintings?
Options:
a. 2
b. 6
c. 8
d. 9

Answer: 8

Explanation:

Each month for 6 months
Kelsey completes 5 paintings
x no. of paintings she need to complete before she has completed 38 paintings
6 × 5 = 30 paintings
x + 30 = 38
x = 38 – 30
x = 8
So, the correct answer is option C

Model with Bar Models Page No 323

Write a division equation for the picture.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Model with Bar Models img 4

Answer: 27 ÷ 3 = 9 or 27 ÷ 9 = 3

Explanation:

There are 27 counters and each circle has 9 groups. There are 3 groups of 9 counters.
27 ÷ 3 = 27/3 = 9
27 ÷ 9 = 27/9 = 3

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Model with Bar Models img 5
Type below:
___________

Answer: 16 ÷ 8 = 2 or 16 ÷ 2 = 8

Explanation:

The total number of counters is 16 and circle a group of 2 counters. Continue circling groups of 2 until all 16 counters are in the group.
So, Divide Total number of counters by number of equal groups
16 ÷ 8 = 16/8 = 2
Next, Divide total number of counters by no. of counters in each group.
16 ÷ 2 = 16/2 = 8

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Model with Bar Models img 6
Type below:
___________

Answer: 16 ÷ 4 = 4

Explanation:

The total number of counters is 16 and circle a group of 4 counters. Continue circling groups of 4 until all 16 counters are in the group
Divide No. of counters by no. of equal groups = 16 ÷ 4 = 4
And then divide no. of counters by no. of counters in each group = 16 ÷ 4 = 4

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Model with Bar Models img 7
Type below:
___________

Answer: 18 ÷ 3 = 6 or 18 ÷ 6 = 3

Explanation:

Number of counters = 18
Number of Equal groups = 3
Number of counters in each group = 6
Divide No. of counters by no. of equal groups
18 ÷ 3 = 18/3 = 6
Divide No. of counters by no. of counters in each group
18 ÷ 6 = 18/6 = 3

Complete the bar model to solve. Then write a division equation for the bar model.

Question 5.
There are 15 postcards in 3 equal stacks. How many postcards are in each stack?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Model with Bar Models img 8
________ postcards

Answer: 5 postcards, 15 ÷ 3 = 5

Explanation:

Total number of postcards = 15
Number of equal stacks = 3
Number of postcards in each stack = x
x = No. of postcards/ No. of equal stacks
x = 15/3
x = 5
Thus each stack contains 5 postcards

Question 6.
There are 21 key rings. How many groups of 3 key rings can you make?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Model with Bar Models img 9
________ groups

Answer: 7 groups, 21 ÷ 3 = 7

Explanation:

Divide the 21 key rings into 7 to make 7 groups with 3 key rings each group
21 ÷ 3 = 21/3 = 7 groups

There are 7 groups of 3 key rings.

Problem Solving

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Page 323 Q7

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Page 323 Q8
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Page 323 Q8.1

Model with Bar Models Page No 324

Question 1.
Jack and his little sister are stacking 24 blocks. They put the blocks in 3 equal stacks. How many blocks are in each stack?
Options:
a. 4
b. 6
c. 7
d. 8

Answer: 8

Explanation:

Total number of blocks = 24
They put the blocks in 3 equal stacks
To know the blocks in each stack, we have to divide no. of blocks by number of equal stacks
24 ÷ 3 = 24/3 = 8 blocks
There are 8 blocks in each stack
So, the correct answer is option D

Question 2.
Melissa made 45 greeting cards. She put them in 5 equal piles. How many cards did she put in each pile?
Options:
a. 9
b. 8
c. 7
d. 6

Answer: 9

Explanation:

Given,
Melissa made 45 greeting cards
She put them in 5 equal piles
To know the number of cards she put in each pile
We have to divide number of cards by no. of equal piles
= 45 ÷ 5 = 45/5 = 9 cards
Thus there are 9 cards in each pile
So, the correct answer is option A

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Angie puts 1 stamp on each envelope. She puts stamps on 7 envelopes. How many stamps does Angie use?
Options:
a. 0
b. 1
c. 7
d. 8

Answer: 7

Explanation:

Angie puts 1 stamp on each envelope
She puts stamps on 7 envelopes
To find Number of stamps Angie use, we have to divide no. of stamps on envelopes by no. of stamps on each envelope
= 7 ÷ 1 = 7

Question 4.
A carnival ride has 8 cars. Each car holds 4 people. How many people are on the ride if all the cars are full?
Options:
a. 34
b. 32
c. 28
d. 24

Answer: 32

Explanation:

Given,
A carnival ride has 8 cars
Each car holds 4 people
1 car = 4 people
8 cars = x
x × 1 = 4 × 8
x = 32
32 people are on the ride if all the cars are full

Use the line plot for 5–6.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Model with Bar Models img 10

Question 5.
How many families have 1 computer at home?
Options:
a. 4
b. 5
c. 6
d. 7

Answer: 6

Explanation:

The line plot shows that 6 families have 1 computer at home

Question 6.
How many families have more than 1 computer at home?
Options:
a. 4
b. 5
c. 7
d. 8

Answer: 8

Explanation:

Number of Families have 2 computers at home = 3
Number of Families have 3 computers at home = 4
Number of Families have 4 computers at home = 1
Number of Families have more than 1 computer at home = 3 + 4 + 1 = 8

Relate Subtraction and Division Page No 329

Write a division equation.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Relate Subtraction and Division img 11

Answer: 16 ÷ 4 = 4

Explanation:

Step 1:

Start with 16

Step 2:

Subtract with 4 until you get 0

Step 3:

Count the number of times you subtract 4

Since you subtract 4 times
There are 4 groups 4 in 16
So 16 ÷ 4 = 4
Sixteen divided by four equals four

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Relate Subtraction and Division img 12
______ ÷ ______ = ______

Answer: 12 ÷ 3 = 4

Explanation:

Step 1:

Start at 12

Step 2:

Count back by 3s as many times as you can.

Step 3:

Count the number of times you jumped back 3.

You jumped back 3 four times
There are 4 groups of 3 in 12
12 ÷ 3 = 4

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Relate Subtraction and Division img 13
______ ÷ ______ = ______

Answer: 10 ÷ 2 = 5

Explanation:

Step 1:

Start at 10

Step 2:

Count back by 2s as many times as you can.

Step 3:

Count the number of times you jumped back 2.

You jumped back 2 five times
There are 5 groups of 2 in 10
10 ÷ 2 = 5

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Relate Subtraction and Division img 14
______ ÷ ______ = ______

Answer: 20 ÷ 5 = 4

Explanation:

Step 1:

Start at 20

Step 2:

Subtract with 5 until you get 0

Step 3:

Count the number of times you subtract with 5

Since you subtract 4 times
There are 4 groups of 5 in 20
So 20 ÷ 5 = 4
Twenty divided by five equals four

Use repeated subtraction or a number line to solve.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Page 329 Q5

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Page 329 Q6

Question 7.
8)\( \bar{ 4 0 }\)
________

Answer: 5

HMH Go Math solution Key Grade 3 Chapter Division image_2

Explanation:

Since you subtract 5 times
There are 5 groups of 8 in 40
40 divided by 8 equals 5

Question 8.
9)\( \bar{ 3 6 }\)
________

Answer: 4

Go Math Chapter 6 Answer Key Grade 3 Division image_1

Explanation:

You subtract 36 and 9 by 4 times
There are 4 groups of 9 in 36
So, 36 divided by 9 equals 4

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Page 329 Q9

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Page 329 Q10

Relate Subtraction and Division Page No 330

Question 1.
Which division equation is shown?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Relate Subtraction and Division img 15
Options:
a. 3 × 4 = 12
b. 12 ÷ 6 = 2
c. 12 ÷ 3 = 4
d. 12 ÷ 4 = 3

Answer: 12 ÷ 6 = 2

Explanation:

Step 1:

The count starts at 12

Step 2:

Count back by 6s as many times as you can until you get 0

Step 3:

Count the number of times you jumped back
You jumped back 2 times
There are 2 jumps from 12 to 0
So the correct answer is option B

Question 2.
Isabella has 35 cups of dog food. She feeds her dogs 5 cups of food each day. For how many days will the dog food last?
Options:
a. 6 days
b. 7 days
c. 8 days
d. 9 days

Answer: 7 days

Explanation:

Given that,

Isabella has 35 cups of dog food
She feeds her dogs 5 cups of food each day
To find the number of days will the dog food last
We have to divide the number of cups by the number of cups of food each day
= 35 ÷ 5 = 35/5 = 7
So, the correct answer is option B

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Ellen buys 4 bags of oranges. There are 6 oranges in each bag. How many oranges does Ellen buy?
Options:
a. 10
b. 12
c. 24
d. 30

Answer: 24

Explanation:

Given:
Ellen buys 4 bags of oranges
There are 6 oranges in each bag
Total number of oranges = no. of bags × no. of oranges in each bag
= 4 × 6 = 24
Therefore the correct answer is option B

Question 4.
Each month for 7 months, Samuel mows 3 lawns. How many more lawns does he need to mow before he has mowed 29 lawns?
Options:
a. 1
b. 3
c. 7
d. 8

Answer: 8

Explanation:

Each month for 7 months, Samuel mows 3 lawns
For one month Samuel mows 3 lawns
For 7 months Samuel mows = x
x = 7 × 3 = 21
Now, we need to know how many more lawns he needs to mow before he has mowed 29 lawns
Subtract 21 from 29
= 29 – 21 = 8
So the answer is option D

Use the graph for 5–6.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Relate Subtraction and Division img 16

Question 5.
How many hours did Eli volunteer?
Options:
a. 4 hours
b. 8 hours
c. 9 hours
d. 10 hours

Answer: 9 hours

Explanation:

The bar graph shows that Eli volunteered 9 hours
So, the correct answer is option C

Question 6.
Madi volunteered 2 hours less than Jill. At what number should the bar for Madi end?
Options:
a. 3
b. 6
c. 8
d. 12

Answer: 8

Explanation:

The figure shows that Jill has volunteered 10 hours
If Madi has volunteered 2 hours less than Jill
= 10 – 2 = 8 hours
Thus the correct answer is option C

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint Page No 331

Vocabulary

Choose the best term from the box to complete the sentence.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 17
Question 1.
You _________ when you separate into equal groups.
_________

Answer: Divide

When you divide, you separate into equal groups.

Concepts and Skills

Use counters or draw a quick picture on your MathBoard.
Make or circle equal groups. Complete the table.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 18
Type below:
___________

Answer:

2. Number of counters = 6
Number of equal groups = 2
Number in each group =  __
= 6/2 = 3

3. Number of counters = 30
Number of equal groups = __
Number in each group = 5
= 30/5 = 6

4. Number of counters = 28
Number of equal groups = 7
Number in each group = __
= 28/7 = 4

Write a division equation for the picture.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 19
Type below:
___________

Answer: 8 ÷ 4 = 2 or 8 ÷ 2 = 4

Explanation:

The number of counters is 8 and a circle group of 4 counters.
Continue circling group of 4 until all the 8 counters are in the group
Divide Number of counters by Number of equal groups
= 8 ÷ 2 = 4
Divide Number of counters by number in each group
8 ÷ 4 = 2

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 20
Type below:
___________

Answer: 15 ÷ 3 = 5 or 15 ÷ 5 = 3

Explanation:

Number of counters = 15
Number of groups = 3
Number in each group = 5
Divide Number of counters by number of groups
= 15 ÷ 3 = 5
Divide number of counters by number in each group
= 15 ÷ 5 = 3

Write a division equation.

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 21
______ ÷ ______ = ______

Answer: 36 ÷ 9 = 4

Explanation:

Step 1:

Starts at 36

Step 2:

Subtract with 9 until you get 0

Step 3:

Count the number of times you subtract with 9

You subtract 4 times
There are 4 groups of 9 with 36
So, 36 ÷ 9 = 4

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 22
______ ÷ ______ = ______

Answer: 21 ÷ 3 = 7

Explanation:

Step 1:

Starts at 21

Step 2:

Count back by 3s as many times as you can

Step 3:

Count the number of times you jumped back 3.
You jumped back by 21 seven times
There are 7 jumps of 3 in 21

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint Page No 332

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Page 332 Q9

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Page 332 Q10

Question 11.
Jayden modeled a division equation with some counters. What division equation could Jayden have modeled?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 23
Type below:
___________

Answer: 14 ÷ 2 = 7 or 14 ÷ 7 = 2

Explanation:

Number of counter = 14
Number in each group = 7
Number of equal groups = 2
So, the division equation is the number of counters by number of equal groups = 14 ÷ 2 = 7
Or, Number of counters by number in each group = 14 ÷ 7 = 2

Question 12.
Lillian bought 24 cans of cat food. There were 4 cans in each pack. How many packs of cat food did Lillian buy?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 24
_________ packs

Answer: 6 packs

Explanation:

Lillian bought 24 cans of cat food
There were 4 cans in each pack
Number of packs of cat food did Lillian buy
24 ÷ 4 = 6 packs

Model with Arrays Page No 337

Use square tiles to make an array. Solve

Question 1.
How many rows of 4 are in 12?
______ rows

Answer: 3 rows

■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■

Explanation:

Step 1:

Total number of tiles are 12

Step 2:
Make a row of 4 tiles

Step 3:

Continue to make as many rows of 4 tiles as you can
We get 4 tiles in each row
3 rows of 4 are in 12

Question 2.
How many rows of 3 are in 21?
______ rows

Answer: 7 rows

■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■

Explanation:

Step 1:

Total number of tiles are 21

Step 2:

Make a row of 3 tiles

Step 3:

Continue to make as many rows of 3 tiles as you can
We get 3 tiles in each row
So, 7 rows of 3 are in 21

Question 3.
How many rows of 6 are in 30?
______ rows

Answer: 5 rows

■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Explanation:

Step 1:

First of all the count number of tiles = 30

Step 2:

Make a row of 6 tiles

Step 3:

Continue to make as many rows of 6 tiles as you can
We get 6 tiles in each row
So, there are 5 rows of 6 in 30

Question 4.
How many rows of 9 are in 18?
______ rows

Answer: 2 rows

Make an array. Then write a division equation.

Question 5.
20 tiles in 5 rows
______ ÷ ______ = ______

Answer: 20 ÷ 5 = 4

■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■

Explanation:

Total number of tiles = 20
Make a row of 4 tiles
Continue to make as many rows of 4 tiles as you can
We get 4 tiles in each row
So, the division equation is 20 ÷ 5 = 4

Question 6.
28 tiles in 7 rows
______ ÷ ______ = ______

Answer: 28 ÷ 7 = 4

■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■

Explanation:

Total number of tiles = 28
Make a row of 4 tiles
Continue to make as many rows of 4 tiles as you can
We get 4 tiles in each row
For 28 tiles we get 7 rows
So, the division equation is 28 ÷ 7 = 4

Question 7.
18 tiles in 9 rows
______ ÷ ______ = ______

Answer: 18 ÷ 9 = 2

■ ■
■ ■
■ ■
■ ■
■ ■
■ ■
■ ■
■ ■
■ ■

Explanation:

Number of tiles = 18
Number of rows = 9
Now we have to make a row of 2 tiles until we complete 18 tiles
So, you get 2 tiles in 9 rows
18 ÷ 9 = 2 tiles

Question 8.
36 tiles in 6 rows
______ ÷ ______ = ______

Answer: 36 ÷ 6 = 6

■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Explanation:

Total number of tiles = 36
Number of rows = 6
Now you have to make a row of 36 tiles in 6 rows
You get 6 tiles in each row
That means there are 6 tiles each in a row
So, the division equation is 36 ÷ 6 = 6

Problem Solving

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Page 337 Q9

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Page 337 Q10

Model with Arrays Page No 338

Question 1.
Mr. Canton places 24 desks in 6 equal rows. How many desks are in each row?
Options:
a. 2
b. 3
c. 4
d. 5

Answer: 4

Explanation:

Mr. Canton places 24 desks in 6 equal rows
Each row has x number of desks
Divide the number of desks by number of equal rows
24 ÷ 6 = 4
So, the correct answer is option C

Question 2.
Which division equation is shown by the array?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Model with Arrays img 25
Options:
a. 12 ÷ 6 = 2
b. 12 ÷ 3 = 4
c. 12 ÷ 2 = 6
d. 12 ÷ 1 = 12

Answer: 12 ÷ 3 = 4

Explanation:

Number of counters is 12 and the number of rows are 3
To know number counters in each row
We have to divide number of counters by number of rows
= 12 ÷ 3 = 4
Thus the answer is option B

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Amy has 2 rows of 4 sports trophies on each of her 3 shelves. How many sports trophies does Amy have in all?
Options:
a. 8
b. 9
c. 12
d. 24

Answer: 24

Explanation:

Amy has 2 rows of 4 sports trophies on each of her 3 shelves
To know the total sports trophies does Amy have in all 3 shelves
We have to multiple number 2 × 4 × 3 = 24
So, the correct answer is option D

Question 4.
What is the unknown factor?
9 × p = 45
Options:
a. 4
b. 5
c. 6
d. 7

Answer: 5

Explanation:

The unknown factor is p
9 × p = 45
p = 45/9 = 5
Therefore p = 5
Thus the answer is option B

Question 5.
Sam has 7 stacks with 4 quarters each. How many quarters does Sam have?
Options:
a. 11
b. 12
c. 24
d. 28

Answer: 28

Explanation:

Sam has 7 stacks with 4 quarters each
Each stack has 4 quarters
So, 7 stacks has 7 × 4 = 28
Thus 7 stacks have 28 quarters

Question 6.
How can you skip count to find how many counters in all?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Model with Arrays img 26
Options:
a. 3 groups of 2
b. 3 groups of 3
c. 9 groups of 2
d. 18 groups of 2

Answer: 9 groups of 2

Explanation:

Total number of Counters = 18
Number of equal groups = 9
Number in each group = 2
So, there are 9 groups of 2s
Thus the correct answer is option C

Relate Multiplication and Division Page No 343

Complete the equations.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Relate Multiplication and Division img 27

Answer:

5 rows of 4 = 20
5 × 4  = 20
20 ÷ 5 = 4

Explanation:

The above figure shows that there are 5 rows of 4 circles
Total number of circles = 20
The related facts of 20, 5, and 4 are
5 × 4 = 20; 5 rows of 4 = 20; 20 ÷ 5 = 4

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Relate Multiplication and Division img 28
4 rows of ______ = 24
4 × ______ = 24
24 ÷ 4 = ______

Answer:

4 rows of 6 = 24
4 × 6 = 24
24 ÷ 4 = 6

Explanation:

Number of counters = 24
Number of equal rows = 4
24 ÷ 4 = 6
The related facts of 24, 6 and 4 are 24 ÷ 4 = 6; 4 × 6 = 24

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Relate Multiplication and Division img 29
3 rows of ______ = 24
3 × ______ = 24
24 ÷ 3 = ______

Answer:

3 rows of 8 = 24
3 × 8 = 24
24 ÷ 3 = 8

Explanation:

Total number of counters = 24
Number of equal rows = 3
Divide number of counters by number of equal rows
24 ÷ 3 = 8
Thus the related multiplication and division facts of 24, 3 , 8 are 3 × 8 = 24; 24 ÷ 3 = 8

Complete the equations.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Page 343 Q4

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Page 343 Q5

Question 6.
5 × ______ = 35    35 ÷ 7 = ______

Answer: 7, 5

Explanation:

X represents the unknown factor
5 × x = 35
x = 35/5 = 7
Therefore the related multiplication and division facts 35, 5 and 7 are 5 × 7 = 35; 35 ÷ 7 = 5

Question 7.
7 × ______ = 21  21 ÷ 7 = ______

Answer: 3, 3

Explanation:

7 × x = 21
x = 21/7 = 3
So, the related multiplication and division facts of 7, 21 are 7 × 3 = 21; 21÷ 7 = 3

Question 8.
9 × ______ = 27  27 ÷ 9 = ______

Answer: 3, 3

Explanation:

27 ÷ 9 = 3
The related multiplication and division facts of 27 and 9 are 9 × 3 = 27 and 27 ÷ 9 = 3

Question 9.
2 × ______ = 16  16 ÷ 2 = ______

Answer: 8, 8

Explanation:

16 ÷ 2 = 8
The related multiplication and division facts of 16 and 2 are 2 × 8 = 16; 16 ÷ 2 = 8

Question 10.
4 × ______ = 36 36 ÷ 4 = ______

Answer: 9, 9

Explanation:

36 ÷ 4 = 9
So, the related multiplication and division facts of 36 and 4 are 4 × 9 = 36; 36 ÷ 4 = 9

Question 11.
8 × ______ = 40 40 ÷ 8 = ______

Answer: 5, 5

Explanation:

Let x be the unknown factor
8 × x = 40
x = 40/8 = 5
The related facts of 40 and 8 are 8 × 5 = 40; 40 ÷ 8 = 5

Problem Solving

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Page 343 Q12

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Page 343 Q13

Relate Multiplication and Division Page No 344

Question 1.
Which number will complete the equations?
6 × □ = 24
24 ÷ 6 = □
Options:
a. 3
b. 4
c. 5
d. 6

Answer: 4

Explanation:

24 ÷ 6 = 4
The related multiplication and division facts of 6 and 24 is 6 × 4 = 24; 24 ÷ 6 = 4
So, the correct answer is option B

Question 2.
Alice has 14 seashells. She divides them equally between her 2 sisters. How many seashells does each sister get?
Options:
a. 7
b. 8
c. 12
d. 16

Answer: 7

Explanation:

Alice has 14 seashells
She divides them equally between her 2 sisters
To know the number of seashells each sister get
We have to divide number of seashells by the number of sisters
= 14 ÷ 2 = 7
Thus the answer is option A

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Sam and Jesse can each wash 5 cars in an hour. They both work for 7 hours over 2 days. How many cars did Sam and Jesse wash?
Options:
a. 70
b. 35
c. 24
d. 14

Answer: 70

Explanation:

Sam and Jesse can each wash 5 cars in an hour
They both work for 7 hours over 2 days
To find the total number of cars they washed
we need to multiply 5 × 7 × 2 = 35 × 2 = 70
So, the answer is option A

Question 4.
Keisha skip-counted to find how many counters in all. How many equal groups are there?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Relate Multiplication and Division img 30
Options:
a. 3
b. 4
c. 5
d. 20

Answer: 4

Explanation:

By seeing the above figure we can say that there are 4 groups.
So, the answer is option B

Question 5.
The key for a picture graph showing the number of books students read is: Each Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Relate Multiplication and Division img 31 = 2 books. How many books did Nancy read if she has Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Relate Multiplication and Division img 32 by her name?
Options:
a. 2
b. 4
c. 5
d. 6

Answer: 5

Explanation:

Each Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Relate Multiplication and Division img 31 = 2 books
There are 2 and half books = 2 + 2 + 1 = 5
Thus the answer is 5 i.e., option C

Question 6.
Jan surveyed her friends to find their favorite season. She recorded IIII III for summer. How many people chose summer as their favorite season?
Options:
a. 5
b. 8
c. 9
d. 13

Answer: 8

Explanation:

IIII = 5
III = 3
IIII III = 5 + 3 = 8
So, the people who chose summer as their favorite season are 8
Option B is the correct answer

Write Related Facts Page No 349

Write the related facts for the array.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Write Related Facts img 33

Answer:

2 × 6 = 12
6 × 2 = 12
12 ÷ 2 = 6
12 ÷ 6 = 2

Explanation:

Total number of counters = 12
Number of rows = 2
Number of counters in each row = 6
So, the related facts of 6, 2 and 12 are 2 × 6 = 12, 6 × 2 = 12, 12 ÷ 2 = 6 and 12 ÷ 6 = 2

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Write Related Facts img 34
Type below:
_________

Answer:

5× 3 = 15
3×5 = 15
15 ÷ 3 = 5
15÷ 5 = 3

Explanation:

Total number of counters = 15
Number of rows = 5
Number of counters in each row = 3
The related facts of 5, 3 and 15 are 5× 3 = 15, 3×5 = 15, 15 ÷ 3 = 5 and 15÷ 5 = 3

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Write Related Facts img 35
Type below:
_________

Answer:

2 × 4 = 8
4× 2 = 8
8 ÷ 2 = 4
8 ÷ 4 = 2

Explanation:

Total number of counters = 8
Number of rows = 2
Number of counters in each row = 4
The related facts of 8, 2, 4 are 2 × 4 = 8, 4× 2 = 8, 8 ÷ 2 = 4 and 8 ÷ 4 = 2

Write the related facts for the set of numbers.

Question 4.
3, 7, 21
Type below:
_________

Answer:

3 × 7 = 21
7 × 3 = 21
21 ÷ 3 = 7
21 ÷ 7 = 3

Explanation:

Total number of counters = 21
The related facts of 3, 7, 21 are 3 × 7 = 21, 7 × 3 = 21, 21 ÷ 3 = 7 and 21 ÷ 7 = 3

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Page 349 Q5

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Page 349 Q6

Complete the related facts.

Question 7.
4 × 9 = _______
9 × _______ = 36
36 ÷ _______ = 4
_______ ÷ 4 = 9

Answer: The related facts of 4, 9 and 36 are given below

4 × 9 = 36
9 × 4 = 36
36 ÷ 9 = 4
36 ÷ 4 = 9

Question 8.
_______ × 7 = 35
_______ × 5 = 35
_______ ÷ 7 = 5
35 ÷ 5 _______

Answer:

5 × 7 = 35
7 × 5 = 35
35 ÷ 7 = 5
35 ÷ 5= 7

Explanation:

Let the unknown factor be x
x × 7 = 35
x = 35/7 = 5
5 × 7 = 35

x × 5 = 35
x = 35/5 = 7
7 × 5 = 35

x ÷ 7 = 5
x = 5 × 7 = 35
35 ÷ 7 = 5

35 ÷ 5 = x
x = 35/5 = 7
35 ÷ 5= 7

Question 9.
6 × _______ = 18
3 × 6 _______
18 ÷ _______ = 3
_______ ÷ 3 = 6

Answer:

6 × 3 = 18
3 × 6 = 18
18 ÷ 6 = 3
18 ÷ 3 = 6

Explanation:

Let the unknown factor be x
6 × x = 18
x = 18/6 = 3
6 × 3 = 18

3 × 6 = x
x = 18
3 × 6 = 18

18 ÷ x = 3
x = 18/3 = 6
18 ÷ 6 = 3

x ÷ 3 = 6
x = 6 × 3 = 18
18 ÷ 3 = 6

Problem Solving 

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Page 349 Q10

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Page 349 Q11

Write Related Facts Page No 350

Question 1.
Which number completes the set of related facts?
5 × □ = 40  40 ÷ □ = 5
□ × 5 = 40  40 ÷ 5 = □
Options:
a. 6
b. 7
c. 8
d. 9

Answer: 8

Explanation:

i. 5 × □ = 40
□ = 40/5 = 8
ii. 40 ÷ □ = 5
□ = 40/5 = 8
iii. □ × 5 = 40
□ = 40/5 = 8
iv. 40 ÷ 5 = □
40/5 = □
□ = 8
So, the answer is 8

Question 2.
Which equation is not in the same set of related facts as 4 × 7 = 28?
Options:
a. 7 × 4 = 28
b. 4 + 7 = 11
c. 28 ÷ 4 = 7
d. 28 ÷ 7 = 4

Answer: 4 + 7 = 11

Explanation:

The related facts of 4, 7 and 28 are 4 × 7 = 28, 7 × 4 = 28, 28 ÷ 4 = 7, 28 ÷ 7 = 4
But 4 + 7 = 11 is not set of related multiplication and division equations.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Beth runs 20 miles each week for 8 weeks. How many miles does Beth run in 8 weeks?
Options:
a. 16 miles
b. 28 miles
c. 100 miles
d. 160 miles

Answer: 160 miles

Explanation:

Beth runs 20 miles each week for 8 weeks
Each week Beth runs 20 miles
For 8 weeks = x miles
x = 8 × 20
x = 160 miles
So, the answer is 160 miles

Question 4.
Find the product.
5 × 0
Options:
a. 0
b. 1
c. 5
d. 10

Answer: 0

Explanation:

Any number multiplied by 0 is always 0.
So, the answer is option A.

Question 5.
Uri’s bookcase has 5 shelves. There are 9 books on each shelf. How many books in all are in Uri’s bookcase?
Options:
a. 14
b. 36
c. 45
d. 54

Answer: 45

Explanation:

Uri’s bookcase has 5 shelves
There are 9 books on each shelf
Number of books on 5 shelves = y
y = 9 × 5 = 45
Thus the answer is option C

Question 6.
There are 6 batteries in one package. How many batteries will 6 packages have?
Options:
a. 12
b. 18
c. 24
d. 36

Answer: 36

Explanation:

There are 6 batteries in one package
Number of batteries in 6 packages = x
x = 6 × 6 = 36
Thus the number of batteries in 6 packages = 36

Division Rules for 1 and 0 Page No 355

Find the quotient.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Division Rules for 1 and 0 img 36

Answer: 3

Explanation:

Any number divided by 1 equals that number. The quotient is the number
So, 3/1 = 3 is the quotient

Question 2.
8 ÷ 8 = ________

Answer: 1

Explanation:

Any number divided by the same number other than 0 equals 1. The quotient is always 1
8/8 = 1
So, the quotient is 1

Question 3.
________ = 0 ÷ 6

Answer: 0

Explanation:

Zero divided by any number is always 0. The quotient is 0.
0/6 = 0
Thus the quotient is 0

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Page 355 Q4

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Page 355 Q5

Question 6.
0 ÷ 2 = ________

Answer: 0

0 divided by any number is always 0.
0/2 = 0
So, the quotient is 0

Question 7.
0 ÷ 3 = ________

Answer: 0

Explanation:

0 divided by any number is always 0.
0/3 = 0
So, the quotient is 0

Question 8.
________ = 0 ÷ 4

Answer: 0

Explanation:

0 divided by any number is 0
0/4 = 0
Thus the quotient is 0

Question 9.
7)\( \bar{ 7  }\)
________

Answer: 1

Explanation:

Any number divided by the same number is always 1.
7/7 = 1
So, the quotient is 1

Question 10.
1)\( \bar{ 6  }\)
________

Answer: 6

Explanation:

Any number divided by 1 is the same number.
6/1 = 6
So, the quotient is 6

Question 11.
9)\( \bar{  0 }\)
________

Answer: 0

Explanation:

0 divided by any number remains 0.
0/9 = 0
Thus the quotient is 0

Question 12.
1)\( \bar{ 5  }\)
________

Answer: 5

Explanation:

Any number divided by 1 gives the same number as a quotient
5/1 = 5
Therefore the quotient is 5

Question 13.
1)\( \bar{  0 }\)
________

Answer: 0

Explanation:

0 divided by anything is 0
0/1 = 0
So, the quotient is 0

Question 14.
4)\( \bar{ 4  }\)
________

Answer: 1

Explanation:

Any number divided by the same number gives the quotient as 1.
4/4 = 1
So, the quotient is 1

Question 15.
1)\( \bar{ 10 }\)
________

Answer: 10

The number which is divided by 1 gives the same number as a quotient.
10/1 = 10
Thus the quotient is 10

Question 16.
2)\( \bar{ 2  }\)
________

Answer: 1

Explanation:

Any number divided by the same number is 1.
2/2 = 1
Thus the quotient is 1

Problem Solving

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Page 355 Q17

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Page 355 Q18

Division Rules for 1 and 0 Page No 356

Question 1.
Candace has 6 pairs of jeans. She places each pair on its hanger. How many hangers does Candace use?
Options:
a. 0
b. 1
c. 6
d. 12

Answer: 6

Explanation:

Given,
Candace has 6 pairs of jeans
She places each pair on its own hanger
That means one pair of jeans for one hanger
To find the number of hangers we need to divide the total number of hangers by each pair
6 ÷ 1 = 6
So, option C is the correct answer

Question 2.
There are 0 birds and 4 bird cages. Which division equation describes how many birds are in each cage?
Options:
a. 0 ÷ 4 = 0
b. 4 ÷ 4 = 1
c. 4 ÷ 1 = 4
d. 0 × 4 = 0

Answer: 0 ÷ 4 = 0

Explanation:

There are no birds so nothing to divide. Zero divided by anything is 0.
So, the answer is 0 ÷ 4 = 0

Spiral Review

Question 3.
There are 7 plates on the table. There are 0 sandwiches on each plate. How many sandwiches are on the plates in all?
7 × 0
Options:
a. 0
b. 1
c. 7
d. 70

Answer: 0

Explanation:

There are 7 plates on the table
There are 0 sandwiches on each plate
Any number multiplied with 0 is always 0.
So, the answer is option A.

Question 4.
Which shows a way to break apart the array to find the product?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Division Rules for 1 and 0 img 37
Options:
a. (3 × 5) + (3 × 2)
b. (2 × 8) + (1 × 8)
c. (4 × 7) + (1 × 7)
d. (3 × 6) + (3 × 3)

Answer: (3 × 5) + (3 × 2)

Explanation:

There are 3 rows and 7 columns
The columns are divided into 2 parts 5 and 2.
By using the distributive property we can write it as (3 × 5) + (3 × 2)
Thus the answer is option A

Question 5.
Which of the following describes a pattern in the table?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Division Rules for 1 and 0 img 38
Options:
a. Add 5.
b. Multiply by 2.
c. Subtract 1.
d. Multiply by 6.

Answer:

Multiply by 6.

Explanation:

Multiple 6 with several vans.
By seeing the above table we can say that it is the multiple of 6.
So, the answer is option D

Question 6.
Use the graph.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Division Rules for 1 and 0 img 39
How many more cans did Sam bring in than Lee?
Options:
a. 4
b. 5
c. 7
d. 9

Answer: 9

Explanation:

Number of cans sam brings = 18
Number of cans Lee bring = 9
To know number of cans Sam bring in than Lee we have to subtract
Number of cans of Lee from Number of cans of Sam = 18 – 9 = 9
By using the above graph we can say that number of cans Sam bring in than Lee is 9.
Thus the correct answer is option D

Review/Test Page No 361

Question 1.
For numbers 1a–1d, select True or False for each equation.
a. 3 ÷ 1 = 1
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False

Explanation:

Any number divided by 1 is always the same number. The quotient is 1.
So, the above equation is false.

Question 1.
b. 0 ÷ 4 = 0
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

0 divided by any number is always 0. So, the above statement is true.

Question 1.
c. 7 ÷ 7 = 1
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

Any number divided by the same number remains 1. So, the given statement is true.

Question 1.
d. 6 ÷ 1 = 6
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

Any number divided by 1 will be the same number. Thus the statement given above is true.

Question 2.
Elizabeth has 12 horses on her farm. She puts an equal number of horses in each of 3 pens. How many horses are in each pen?
Circle a number that makes the sentence true.
There are Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Review/Test img 40 horses in each pen.
_________

Answer: 12 ÷ 3 = 4

There are HMH Go Math Chapter 6 Grade 3 Answer Key Review solution img_6 horses in each pan

Question 3.
Chris plants 25 pumpkins seeds in 5 equal rows. How many seeds does Chris plant in each row?
Make an array to represent the problem. Then solve the problem.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Review/Test img 41
_______ seeds
Explain:
_________

Answer: 5 seeds

Go Math Grade 3 Key Chapter 6 Review solution image_1

Explanation:

Total number of seeds = 25
Number of equal rows = 5
25 ÷ 5 = 5 seeds

Page No. 358

Question 4.
Becca spent 24 minutes walking around a track. It took her 3 minutes to walk each time around the track. How many times did Becca walk around the track?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Review/Test img 42
Make equal groups to model the problem. Then explain how you solved the problem.
_______ times

Answer: 24 ÷ 3 = 8 times

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 6 key review solution image_7

Question 5.
There are 7 cars in an amusement park ride. There are 42 people divided equally among the 7 cars. An equal number of people ride in each car. How many people ride in one car?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Review/Test img 43
_______people

Answer: 6 people

Explanation:

Number of cars = 7
There are 42 people divided equally among the 7 cars
Divide the total number of people by the number of cars
You get, 42 ÷ 7 = 6 people

Question 6.
Select the equations that represent the array. Mark all that apply.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Review/Test img 44
Options:
a. 3 × 5 = ■
b. 2 × ■ = 12
c. ■ ÷ 3 = 5
d. 5 × ■ = 15
e. 12 ÷ 3 = ■
f. 15 ÷ 5 = ■

Answer: 3 × 5 = ■; ■ ÷ 3 = 5; 5 × ■ = 15; 15 ÷ 5 = ■

Explanation:

Related facts are a set of related multiplication and division equations.

Number of rows = 3
Number of blocks in each row = 5
Total Number of blocks = 15
So, the relation between these 3 numbers are 3 × 5 = ■; ■ ÷ 3 = 5; 5 × ■ = 15; 15 ÷ 5 = ■

Review/Test Page No 359

Question 7.
Eduardo visited his cousin for 28 days over the summer. There are 7 days in each week. How long, in weeks, was Eduardo’s visit?
Part A
Draw jumps on the number line to model the problem.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Review/Test img 45
Type below:
___________

Answer:

HMH Go math grade 3 chapter 6 answer key review solution image_2

Starts at 0
Count by 7 as many times as you can
Count the number of times you jumped back 7
You have jumped 4 times
So, there are 4 groups of 7 in 28
28 ÷ 7 = 4

Question 7.
Part B
Write a division equation to represent the model.
Type below:
___________

Answer: 28 ÷ 7 = 4

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Page 359 Q8

Question 9.
There are 56 apples packed in 7 baskets with the same number of apples in each basket. How many apples are in each basket?
For numbers, 9a–9d, choose Yes or No to tell whether the equation represents the problem.
a. 56 + 7 = ■
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: No

Explanation:

56 + 7 = 63 ≠ 8
So, the answer is no

Question 9.
b. 7 × ■ = 56
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: Yes

Explanation:

7 × ■ = 56
■ = 56/7 = 8
So, the answer is yes

Question 9.
c. 56 ÷ ■ = 8
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: Yes

Explanation:

56 ÷ ■ = 8
■ = 56/8 = 7
So, the answer is yes

Question 9.
d. 56 − ■ = 8
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: No

Explanation:

56 − ■ = 8
■ = 64 ≠ 7
So, the answer is no

Question 10.
Stefan has 24 photos to display on some posters. Select a way that he could display the photos in equal groups on the posters. Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. 6 photos on each of 4 posters
b. 7 photos on each of 3 posters
c. 4 photos on each of 6 posters
d. 5 photos on each of 5 posters
e. 3 photos on each of 8 posters
f. 7 photos on each of 4 posters

Answer: A, C, E

A. 6 photos on each of 4 posters
6 x 4 = 24 photos ✓

B. 7 photos on each of 3 posters
7 x 3 = 21 ≠ 24 photos

C. 4 photos on each of 6 posters
4 x 6 = 24 photos ✓

D. 5 photos on each of 5 posters
5 x 5 = 25 ≠ 24 photos

E. 3 photos on each of 8 posters
3 x 8 = 24 photos ✓

F. 7 photos on each of 4 posters
7 x 4 = 28 ≠ 24 photos

Review/Test Page No 360

Question 11.
Debbie made this array to model a division equation. Which equation did Debbie model? Mark all that apply.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Review/Test img 46
Options:
a. 14 ÷ 7 = 2
b. 28 ÷ 4 = 7
c. 28 ÷ 7 = 4
d. 14 ÷ 2 = 7

Answer: 28 ÷ 4 = 7

Explanation:

Total Number shaded blocks = 28
Number of equal rows = 4
To write the division equation
we have to divide number of blocks by number of equal rows
28 ÷ 7 = 7
So, the correct answer is option B

Question 12.
Mrs. Edwards made a total of 40 fingers on some gloves she knitted. How many gloves did Mrs. Edwards knit?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Review/Test img 47
__________ gloves

Answer: 40 ÷ 5 = 8

Explanation:

Mrs. Edwards made a total of 40 fingers on some gloves she knitted
Number in each group = 5
Divide Number of fingers by number in each group
= 40 ÷ 5 = 8
Number of equal groups = 8

Question 13.
Make true equations. Select a number to complete the equation.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Review/Test img 48
7 ÷ 7 = ________
7 ÷ 1 = ________
0 ÷ 7 = ________

Answer:

7 ÷ 7 = 1
7 ÷ 1 = 7
0 ÷ 7 = 0

Explanation:

7 ÷ 7 = 1
Any number divided by the same numbers is always 1. So the quotient is 1
7 ÷ 1 = 7
Any number divided by 1 gives the same number as the quotient.
0 ÷ 7 = 0
Zero divided by any number is always 0. So, the quotient is 0.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Page 360 Q14

Review/Test Page No 361

Question 15.
Write a division equation to represent the repeated subtraction.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Review/Test img 49
Type below:
________

Answer: 32 ÷ 8 = 4

Explanation:

Step 1:

Start at 32

Step 2:

Subtract with 8 until you get 0

Step 3:

Count the number of times you subtract with 8
Since you subtract 4 times
There are 4 groups of 8 in 32
32 ÷ 8 = 4
Thirty two divided by eight equals four

Question 16.
Write related facts for the array. Explain why there are not more related facts.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Review/Test img 50
Type below:
________

Answer:

There are 6 rows of 6 squares.
The related facts are:
6 x 6 = 36; 36 ÷ 6 = 6
An array represents multiplication because it has rows and columns and the total number of cells is the product of its rows and columns.
Also, division is related to multiplication.
So, the only related facts are multiplication and division.

Question 17.
Darius bakes 18 muffins for his friends. He gives each of his friends an equal number of muffins and has none left over.
Part A
Draw a picture to show how Darius divided the muffins and complete the sentence.
Darius gave muffins to ________ friends.
Type below:
________

Answer:

If one muffin for 18 friends

18 = 1 × 18

Go math grade 3 key chapter 6 understand division review solution image _ 3a

If 2 muffins for 9 friends

18 = 2 × 9

Chapter 6 Go Math Answer Key Grade 3 review solution image_3b

If 3 muffins for 6 friends

18 = 3 × 6

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 6 answer key review solution image_3c

Six muffins for 3 friends

18 = 6 × 3

If 9 muffins for 2 friends

Answer key for HMH Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 6 Review solution image_3d

So, Darius gave muffins to 2, 3, 6, 9, 18 friends

Question 17.
Part B
Could Darius have given all of his muffins equally to 4 of his friends? Explain why or why not.
Type below:
________

Answer: No

No, because if he divides 18 muffins to 4 people, then they get 4 muffins each, and two are not given.
4 × 4 + 2 = 18

Review/Test Page No 362

Question 18.
Circle numbers to complete the related facts.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Review/Test img 51 × 8 = 72   72 ÷ Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Review/Test img 52 = 8
______                                              _______

Answer: 9 × 8 = 72; 72 ÷ 9 = 8

Grade 3 Go Math Answer Key Chapter 6 Review solution img_5a × 8 = 72; 72 ÷ Chapter 6 Go Math HMH Answer Key Grade 3 Review solution img_5b = 8

Question 19.
Use the numbers to write related multiplication and division facts.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Review/Test img 53
Type below:
__________

Answer: 45 ÷ 9 = 5; 45 ÷ 5 = 9

Explanation:

The multiplication and division facts for 45, 9 and 5 are
45 ÷ 5 = 9
45 ÷ 9 = 5
9 × 5 = 45

Question 20.
Tyrone took 16 pennies from his bank and put them in 4 equal stacks. How many pennies did Tyrone put in each stack? Show your work.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Review/Test img 54
__________ pennies

Answer: 4 pennies

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 6 Key Review solution image_4

16 ÷ 4 = 4 pennies

Explanation:

Total number of pennies = 16
Number of equal stacks = 4
Divided number of pennies by number of equal stacks to know the pennies in each stack
16 ÷ 4 = 4

Try to solve exercise questions and cross check your answers from Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Extra Practice. This way you can assess your strengths and weaknesses and concentrate on the areas you are lagging.

Detailed Solutions are provided in the 3rd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division making it easy for you to understand.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies

go-math-grade-3-chapter-4-multiplication-facts-and-strategies-answer-key

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies helps both Students and Teachers out there to get all the concepts underlying. HMH Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key will familiarize you with different models of Multiplication Facts and Strategies Questions in Exercises.  Understand the logic behind each of the concepts taking the help of HMH Go Math Solution Key Grade 3. Go Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies will give you problem-solving skills rather than giving you simple answers.

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Answer Key

Learning the basics of earlier grade chapters is quite necessary to lay a stronger foundation for higher grades. Practice using the Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies as much as possible and clear the assessments or homework with utmost confidence. Prepare which ever concept you wish to learn through the direct links available and make your learning effective.

Lesson 1: Multiply with 2 and 4

Lesson 2: Multiply with 5 and 10

Lesson 3: Multiply with 3 and 6

Lesson 4: Algebra • Distributive Property

Lesson 5: Multiply with 7

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint

Lesson 6: Algebra • Associative Property of Multiplication

Lesson 7: Algebra • Patterns on the Multiplication Table

Lesson 8: Multiply with 8

Lesson 9: Multiply with 9

Lesson 10: Problem Solving • Multiplication

Chapter 4 Review/Test

Multiply with 2 and 4 Page No 195

Write a multiplication sentence for the model.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Multiply with 2 and 4 img 1
Think: There are 2 groups of
5 counters.

Answer:
2 × 5 = 10

Explanation:
Draw 2 counters. Place 5 Objectives in 2 counters. Count the total number of objectives and them. Add 5 + 5 to get the answer. Finally, you get 10.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Multiply with 2 and 4 img 2
______ × ______ = ______

Find the product.

Answer:
4×3 = 12

Explanation:
Look at the above figure. You can see 4 Counters and 3 objectives on each counter. So, you have to multiply 4×3. When you multiply with 4, you can first multiply with 2 and then double the product. Multiply 3 with 2. You will get 2×3 is 6. Now, double the number 6. The final answer is 12.

Question 3.
2
× 6
——–
________

Answer:
2×6 = 12

Explanation:
When there is a multiplication required with 2, you can double the given number 6 to get the final answer. The answer is 6+6 = 12.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 195 Q4

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 195 Q5

Question 6.
4
× 6
———
_________

Answer:
4×6 = 24

Explanation:
You can double 2×6 to get 4×6. Multiply 6 with 2. You will get 12. Then, double the product to get the answer to 4×6. You will get 12+12 = 24. So, you get the final answer as 24.

Question 7.
4
× 4
———
_________

Answer:
4×4 = 16

Explanation:
Multiply 4 with 2. 2×4 = 8. Now, double the number 8. 8+8 = 16. The answer for 4×4 is 16

Question 8.
2
× 7
——–
_________

Answer:
2×7 = 14

Explanation:
The given multiplication is 2×7. The answer to any number multiplies with 2 is double of that number. So, the 2×7 can find by doing 7+7. The answer is 7+7 = 14. So, the final answer is 2×7 = 14.

Question 9.
4
× 5
———
_________

Answer:
4×5 = 20

Explanation:
Firstly, multiply 2×5 to get the answer for 4×5. Then, double the answer of 2×5 to get the final answer. So, do 2×5 = 10. Double the number 10 to get the 4×5 Answer. The double of 10 is 10+10 = 20. The answer to 4×5 is 20.

Question 10.
2
× 4
——–
_________

Answer:
2×4 = 8

Explanation:
The multiplication begins with 2. So, you can double 4 to get the answer of 2×4. The double of 4 is 4+4 = 8. The answer for 2×4 is 8.

Problem Solving

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 195 Q11Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 195 Q11.1

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 195 Q12

Multiply with 2 and 4 Lesson Check Page No 196

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Which multiplication sentence matches the model?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Multiply with 2 and 4 img 3
Options:
a. 3 × 2 = 6
b. 4 × 2 = 8
c. 4 × 4 = 16
d. 4 × 8 = 32

Answer:
b

Explanation:
The above figure consists of 4 counters. Also, each counter has two objectives in it. So, we need to multiply the number of counters with a number of objectives. The answer is 4×2 = 8.

Question 2.
Find the product.
2
× 8
——-
________
Options:
a. 10
b. 14
c. 16
d. 18

Answer:
c

Explanation:
To solve the 2×8, double the number 8. The answer for 2×8 is 8+8. So, the final answer is 2×8 = 16.

Question 3.
Sean made a picture graph to show his friends’ favorite colors. This is the key for the graph.
Each Ο = 2 friends.
How many friends does Ο Ο Ο Ο stand for?
Options:
a. 4
b. 8
c. 20
d. 40

Answer:
b

Explanation:
Sean made 4 picture graphs to show his friends’ favorite colors. Each Ο represents 2 friends. So, to find the final answer, we need to add all the colors. As there are 4 picture graphs you need to do 2+2+2+2 = 8. There are 8 friends available.

Question 4.
The table shows the lengths of some walking trails.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Multiply with 2 and 4 img 4
How many feet longer is Mountain Trail than Harmony Trail?
Options:
a. 216 feet
b. 264 feet
c. 316 feet
d. 528 feet

Answer:
c

Explanation:
In the above table, we can see three different walking trails lengths of three persons. The walking trail length of the Mountain is 844feets. The walking trail length of Lake is 792 feet. Also, the Harmony walking trail length is 528 feet. To get How many feet longer is Mountain Trail than Harmony Trail, we need to subtract Harmony walking trail length from Mountain Trail length. So, now we have to do 844-528 which is equal to 316 feet. So, Mountain Trail walked 316 feet than Harmony trail.

Question 5.
Find the sum.
5 2 7
+ 1 5 4
———-
Options:
a. 373
b. 581
c. 671
d. 681

Answer:
c

Explanation:
Break apart the addends from the given values. Start with the hundreds. Then, add each place value.
Let’s write 527 as 500+20+7 and 154 as 100+50+4.
Sum up the above two values. Then you get 600+70+11. Add the ones and then add the 10’s and 100’s. The final answer is 681.

Question 6.
A bar graph shows that sports books received 9 votes. If the scale is 0 to 20 by twos, where should the bar end for the sports books?
Options:
a. between 8 and 10
b. on 10
c. on 8
d. between 6 and 8

Answer:
c

Explanation:
As per the given data, the sports books received 9 votes. If we take a bar graph with a scale of 0 to 20 by twos, the graph is 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20. So, the number 9 will lies between numbers 8 to 10. Therefore, the answer is between 8 and 10.

Multiply with 5 and 10 Page No 201

Find the product.

Question 1.
5 × 7 = 35

Answer:
35

Explanation:
Skip count by 5’s until you say 7 numbers. 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35. Now, the count of the number is 7. So, the answer for 5 x 7 is 35.

Question 2.
5 × 1 = _______

Answer:
5

Explanation:
Any number multiplied by 1 is the same number. So, the answer is 5.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 201 Q3

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 201 Q4

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 201 Q5

Question 6.
_______ = 4 × 5

Answer:
20

Explanation:
Using the Commutative Law of Multiplication, you can write 4 x 5 = 5 x 4. Now, Skip count by 5’s until you say 4 numbers. 5, 10, 15, 20. Therefore, the answer for 5 x 4 is 20.

Question 7.
5 × 10 = _______

Answer:
50

Explanation:
Skip-count by 5’s 10 times. You can write as 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50. The answer for 5 x 10 is 50.

Question 8.
7 × 5 = ________

Answer:
35

Explanation:
Write 7 x 5 as 5 x 7 according to the Commutative Law of Multiplication. Now do multiply for 5 x 7. skip-count by 5’s seven times. Now, you can write as 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35. The answer for 5 x 7 is 35. So, the answer for 7 x 5 also 35.

Question 9.
_______ = 5 × 5

Answer:
25

Explanation:
Skip-count by 5’s 5 times. You can get 5, 10, 15, 20, 25. The answer for 5 x 5 is 25.

Question 10.
5 × 8 = _________

Answer:
40

Explanation:
You can Skip-count by 5’s 8 times. Write like 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40. So, the answer for 5 x 8 is 40.

Question 11.
______ = 5 × 9

Answer:
45

Explanation:
The multiplication of 5 × 9 is calculated as Skip-count by 5’s 9 times. You can write as 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45. The final answer for 5 × 9 is 45.

Question 12.
10 × 0 = _________

Answer:
0

Explanation:
The multiplication of any number with 0 is 0. So, the answer for 10 x 0 is 0.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 201 Q13

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 201 Q14

Question 15.
5
× 3
——–
________

Answer:
15

Explanation:
Skip count by 5’s until you say 3 numbers. Write like 5, 10, 15. The answer for 5 x 3 is 15.

Question 16.
10
× 4
——–
_________

Answer:
40

Explanation:
Add 10’s until you say 4 numbers. Then, write like 10 + 10 + 10 + 10 to get the answer. The answer for 10 x 4 is 40.

Question 17.
5
× 0
——-
_________

Answer:
0

Explanation:
Multiplication of any number with 0 is 0. So, the answer for 5 x 0 is 0.

Question 18.
10
× 8
——-
__________

Answer:
80

Explanation:
You have to add 10’s until you say 8 numbers. Write as 10 + 10 + 10 + 10 + 10 + 10 + 10 + 10. Now, add the 10’s to get the final answer. There are eight 10’s available. So, the answer for 10 x 8 is 80.

Question 19.
5
× 2
——-
__________

Answer:
10

Explanation:
Skip count by 5’s until you say 2 numbers. Write like 5, 10. The answer for 5 x 2 is 10.

Question 20.
10
× 6
——–
_________

Answer:
60

Explanation:
Add 10’s until you say 6 numbers. Write as 10 + 10 + 10 + 10 + 10 + 10. Now, add the 10’s to get the final answer. So, the answer for 10 x 6 is 60.

Problem Solving

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 201 Q21

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 201 Q22

Multiply with 5 and 10 Lesson Check Page No 202

Question 1.
Mrs. Hinely grows roses. There are 6 roses on each of her 10 rose bushes. How many roses in all are on Mrs. Hinely’s rose bushes?
Options:
a. 16
b. 54
c. 60
d. 66

Answer:
60

Explanation:
There are 10 rose bushes available. In each rose bush, Mrs. Hinely growing 6 roses. So, to find the number of roses, you need to multiply 10 x 6. The multiplication of 10 x 6 is 60. The number of roses in all are on Mrs. Hinely’s rose bushes are 60.

Question 2.
Find the product.
5
× 8
——-
Options:
a. 8
b. 16
c. 35
d. 40

Answer:
40

Explanation:
Skip-count by 5’s 8 times. Write like 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40. So, the answer for 5 x 8 is 40.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Mr. Miller’s class voted on where to go for a field trip. Use the picture graph to find which choice had the most votes.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Multiply with 5 and 10 img 5
Options:
a. Science Center
b. Aquarium
c. Zoo
d. Museum

Answer:
c. Zoo

Explanation:
From the given figure, Mr. Miller’s class voted for a field trip. From the table, every start represents 2 votes. It is mentioned that for the Science Center, Mr. Miller’s given two starts. As one star represents 2 votes, he gave 4 votes for Science Center. Similarly, Aquarium = 3 and a half stars. The half star represents one vote. So, the number of votes given for the Aquarium is 7. For Zoo, he has given 4 stars. So, every start means 2 votes. The total number of votes is 8. Finally, the number of starts for the Museum is 2. So, the total number of votes is 4.

Mr. Miller’s class is given a high number of votes for Zoo. So, Mr. Miller’s class wishes to go for Zoo.

Question 4.
Zack made this table for his survey.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Multiply with 5 and 10 img 6
How many students were surveyed in all?
Options:
a. 38
b. 43
c. 47
d. 49

Answer:
c. 47

Explanation:
Zack prepared a table of flavors and votes. So, every vote represents one person. By adding the total number of votes, we can get the total number of students participated in ina survey.
Add 16 + 10 + 9 + 12 = 47. 47 students were surveyed in all to vote for their favorite juice.

Question 5.
Which of the following numbers is even?
25, 28, 31, 37
Options:
a. 25
b. 28
c. 31
d. 37

Answer:
b. 28

Explanation:
Even numbers are divided by 2. Also, even numbers end with a digit of 0, 2, 4, 6, or 8. So, the given number out of the given numbers is 28. It is ended with 8 and also it can divide by 2.

Question 6.
Estimate the sum.
4 7 9
+ 8 9
———
Options:
a. 568
b. 400
c. 500
d. 600

Answer:
a. 568

Explanation:
Add the ones. Regroup the ones as tens and ones. So, 9 + 9 = 18. Remain the 8 same and add the 1 to the tens. Add the tens. Regroup the tens as hundreds and tens. Now, add 7 + 8 + 1 = 16. place the 6 in the tens place and move the 1 to hundreds. Add the hundreds now. 4 + 1 = 5. So, now place the numbers in order. The final answer is 568.

Note:The option is modified for the above question. There is no correct answer available in the given options. So, option a is changed to the correct answer. The answer is explained with the place value to add two addends method.

Multiply with 3 and 6 Page No 207

Find the product.

Question 1.
6 × 4 = 24
Think: You can use doubles.
3 × 4 = 12
12 + 12 = 24

Answer:
24

Explanation:
By using doubles, we can find a 6 x 4 value. First, multiply the factor with half of 6. So, now we can do 3 x 4 = 12. Now, we can double the value of 3 x 4. That is 12 + 12 = 24. So, the answer for 6 x 4 = 24.

Question 2.
3 × 7 = _______

Answer:
21

Explanation:
Skip count by 3’s until you say 7 numbers. 3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18, 21. So, the answer for 3 x 7 is 21.

Question 3.
________ = 2 × 6

Answer:
12

Explanation:
With the Commutative Law of Multiplication, you can write 2 x 6 as 6 x 2. Multiply factor 2 with 5 and then add the factor to it to get the final answer. First, multiply the factor with 5. That is 5 x 2 = 10. Now, add the factor with the answer of 5 x 2. 10 +2 = 12. The answer for 6 x 2 is 12. So, the answer for 2 x 6 is 12.

Question 4.
________ = 3 × 5

Answer:
15

Explanation:
You can skip count by 3’s until you say 5 numbers. 3, 6, 9, 12, 15. So, the final answer for 3 x 5 is 15.

Question 5.
1 × 3 = ________

Answer:
3

Explanation:
Multiplication of any number with 1 is the same number. So, 1 x 3 = 3.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 207 Q6

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 207 Q7

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 207 Q8

Question 9.
4
× 3
——
________

Answer:
12

Explanation:
Write 4 x 3 as 3 x 4 according to the Commutative Law of Multiplication. Now do multiplication for 3 x 4. skip-count by 3’s four times. Now, you can write as 3, 6, 9, 12. The answer for 3 x 4 is 12. So, the answer for 4 x 3 is also 12.

Question 10.
6
× 5
——
_________

Answer:
30

Explanation:
Multiply the given factor 5 with 5. Then, add 5 to the answer to get the answer for 6 x 5. Firstly, multiply 5 x 5 = 25. Add 5 to 25. 5 + 25 = 30. So, the answer for 6 x 5 is 30.

Question 11.
2
× 3
——
_________

Answer:
6

Explanation:
Using the Commutative Law of Multiplication, you can write 2 x 3 = 3 x 2. Now, Skip count by 3’s until you say 2 numbers. 3, 6. Therefore, the answer to 3x 2 is 6. The answer for 2 x 3 is 6.

Question 12.
6
× 3
——–
_________

Answer:
18

Explanation:
Double the value of 3 x 3 to get the answer for 6 x 3. The answer for 3 x 3 = 9. Now, double the value of 9. The answer for 6 x 3 is 9 + 9 = 18.

Question 13.
10
× 6
——-
_________

Answer:
60

Explanation:
Using the Commutative Law of Multiplication, you can write as 10 x 6 = 6 x 10. Now, multiply the 10 with 5. The answer is 5 x 10 = 50. Now, add the 10 to 50 to get the answer. The answer for 6 x 10 is 10 + 50 = 60. So, the answer for 10 x 6 is 60.

Question 14.
3
× 6
——-
__________

Answer:
18

Explanation:
Skip-count by 3’s 6 times. You can write as 3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18. The answer for 3 x 6 is 18.

Question 15.
7
× 6
——-
__________

Answer:
42

Explanation:
With the help of the Commutative Law of Multiplication, you can change 7 x 6 to 6 x 7. Double the value of 3 x 7 to get 6 x 7. Now, do 3 x 7 = 21. Double the 21. 21 + 21 = 42. The answer for 6 x 7 = 42. So, the answer for 7 x 6 is 42.

Question 16.
3
× 0
——-
_________

Answer:
0

Explanation:
Multiplication of any number with 0 is 0. So, the answer for 3 x 0 is 0.

Question 17.
9
× 6
——-
__________

Answer:
54

Explanation:
Write 9 x 6 as 6 x 9 using the Commutative Law of Multiplication. Multiply the 9 with 5. 5 x 9 = 45. Now add the 45 to the 9. So, the answer for 6 x 9 is 45 + 9 = 54. Therefore, the answer for 9 x 6 is 54.

Question 18.
3
× 3
——-
__________

Answer:
9

Explanation:
Skip count by 3’s until you say 3 numbers. 3, 6, 9. So, the answer for 3 x 3 is 9.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 207 Q19

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 207 Q20

Problem Solving

Question 21.
James got 3 hits in each of his baseball games. He has played 4 baseball games. How many hits has he had in all?
_________ hits

Answer:
12 hits

Explanation:
As per the given data, James got 3 hits in each of his baseball games. He has played 4 baseball games. To find the number of hits has he had in all, we need to multiply, 3 hits x 4 baseball games. So, the answer is 3 x 4 = 12 hits.

Question 22.
Mrs. Burns is buying muffins. There are 6 muffins in each box. If she buys 5 boxes, how many muffins will she buy?
__________ muffins

Answer:
30 muffins

Explanation:
From the provided information, Mrs. Burns is buying muffins. She is going to buy 5 boxes each has 6 muffins in it. So, to find the total number of muffins, we need to multiply, number of boxes and number of muffins in it. The total number of muffins = 6 x 5 = 30. She is going to buy 30 muffins.

Multiply with 3 and 6 Lesson Check Page No 208

Question 1.
Paco buys a carton of eggs. The carton has 2 rows of eggs. There are 6 eggs in each row. How many eggs are in the carton?
Options:
a. 8
b. 12
c. 14
d. 24

Answer:
b. 12

Explanation:
From the given data, Paco buys a carton of eggs. The carton has 2 rows in it. Every row has 6 eggs. To find the number of eggs, we need to multiply the number of rows and the number of eggs for each row. Therefore, the number of eggs in the carton are 2 x 6 = 12. 12 eggs are available in the carton.

Question 2.
Find the product.
9
× 3
——
Options:
a. 18
b. 24
c. 27
d. 36

Answer:
c. 27

Explanation:
Use Commutative Law of Multiplication to write 9 x 3 to 3 x 9. Now, skip count by 3’s until you say 9 numbers. 3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18, 21, 24, 27. So, the answer for 3 x 9 is 27. Therefore, the answer for 9 x 3 is 27.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Find the difference.
5 6 8
– 2 8 3
———
Options:
a. 285
b. 325
c. 385
d. 851

Answer:
a. 285

Explanation:
Subtract the ones. 8 – 3 = 5. Then, Subtract the tens. 6 < 8. So, regroup 5 hundreds 6 tens equal to 4 hundreds 8 tens. 16 – 8 = 8. Subtract the hundreds and add them to check the answer. 4 – 2 = 2. The final answer is 285.

Question 4.
Dwight made double the number of baskets in the second half of the basketball game than in the first half. He made 5 baskets in the first half. How many baskets did he make in the second half?
Options:
a. 7
b. 9
c. 10
d. 20

Answer:
c. 10

Explanation:
Given that Dwight made double the number of baskets in the second half of the basketball game than in the first half. He made 5 baskets in the first half. So, to find the second half baskets, we need to double the baskets in the first half. Baskets in the second half = 5 x 2 = 10.

Question 5.
In Jane’s picture graph, the ???? smile symbol represents two students. One row in the picture graph has 8 symbols. How many students does that represent?
Options:
a. 40
b. 32
c. 24
d. 16

Answer:
d. 16

Explanation:
From Jane’s picture graph, the ???? smile symbol represents 2 students. The one row in the picture graph has 8 symbols. To find the total number of students, we need to multiply the number of smiles and the number of students for each smile. The number of students for a row is 8 x 2 = 16.

Question 6.
What multiplication sentence does this array show?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Multiply with 3 and 6 img 7
Options:
a. 5 × 6 = 30
b. 6 × 6 = 36
c. 5 × 5 = 25
d. 1 × 6 = 6

Answer:
a. 5 × 6 = 30

Explanation:
The given array shows that it has 6 boxes for a row and 5 boxes for a column. So, by multiplying the number of rows x number of columns the correct answer is 6 x 5 = 30. By using the Commutative Law of Multiplication, we can write 6 x 5 = 5 x 6. So, the answer from the given options is 5 × 6 = 30.

Distributive Property Page No 213

Write one way to break apart the array.
Then find the product.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Distributive Property img 8
(3 × 7) + (3 × 7)
42

Answer:
42

Explanation:
The given array is 6 x 7. Use the Distributive Property to get the final answer. Break the array rows to make two smaller arrays with the facts 3 and 3. Now, you can write the given array as (3 + 3) x 7. Then, multiply each addend with 7. The equation becomes (3 x 7) +(3 x 7). Now simplify and add them to get the final answer. 21 + 21 = 42.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Distributive Property img 9
_________

Answer:
32

Explanation:
The given array has 8 columns and 4 rows. Simplify the answer using Distributive Property. Now, break the array rows to make two smaller arrays with the facts 2 and 2. To get the answer, we have to write 4 x 8. By doing smaller arrays, you can write it as (2 + 2) x 8. Multiply each addend with 8. The equation becomes (2 x 8) +(2 x 8). Now simplify and add them to get the final answer. 16 + 16 = 32.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Distributive Property img 10
___________

Answer:
54

Explanation:
The given figure has 9 columns and 6 rows. Use Distributive Property to get the answer of a given array. Let’s break the array rows with two smaller arrays with the facts 3 and 3. Now, write the equation as 6 x 9 = (3 + 3) x 9. Multiply each 3 with 9. 27 + 27. The final answer is 54.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Distributive Property img 11
_________

Answer:
56

Explanation:
The given array has 8 columns and 7 rows. With the help of Distributive Property, you can solve the given array. Break the array columns with two smaller arrays with the facts 4 and 4. Write the equation as (7 x 4) + (7 x 4) = 28 + 28 = 56.

Problem Solving

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 213 Q5
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 213 Q5.1

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 213 Q6

Distributive Property Lesson Check Page No 214

Question 1.
Which number sentence is an example of the Distributive Property?
Options:
a. 7 × 6 = 6 × 7
b. 7 × (2 × 3) = (7 × 2) × 3
c. 7 × 6 = (7 × 3) + (7 × 3)
d. 7 + 6 = 7 + 3 + 3

Answer:
c. 7 × 6 = (7 × 3) + (7 × 3)

Explanation:
Distributive Property: The Distributive Property states that multiplying a sum by a number is the same as multiplying each addend by the number and then adding the products. So, from the given options, c. 7 × 6 = (7 × 3) + (7 × 3) is the correct answer.

Question 2.
What is one way to break apart the array?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Distributive Property img 12
Options:
a. (2 × 6) + (2 × 6)
b. (4 × 2) + (4 × 2)
c. (4 × 4) + (4 × 4)
d. (6 × 3) + (6 × 3)

Answer:
a. (2 × 6) + (2 × 6)

Explanation:
The given figure has 6 columns and 4 rows. By using Distributive Property, you can find the answer easily. Let’s break the array rows with two smaller arrays with the facts 2 and 2. Now, write the equation as 4 x 6 = (2 + 2) x 6. Multiply each 2 with 6. the equation can be written as (2 x 6) + (2 x 6).

Spiral Review

Question 3.
The school auditorium has 448 chairs set out for the third grade performance. What is 448 rounded to the nearest ten?
Options:
a. 500
b. 440
c. 450
d. 400

Answer:
c. 450

Explanation:
Given that the school auditorium has 448 chairs set out for the third-grade performance. The 448 number lies between 440 and 450. 448 is closer to 450 than it is to 440. So, 448 rounds to 450.

Question 4.
Find the difference.
4 0 0
– 2 9 6
———-
Options:
a. 104
b. 114
c. 204
d. 296

Answer:
a. 104

Explanation:
Subtract the ones. 0<6. so regroup 0 tens 0 ones = 1 tens 4 ones. Now, do 10 – 6 = 4. Then, Subtract the tens. 9 = 9. So, so regroup. 4 hundred 9 tens = 3 hundred 4 tens. 9 – 9 = 0. Subtract the hundreds and add them to check the answer. 3 – 2 = 1. The final answer is 104.

Question 5.
There are 622 fruit snacks in one crate and 186 in another crate. How many fruit snacks are there in all?
6 2 2
+ 1 8 6
———-
Options:
a. 436
b. 708
c. 768
d. 808

Answer:
d. 808

Explanation:
Break apart the addends from the given values. Start with the hundreds. Then, add each place value. Let’s write 622 as 600 + 20 + 2 and 186 as 100 + 80 + 6.
Sum up the above two values. Then you get 700 + 100 + 8. Add the ones and then add the 10’s and 100’s. The final answer is 808.

Question 6.
Which sport do 6 students play?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Distributive Property img 13
a. Football
b. Baseball
c. Basketball
d. Soccer

Answer:
a. Football

Explanation:
From the given picture, it is mentioned the sports students play and the number of students for that game. As mentioned, Football needs 6 students. Baseball needs 12 students. Basketball needs 10 students. Also, Soccer needs 16 students. So, the answer is Football sport required 6 students to play.

Multiply with 7 Page No 219

Find the product.

Question 1.
6 × 7 = 42

Answer:
42

Explanation:
By using doubles, we can find a 6 x 7 value. First, multiply the factor with half of 6. So, now we can do 3 x 7 = 21. Now, we can double the value of 3 x 7. That is 21 + 21 = 42. So, the answer for 6 x 7 = 42.

Question 2.
________ = 7 × 9

Answer:
63

Explanation:
Use the Distributive Property to find the value of 7 x 9. If we take 7 rows and 9 columns of an array, then we can break the array into two smaller arrays with the facts of 9. Now, write the 7 x 9 as 7 x (6 + 3). Multiply the facts with the 7. Then, you get (7 x 6) + (7 x 3). Therefore, you get the answer as 42 + 21 = 63.

Question 3.
_______ = 1 × 7

Answer:
7

Explanation:
Multiplication of any number with 1 is the same number. So, 1 x 7 = 7.

Question 4.
3 × 7 = _______

Answer:
21

Explanation:
Skip count by 3’s until you say 7 numbers. 3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18, 21. So, the answer for 3 x 7 is 21.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 219 Q5

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 219 Q6

Question 7.
7 × 8 = _________

Answer:
56

Explanation:
Distributive Property: The Distributive Property states that multiplying a sum by a number is the same as multiplying each addend by the number and then adding the products. So, from the given options, c. 7 × 8 = (7 × 4) + (7 × 4) = 28 + 28 = 56.

Question 8.
______ = 4 × 7

Answer:
28

Explanation:
Firstly, multiply 2×7 to get the answer for 4×7. Then, double the answer of 2×7 to get the final answer. So, do 2×7 = 14. Double the number 14 to get the 4×7 Answer. The double of 14 is 14 +14 = 28. The answer to 4×7 is 28.

Question 9.
7
× 5
——-
__________

Answer:
35

Explanation:
From Commutative Law of Multiplication, you can write 7 x 5 = 5 x 7. So, to find the multiplication of 5 x 7, skip count by 5’s until you say 7 numbers. 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35. Now, the count of the number is 7. So, the answer for 5 x 7 is 35. Therefore, the answer for 7 x 5 is 35.

Question 10.
7
× 1
——-
_________

Answer:
7

Explanation:
Using the Commutative Law of Multiplication, you can write 7 x 1 = 1 x 7. Multiplication of any number with 1 is the same number. So, 1 x 7 = 7.

Question 11.
6
× 7
——-
__________

Answer:
42

Explanation:
Use doubles to find the answer of 6 x 7. Firstly, multiply 3 x 7 = 21. Then, double the value of 3 x 7. 21 + 21 = 42. The answer for 6 x 7 is 42.

Question 12.
7
× 4
——-
__________

Answer:
28

Explanation:
Write 7 x 4 as 4 x 7 according to the Commutative Law of Multiplication. Now, do multiplication for 4 x 7. You can double 2×7 to get 4×7. Multiply 7 with 2. You will get 14. Then, double the product to get the answer to 4×7. You will get 14 +14 = 28. So, you get the final answer as 28.

Question 13.
2
× 7
——-
___________

Answer:
14

Explanation:
The given multiplication is 2×7. The answer to any number multiplies with 2 is double of that number. So, the 2×7 can find by doing 7+7. The answer is 7+7 = 14. So, the final answer is 2×7 = 14.

Question 14.
10
× 7
——
____________

Answer:
70

Explanation:
A multiple of 10 is any product that has 10 as one of its factors. So, the multiplication of any number with 10 is 10’s of that particular number. The answer is 70.

Question 15.
3
× 7
——-
____________

Answer:
21

Explanation:
Skip count by 3’s until you say 7 numbers. Write like 3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18, 21. The answer for 3 x 7 is 21.

Question 16.
7
× 9
——
___________

Answer:
63

Explanation:
Use the Distributive Property to find the value of 7 x 9. If we take 7 rows and 9 columns of an array, then we can break the array into two smaller arrays with the facts of 9. Now, write the 7 x 9 as 7 x (6 + 3). Multiply the facts with the 7. Then, you get (7 x 6) + (7 x 3). Therefore, you get the answer as 42 + 21 = 63.

Question 17.
8
× 7
——-
__________

Answer:
56

Explanation:
Distributive Property: The Distributive Property states that multiplying a sum by a number is the same as multiplying each addend by the number and then adding the products. So, from the given options, c. 8 x 7 = (4 + 4) x 7 = (4 x 7) + (4 x 7) = 28 + 28 = 56 is the correct answer.

Question 18.
7
× 0
——
__________

Answer:
0

Explanation:
Multiplication of any number with 0 is 0. So, the answer for 7 x 0 is 0.

Problem Solving

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 219 Q19

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 219 Q20

Multiply with 7 Lesson Check Page No 220

Question 1.
Find the product.
7
× 8
——
Options:
a. 54
b. 56
c. 64
d. 66

Answer:
b. 56

Explanation:
Distributive Property: The Distributive Property states that multiplying a sum by a number is the same as multiplying each addend by the number and then adding the products. So, from the given options, c. 7 × 8 = (7 × 4) + (7 × 4) = 28 + 28 = 56.

Question 2.
What product does the array show?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Multiply with 7 img 14
Options:
a. 14
b. 17
c. 21
d. 24

Answer:
c. 21

Explanation:
The given array has 7 columns and 3 rows. Simplify the answer using Distributive Property. Now, break the array rows to make two smaller arrays with the facts 1 and 2. To get the answer, we have to write 3 x 7. By doing smaller arrays, you can write it as (1 + 2) x 7. Multiply each addend with 8. The equation becomes (1 x 7) +(2 x 7). Now simplify and add them to get the final answer. 7 + 14 = 21.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Which statement is true about the numbers below?
6, 12, 18, 24, 30
Options:
a. All of the numbers are odd.
b. Some of the numbers are odd.
c. All of the numbers are even.
d. Some of the numbers are even.

Answer:
c. 21

Explanation:
All the given numbers are divided by 2. So, the answer is All of the numbers are even

Question 4.
How many more people chose retriever than poodle?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Multiply with 7 img 15
Options:
a. 31
b. 39
c. 41
d. 49

Answer:
b. 39

Explanation:
To know more people chose retriever than poodle, we have to do subtraction from retriever to poodle. So, 65 – 26 = 39. 39 more people chose retriever than poodle.

Question 5.
What is 94 rounded to the nearest ten?
Options:
a. 90
b. 94
c. 95
d. 100

Answer:
a. 90

Explanation:

94 is between 90 and 100. 94 is closer to 90 than is to 100. 94 rounded to the nearest ten is 90.

Question 6.
Jack has 5 craft sticks. He needs 4 times that number for a project. How many craft sticks does Jack need altogether?
Options:
a. 9
b. 16
c. 20
d. 24

Answer:
c. 20

Explanation:
Jack has 5 craft sticks. He needs 4 times that number for a project. To find the total number of craft sticks does Jack needs altogether are 5 x 4 = 20. 20 craft sticks need to Jack.

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint Page No 221

Vocabulary

Choose the best term from the box to complete the sentence.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 16

Question 1.
A __________ of 4 is any product that has 4 as one of its factors.
_________

Answer:
Commutative Property of Multiplication

Question 2.
This is an example of the ______________ .
3 × 8 = (3 × 6) + (3 × 2)
This property states that multiplying a sum by a number is the same as multiplying each addend by the number and then adding the products.
__________

Answer:
Distributive Property of Multiplication

Concepts and Skills

Write one way to break apart the array.
Then find the product.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 17
__________

Answer:
7 x 5 = 35

Explanation:

The provided array has 7 columns and 5 rows. Let’s simplify the answer by using Distributive Property. Now, break the array rows to make two smaller arrays with the facts 2 and 3. Now, do 7 x 5. By doing smaller arrays, you can write it as 7 x (2 + 3). Multiply 7 with 2 and 7 with 3. Write (7 x 2) + (7 x 3). Now add them to get the final answer. 14 + 21 = 35.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 18
__________

Answer:
9 x 4 = 36

Explanation:
The given array has 9 columns and 4 rows. Now, do 9 x 4. Using Distributive Property break the array rows to make two smaller arrays with the 4 facts 2 and 2. Now, add 9 x (2 + 2). Multiply 9 with 2 and 9 with 2. Write (9 x 2) + (9 x 2). Now add them to get the final answer. 18 + 18 = 36.

Find the product.

Question 5.
3 × 1 = __________

Answer:
3

Explanation:
Using Commutative Law of Multiplication, Write 3 x 1 = 1 x 3. Multiplication of any number with 1 is the same number. So, 1 x 3 = 3.

Question 6.
5 × 6 = _________

Answer:
30

Explanation:
Skip-count by 5’s 6 times. You can write as 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30. The answer for 5 x 6 is 30.

Question 7.
________ = 7 × 7

Answer:
49

Explanation:
Use Distributive Property, to get the answer. Given 7 x 7. Write the facts for 7. 7 = 4 + 3. Now, write 7 x 7 = 7 x (4 + 3). Multiply 7 with 4 and 7 with 3. (7 x 4) + (7 x 3) = 28 + 21 = 49.

Question 8.
2 × 10 = _________

Answer:
20

Explanation:
Double the 10 to get the answer for 2 x 10. So, now write 10 + 10 = 20. The answer for 2 x 10 = 20.

Question 9.
2
× 1
——–
_________

Answer:
2

Explanation:
Add 1 + 1 to get 2 x 1. 1 + 1 = 2. The answer for 2 x 1 = 2.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 221 Q10

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 221 Q11

Question 12.
6
× 0
——
___________

Answer:
0

Explanation:

Multiplication of any number with 0 is 0. So, the answer for 10 x 0 is 0.

Question 13.
3
× 8
——-
__________

Answer:
24

Explanation:
Skip-count by 3’s 8 times. You can write as 3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18, 21, 24. The answer for 3 x 8 is 24.

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint Page No 222

Question 14.
Lori saw 6 lightning bugs. They each had 6 legs. How many legs did the lightning bugs have in all?
__________ legs

Answer:
36

Explanation:
Given that Lori saw 6 lightning bugs. Each lightning bugs had 6 legs. To find the total number of legs, do 6 x 6 = 36. The lightning bugs have 36 in all.

Question 15.
Zach walked his dog twice a day, for 7 days. Moira walked her dog three times a day for 5 days. Whose dog was walked more times? How many more?
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Moira’s dog walked more than Zach’s dog. It walked one time more than Zach’s dog.

Explanation:
Zach walked his dog twice a day, for 7 days. So, Zach dog walked 7 x 2 = 14 times in total. Moira walked her dog three times a day for 5 days. Moira dog walked 3 x 5 = 15 days. So, Moira’s dog walked more times than Zach dog. It walked one time more than Zach’s dog.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 222 Q16

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 222 Q17

Associative Property of Multiplication Page No 227

Write another way to group the factors.
Then find the product.

Question 1.
(3 × 2) × 5
3 × (2 × 5)
30

Answer:
30

Explanation:
Using Associative Property of Multiplication, we can write (3 × 2) × 5 = 3 × (2 × 5).
Find (3 × 2) × 5. Multiply 3 x 2 = 6. Then, multiply 6 x 5 = 30.
Find 3 x (2 x 5). Multiply 2 x 5 = 10. Then, multiply 3 x 10 = 30.
So, (3 × 2) × 5 = 3 × (2 × 5). The product value is 30.

Question 2.
(4 × 3) × 2 =
________

Answer:
(4 × 3) × 2 = 4 x (3 x 2)
24

Explanation:
Use Associative Property of Multiplication to write other group the factors. (4 × 3) × 2 = 4 x (3 x 2). Now, multiply 4 x 3 = 12. Then, multiply 12 x 2 = 24. So, (4 × 3) × 2 = 24.

Question 3.
2 × (2 × 8) =
________

Answer:
2 × (2 × 8) = (2 x 2) x 8
32

Explanation:
With Associative Property of Multiplication, 2 × (2 × 8) = (2 x 2) x 8. Now, multiply 2 x 8 = 16. Then, multiply 16 x 2 = 32. So, 2 × (2 × 8) = 32.

Question 4.
9 × (2 × 1) =
________

Answer:
9 × (2 × 1) = (9 × 2) × 1
18

Explanation:
Using Associative Property of Multiplication, we can write 9 × (2 × 1) = (9 × 2) × 1. Now, multiply 2 x 1 = 2. Then, multiply 2 x 9 = 18. So, 9 × (2 × 1) = 18.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 227 Q5
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 227 Q5.1

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 227 Q6

Use parentheses and multiplication properties.
Then, find the product.

Question 7.
9 × 1 × 5
( 9 × 1 ) × 5 = ________

Answer:
( 9 × 1 ) × 5 = 9 x (1 x 5)
45

Explanation:
Use Associative Property of Multiplication. ( 9 × 1 ) × 5 = 9 x (1 x 5). Now, multiply 9 x 1 = 9. Then, multiply 9 x 5 = 45. So, ( 9 × 1 ) × 5 = 45.

Question 8.
3 × 3 × 2
( 3 × 3 ) × 2 = _________

Answer:
( 3 × 3 ) × 2 =
18

Explanation:
Use Associative Property of Multiplication. ( 3 × 3 ) × 2 = 3 x (3 x 2). Now, multiply 3 x 3 = 9. Then, multiply 9 x 2 = 18. So, ( 3 × 3 ) × 2 = 18.

Question 9.
2 × 4 × 3
( 2 × 4 ) × 3 = _________

Answer:
( 2 × 4 ) × 3 = 2 x (4 x 3)
24

Explanation:
Now use Associative Property of Multiplication. ( 2 × 4 ) × 3 = 2 x (4 x 3). Now, multiply 2 x 4 = 8. Then, multiply 8 x 3 = 24. So, ( 2 × 4 ) × 3 = 24.

Question 10.
5 × 2 × 3
( 5 × 2 ) × 3 = _________

Answer:
( 5 × 2 ) × 3 = 5 x (2 x 3)
30

Explanation:
Use Associative Property of Multiplication. ( 5 × 2 ) × 3 = 5 x (2 x 3). Now, multiply 5 x 2 = 10. Then, multiply 10 x 3 = 30. So, ( 5 × 2 ) × 3 = 30.

Question 11.
7 × 1 × 5
( 7 × 1 ) × 5 = ________

Answer:
( 7 × 1 ) × 5 = 7 x (1 x 5)
35

Explanation:
Use Associative Property of Multiplication. ( 7 × 1 ) × 5 = 7 x (1 x 5). Now, multiply 7 x 1 = 7. Then, multiply 7 x 5 = 35. So, ( 7 × 1 ) × 5 = 35.

Question 12.
8 × 2 × 3
( 8 × 2 ) × 3 = _________

Answer:
( 8 × 2 ) × 3 = 8 x (2 x 3)
48

Explanation:
Use Associative Property of Multiplication. ( 8 × 2 ) × 3 = 8 x (2 x 3). Now, multiply 8 x 2 = 16. Then, multiply 16 x 3 = 48. So, ( 8 × 2 ) × 3 = 48.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 227 Q13

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 227 Q14

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 227 Q15

Problem Solving

Question 16.
Beth and Maria are going to the county fair. Admission costs $4 per person for each day. They plan to go for 3 days. How much will the girls pay in all?
$ _________

Answer:
$24

Explanation:
From the given information, County fair admission costs $4 per person for each day. To go for 3 days, it costs, 3 x $4 = $12. Beth and Maria are going to the county fair. So, 2 members are going to the county fair. The total amount is 2 X $12 = $24.

Question 17.
Randy’s garden has 3 rows of carrots with 3 plants in each row. Next year he plans to plant 4 times the number of rows of 3 plants. How many plants will he have next year?
_________ plants

Answer:
36

Explanation:
From the given information, Randy’s garden has 3 rows of carrots with 3 plants in each row. So, 3 x 3 = 9. To plant 4 times the number of rows of 3 plants, 9 x 4 = 36. 36 plants will have to plant by Randy’s garden next year.

Associative Property of Multiplication Lesson Check Page No 228

Question 1.
There are 2 benches in each car of a train ride. Two people ride on each bench. If a train has 5 cars, how many people in all can be on a train?
Options:
a. 4
b. 9
c. 10
d. 20

Answer:
d. 20

Explanation:
Given that there are 2 benches in each car of a train ride. If a train has 5 cars in total, the number of benches = 5 x 2 = 10. From the given information, two people ride on each bench. So, 10 x 2 = 20 people will travel on a train if the train has 5 cars.

Question 2.
Crystal has 2 CDs in each box. She has 3 boxes on each of her 6 shelves. How many CDs does Crystal have in all?
Options:
a. 6
b. 12
c. 18
d. 36

Answer:
d. 36

Explanation:
The crystal has 3 boxes on each of her 6 shelves. So, she has 3 x 6 = 18 boxes with her. Each box has 2 CDs in it. So, 2 x 18 = 36 CDs available at crystal.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Find the sum.
4 7 2
+ 1 8 6
——–
Options:
a. 658
b. 648
c. 558
d. 286

Answer:
30

Explanation:

Add the ones. Add 2 + 6 =8. Then, Add the tens. Regroup hundreds and tens. Add 7 + 8 = 15. Remember to carry over. Add the hundreds. Add 4 + 1 + 1 = 6. Place the one’s, ten’s and hundreds to get the sum. The sum is 658.

Question 4.
Trevor made a picture graph to show how many minutes each student biked last week. This is his key.
Each Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Associative Property of Multiplication img 19 = 10 minutes.
What Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Associative Property of Multiplication img 20 does stand for?
Options:
a. 2 minutes
b. 10 minutes
c. 20 minutes
d. 25 minutes

Answer:
d. 25 minutes

Explanation:
Given Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Associative Property of Multiplication img 19 = 10 minutes. So, half time symbol = 5 minutes.  Therefore, Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Associative Property of Multiplication img 20 = 10 + 10 + 5 = 25 minutes.

Question 5.
Madison has 142 stickers in her collection. What is 142 rounded to the nearest ten?
Options:
a. 40
b. 140
c. 150
d. 200

Answer:
b. 140

Explanation:
The 142 lies between 140 and 150. But the 142 is closer to 140 than it is to 150. So, 142 is rounded to the 140.

Question 6.
There are 5 pages of photos. Each page has 6 photos. How many photos are there in all?
Options:
a. 12
b. 20
c. 24
d. 30

Answer:
d. 30

Explanation:
Given that there are 5 pages of photos. And, each page has 6 photos. Total photos = 5 x 6 = 30.

Patterns on the Multiplication Table Page No 233

Is the product even or odd? Write even or odd.

Question 1.
2 × 7 = even
Think: Products with 2 as a factor are even.

Answer:
even

Explanation:
Products with 2 as a factor are even.

Question 2.
4 × 6 = ________

Answer:
even

Explanation:
The numbers end with 0, 2, 4, 6, 8 are even numbers. So, 24 is even number. The 4 × 6 an even number.

Question 3.
8 × 3 = ________

Answer:
even

Explanation:
8 is an even number. 3 is an odd number. The product of an odd number and an even number is even. The answer is even.

Question 4.
2 × 3 = _________

Answer:
even

Explanation:
Products with 2 as a factor are even.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 233 Q5

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 233 Q6

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 233 Q7

Use the multiplication table. Describe a pattern you see.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Patterns on the Multiplication Table img 21

Question 8.
in the column 5
_________

Answer:
The one’s digits repeat 0 and 5. Each number is 5 more than the number above it.

Explanation:
Each number is added with 5. One’s digit is repeated with 0 and 5.

Question 9.
in the row for 10
________

Answer:
Add 10. All the products are even. The one’s digit is always 0.

Explanation:
All the products are even. Also, the one’s digit is always 0. Add 10 for every product to get the next number to it.

Question 10.
in the rows for 3 and 6
Type below:
_________

Answer:
The products of 6 are the products of 3 doubled.

Explanation:
Add 3 for row 3. The products of 6 are the products of 3 doubled.

Question 11.
Carl shades a row in the multiplication table. The products in the row are all even. The ones digits in the products repeat 0, 4, 8, 2, 6. What row does Carl shade?
Carl shaded row for _________

Answer:
The row for 4.

Explanation:
From the given data, the answer is row 4.

Question 12.
Jenna says that no row or column contains products with only odd numbers. Do you agree? Explain.
_________

Answer:
Yes, Either the products are all even, or there is an even and odd number pattern.

Explanation:
Jenna said correctly. Either the products are all even, or there is an even and odd number pattern.

Patterns on the Multiplication Table Lesson Check Page No 234

Question 1.
Which has an even product?
Options:
a. 1 × 9
b. 3 × 3
c. 5 × 7
d. 4 × 9

Answer:
d. 4 × 9

Explanation:
The product of an odd number and an even number is even. The answer is 4 × 9.

Question 2.
Which describes this pattern?
10, 15, 20, 25, 30
Options:
a. Even and then odd
b. Add 10.
c. Subtract 5.
d. Multiply by 5.

Answer:
a. Even and then odd

Explanation:
The given pattern is the combination of even and add.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Lexi has 2 cans of tennis balls. There are 3 tennis balls in each can. She buys 2 more cans. How many tennis balls does she now have in all?
Options:
a. 12
b. 9
c. 7
d. 6

Answer:
a. 12

Explanation:
Lexi has 2 cans of tennis balls. There are 3 tennis balls in each can. So, she has 2 x 3 = 6 balls. She buys 2 more cans. So, again 2 cans with 3 tennis balls = 2 x 3 =6. Total = 6 + 6 = 12. 12 tennis balls she is going to have with her.

Question 4.
Use the picture graph.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Patterns on the Multiplication Table img 22
How many students have green eyes?
Options:
a. 4
b. 8
c. 12
d. 16

Answer:
d. 16

Explanation:
From the given picture, Green eyes have 4 circles. Each circle =4. 4 x 4 = 16. 16 students have green eyes.

Question 5.
Sasha bought 3 boxes of pencils. If each box has 6 pencils, how many pencils did Sasha buy in all?
Options:
a. 9
b. 12
c. 18
d. 24

Answer:
b. 12

Explanation:
Sasha bought 3 boxes of pencils. If each box has 6 pencils, 3 x 6 = 12 pencils Sasha can buy in all.

Question 6.
Find the sum.
2 1 9
+ 7 6 3
———–
Options:
a. 992
b. 982
c. 976
d. 972

Answer:
b. 982

Explanation:
Break apart the addends from the given values. Start with the hundreds. Then, add each place value.
Let’s write 219 as 200+10+9 and 763 as 700+60+3.
Sum up the above two values. Then you get 900+70+12. Add the ones and then add the 10’s and 100’s. The final answer is 982.

Multiply with 8 Page No 239

Find the product.

Question 1.
8 × 10 = 80

Answer:
80

Explanation:
8 × 10 = (2 x 4) x 10
Use the Associative Property.
8 × 10 = 2 x (4 x 10)
Multiply. 4 × 10
8 × 10 = 2 x 40
Double the product.
8 × 10 = 40 + 40
8 × 10 = 80

Question 2.
8 × 8 = ________

Answer:
64

Explanation:
Factor 8 is an even number. 4+ 4
8 x 4 = 32.
32 doubled is 64.
8 x 8 = 64.

Question 3.
8 × 5 = ________

Answer:
40

Explanation:
8 × 5 = (2 x 4) x 5
Use the Associative Property.
8 × 5 = 2 x (4 x 5)
Multiply. 4 × 5
8 × 5 = 2 x 20
Double the product.
8 × 5 = 20 + 20
8 × 5 = 40

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 239 Q4

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 239 Q5

Question 6.
8 × 7 = ________

Answer:
56

Explanation:
8 × 7 = (2 x 4) x 7
Use the Associative Property.
8 × 7 = 2 x (4 x 7)
Multiply. 4 × 7
8 × 7 = 2 x 28
Double the product.
8 × 7 = 28 + 28
8 × 7 = 56.

Question 7.
6 × 8 = ________

Answer:
48

Explanation:
Factor 8 is an even number. 4+ 4
6 x 4 = 24.
24 doubled is 48.
6 x 8 = 48.

Question 8.
_______ = 9 × 8

Answer:
72

Explanation:
Factor 8 is an even number. 4+ 4
9 x 4 = 36.
36 doubled is 72.
9 x 8 = 72.

Question 9.
8
× 2
——
________

Answer:
16

Explanation:
Using the Commutative Law of Multiplication, 2 x 8 = 8 x 2.
Factor 8 is an even number. 4+ 4
2 x 4 = 8.
8 doubled is 16.
2 x 8 = 16.
So, 8 x 2 =16.

Question 10.
6
× 8
——-
________

Answer:
48

Explanation:
Factor 8 is an even number. 4+ 4
6 x 4 = 24.
24 doubled is 48.
6 x 8 = 48.

Question 11.
8
× 7
——
_________

Answer:
56

Explanation:
Using the Commutative Law of Multiplication, 8 x 7 = 7 x 8.
Factor 8 is an even number. 4+ 4
7 x 4 = 28.
28 doubled is 56.
7 x 8 = 56.

Question 12.
0
× 8
——-
____________

Answer:
0

Explanation:

Multiplication of any number with 0 is 0. So, the answer for 0 x 8 is 0.

Question 13.
8
× 5
——
___________

Answer:
40

Explanation:
8 × 5 = (2 x 4) x 5
Use the Associative Property.
8 × 5 = 2 x (4 x 5)
Multiply. 4 × 5
8 × 5 = 2 x 20
Double the product.
8 × 5 = 20 + 20
8 × 5 = 40.

Question 14.
8
× 8
——–
___________

Answer:
64

Explanation:
Factor 8 is an even number. 4+ 4
8 x 4 = 32.
32 doubled is 64.
8 x 8 = 64.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 239 Q15

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 239 Q16

Question 17.
8
× 1
——
___________

Answer:
8

Explanation:

Multiplication of any number with 1 is the same number. So, 1 x 8 = 8.

Question 18.
4
× 8
——
___________

Answer:
32

Explanation:
Factor 8 is an even number. 4+ 4
4 x 4 = 16.
16 doubled is 32.
4 x 8 = 32.

Problem Solving

Question 19.
There are 6 teams in the basketball league. Each team has 8 players. How many players are there in all?
____________ players

Answer:
48

Explanation:
Multiply 6 x 8 to get the total number of players. 6 x 8 = 48 players are in the basketball league.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 239 Q20

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 239 Q21

Question 22.
There are 10 pencils in each box. If Jenna buys 8 boxes, how many pencils will she buy?
_____________ pencils

Answer:
80

Explanation:
To get total pencils, if Jenna buys 8 boxes, multiply 10 x 8. So, Jenna buys 10 x 8 = 80 pencils.

Multiply with 8 Lesson Check Page No 240

Question 1.
Find the product.
5 × 8 = ■
Options:
a. 30
b. 32
c. 42
d. 40

Answer:
d. 40

Explanation:
Using Commutative Property of Multiplication, write 5 x 8 = 8 x 5
8 × 5 = (2 x 4) x 5
Use the Associative Property.
8 × 5 = 2 x (4 x 5)
Multiply. 4 × 5
8 × 5 = 2 x 20
Double the product.
8 × 5 = 20 + 20
8 × 5 = 40

Question 2.
There are 7 tarantulas in the spider exhibit at the zoo. Each tarantula has 8 legs. How many legs do the 7 tarantulas have in all?
Options:
a. 15
b. 49
c. 56
d. 63

Answer:
c. 56

Explanation:
Multiply 7 x 8 to find the 7 tarantulas legs. 7 tarantulas have 7 x 8 = 56 legs.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Find the difference.
6 5 2
– 9 9
———
Options:
a. 99
b. 552
c. 553
d. 653

Answer:
c. 553

Explanation:
Subtract the ones. 2<9. so regroup 5 tens 2 ones = 4 tens 3 ones. Now, do 12 – 9 = 3. Then, Subtract the tens. 4 < 9. So, regroup 6 hundred 5 tens = 5 hundred 5 tens. 14 – 9 = 5. Subtract the hundreds and add them to check the answer. 5 – 0 = 5. The final answer is 553.

Question 4.
The school library received an order of 232 new books. What is 232 rounded to the nearest ten?
Options:
a. 200
b. 230
c. 240
d. 300

Answer:
b. 230

Explanation:
The 232 lies between 230 and 240. But 232 is closer to 230 than it is to 240. So, 232 is rounded to the 230.

Question 5.
Sam’s picture graph shows that 8 students chose pizza as their favorite lunch. This is the key for the graph.
Each ☺ smile = 2 students.
How many ☺ smile should be next to pizza on Sam’s graph?
Options:
a. 2
b. 4
c. 6
d. 8

Answer:
b. 4

Explanation:
Given 1 smile = 2 students.
2 smiles = 4 students
3 smiles = 6 students
4 smiles = 8 students
4 smiles required for Sam for her next pizza on the graph.

Question 6.
Tashia buys 5 packages of oranges. Each package has 4 oranges. How many oranges in all does Tashia buy?
Options:
a. 1
b. 9
c. 20
d. 25

Answer:
d. 25

Explanation:
To know the total number of oranges, multiply 5 x 5. Tashia buys 5 x 5 = 25 oranges.

Multiply with 9 Page No 245

Find the product.

Question 1.
10 × 9 = 90

Answer:
90

Explanation:
The tens digit is 1 less than the factor that is multiplied by 9. So, ten’s digit number is 10 – 1 = 9. The sum of the digits in the product is always 9. So, to multiply 10 × 9, think the tens digit is 9 and the one’s digit is 0. The product is 90.

Question 2.
2 × 9 = ________

Answer:
18

Explanation:
9 = 3 + 6
2 × 9 = 2 x (3 + 6)
Multiply each addend by 2.
2 × 9 = (2 × 3) + (2 × 6)
Add the products.
2 × 9 = 6 + 12
2 × 9 = 18.

Question 3.
9 × 4 = ________

Answer:
36

Explanation:
9 = 3 + 6
9 × 4 = (3 + 6) x 4
Multiply each addend by 4.
9 × 4 = (3 x 4) + (6 x 4)
Add the products.
9 × 4 = 12 + 24
9 × 4 = 36.

Question 4.
0 × 9 = ________

Answer:
0

Explanation:

Multiplication of any number with 0 is 0. So, the answer for 0 x 9 is 0.

Question 5.
1 × 9 = ________

Answer:
9

Explanation:

Multiplication of any number with 1 is the same number. So, 1 x 9 = 9.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 245 Q6

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 245 Q7

Question 8.
6 × 9 = ________

Answer:
54

Explanation:
9 = 3 + 6
6 × 9 = 6 x (3 + 6)
Multiply each addend by 6.
6 × 9 = (6 × 3) + (6 × 6)
Add the products.
6 × 9 = 18 + 36
6 × 9 = 54.

Question 9.
9
× 4
——–
________

Answer:
36

Explanation:
9 = 3 + 6
9 × 4 = (3 + 6) x 4
Multiply each addend by 4.
9 × 4 = (3 x 4) + (6 x 4)
Add the products.
9 × 4 = 12 + 24
9 × 4 = 36.

Question 10.
5
× 9
——–
________

Answer:
45

Explanation:
9 = 3 + 6
5 × 9 = 5 x (3 + 6)
Multiply each addend by 5.
5 × 9 = (5 × 3) + (5 × 6)
Add the products.
5 × 9 = 15 + 30
5 × 9 = 45.

Question 11.
9
× 7
——–
________

Answer:
63

Explanation:
9 = 3 + 6
9 × 7 = (3 + 6) x 7
Multiply each addend by 7.
9 × 7 = (3 x 7) + (6 x 7)
Add the products.
9 × 7 = 21 + 42
9 × 7 = 63.

Question 12.
2
× 9
——–
________

Answer:
18

Explanation:
9 = 3 + 6
2 × 9 = 2 x (3 + 6)
Multiply each addend by 2.
2 × 9 = (2 × 3) + (2 × 6)
Add the products.
2 × 9 = 6 + 12
2 × 9 = 18.

Question 13.
9
× 9
——–
________

Answer:
81

Explanation:
The tens digit is 1 less than the factor that is multiplied by 9. So, ten’s digit number is 9 – 1 = 8. The sum of the digits in the product is always 9. So, add 1 to 8 to get one’s digit 1 + 8 = 9. The product is 81.

Question 14.
10
× 9
——–
________

Answer:
90

Explanation:
The tens digit is 1 less than the factor that is multiplied by 9. So, ten’s digit number is 10 – 1 = 9. The sum of the digits in the product is always 9. So, to multiply 10 × 9, think the tens digit is 9 and the one’s digit is 0. The product is 90.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 245 Q15

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 245 Q16

Question 17.
6
× 9
——–
________

Answer:
54

Explanation:
9 = 3 + 6
6 × 9 = 6 x (3 + 6)
Multiply each addend by 6.
6 × 9 = (6 × 3) + (6 × 6)
Add the products.
6 × 9 = 18 + 36
6 × 9 = 54.

Question 18.
9
× 1
——–
________

Answer:
9

Explanation:
Multiplication of any number with 1 is the same number. So, 1 x 9 = 9.

Problem Solving

Question 19.
There are 9 positions on the softball team. Three people are trying out for each position. How many people in all are trying out?
___________ people

Answer:
27

Explanation:
To find the total number of people trying for a position on the softball team, multiply 9 x 3. 9 x 3 = 27 people are trying for a softball team position.

Question 20.
Carlos bought a book for $9. Now he would like to buy 4 other books for the same price. How much will he have to pay in all for the other 4 books?
$ _____________

Answer:
$36

Explanation:
Carlos bought a book for $9. Now he would like to buy 4 other books for the same price. So, to get them all 4 books, he needs to pay 4 x $9 = $36.

Multiply with 9 Lesson Check Page No 246

Question 1.
Find the product.
7 × 9 = ■
Options:
a. 63
b. 56
c. 45
d. 36

Answer:
a. 63

Explanation:
9 = 3 + 6
9 × 7 = (3 + 6) x 7
Multiply each addend by 7.
9 × 7 = (3 x 7) + (6 x 7)
Add the products.
9 × 7 = 21 + 42
9 × 7 = 63.

Question 2.
Clare buys 5 tickets for the high school musical. Each ticket costs $9. How much do the tickets cost in all?
Options:
a. $36
b. $40
c. $45
d. $52

Answer:
c. $45

Explanation:
Multiply 5 with $9 to get the total number of tickets. Clare buys 5 tickets for 5 x $9 = $45.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
The table shows the hair color of girls in Kim’s class. How many girls have brown hair?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Multiply with 9 img 23
Options:
a. 1
b. 3
c. 4
d. 6

Answer:
d. 6

Explanation:
From the given figure, there are 6 bars available in the Number of Girls for Brown. So, the answer is 6.

Question 4.
Miles picked up 9 shirts from the dry cleaners. It costs $4 to clean each shirt. How much did Miles spend to have all the shirts cleaned?
Options:
a. $13
b. $22
c. $36
d. $45

Answer:
c. $36

Explanation:
Miles spend 9 x $4 = $36 to have all the shirts cleaned.

Question 5.
In a picture graph, each picture of a baseball is equal to 5 games won by a team. The row for the Falcons has 7 baseballs. How many games have the Falcons won?
Options:
a. 40
b. 35
c. 12
d. 7

Answer:
a. 63

Explanation:
From given data, 1 baseball = 5 games. The row for the Falcons has 7 baseballs. So, Falcons won 7 x 5 = 35 games.

Question 6.
An array has 8 rows with 4 circles in each row. How many circles are in the array?
Options:
a. 12
b. 24
c. 32
d. 36

Answer:
a. 63

Explanation:
8 x 4 = 32 circles are in the array.

Multiplication Page No 251

Solve.

Question 1.
Henry has a new album for his baseball cards. He uses pages that hold 6 cards and pages that hold 3 cards. If Henry has 36 cards, how many different ways can he put them in his album?
Henry can put the cards in his album 5 ways.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Multiplication img 24

Answer:
5 ways

Explanation:
Henry can put the cards in 5 ways. They are
1. (1 x 6 cards pages) x (10 x 3 cards pages) = 6 cards + 30 cards = 36 cards.
2. (2 x 6 cards pages) x (8 x 3 cards pages) = 12 cards + 24 cards = 36 cards.
3. (3 x 6 cards pages) x (6 x 3 cards pages) = 18 cards + 18 cards = 36 cards.
4. (4 x 6 cards pages) x (4 x 3 cards pages) = 24 cards + 12 cards = 36 cards.
5. (5 x 6 cards pages) x (2 x 3 cards pages) = 30 cards + 6 cards = 36 cards.

Question 2.
Ms. Hernandez has 17 tomato plants that she wants to plant in rows. She will put 2 plants in some rows and 1 plant in the others. How many different ways can she plant the tomato plants? Make a table to solve.

Rows With 2 Plants ___8__ ___7___ ____6__ ___5___ __4____ ____3__ _____2_ _____1_
Rows With 1 Plants ____1__ ___3___ ___5___ ___7___ ___9___ ____11__ ___13___ ____15__
Total Plants ____17__ ___17___ __17____ __17____ ___17___ ___17___ ____17__ ____17__
Ms. Hernandez can plant the tomato plants ___8___ Ways.

Answer:
8 ways

Explanation:
Ms. Hernandez wants to grow 2 tomato plants in one row and 1 in other rows. The total number of plants should be 17. So,
1. (8 rows x 2 plants) x (1 row x 1plant) = 16 plants + 1 plant = 17 plants.
2. (7 rows x 2 plants) x (3 rows x 1plant) = 14 plants + 3 plant = 17 plantst.
3. (6 rows x 2 plants) x (5 rows x 1plant) = 12 plants + 5 plant = 17 plants.
4. (5 rows x 2 plants) x (7 rows x 1plant) = 10 plants + 7 plant = 17 plants.
5. (4 rows x 2 plants) x (9 rows x 1plant) = 8 plants + 9 plant = 17 plants.
6. (3 rows x 2 plants) x (11 rows x 1plant) = 6 plants + 11 plant = 17 plants.
7. (2 rows x 2 plants) x (13 rows x 1plant) = 4 plants + 13 plant = 17 plants.
8. (1 rows x 2 plants) x (15 rows x 1plant) = 2 plants + 15 plant = 17 plants.

Question 3.
Bianca has a total of 25¢. She has some nickels and pennies. How many different combinations of nickels and pennies could Bianca have? Make a table to solve.

Number of Nickels ___1___ ___2___ ____3__ ____4__
Number of Pennies ___20___ ___15___ ___10___ ____5__
Total Value ___25¢___ ___25¢___ ___25¢___ ___25¢___
Bianca could have ___4___ Combination of 25 ¢.

Answer:
4 ways

Explanation:
1 Nickel = 5 pennies.
Bianca can have combinations of nickels and pennies to get 25¢ are
1. 1 Nickel + 20 Pennies = 5 Pennies + 20 Pennies = 25 Pennies = 25¢
2. 2 Nickels + 15 Pennies = 10 Pennies + 15 Pennies = 25 Pennies = 25¢
3. 3 Nickels + 10 Pennies = 15 Pennies + 10 Pennies = 25 Pennies = 25¢
4. 4 Nickels + 5 Pennies = 20 Pennies + 5 Pennies = 25 Pennies = 25¢

Multiplication Lesson Check Page No 252

Question 1.
The table shows different ways that Cameron can display his 12 model cars on shelves. How many shelves will display 2 cars if 8 of the shelves each display 1 car?
Options:
a. 1
b. 2
c. 3
d. 4

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Multiplication img 25

Answer:
b. 2

Explanation:
1. (Shelves with 1 car x 2) + (Shelves with 2 cars x 5) = 2 Cars + 10 Cars = 12 Cars
2. (Shelves with 1 car x 4) + (Shelves with 2 cars x 4) = 4 Cars + 8 Cars = 12 Cars
3. (Shelves with 1 car x 6) + (Shelves with 2 cars x 3) = 6 Cars + 6 Cars = 12 Cars
4. (Shelves with 1 car x 8) + (Shelves with 2 cars x 2) = 8 Cars + 4 Cars = 12 Cars
5. (Shelves with 1 car x 10) + (Shelves with 2 cars x 1) = 10 Cars + 2 Cars = 12 Cars
Therefore, 2 shelves will display 2 cars if 8 of the shelves each display 1 car.

Spiral Review

Question 2.
Find the sum.
3 1 7
+ 1 5 1
——–
Options:
a. 166
b. 268
c. 468
d. 568

Answer:
c. 468

Explanation:
Add the ones. Add 7 + 1 =8. Then, Add the tens. Add 1 + 5 = 6. Add the hundreds. Add 3 + 1 = 4. Place the one’s, ten’s and hundreds to get the sum. The sum is 468.

Question 3.
The school cafeteria has an order for 238 hot lunches. What is 238 rounded to the nearest ten?
Options:
a. 300
b. 240
c. 230
d. 200

Answer:
b. 240

Explanation:
The 238 lies between 230 and 240. But the 238 is closer to 240 than it is to 230. So, 238 is rounded to the 240.

Question 4.
Tyler made a picture graph to show students’ favorite colors. This is the key for his graph.
Each Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Multiplication img 26 = 3 votes.
If 12 students voted for green, how many Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Multiplication img 27 should there be in the green row of the graph?
Options:
a. 3
b. 4
c. 9
d. 12

Answer:
b. 4

Explanation:
Each circle = 3 votes. If 12 students voted for green, total votes = 12. Write 12 = 3 + 3 + 3 +3. So, 4 circles represent 12 votes.

Question 5.
There are 5 bikes in each bike rack at the school. There are 6 bike racks. How many bikes in all are in the bike racks?
Options:
a. 11
b. 24
c. 25
d. 30

Answer:
d. 30

Explanation:
To find the total bikes in the bike rack at the school, multiply 5 bikes x 6 bike racks. 5 x 6 = 30 bikes are available in bike racks.

Review/Test Page No 253

Question 1.
Mrs. Ruiz sorted spools of thread into 4 boxes. Each box holds 5 spools. How many spools of thread does Mrs. Ruiz have? Draw circles to model the problem. Then solve.
________ spools

Answer:
20 spools

Explanation:
4 boxes of spools x 5 spools = 20 spools. Mrs. Ruiz has 20 spools of thread.

Question 2.
For numbers 2a–2d, select True or False for each multiplication sentence.
a. 2 × 8 = 16
i. True
ii. False

Answer:
i. True

Explanation:
Double 8.
8 + 8 = 16.
So, 2 x 8 = 16.

Question 2.
b. 5 × 8 = 40
i. True
ii. False

Answer:
i. True

Explanation:
Skip-count by 5’s 8 times. Write like 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40. So, the answer for 5 x 8 is 40.

Question 2.
c. 6 × 8 = 56
i. True
ii. False

Answer:
ii. False

Explanation:

Use doubles to find the answer of 6 x 8. Firstly, multiply 3 x 8 = 24. Then, double the value of 3 x 8. 24 + 24 = 48. The answer for 6 x 8 is 48. So, 6 × 8 = 56 is false.

Question 2.
d. 8 × 8 = 64
i. True
ii. False

Answer:
i. True

Explanation:
Factor 8 is an even number. 4+ 4
8 x 4 = 32.
32 doubled is 64.
8 x 8 = 64.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 253 Q3

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 253 Q4

Review/Test Page No 254

Question 5.
Circle groups to show 3 × (2 × 3).
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Review/Test img 28
Type below:
__________

Answer:
18

Explanation:

3 × (2 × 3) = 3 x 6 = 18.

Question 6.
Dale keeps all of his pairs of shoes in his closet. Select the number of shoes that Dale could have in his closet. Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. 3
b. 4
c. 6
d. 7
e. 8

Answer:
b. 4
c. 6
e. 8

Explanation:
Pair of shoes have 2 in number. So, the possible ways are always even. Dale could have 4, 6, 8 in his closet.

Question 7.
Lisa completed the table to describe the product of a mystery one-digit factor and each number.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Review/Test img 29
Part A
Give all of the possible numbers that could be Lisa’s mystery one-digit factor.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
0, 2, 4, 6, 8

Question 7.
Part B
Explain how you know that you have selected all of the correct possibilities.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Given that the product numbers are even. The product of an even number with another number is even. So, we should take the mystery factor as an even number.

Review/Test Page No 255

Question 8.
Kate drew 7 octagons. An octagon has 8 sides. How many sides did Kate draw?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Review/Test img 30
_________ sides

Answer:
56

Explanation:
Kate drew 7 octagons. An octagon has 8 sides. Kate draws 8 x 7 = 56 sides.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 255 Q9

Question 10.
Break apart the array to show 8 × 6 = (4 × 6) + (4 × 6).
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Review/Test img 31

Answer:

 

Explanation:
Break the array of 4 columns and 6 rows to get the answer.

Question 11.
Circle the symbol that makes the multiplication sentence true.
9 × 6Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Review/Test img 32 3 × (3 × 9)
_________

Answer:
<

Explanation:
9 x 6 = 54
3 x 27 = 81
54 < 81.
So, 9 x 6 < 3 x (3 x 9)

Question 12.
Roberto wants to make $2.00 using dollars, half dollar, and quarters. How many different ways can he make $2.00?
__________ different ways

Answer:
18

Explanation:
0.25  – 8 |6 |4 |4 |2 |2 |0 |0 |0
0.50 – 0 |1 |2 |0 |3 |1 |2 |4 |0
1        -0 |0 |0 |1 |0 |1 |1 |0 |2

Review/Test Page No 256

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 256 Q13

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 256 Q14

Question 15.
Antoine and 3 friends divide some pennies evenly among themselves. Each friend separates his pennies into 3 equal stacks with 5 pennies in each stack.
Write a multiplication sentence that shows the total number of pennies.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
4 x (5 x 3)

Explanation:
5 pennies into 3 equal stacks = 5 x 3 = 15.
15 stacks shared between 4 friends = 4 x 15 = 4 x (5 x 3).

Question 16.
Luke is making 4 first-aid kits. He wants to put 3 large and 4 small bandages in each kit. How many bandages does he need for the kits? Show your work.
_________ bandages

Answer:
28 bandages

Explanation:
Luke wants to put 3 large and 4 small bandages in each kit. So, total = 3 + 4 = 7 bandages.
He is making 4 first-aid kits. So, 4 x 7 bandages = 28 bandages.

Review/Test Page No 257

Question 17.
For numbers 17a–17d, select True or False for each equation.
a. 3 × 7 = 21
i. True
ii. False

Answer:
i. True

Explanation:

Skip count by 3’s until you say 7 numbers. 3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18, 21. So, the answer for 3 x 7 is 21. The answer is true.

Question 17.
b. 5 × 7 = 28
i. True
ii. False

Answer:
ii. False

Explanation:

Skip count by 5’s until you say 7 numbers. 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35. Now, the count of the number is 7. So, the answer for 5 x 7 is 35. The answer is False.

Question 17.
c. 8 × 7 = 49
i. True
ii. False

Answer:
ii. False

Explanation:

Use Distributive Property to find 8 x 7 = (4 + 4) x 7 = (4 x 7) + (4 x 7) = 28 + 28 = 56 is the correct answer. The answer is False.

Question 17.
d. 9 × 7 = 63
i. True
ii. False

Answer:
i. True

Explanation:
9 = 3 + 6
9 × 7 = (3 + 6) x 7
Multiply each addend by 7.
9 × 7 = (3 x 7) + (6 x 7)
Add the products.
9 × 7 = 21 + 42
9 × 7 = 63.
The answer is true.

Question 18.
Circle the number that makes the multiplication sentence true.
10 × Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Review/Test img 33 = 40

Answer:
4

Explanation:
The value of 10 x4 = 40. So, the answer is 4.

Question 19.
For numbers 19a–19d, select Yes or No to indicate whether the number sentence has the same value as 8 × 6.
a. 8 + (4 × 2) = ■
i. yes
ii. no

Answer:
ii. no

Explanation:
8 x 6 = 48.
8 + (4 x 2) = 8 + 8 =16. The answer is no.

Question 19.
b. (8 × 4) + (8 × 2) = ■
i. yes
ii. no

Answer:
i. yes

Explanation:
8 x 6 = 48.
(8 x 4) + (8 x 2) = 32 + 16 = 48. The answer is yes.

Question 19.
c. (6 × 4) + (6 × 2) = ■
i. yes
ii. no

Answer:
ii. no

Explanation:
8 x 6 = 48.
(6 × 4) + (6 × 2) = 24 + 12 = 36. The answer is no.

Question 19.
d. 6 × (4 + 4) = ■
i. yes
ii. no

Answer:
i. yes

Explanation:
8 x 6 = 48.
6 × (4 + 4) = 6 x 8 = 48. The answer is yes.

Question 20.
Chloe bought 4 movie tickets. Each ticket cost $6. What was the total cost of the movie tickets?
$ _________

Answer:
$24

Explanation:
The total cost of the movie tickets = 4 x $6 = $24.

Question 21.
Write a multiplication sentence using the following numbers and symbols.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Review/Test img 34
Type below:
__________

Answer:
6 x (5 x 2) = 60

Explanation:
We can write as 6 x (5 x 2) = 60.

Review/Test Page No 258

Question 22.
Louis started a table showing a multiplication pattern.
Part A
Complete the table. Describe a pattern you see in the products.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Review/Test img 35
Type below:
__________

Answer:
12, 15, 18, 21, 24, 27, 30. Add 3 to the product to get the next product.

Explanation:
Add 3 to the product to get the next product.
9+3 = 12.
12 + 3 = 15.
15 + 3 = 18.
18 + 3 = 21.
21 + 3 = 24.
24 + 3 = 27.
27 + 3 = 30.

Question 22.
Part B
If you multiplied 3 × 37, would the product be an even number or an odd number? Use the table to explain your reasoning.
__________

Answer:
When an even number is multiplied by 3 (an odd number), the product is even. When an odd number is multiplied by 3, the product is odd, so the product of 3 × 37 would be odd.

Question 23.
Use the number line to show the product of 4 × 8.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Review/Test img 36
4 × 8 = _______

Answer:
32

Explanation:
Skip 2 numbers to get the product of 4 multiples. If you skip 2 numbers until you count 8, you can get 32. The answer is 32.

Conclusion

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies include a clear-cut explanation for all the questions in it. We tried our best to help you understand the concept better by taking enough images, graphs. Firstly solve the problems on your own and tally your answers with the Go Math 3rd Grade Answer Key Ch 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies.

In order to provide you a smooth learning experience, we have compiled all the Questions in Grade 3 Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies in a comprehensive manner. Grab the opportunity and learn from Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Extra Practice PDF too to make your learning fun.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication

go-math-grade-3-chapter-3-understand-multiplication-answer-key

Practice using Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication and learn various question types on Multiplication. Solve as many questions as possible in the 3rd Grade HMH Go Math Ch 3 Understand Multiplication Answer Key and become pro in the chapter. Thus, you can answer any kind of question framed on the concept and clear your tests or assessments with higher scores.

HMH Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication

To help you out with chapter 3 Understand Multiplication we have jotted down all the exercise problems in your Go Math Textbook. Simply tap on the respective chapter you wish to prepare and learn the fundamentals included within it easily. Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Ch 3 Understand Multiplication is provided in a comprehensive manner for better understanding.

Lesson 1: Count Equal Groups

Lesson 2: Algebra • Relate Addition and Multiplication

Lesson 3: Skip Count on a Number Line

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint

Lesson 4: Problem Solving • Model Multiplication

Lesson 5: Model with Arrays

Lesson 6: Algebra • Commutative Property of Multiplication

Lesson 7: Algebra • Multiply with 1 and 0

Chapter 3 Review/Test

Count Equal Groups Page No 143

Draw equal groups. Skip count to find how many.

Question 1.
2 groups of 2 4
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Count Equal Groups img 1

Answer: 4

Explanation:
There are two groups of 2
There are 2 two’s.
We skip count by 2’s. (2, 4)
So, there are 4 in all.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Page 143 Q2

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Page 143 Q3

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Page 143 Q4

Count equal groups to find how many.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Count Equal Groups img 2
______ groups of _______ , _______ in all

Answer: 4, 3, 12

Explanation:
There are three counters in each group.
There are 4 equal groups.
We skip count by 3’s until you say 4 numbers. (3,6,9,12)
So, there are 4 groups of 3, 12 in all.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Count Equal Groups img 3
______ groups of _______ , _______ in all

Answer: 4, 4, 16

Explanation:
There are 4 counters in each group
There are 4 equal groups.
We skip count by 4’s until you say 4 numbers. (4,8,12,16)
There are 4 groups of 4, 16 in all

Problem Solving

Question 7.
Marcia puts 2 slices of cheese on each sandwich. She makes 4 cheese sandwiches. How many slices of cheese does Marcia use in all?
_________ slice of cheese

Answer: 8

Explanation:
Draw 2 counters (cheese) in each group.
There are 4 equal groups (sandwiches).
We skip count by 2’s until you say 4 numbers (4,8)
There are 8 slices of cheese.

Question 8.
Tomas works in a cafeteria kitchen. He puts 3 cherry tomatoes on each of 5 salads. How many tomatoes does he use?
_________ tomatoes

Answer: 15

Explanation:
Draw 3 counters (tomatoes) in each group.
There are 5 equal groups (salads).
We skip count by 3’s until you say 5 numbers (3,6,9,12,15)
There are 15 tomatoes in all.

Count Equal Groups Lesson Check Page No 144

Question 1.
Jen makes 3 bracelets. Each bracelet has 3 beads. How many beads does Jen use?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Count Equal Groups img 4
Options:
a. 12
b. 9
c. 6
d. 3

Answer: b

Explanation:
There are 3 beads in each group.
There are 3 equal groups (bracelets).
Now, skip count by 3’s until you say three numbers (3,6,9)
Jen use a total of 9 beads.

Question 2.
Ian has 5 cards to mail. Each card needs 2 stamps. How many stamps does Ian need?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Count Equal Groups img 5
Options:
a. 2
b. 5
c. 10
d. 15

Answer: c

Explanation:
There are 5 equal groups (cards) with two counters (stamps) in each group.
Now, skip count by 2’s until you say five numbers (2,4,6,8,10)
Ian need a total of 1o stamps.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
There were 384 people at a play on Friday night. There were 512 people at the play on Saturday night. Which is the best estimate of the total number of people who attended the play on both nights?
Options:
a. 900
b. 800
c. 700
d. 500

Answer: a

Explanation:
Step 1: Round each number to nearest hundred.
384 —-> 400
512  —-> 500
Step 2: Add the rounded numbers
400 + 500 = 900
The best estimate of the total number of people who attended the play on both nights are 900.

Question 4.
Walking the Dog Pet Store has 438 leashes in stock. They sell 79 leashes during a one-day sale. How many leashes are left in stock after the sale?
Options:
a. 459
b. 441
c. 369
d. 359

Answer: d

Explanation: Use place value to subtract
Subtract 438 – 79
Estimate 450 – 100 =

Step 1
Subtract the ones.
8 < 9, so regroup.
3 tens 8 ones = 2 tens ____ ones
GO Math Grade 3 Count Equal Groups Spiral Review Page No 144 Answer 1 - i
On subtracting the ones place decimals, we get 9

Step 2
Subtract the tens.
2 < 3, so regroup.
4 hundreds 2 tens = 3 hundreds _____ tens
GO Math Grade 3 Count Equal Groups Spiral Review Page No 144 Answer 1 - ii
On subtracting the ones and tens place decimals, we get 59

Step 3:
Subtract the hundreds
Then, add to check your answer.
GO Math Grade 3 Count Equal Groups Spiral Review Page No 144 Answer 1 - iii  GO Math Grade 3 Count Equal Groups Spiral Review Page No 144 Answer 1 - iv

Question 5.
The Lakeside Tour bus traveled 490 miles on Saturday and 225 miles on Sunday. About how many more miles did it travel on Saturday?
Options:
a. 500 miles
b. 400 miles
c. 300 miles
d. 100 miles

Answer: c

Explanation:
Use compatible numbers
Step 1: Round each number to nearest hundred.
490 —-> 500
225 —-> 200
Step 2: Subtract the rounded numbers.

(i) Working each column from right to left
GO Math Grade 3 Count Equal Groups Spiral Review Page No 144 Answer 2 - i
(ii) 0 minus 0 is 0
GO Math Grade 3 Count Equal Groups Spiral Review Page No 144 Answer 2 - ii
(iii) 0 minus 0 is 0
GO Math Grade 3 Count Equal Groups Spiral Review Page No 144 Answer 2 - iii
(iv) 5 minus 2 is 3
GO Math Grade 3 Count Equal Groups Spiral Review Page No 144 Answer 2 - iv

Question 6.
During one week at Jackson School, 210 students buy milk and 196 students buy juice. How many drinks are sold that week?
Options:
a. 496
b. 406
c. 396
d. 306

Answer: b

Explanation:
Use place value to add two addends.
Add 210 + 196
Estimate 200 + 200

Step 1:
Add the ones.

GO Math Grade 3 Count Equal Groups Spiral Review Page No 144 Answer 3 - i

Step 2:

Add the tens.
GO Math Grade 3 Count Equal Groups Spiral Review Page No 144 Answer 3 - ii

Step 3:
Add the hundreds. Regroup the tens as hundreds.
GO Math Grade 3 Count Equal Groups Spiral Review Page No 144 Answer 3 - iii

Relate Addition and Multiplication Page No 149

Draw a quick picture to show the equal groups. Then write related addition and multiplication sentences.

Question 1.
3 groups of 5
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Relate Addition and Multiplication img 6
5 + 5 + 5 = 15
3 × 5 = 15

Answer: 15

Explanation:
Addition Sentence:
There are 5 counters in each group.
There are 3 groups.
Now, add equal groups
5 + 5 + 5 = 15
Multiplication Sentence:
Since there are same number of counters in each circle, you can multiply to find how many in all.
Use multiplication method to find the total counters in equal groups.
Factor x Factor = Product
5    x     3       =  15
GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Relate Addition and Multiplication Page No 149 Answer 1 - i

Question 2.
3 groups of 4
_____ + _____ + _____ = ______
_____ × _____ = ______

Answer: 4 + 4 + 4  = 12
3 x 4 = 12

Explanation: Addition Sentence
Draw 4 counters in each group.
There are total 3 groups.
Now, the addition sentence is 4 + 4 + 4 = 12

Multiplication sentence
Draw 4 counters in each circle or group.
Since there are same number of counters in each group, multiply groups and counters to find how many there are altogether.
3 x 4 = 12
factor x factor = product

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Page 149 Q3

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Page 149 Q4
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Page 149 Q4.1

Complete. Write a multiplication sentence.

Question 5.
7 + 7 + 7 = _____
_____ × _____ = ______

Answer: 7 + 7 + 7 = 21
3 x 7 = 21

Explanation:
7 + 7 + 7 = 21
This is addition sentence, from this we can find the total no of groups and counters.
From above sentence, we can tell that there are 3 groups and 7 counters in each group.
Multiplication Sentence
There are 3 groups and 7 counters in each group.
Since there are same number of counters in each group, multiply counters and groups to find how many there are altogether.
3  x  7 =  21

Question 6.
3 + 3 + 3 = _____
_____ × _____ = ______

Answer: 3 + 3 + 3 = 9
3 x 3 = 9

Explanation:
3 + 3 + 3 = 9
This is addition sentence, from this we can find the total no of groups and counters.
From above sentence, we can tell that there are 3 groups and 3 counters in each group.
Multiplication Sentence
There are 3 groups and 3 counters in each group.
Since there are same number of counters in each group, multiply counters and groups to find how many there are altogether.
3  x  3 =  9

Problem Solving

Question 7.
There are 6 jars of pickles in a box. Ed has 3 boxes of pickles. How many jars of pickles does he have in all? Write a multiplication sentence to find the answer.
_____ × _____ = ______ jars

Answer: 3 x 6 = 18 jars

Explanation:
Draw 3 boxes as Pickle boxes.
Draw 6 counters in each box to show jars.
Now, find the number of counters (jars).
Since, there are same number of jars in each pickle box, you can multiply to find how many in all.
3 groups of 6 = 3 x 6 = 18

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Page 149 Q8

Relate Addition and Multiplication Lesson Check Page No 150

Question 1.
Which is another way to show
3 + 3 + 3 + 3 + 3 + 3?
Options:
a. 5 × 3
b. 4 × 3
c. 8 × 3
d. 6 × 3

Answer: d

Explanation:
The given question is in the form of addition sentence. Now, we can find the no of counters and groups using it.
Draw 6 circles to show equal groups.
Then, draw 3 counters in each circle.
When you combine equal groups, you can multiply to find how many in all.
No. of equal groups x no of counters = total no of counters
6 x 3 = 18

Question 2.
Use the model. How many counters are there in all?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Relate Addition and Multiplication img 7
Options:
a. 8
b. 10
c. 12
d. 14

Answer: b

Explanation:
From the above figure, we can see there are two equal groups.
There are 5 counters in each group.
Now, multiplication sentence to find the number of counters.
No. of equal groups x No. of counters in each group = Total no. of counters
2 x 5 = 10

Spiral Review

Question 3.
A school gave 884 pencils to students on the first day of school. What is 884 rounded to the nearest hundred?
Options:
a. 800
b. 880
c. 890
d. 900

Answer: d

Explanation:
We need to round 884 to nearest hundred.
Now, look at the digit to the right which is 8.

GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 150 Answer 5 - i
8 > 5
So, the hundreds digit increases by one.
Write 9 as the hundreds digit.
Write zeros as the tens and ones digits.
So, 884 rounded to nearest hundred is 900

Question 4.
Find the difference.
6 3 2
– 2 7 4
———
Options:
a. 906
b. 442
c. 358
d. 354

Answer: c

Explanation:
Step-1:
Working each column from right to left.
GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Lesson Check Page No 150 Answer 6 - i
Step-2:
Subtract the ones. Since, 2 < 4 , you must regroup.
3 tens 2 ones = 2 tens ______ ones.
GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Lesson Check Page No 150 Answer 6 - ii

Step-3:
Subtract the tens. Since 2 < 7, you must regroup.
6 hundreds 2 tens = 5 hundreds ______ ones.
GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Lesson Check Page No 150 Answer 6 - iii
Step-4:
Subtract the hundreds.
GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Lesson Check Page No 150 Answer 6 - iv
Step-5:
Add to check answer.
GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Lesson Check Page No 150 Answer 6 - v

Question 5.
The line plot below shows how many points Trevor scored in 20 games.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Relate Addition and Multiplication img 8
In how many games did Trevor score at least 18 points?
Options:
a. 3
b. 5
c. 6
d. 10

Answer: d

Explanation:
The numbers in the line plot shows the points scored by Trevor.
Each in the figure stands for 1 game.
Find 18 points scored on the number line.
In the above line plot, we can see the three s above 18, four s above 19, 3 s above 20.
So, We can say Trevor scored at least 18 points in 10 games.

Question 5.
In how many games did Trevor score 18 points or fewer?
Options:
a. 7
b. 10
c. 13
d. 15

Answer: c

Explanation:
The numbers in the line plot shows the points scored by Trevor.
Each in the figure stands for 1 game.
Find 18 and below 18 points scored on the number line.
In the above line plot, we can see the three s above 18, five s above 17, two s above 16, three s above 15 .
So, We can say Trevor scored at least 18 points in 13 games.

Question 6.
Darrien read 97 pages last week. Evan read 84 pages last week. How many pages in all did the boys read?
Options:
a. 13
b. 171
c. 181
d. 271

Answer: c

Explanation:
Add 97 and 84
Step 1:
Add ones. Regroup the ones as tens and ones.
GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 150 Answer 7 - i
Step 2:
Add tens.
GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 150 Answer 7 - ii
Step 3:
Add hundreds.
GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 150 Answer 7 - iii

Skip Count on a Number Line Page No 155

Draw jumps on the number line to show equal groups. Find the product.

Question 1.
6 groups of 3
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Skip Count on a Number Line img 9
6 × 3 = 18

Answer: 18

Explanation:
1 jump on the number line is considered as 1 group.
There are 6 jumps on the number line. So, there are 6 groups.
The length of each jump is 3.
Begin at 0. Skip count by 3’s.
Multiply 6 x 3 = 18

Question 2.
3 groups of 5
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Skip Count on a Number Line img 10
3 × 5 = _______

Answer: 15

Explanation:
GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Skip Count on a Number Line Page No 155 Answer 8 - i
1 jump on the number line is considered as 1 group.
There are 5 jumps on the number line. So, there are 5 groups.
The length of each jump is 3.
Begin at 0. Skip count by 3’s.
Multiply 3 x 5 = 15.

Write the multiplication sentence the number line shows.

Question 3.
2 groups of 6
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Skip Count on a Number Line img 11
______ × _____ = _______

Answer: 12

Explanation:
1 jump on the number is considered as 1 group.
There are 2 jumps on number line. So, there are 2 groups.
The length of each jump is 2.
Begin at 0. Skip count by 6’s.
Multiply 2 x 6 = 12.

Problem Solving

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Page 155 Q4

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Page 155 Q5

Skip Count on a Number Line Lesson Check Page No 156

Question 1.
Louise skip counts by 4 on a number line to find 5 x 4. How many jumps should she draw on the number line?
Options:
a. 3
b. 4
c. 5
d. 9

Answer: c

Explanation:
Given no. of skip counts on a number line = 4
Product = no. of jumps x length of each jump
Given product = 5 x 4
From the given data, we can say that no of jumps = 5
So, no of jumps drawn on the number line = 5.

Question 2.
Theo needs 4 boards that are each 3 feet long to make bookshelves. How many feet of boards does he need altogether?
Options:
a. 12 feet
b. 7 feet
c. 4 feet
d. 3 feet

Answer: a

Explanation:
Given no. of boards = 4
Length of each board = 3 feet
Begin at 0. Skip count by 3’s.
Product = 4 x 3 = 12
So, Theo needs 12 feet of boards altogether.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Estimate the sum.
5 1 8
+ 2 5 1
Options:
a. 200
b. 700
c. 800
d. 900

Answer: c

Explanation:
Use Compatible numbers.
518 —-> 500
251 —-> 300
Perform addition
GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 156 Answer 9 - i

Question 4.
Which number would you put in a frequency table to show Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Skip Count on a Number Line img 12?
Options:
a. 5
b. 6
c. 7
d. 8

Answer: d

Explanation:
GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 156 Answer 11 - i

Question 5.
A manager at a shoe store received an order for 346 pairs of shoes. What is 346 rounded to the nearest hundred?
Options:
a. 400
b. 350
c. 340
d. 300

Answer: d

Explanation:
Round 346 to nearest hundred.
GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 156 Answer 12 - i
Since 4 < 5, the digit in the rounding place stays same. i.e, 3
Now, write zeros to the right of the rounding place (tens and ones place)
So, 346 rounded to nearest hundred is 300.

Question 6.
Toby is making a picture graph. Each picture of a book is equal to 2 books he has read. The row for Month 1 has 3 pictures of books. How many books did Toby read during Month 1?
Options:
a. 2
b. 3
c. 6
d. 8

Answer: c

Explanation:
Given, each picture  = 2 books
Row for month 1 = 3 pictures of books = 3 x 2 = 6
So, Toby read 6 books during month 1.

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint Page No 157

Choose the best term from the box.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 13

Question 1.
When you combine equal groups, you can _______________ to find how many in all.
_________

Answer: Multiply

Explanation:
When equal groups are combined together, multiplication operation is performed to find the total.

Question 2.
The answer in a multiplication problem is called the _________________ .
_________

Answer: Product

Explanation:
The Product is the answer to a multiplication problem.

Question 3.
The numbers you multiply are called the ______________ .
_________

Answer: factors

Explanation:
The numbers which are multiplied are called factors.

Concepts and Skills

Count equal groups to find how many.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 14
_______ groups of _______ ; _______ in all

Answer:
3 groups of 3; 9 in all

Explanation:
From the figure, we can say that there are 3 equal groups.
Each group has three counters.
So, the total no of counters are 9 in all.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 15
_______ groups of _______ ; _______ in all

Answer:
4 groups of 5; 20 in all

Explanation:
From the figure, we can say that there are 4 equal groups.
Each group has five counters.
So, the total no of counters are 20 in all.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 16
_______ groups of _______ ; _______ in all

Answer:
2 groups of 10; 20 in all

Explanation:
From the figure, we can say that there are 2 equal groups.
Each group has 10 counters.
So, the total no of counters are 20 in all.

Write related addition and multiplication sentences.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Page 157 Q7

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Page 157 Q8

Draw jumps on the number line to show equal groups.
Find the product.

Question 9.
6 groups of 3
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 17
_______ × _______ = _______

Answer: 6 x 3 = 18

Explanation:
Given, 6 groups of 3
No. of jumps = 6
Length of each jump = 3
Product = No. of jumps x length of each jump = 6 x 3 = 18

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint Page No 158

Question 10.
Beth’s mother cut some melons into equal slices. She put 4 slices each on 8 plates. Write a multiplication sentence to show the total number of melon slices she put on the plates.
Type below:
_________

Answer:  8 x 4 = 32

Explanation:
Given data,
There are 8 groups which is shown as plates.
Each group has 4 counters which is shown as slices.
Since, there are equal no. of slices in each plate, we can multiply to find the total number of melon slices.
Now, we can write multiplication sentence as 8 x 4 = 32.

Question 11.
Avery had 125 animal stickers. She gave 5 animal stickers to each of her 10 friends. How many animal stickers did she have left? What number sentences did you use to solve?
_________ stickers left

Answer: Multiplication and Subtraction Sentence, 75

Explanation:
Given, Total no. of animal stickers = 125
She gave 5 animal stickers to each of her 10 friends.
Use multiplicative sentence to find no. of stickers given to her friends.
Product = 5 x 10= 50
Total no. of stickers given to her friends = 50
Now, Total no. of stickers she left with = 125 – 50 = 75.

Question 12.
Matt made 2 equal groups of marbles. Write a multiplication sentence to show the total number of marbles.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 18
Type below:
_________

Answer: 2 x 8 = 16

Explanation:
From the above figure, we can see
There are 2 equal groups.
Each group has 8 marbles.

Question 13.
Lindsey has 10 inches of ribbon. She buys another 3 lengths of ribbon, each 5 inches long. How much ribbon does she have now?
__________ inches of ribbon

Answer: 25 inches of ribbon

Explanation:
Given, Lindsey has 10 inches of ribbon.
She buys another 3 lengths of ribbon, each 5 inches long.
Use multiplication sentence to find length of 5 inches = 3 groups of 5
Product = 3 x 5 = 15 inches
Now, add to find how much ribbon lindsey has in all.
15 + 10 = 25
Total length of ribbon = 25 inches.

Question 14.
Jack’s birthday is in 4 weeks. How many days is it until Jack’s birthday? Describe how you could use a number line to solve
__________ days

Answer:  28

Explanation:
Given, Jack’s birthday is in 4 weeks.
Since each week has 7 days, length of each jump = 7
Use number line to find the no. of days.
No. of jumps = 4
Now, begin at o. Skip count by 7’s by drawing jumps on the number line.
Multiply no. of jumps and length of each jump
4 x 7 = 28
So, jack’s birthday is in 28 days.

Problem Solving Model Multiplication Page No 163

Draw a diagram to solve each problem.

Question 1.
Robert put some toy blocks into 3 rows. There are 5 blocks in each row. How many blocks are there in all?
15 blocks

Answer: 15 blocks

Explanation:
Given, Robert put some toy blocks into 3 rows.
Each row contain 5 blocks.
Now, use bar model to find the no. of blocks in all.
Write 5 in each box to show 5 blocks in each of the 3 rows.
Since, there are equal groups, we can multiply to find the number of blocks in all.
3 x 5 = 15 blocks
So, there are 15 blocks in all.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Page 163 Q2

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Page 163 Q3

Question 4.
In Sorhab’s classroom, there are 3 rows with 7 desks in each row. How many desks are there in all?
_________ desks

Answer: 21 desks

Explanation:
Given, there are 3 rows.
Each row contain 7 desks.
Now, use bar model to find the no. of desks in all.
Write 7 in each box to show 7 desks in each of the 3 rows.
Since, there are equal groups, we can multiply to find the number of desks in all.
3 x 7 = 21 desks
So, there are  21 desks in all.

Question 5.
Maya visits the movie rental store. On one wall, there are 6 DVDs on each of 5 shelves. On another wall, there are 4 DVDs on each of 4 shelves. How many DVDs are there in all?
___________ DVDs

Answer: 46 DVD’s

Explanation:
Given, there are 2 walls.
On one wall, there are 5 shelves.
Each shelf has 6 DVDs.
Now, use bar model to find the no. of DVDs on one wall.
Write 6 in each box to show 6 DVDs on each of the 5 shelves.
Since, there are equal groups, we can multiply to find the number of DVDs on one wall.
5 x 6 = 30 DVDs
So, there are 30 DVD’s on one wall.
On another wall, there are 4 shelves.
Each shelf has 4 DVDs.
Now, use bar model to find the no. of DVDs on another wall.
Write 4 in each box to show 4 DVDs on each of the 4 shelves.
Since, there are equal groups, we can multiply to find the number of DVDs on another wall.
4 x 4 = 16 DVDs
So, there are 16 DVD’s on another wall.
Now, find the total no. of DVD’s on both all the walls.
Add. 30 + 16 = 46 DVDs.
So, there are 46 DVD’s in all.

Question 6.
The media center at Josh’s school has a computer area. The first 4 rows have 6 computers each. The fifth row has 4 computers. How many computers are there in all?
___________ computers

Answer: 28 computers

Explanation:
Given, there are 4 rows.
Each row contain 6 computers.
Now, use bar model to find the no. of computers in all.
Write 6 in each box to show 6 computers in each of the 4 rows.
Since, there are equal groups, we can multiply to find the number of computers in all.
4 x 6 = 24 computers
So, there are 24 computers in all.
There is another fifth row with 4 computers.
Now, use bar model to find the no. of computers in all.
No. of computers in fifth row = 4 x 1 = 4 computers.
Add the computers in all rows to find how many in all.
24 + 4 = 28
So, there are 28 computers in all.

Model Multiplication Lesson Check Page No 164

Question 1.
There are 5 shelves of video games in a video store. There are 6 video games on each shelf. How many video games are there in all?
Options:
a. 35
b. 30
c. 20
d. 11

Answer: b

Explanation:
Given, there are 5 shelves.
Each shelf contain 6 video games.
Now, use bar model to find the no. of video games in all.
Write 6 in each box to show 6 video games in each of the 5 shelves.
Since, there are equal groups, we can multiply to find the number of shelves in all.
5 x 6 = 30 shelves
So, there are 30 shelves in all.

Question 2.
Ken watches a marching band. He sees 2 rows of flute players. Six people are in each row. He sees 8 trombone players. How many flute or trombone players does Ken see?
Options:
a. 2
b. 6
c. 16
d. 20

Answer: d

Explanation:
Given, there are 6 flute players in each row.
There are 2 rows.
Now, use bar model to find the no. of flute players in all.
Write 6 in each box to show 6 flute players in each of the 2 rows.
Since, there are equal groups, we can multiply to find the number of flute players in all.
2 x 6 = 12 flute players
Given, there are 8 trombone players.
Now, add flute and trombone players
12 + 8 = 20
So, there are 20 flute or trombone players.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
What is the sum of 438 and 382?
Options:
a. 720
b. 810
c. 820
d. 910

Answer: c

Explanation:
Step 1:
Add ones. Regroup ones as tens and ones.
GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 164 Answer 13 - i
Step 2:
Add tens. Regroup tens as hundreds and tens.
GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 164 Answer 13 - ii
Step 3:
Add the hundreds.
GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 164 Answer 13 - iii

Question 4.
Estimate the sum.
6 2 2
+ 8 4
———
Options:
a. 500
b. 600
c. 700
d. 800

Answer: c

Explanation:
Use compatible numbers.
622 —-> 600
84  —–> 100
GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 164 Answer 14 - i

Question 5.
Francine uses 167 silver balloons and 182 gold balloons for her store party. How many silver and gold balloons in all does Francine use?
Options:
a. 15
b. 345
c. 349
d. 359

Answer: c

Explanation:
Given, Silver balloons = 167
Gold balloons = 182
Add Silver and gold balloons to find total in all.
Step 1: Add ones.
GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 164 Answer 15 - i
Step 2: Add tens. Regroup tens as hundreds and tens.
GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 164 Answer 15 - ii
Step 3: Add hundreds.
GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 164 Answer 15 - iii
So, total no. of silver and gold balloons in all does Francine use = 349

Question 6.
Yoshi is making a picture graph. Each picture of a soccer ball stands for two goals he scored for his team. The row for January has 9 soccer balls. How many goals did Yoshi score during January?
Options:
a. 18
b. 16
c. 11
d. 9

Answer: a

Explanation:
Given, each picture = 2 goals
Row for January = 9 soccer balls
Consider each picture as 9 soccer balls.
Now, find the goals did Yoshi score during January.
9 x 2 = 18
So, 18 goals did Yoshi score during January.

Model with Arrays Page No 169

Write a multiplication sentence for the array.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Model with Arrays img 19
3 × 7 = 21

Answer: 3 x 7 = 21

Explanation:
In the above figure, we can see there are same no. of tiles in each row.
There are 3 rows with 7 tiles in each row.
Now, multiplication sentence for array can be written as number of rows x no. of tiles in each row.
Multiply. 3 x 7 = 21

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Model with Arrays img 20
2 × 5 = _______

Answer: 10

Explanation:
In the above figure, we can see there are same no. of tiles in each row.
There are 2 rows with 5 tiles in each row.
Now, multiplication sentence for array can be written as number of rows x no. of tiles in each row.
Multiply. 2 x 5 = 10

Draw an array to find the product.

Question 3.
4 × 2 = _______

Answer: 8

Explanation:
Make an array by placing the same no. of tiles in each row.
From the given data, make an array with 4 rows of 2 tiles.
Now, draw an array.
In the above figure, we can see there are same no. of tiles in each row.
There are 4 rows with 2 tiles in each row.
Now, multiplication sentence for array can be written as number of rows x no. of tiles in each row.
Multiply. 4 x 2 = 8

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Page 169 Q4

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Page 169 Q5

Question 6.
2 × 8 = _______

Answer: 16

Explanation:
Make an array by placing the same no. of tiles in each row.
From the given data, make an array with 2 rows of 8 tiles.
Now, draw an array.
In the above figure, we can see there are same no. of tiles in each row.
There are 2 rows with 8 tiles in each row.
Now, multiplication sentence for array can be written as number of rows x no. of tiles in each row.
Multiply. 2 x 8 = 16

Problem Solving

Question 7.
Lenny is moving tables in the school cafeteria. He places all the tables in a 7 × 4 array. How many tables are in the cafeteria?
_________ tables

Answer: 28 tables

Explanation:
Given array = 7 x 4
Now, make an array with 7 rows of 4 tiles.
Draw an array and find the no. of tables.
Multiply. 7 x 4 = 28
So, there are 28 tables in the cafeteria.

Question 8.
Ms. DiMeo directs the school choir. She has the singers stand in 3 rows. There are 8 singers in each row. How many singers are there in all?
_________ singers

Answer: 24 singers

Explanation:
Given, no. of singers in each row = 8
No. of rows = 3
Now, make an array with 3 rows of 8 singers.
Find the no. of singers by multiplying no. of rows with singers.
Multiply. 3 x 8 = 24 singers.
So, there are 24 singers in all.

Model with Arrays Lesson Check Page No 170

Question 1.
What multiplication sentence does this array show?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Model with Arrays img 21
Options:
a. 2 × 3 = 6
b. 6 × 3 = 18
c. 3 × 4 = 12
d. 3 × 5 = 15

Answer: d

Explanation:
From the above figure, we can see that the array consists of 3 rows and 5 tiles.
Now, the multiplications sentence is 3 x 5 = 15

Question 2.
What multiplication sentence does this array show?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Model with Arrays img 22
Options:
a. 3 × 9 = 27
b. 3 × 8 = 24
c. 3 × 7 = 21
d. 4 × 5 = 20

Answer: a

Explanation:
From the above figure, we can see that the array consists of 3 rows and 9 tiles.
Now, the multiplications sentence is 3 x 9 = 27

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Use the table to find who traveled 700 miles farther than Paul during summer vacation.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Model with Arrays img 23
Options:
a. Andrew
b. Bonnie
c. Susan
d. Tara

Answer: d

Explanation:
From the table, we can say that paul travelled 233 miles.
Now, use break apart strategy to find sums.
Paul –>      233 = 200 + 30 + 3
Andrew –> 380 = 300 + 80+ 0
Bonnie –>  790 = 700 + 90+ 0
Tara –>      933 = 900 + 30+ 3
Susan –>   853 = 800 + 50+ 3
From the above sums, we can say that Tara travelled farther miles than paul.

Question 4.
Use the bar graph to find what hair color most students have.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Model with Arrays img 24
Options:
a. Brown
b. Black
c. Blond
d. Red

Answer: a

Explanation:
The title shows hair color for students.
The length of bar tells the no. of students had each color.
Now, Find out the which color maximum no. of students have.
We can see that the brown color is the highest.

Question 5.
Spencer ordered 235 cans of tomatoes to make salsa for the festival. What is 235 rounded to the nearest ten?
Options:
a. 200
b. 230
c. 240
d. 300

Answer: c

Explanation:
Round 235 to nearest ten.
The digit to the right of rounding place is 5.
So, the digit in the rounding place is increased by one.
Write zero to the round of rounding digit.
Now, it becomes 240.

Question 6.
Which bar would be the longest on a bar graph of the data?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Model with Arrays img 25
Options:
a. Cheese
b. Pepperoni
c. Vegetable
d. Sausage

Answer: a

Explanation:
Make a bar graph.
Step 1:
Write a title at the top to tell what the graph is about. Label the side of the graph to tell about the bars. Label the bottom of the graph to explain what the numbers tell.
Step 2:
Choose numbers for the bottom of the graph so that most of the bars will end on a line. Since the least number is 1 and the greatest number is 5, make the scale 0-5.
Step 3: Draw and shade a bar to show the number for each pizza topping.
From the bar graph, we can say that the cheese bar would be the longest on a bar graph of the data.

Commutative Property of Multiplication Page No 175

Write a multiplication sentence for the model. Then use the Commutative Property of Multiplication to write a related multiplication sentence.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Commutative Property of Multiplication img 26
5 × 2 = 10
2 × 5 = 10

Answer: 5 × 2 = 10
2 × 5 = 10

Explanation:
From the figure, we can say that there are 5 rows.
There are two tiles in each row.
From the given array, the multiplication sentence can be written as 5 x 2 = 10
The Commutative property of multiplication have the same factors in different order.
So, by using commutative property, Multiplication sentence is written as 2 x 5 = 10.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Commutative Property of Multiplication img 27
______ × _____ = _______
______ × _____ = _______

Answer:
6 x 4 = 24
4 x 6 = 24

Explanation:
From the figure, we can say that there are 6 rows.
There are 4 tiles in each row.
From the given array, the multiplication sentence can be written as 6 x 4 = 24
The Commutative property of multiplication have the same factors in different order.
So, by using commutative property, Multiplication sentence is written as 4 x 6 = 24.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Commutative Property of Multiplication img 28
______ × _____ = _______
______ × _____ = _______

Answer:
3 x 4 = 12
4 x 3 = 12

Explanation:
From the figure, we can say that there are 3 equal groups.
There are 4 counters in each group.
From the given array, the multiplication sentence can be written as 3 x 4 = 12
The Commutative property of multiplication have the same factors in different order.
So, by using commutative property, Multiplication sentence is written as 4 x 3 = 12.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Commutative Property of Multiplication img 29
______ × _____ = _______
______ × _____ = _______

Answer:
2 x 6 = 12
6 x 2 = 12

Explanation:
From the figure, we can say that there are 2 equal groups.
There are 6 counters in each group.
From the given array, the multiplication sentence can be written as 2 x 6 = 12
The Commutative property of multiplication have the same factors in different order.
So, by using commutative property, Multiplication sentence is written as 6 x 2 = 12.

Problem Solving

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Page 175 Q5

Commutative Property of Multiplication Lesson Check Page No 176

Question 1.
Which is an example of the Commutative Property of Multiplication?
Options:
a. 8 × 4 = 8 × 4
b. 4 × 2 = 2 × 4
c. 2 × 8 = 4 × 4
d. 2 + 4 = 2 × 4

Answer: b

Explanation:
The Commutative Property of Multiplication states that when you change the order
of the factors, the product stays the same. From the given options, 4 x 2 = 2 x 4 is an example of commutative property of multiplication.

Question 2.
What factor makes the number sentence true?
7 × 4 = ■ × 7
Options:
a. 2
b. 4
c. 7
d. 28

Answer: b

Explanation:
The Commutative Property of Multiplication states that when you change the order
of the factors, the product stays the same. From the question, we can see that 7 x 4 = 28;
Then 4 x 7 = 28

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Ms. Williams drove 149 miles on Thursday and 159 miles on Friday. About how many miles did she drive altogether the two days?
Options:
a. about 150 miles
b. about 200 miles
c. about 300 miles
d. about 400 miles

Answer: c

Explanation:

Given, miles driven by Ms. Williams on Thursday = 149
Miles driven by Ms. Williams on Friday = 159
By using compatible numbers, we can find the no. of miles did she drive altogether the two days.
149 —> 150
159 —> 150

GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 176 Answer 16 - i
So, the no. of miles driven altogether is about 300 miles.

Question 4.
Inez has 699 pennies and 198 nickels. Estimate how many more pennies than nickels she has.
Options:
a. about 500
b. about 600
c. about 700
d. about 900

Answer: a

Explanation:

Given, there are 699 pennies and 198 nickels.
Now, estimate to find how many more pennies than nickels she has.
Use compatible numbers to compute it.
699 —> 700
198 —> 200
GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 164 Answer 17 - i
So, Inez has 500 more pennies than nickels.

Question 5.
This year, the parade had 127 floats. That is 34 fewer floats than last year. How many floats were in the parade last year?
Options:
a. 161
b. 151
c. 103
d. 93

Answer: a

Explanation:
Given, no. of floats this year = 127
No. of floats last year are 34 greater than this year.
Now, estimate the no. of floats in the parade last year
Perform Addition operation
Step 1: Add ones. Regroup the ones as tens and ones.

GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 176 Answer 18 - i

Step 2: Add tens.

GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 176 Answer 18 - ii
Step 3: Add hundreds.

GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 176 Answer 18 - iii

The total no. of floats in the parade last year = 161

Question 6.
Jeremy made a tally table to record how his friends voted for their favorite pet. His table shows Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Commutative Property of Multiplication img 30 next to Dog. How many friends voted for a dog?
Options:
a. 6
b. 8
c. 10
d. 12

Answer: d

Explanation:
Count the tally marks. It shows 12. So, the no. of friends who voted for dog = 12

Multiply with 1 and 0 Page No 181

Find the product.

Question 1.
1 × 4 = 4

Answer: 4

Explanation:
The Identity Property of Multiplication states that the product of any numberand 1 is that number.
So, 1 x 4 = 4

Question 2.
0 × 8 = _______

Answer: 0

Explanation:
The Zero Property of Multiplication states that the product of zero and any number is zero
So, 0 x 8 = 0

Question 3.
0 × 4 = _______

Answer: 0

Explanation:
The Zero Property of Multiplication states that the product of zero and any number is zero.
So, 0 x 4 = 0

Question 4.
1 × 6 = _______

Answer: 6

Explanation:
The Identity Property of Multiplication states that the product of any number and 1 is that number.
So, 1 x 6 = 6

Question 5.
3 × 0 = _______

Answer: 0

The Zero Property of Multiplication states that the product of zero and any number is zero.
So, 3 x 0 = 0

Question 6.
0 × 9 = _______

Answer: 0

The Zero Property of Multiplication states that the product of zero and any number is zero.
So, 0 x 9 = 0

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Page 181 Q7

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Page 181 Q8

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Page 181 Q9

Question 10.
4 × 0 = _______

Answer: 0

The Zero Property of Multiplication states that the product of zero and any number is zero.
So, 4 x 0 = 0

Question 11.
7 × 1 = _______

Answer: 7

Explanation:
The Identity Property of Multiplication states that the product of any number and 1 is that number.
So, 7 x 1 = 7

Question 12.
1 × 5 = _______

Answer: 5

Explanation:
The Identity Property of Multiplication states that the product of any number and 1 is that number.
So, 1 x 5 = 5

Question 13.
3 × 1 = _______

Answer: 3

Explanation:
The Identity Property of Multiplication states that the product of any number and 1 is that number.
So, 3 x 1 = 3

Question 14.
0 × 7 = _______

Answer: 0

The Zero Property of Multiplication states that the product of zero and any number is zero.
So, 0 x 7 = 0

Question 15.
1 × 9 = _______

Answer: 9

Explanation:
The Identity Property of Multiplication states that the product of any number and 1 is that number.
So, 1 x 9 = 9

Question 16.
5 × 0 = _______

Answer: 0

The Zero Property of Multiplication states that the product of zero and any number is zero.
So, 5 x 0 = 0

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Page 181 Q17

Question 18.
2 × 0 = _______

Answer: 0

The Zero Property of Multiplication states that the product of zero and any number is zero.
So, 2 x 0 = 0

Question 19.
5 × 1 = _______

Answer: 5

Explanation:
The Identity Property of Multiplication states that the product of any number and 1 is that number.
So, 5 x 1 = 5

Question 20.
1 × 0 = _______

Answer: 0

Explanation:
The Zero Property of Multiplication states that the product of zero and any number is zero.
So, 1 x 0 = 0

Question 21.
0 × 0 = _______

Answer: 0

Explanation:
The Zero Property of Multiplication states that the product of zero and any number is zero.
So, 1 x 0 = 0

Question 22.
1 × 3 = _______

Answer: 3

Explanation:
The Identity Property of Multiplication states that the product of any number and 1 is that number.
So, 1 x 3 = 3

Question 23.
9 × 0 = _______

Answer: 0

Explanation:
The Zero Property of Multiplication states that the product of zero and any number is zero.
So, 9 x 0 = 0

Question 24.
1 × 1 = _______

Answer: 1

Explanation:
The Identity Property of Multiplication states that the product of any number and 1 is that number.
So, 1 x 1 = 1

Problem Solving

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Page 181 Q25

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Page 181 Q26

Multiply with 1 and 0 Lesson Check Page No 182

Question 1.
There are 0 bicycles in each bicycle rack. If there are 8 bicycle racks, how many bicycles are there in all?
Options:
a. 80
b. 8
c. 1
d. 0

Answer: d

Explanation:
There are 0 bicycles in each bicycle rack.
There are 8 bicycle racks.
No. of bicycles in all = 8 x 0 = 0

Question 2.
What is the product?
1 × 0 = _______
Options:
a. 0
b. 1
c. 10
d. 11

Answer: a

Explanation:
The Zero Property of Multiplication states that the product of zero and any number is zero.
So, 1 x 0 = 0

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Mr. Ellis drove 197 miles on Monday and 168 miles on Tuesday. How many miles did he drive in all?
Options:
a. 29 miles
b. 255 miles
c. 365 miles
d. 400 miles

Answer: c

Explanation:
Given, no. of miles driven on Monday = 197
no. of miles driven on Tuesday = 168
Perform addition to find the no. of miles driven in all

Question 4.
What multiplication sentence does the array show?
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Options:
a. 1 × 6 = 6
b. 3 × 2 = 6
c. 2 × 6 = 12
d. 5 + 1 = 6

Answer: a

Explanation:
Given array shows 1 row with 6 tiles.
So, multiplication sentence can be written as 1 x 6 = 6

Use the bar graph for 5–6.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Multiply with 1 and 0 img 31

Question 5.
How many cars were washed on Friday and Saturday combined?
Options:
a. 55
b. 80
c. 90
d. 120

Answer: b
Explanation:
From the bar graph, we can see that no. of cars washed on Friday = 25
No. of cars washed on Saturday = 55
Total no. of cars washed on Friday and Saturday = 80

Question 6.
How many more cars were washed on Saturday than on Sunday?
Options:
a. 95
b. 30
c. 25
d. 15

Answer: d

Explanation:
From the bar graph, we can see that cars washed on Saturday = 55
Cars washed on Sunday = 40
55-40 = 15
15 more cars were washed on Saturday than on Sunday.

Chapter 3 Review Test Page No 183

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Page 183 Q1

Question 2.
Nadia has 4 sheets of stickers. There are 8 stickers on each sheet. She wrote this number sentence to represent the total number of stickers.

4 × 8 = 32

What is a related number sentence that also represents the total number of stickers she has?
Options:
a. 8 + 4 =■
b. 4 + 4 + 4 + 4 = ■
c. 8 × 8 = ■
d. 8 × 4 = ■

Answer: d

Explanation:
Given, there are are 4 sheets of stickers.
Each sheet has 8 stickers.
Given total no. of stickers represented as = 4 x 8 = 32
By using commutative property of multiplication, related number sentence can be represented as 8 x 4 =32

Question 3.
Lindsay went hiking for two days in Yellowstone National Park. The first jump on the number line shows how many birds she saw the first day. She saw the same number of birds the next day.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Review/Test img 32
Write the multiplication sentence that is shown on the number line.
______ × _______ = _______

Answer: 2 x 8 = 16

Explanation:
Given, the total no. of jumps = 2
From the figure, we can see that there are two jumps which begins at 0 and skip count by 8’s.
Product = No. of jumps x Length of each jump.
Now, multiplication sentence can be written as 2 x 8 = 16

Chapter 3 Review Test Page No 184

Question 4.
Paco drew an array to show the number of desks in his classroom. Write a multiplication sentence for the array.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Review/Test img 33
________ desks

Answer: 21 desks

Explanation:
In the given array, there are three rows.
Each row has 7 desks.
Now, multiplication sentence can be written as no. of rows x no. of desks in each row.
Multiply. 3 x 7 = 21 desks

Question 5.
Alondra makes 4 necklaces. She uses 5 beads on each necklace. For numbers 5a–5d, choose Yes or No to tell if the number sentence could be used to find the number of beads Alondra uses.
a. 4 × 5 = ■
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: i

Explanation: Given, there are 4 necklaces.
Each necklace uses 5 beads.
Now, number sentence (multiplication) can be written as 4 groups of 5 = 4 x 5
So, the answer is yes

Question 5.
b. 4 + 4 + 4 + 4 = ■
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: ii

Given, there are 4 necklaces.
Each necklace uses 5 beads.
Now, number sentence (addition) can be written as 4 groups of 5 = 5 + 5 + 5 + 5
So, the answer is no.

Question 5.
c. 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 = ■
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: i

Given, Given, there are 4 necklaces.
Each necklace uses 5 beads.
Now, number sentence (addition) can be written as 4 groups of 5 = 5 + 5 + 5 + 5
So, the answer is yes.

Question 5.
d. 5 + 4 = ■
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: ii

Given, there are 4 necklaces.
Each necklace uses 5 beads.
Now, number sentence (addition) can be written as 4 groups of 5 = 4 x 5
Using commutative property of multiplication, it can be written as 5 x 4, but given question is 5 + 4.
So, the answer is no.

Question 6.
John sold 3 baskets of apples at the market. Each basket contained 9 apples. How many apples did John sell? Make a bar model to solve the problem.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Review/Test img 34
_______ apples

Answer:27 apples

Explanation:
Given, there are 3 baskets of apples.
Each basket contains 9 apples.
Draw a bar model with 3 boxes to show 3 baskets.
Write 9 in each box to show 9 apples.
Since, there are equal groups, we can multiply to find No. of apples john sold.
3 x 9 = 27 apples.

Chapter 3 Review Test Page No 185

Question 7.
Select the number of sentences that show the Commutative Property of Multiplication. Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. 3 × 2 = 2 × 3
b. 4 × 9 = 4 × 9
c. 5 × 0 = 0
d. 6 × 1 = 1 × 6
e. 7 × 2 = 14 × 1

Answer: a

Explanation:
The Commutative Property of Multiplication states that when you change the order of the factors, the product stays the same.
So, 3 x 2 = 2 x 3 is the answer.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Page 185 Q8

Question 9.
Sonya needs 3 equal lengths of wire to make 3 bracelets. The jump on the number line shows the length of one wire in inches. How many inches of wire will Sonya need to make the 3 bracelets?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Review/Test img 35
_________ inches

Answer: 18 inches

Explanation:
Given, Length of one wire = jump on the number line
From the figure, we can see that length of wire = 6 inches
3 equal lengths of wire is required for 3 bracelets.
So, no. of jumps = 3
length of each jump = 6 inches
Multiply. 3 x 6 = 18
So, sonya need 18 inches of wire to make 3 bracelets.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Page 185 Q10
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Page 185 Q10.1

Chapter 3 Review Test Page No 186

Question 11.
Jorge displayed 28 cans of paint on a shelf in his store.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Review/Test img 36
Select other ways Jorge could arrange the same number of cans. Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. 2 rows of 14
b. 1 row of 28
c. 6 rows of 5
d. 8 rows of 3
e. 7 rows of 4

Answer: e

Explanation:
Given, There are 28 cans of paint on a shelf in a store.
In the given array, there are 4 rows with 7 cans in each row.
So, there are 4 rows of 7.
By using commutative property of multiplication, it can be arranged in 7 rows of 4.

Question 12.Choose the number that makes the statement true. The product of any number and Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Review/Test img 37 is zero.

Answer: 0

Explanation:
The Zero Property of Multiplication states that the product of any number and zero is zero.
So, the answer is 0.

Question 13.
James made this array to show that 3 × 5 = 15.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Review/Test img 38
Part A
James says that 5 × 3 = 15. Is James correct? Draw an array to explain your answer.
a. yes
b. no

Answer: Yes.

Explanation: Draw an array to show 5 rows with 3 tiles in each row.
Then, Multiplication sentence can be written as no. of rows x no. of tiles in each row
5 x 3 = 15

Question 13.
Part B
Which number property supports your answer?
________

Answer: Commutative Property of Multiplication

Explanation:
The Commutative Property of Multiplication supports this answer. Because it states that the product of any two factors in reverse order remains the same.

Chapter 3 Review Test Page No 187

Question 14.
Julio has a collection of coins. He puts the coins in 2 equal groups. There are 6 coins in each group. How many coins does Julio have? Use the number line to show your work.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Review/Test img 39
________ coins

Answer: 12 coins

Explanation:
There are 2 equal groups.
There are 6 coins in each group.
Find total no. of coins by using number line.
Begin at 0. Skip count by 6s by drawing jumps on the number line.
So, no. of jumps = 2
Length of each jump = 6
Multiply. 2 x 6 = 12
Total no. of coins Julio have = 12

Question 15.
Landon collects trading cards.
Part A
Yesterday, Landon sorted his trading cards into 4 groups. Each group had 7 cards. Draw a bar model to show Landon’s cards. How many cards does he have?
________ trading cards

Answer: 28 trading cards

Explanation:
No. of groups = 4
Each group has 7 cards.
Draw a bar model to show the cards.
Draw 4 boxes in the bar model.
Write 7 in each box to show 7 cards.
Since, there are equal groups, multiply to find the no. of cards.
Multiply. 4 x 7 = 28 cards.

Question 15.
Part B
Landon buys 3 more packs of trading cards today. Each pack has 8 cards. Write a multiplication sentence to show how many cards Landon buys today. Then find how many cards Landon has now. Show your work.
Type below:
_________

Answer:52 cards

Explanation:
Given, Landon buys 3 more packs of trading cards
Each pack has 8 cards.
Multiplication Sentence = 3 x 8 = 24.
Total no. of cards = 28 + 24 = 52 cards.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Page 187 Q16

Question 17.
Carlos spent 5 minutes working on each of the 8 math problems. He can use 8 × 5 to find the total amount of time he spent on the problems.
For numbers, 17a–17d, choose Yes or No to show which are equal to 8 × 5.
a. 8 + 5
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: No

Explanation:
Given, Carlos spent 5 minutes working on each of 8 math problems.
Given Sentence = 8 x 5
As there are 8 problems with 5 minutes spent on each, the total time can be find out using multiplication sentence.
So, the answer is no.

Question 17.
b. 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 + 5
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: No

Given, Carlos spent 5 minutes working on each of 8 math problems.
Given Sentence = 8 x 5 = 40
But given option 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 = 25.
So, the answer is no

Question 17.
c. 8 + 8 + 8 + 8 + 8
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: Yes
Explanation:
Given, Carlos spent 5 minutes working on each of 8 math problems.
Given Sentence = 8 x 5 = 40
Given option = 8 + 8 + 8 + 8 + 8 = 40
So, the answer is yes

Question 17.
d. 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 + 5
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: Yes
Explanation:
Given, Carlos spent 5 minutes working on each of 8 math problems.
Given Sentence = 8 x 5 = 40
Given option = 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 = 40
So, the answer is yes.

Chapter 3 Review Test Page No 188

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Page 188 Q18

Question 19.
Jayson is making 5 sock puppets. He glues 2 buttons on each puppet for its eyes. He glues 1 pompom on each puppet for its nose.
Part A
Write the total number of buttons and pompoms he uses. Write a multiplication sentence for each.
Eyes, Noses
_________ buttons _________ pompoms

Answer: Eyes
10 buttons,
5 x 2 = 10

Noses
5 pompoms
5 x 1 = 5

Explanation:
Given, there are 5 sock puppets
Each puppet has 2 buttons for its eyes
Each puppet has 1 pompom for its nose
Total no. of buttons
Multiplication Sentence = 5 x 2 = 10
Total no. of pompoms
Multiplication Sentence = 5 x 1 = 5

Question 19.
Part B
After making 5 puppets, Jayson has 4 buttons and 3 pompoms left. What is the greatest number of puppets he can make with those items if he wants all his puppets to look the same? Draw models and use them to explain.
_________ puppets

Answer: 2 puppets

Explanation:
Given, there are no. of puppets = 5
There are 4 buttons and 3 pompoms.
Each puppet requires 2 buttons and 1 pompom.
So, he can make 2 puppets with the left items.